| VERSION |
-
- 5.2
- DATE DISTRIBUTED: 2005-11-19 00:00:00
- PATCH APPLICATION HISTORY:
-
-
- 105 SEQ #78
- DATE APPLIED: 1996-06-11 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is patch LR*5.2*105 which will transport menus, data dictionary
changes, load modified routines and edit templates.
-
- 138 SEQ #103
- DATE APPLIED: 1996-11-08 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
VSIT*2*1 (Visit Tracking)
=================
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
LR138 NA 3411930 138
LR138P NA 2851115 138
LR138PO NA 4890675 138
LRCAPPH 10492287 9623897 1,19,127,136,138
LRCAPPH1 3477475 7546206 127,136,138
LRCAPPH2 NA 6972273 138
LRWU 11418768 10739890 42,138
=========================================
PX*1*9 (PCE)
Installation Instructions:
NOTE: SD*5.3*63 patch MUST be installed before this patch WILL install
successfully.
1. All users may remain on the system.
2. No options need be placed out of order.
3. Install patch during non-peak hours.
4. Laboratory specimens should not be accessioned or verified during
installation of the patch.
5. The Auto-Instruments 'LAB' job does not have to be stopped.
6. Installation time of this patch is less than ten minutes.
7. Journaling requires no special attention.
NOIS List
===========================
Refer to SD*5.3*63 patch
===========================
Test Sites:
Developmental Test Site: Long Beach
Patch SD*5.3*63 must be installed before the installation LR*5.2*138.
Alpha Test Sites : Reno, Tucson and Oklahoma City
===========================
Technical Information:
Occasion of Service (OOS)
All valid LAB OOS LOCATIONS follow this format:
Each LAB OOS LOCATION begins with 'LAB DIV'.
Followed by the STATION NUMBER. (Field #99 of the INSTITUTION (#4) file)
Followed by 'OOS ID'.
Followed by the STOP CODE number.
The sequence of patch installs for either RA*4.5*8 or LR*5.2*138 is not
List of selectable OOS Stop Codes:
PULMONARY FUNCTION 104
X-RAY 105
EEG 106
EKG 107
LABORATORY 108
NUCLEAR MEDICINE 109
CARDIOVASCULAR NUCLEAR MED 110
ONCOLOGICAL NUCLEAR MED 111
important. The RA*4.5*8 and LR*5.2*138 can be installed in reverse order.
INFECTIOUS DISEASE NUCLEAR MED 112
RADIONUCLIDE TREATMENT 113
SING PHOTON EMISS TOMOGRAPHY 114
ULTRASOUND 115
HBHC - PHYSICIAN 170
CLINICAL PHARMACY 160
BEREAVEMENT COUNSELING 165
VASCULAR LABORATORY 421
EMPLOYEE HEALTH 999
EVOKED POTENTIAL 126
TOPOGRAPHICAL BRAIN MONITORING 127
PROLONGED VIDEO-EEG MONITORING 128
MAMMOGRAM 703
RADIONUCLIDE THERAPY 144
PHARM/PHYSIO NMP STUDIES 145
PET 146
No LAB OOS LOCATIONS can have appointments.
No patients can be scheduled to LAB OOS LOCATIONS.
The Laboratory Information Manager (LIM) should be notified of the patch
LAB OOS LOCATIONS can not be selected as the ordering locations.
All locations are created by the Scheduling API.
Name Length is less than 31 characters.
LAB OOS LOCATION can not be deleted with FileMan.
Example LAB OOS LOCATION name = LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 108
Where 647 = Poplar Bluff, MO
Where 108 = Laboratory Stop Code
===========================================
This patch contains two (2) new options which will be added to the LIM
installation schedule and the date/time of the actual LR*5.2*138
workload menu [LR LIM/WKLD MENU].
1) Create Laboratory OOS Locations [LR WKLD LOCATION] provides a software
controlled creation of LAB OOS HOSPITAL LOCATIONS.
2) Edit ACC Area OOS Location [LR WKLD ACC AREA LOCATION] allows the LIM
to modify individual accession areas LAB OOS LOCATIONS to adjust NPCDB
workload credit.
=============================
Fields included in LR*5.2*138
installation.
WKLD CODE (#64) File
DSS Feeder Key (#14) field
ACCESSION (#68) File
LAB OOS LOCATION (#.8) field
LAB ORDER ENTRY (#69) File
TEST (#69.03) subfile
PCE VISIT # (#12) field
LABORATORY SITE (#69.9) File
DEFAULT LAB OOS LOCATION (#.8) field
This is a joint Radiology, PIMS, PCE, VSIT, National Patient Care Database
Field Notes:
A new field DEFAULT LAB OOS LOCATION (#.8) has been added to the
LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9). It is used when ACCESSION AREAS does not
have a LAB OOS LOCATION defined.
A new field LAB OOS LOCATION (#.8) has been added to the ACCESSION (#68)
file. This field is used to adjust NPCDB workload reporting.
* An existing field is renamed, DSS Feeder Key (#14) in the WKLD CODE
(#64) file. This field was altered by an earlier patch.
Site Preparation notice:
Routine Notes:
This patch contains three (3) modified routines LRCAPPH, LRCAPPH1, LRWU
and one (1) new routine LRCAPPH2. These routines control the reporting of
NPCDB workload data and the screening of hospital OOS locations.
There are several additional non laboratory routines that will control
the user's HOSPITAL LOCATION selections.
==============================
Example of option use after Post Installation failure
This patch and LMIP workload reporting rely on the STATION NUMBER (#99) in
Select OPTION NAME: LR WKLD LOCATION
Create Laboratory OOS Locations
List of already defined Laboratory OOS Locations
NONE ARE CURRENTLY DEFINED
INSTALL PATCH LR*5.2*138
the INSTITUTION file (#4) being correctly defined. New OOS HOSPITAL
=================================
Example of a defined OOS location display
Select OPTION NAME: LR WKLD LOCATION
Create Laboratory OOS Locations
List of already defined Laboratory OOS Locations
LAB DIV 170 OOS ID 108 170 108
LOCATION names will be based on this field. The user can not control how a
Would you like a detail display ?No// YES
Select Laboratory OOS Location : LAB DIV 170 OOS ID 108
NAME: LAB DIV 170 OOS ID 108 TYPE: CLINIC
INSTITUTION: 170 STATION 170 STOP CODE NUMBER: LABORATORY
SERVICE: NONE NON-COUNT CLINIC? (Y OR N): NO
CLINIC MEETS AT THIS FACILITY?: YES INCLUDE ON FILE ROOM LISTS?: NO
TYPE EXTENSION: CLINIC ASK PROVIDER AT CHECK OUT:
new LAB OOS LOCATIONS will be named. The name will be based on the
YES/REQUIRED
ASK DIAGNOSIS AT CHECK OUT: NO
==================================
Example of attempted duplicate LAB OOS LOCATION entry
Select Laboratory OOS Location :
List of already defined Laboratory OOS Locations
LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 108 647 108
INSTITUTION file setup.
Would you like a detail display ?No//
You may define a new Laboratory OOS Location
Enter New Division : POPLAR BLUFF, MO 647
Select Stop Code Service : 108 LABORATORY 108
ONCE DEFINED - IT CAN NOT BE DELETED
===============================
[LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 108] Is this the correct new name ? No// YES
LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 108
This location is already defined
=======================================
Example of creating a non Laboratory OOS location
List of already defined Laboratory OOS Locations
LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 108 647 108
Purpose of the patch:
Would you like a detail display ?No//
You may define a new Laboratory OOS Location
Enter New Division : POPLAR BLUFF, MO 647
Select Stop Code Service :
1 PULMONARY FUNCTION 104
2 X-RAY 105
3 EEG 106
1. Correct collection of NPCDB laboratory workload.
4 EKG 107
CHOOSE 1-4: 1
ONCE DEFINED - IT CAN NOT BE DELETED
[LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 104] Is this the correct new name ? No// YES
NAME: LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 104 TYPE: CLINIC
INSTITUTION: POPLAR BLUFF, MO STOP CODE NUMBER: PULMONARY
(NPCDB) and Laboratory patch. This patch will not successfully install if
2. Create LAB Occasion of Service (OOS) LOCATIONS for the purpose of PCE
FUNCTION
SERVICE: NONE NON-COUNT CLINIC? (Y OR N): NO
CLINIC MEETS AT THIS FACILITY?: YES INCLUDE ON FILE ROOM LISTS?: NO
TYPE EXTENSION: CLINIC ASK PROVIDER AT CHECK OUT:
YES/REQUIRED
ASK DIAGNOSIS AT CHECK OUT: NO
LAB Location Added
You may define a new Laboratory OOS Location
reporting.
Enter New Division :
=====================================
Example of changing ACCESSION AREA LAB OOS LOCATION
Select OPTION NAME: LR WKLD ACC AREA LOCATION
Select Accession Area : GAS
Select OOS Location for [GAS] Acc Area : LAB DIV 7000BY OOS ID 108
Replace ... With LAB DIV 647 Replace
3. Provide immediate functionality without LIM intervention.
LAB DIV 647
1 LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 108
2 LAB DIV 647 OOS ID 104
CHOOSE 1-2: 2
DONE
Select Accession Area :
=======================================
=======================================
4. Provide data clean up of previously reported NPCDB workload (PX*1*9).
Example of the Build Install
Select OPTION NAME: XPD MAIN Kernel Installation & Distribution System
Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option: Installation
Select Installation Option: Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*138 Loaded from Distribution
10/21/96@12:12:25
=>LR*5.2*138 3k LINES ;Created on Oct 21, 1996@13:48:57
5. Provide utilities to manage multi-divisional NPCDB workload.
This Distribution was loaded on Oct 21, 1996@12:12:25 with header of
LR*5.2*138 3k LINES ;Created on Oct 21, 1996@13:48:57
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*138
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR138
Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*138
64 WKLD CODE (Partial Definition)
6. Provide capabilities to support non Pathology & Laboratory Medicine
Note: You already have the 'WKLD CODE' File.
68 ACCESSION (Partial Definition)
Note: You already have the 'ACCESSION' File.
69 LAB ORDER ENTRY (Partial Definition)
Note: You already have the 'LAB ORDER ENTRY' File.
69.9 LABORATORY SITE (Partial Definition)
Note: You already have the 'LABORATORY SITE' File.
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
services to receive proper NPCDB workload credit.
DEVICE: HOME// HOME
LR*5.2*138
Install Started for LR*5.2*138 :
Oct 21, 1996@12:16:32
Installing Routines:
Oct 21, 1996@12:16:33
Running Pre-Install Routine: ^LR138P
LOCKING THE ^LRO(69,AA) GLOBAL
Pre Install Step Complete
7. Enhancement of the Laboratory NPCDB reporting capabilities.
Installing Data Dictionaries:
Oct 21, 1996@12:16:51
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION
Oct 21, 1996@12:16:53
Running Post-Install Routine: ^LR138PO
Starting Post Install Process
Option [LR WKLD LOCATIONS] was Added to [LR LIM/WKLD] MENU
Option [LR WKLD ACC AREA LOCATIONS] was Added to [LR LIM/WKLD] MENU
Creating Laboratory OOS Workload Locations
NUMBER: 657 NAME: LAB DIV 600 OOS ID 108
TYPE: CLINIC INSTITUTION: LONG BEACH, CA
STOP CODE NUMBER: LABORATORY SERVICE: NONE
DIVISION: VA MEDICAL CENTER, LONG BEACH
NON-COUNT CLINIC? (Y OR N): NO CLINIC MEETS AT THIS FACILITY?:
YES
INCLUDE ON FILE ROOM LISTS?: NO TYPE EXTENSION: CLINIC
This patch will not effect LMIP workload capture or DSS Laboratory
ASK PROVIDER AT CHECK OUT: YES/REQUIRED
ASK DIAGNOSIS AT CHECK OUT: NO
LAB Location Added
Database Upgrade Completed Successfully
DEFAULT LAB OOS LOCATION IS
NUMBER: 657 NAME: LAB DIV 600 OOS ID 108
TYPE: CLINIC INSTITUTION: LONG BEACH, CA
the Scheduling Package SD*5.3*63 patch has not been installed.
workload data extraction. There are no CPT code updates contained in this
STOP CODE NUMBER: LABORATORY SERVICE: NONE
DIVISION: VA MEDICAL CENTER, LONG BEACH
NON-COUNT CLINIC? (Y OR N): NO CLINIC MEETS AT THIS FACILITY?:
YES
INCLUDE ON FILE ROOM LISTS?: NO TYPE EXTENSION: CLINIC
ASK PROVIDER AT CHECK OUT: YES/REQUIRED
ASK DIAGNOSIS AT CHECK OUT: NO
PCE/VSIT ON (#615) field in LABORATORY SITE (#69.9) file
patch.
has been set to BOTH PCE/VSIT AND STOP CODES
==============================
Problem:
Scheduling software determines if a particular procedure requires patient
diagnosis based on the HOSPITAL LOCATION file setup. The Laboratory was
passing the ordering location without patient diagnosis. This produced
NPCDB workload recording errors because of no diagnosis being passed.
Some packages still use Clinic Stop codes to identify certain kinds of
data. The Stop Codes were determined based on the HOSPITAL LOCATION file
setup. The Stop Code passed by Laboratory to the PCE API was not being
used.
============================
Problem Solution
New OOS HOSPITAL LOCATIONS will be created solely for Laboratory NPCDB
Workload reporting. These new locations can not be used for appointments
or as test ordering locations. These special OOS locations will be
configured to not require diagnosis, eliminating the current errors.
The Scheduling software will use these special hospital (non diagnosis
requiring) locations when passing workload to NPCDB. Upon initial install
Patches should be installed in the following order:
all workload will be reported as laboratory Stop Code 108 for the Primary
Institution as defined by LMIP Workload Collection file (#67.9). Options
are provided to allow the LIM to create additional OOS Hospital Locations.
The naming of the OOS locations is controlled by the a option included in
this patch.
NOTE: The LIM can not edit the Hospital Location file directly. They can
only do so via a special option. LAB OOS LOCATIONS should not be created
through VA FileMan.
SD*5.3*63 (Scheduling)
==============================
Workload Reporting Logic:
1. Only collected specimens will be processed by the software.
2. Only laboratory specimens having a collection type of Immediate
Collect, Send Patient or Lab Collect will receive phlebotomy Workload
credit.
3. Only those specimens with a HOSPITAL LOCATION type of Clinic, Module or
Other will be passed to PCE API. This is not dependent on specimen
collection type
4. No new WKLD CODE CPT codes are included in this patch. Those linked
RA*4.5*8 (Radiology/Nuclear Med)
LABORATORY TESTS without CPT codes will not be passed to PCE API. Another
Laboratory patch will fully populate the WKLD CODE file with CPT codes.
NOTE: The DEFAULT LAB OOS LOCATION field is populated during the post
install. This field is used by NPCDB Laboratory workload reporting
software if a specific ACCESSION AREA does not have a LAB OOS LOCATION
assigned.
A tasked routine will inspect the LAB ORDER ENTRY (#69) file for
collected specimens. When it finds a patient with collected specimen(s)
LR*5.2*138 (Laboratory ** this patch **)
the software will use the above logic steps to determine if the specimen
meets criteria. If the specimens meets criteria, the software checks the
ACCESSION AREA where the specimen was accessioned. The accessioned test(s)
does not need to be verified in order to trigger NPCDB or LMIP Phlebotomy
workload reporting. If the ACCESSION AREA has a LAB OOS LOCATION defined
the API will pass that location. If the ACCESSION AREA does not have a LAB
OOS LOCATION defined, the DEFAULT LAB OOS LOCATION will be passed.
=======================================
ROUTINE SUMMARY:
-
- 260
- DATE APPLIED: 2000-09-05 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch adds two new segments to the HL7 transmissions generated by
ABBREVIATED NAME: DSP FULL NAME: Display Data
LREPIPH NEW 5818757 260
LREPIRP 6008472 5973015 132,157,175,260
LREPISRV NEW 12552990 260
Installation Instructions:
==========================
NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
This segment will report Clinical Reminders Hepatitis
during the install and no user options are affected.
If KIDS prompts:
"Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? YES// NO"
"Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
"Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
YES// NO"
The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
C Risk Assessment Data.
Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
your system.
2. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped, they
should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
Transport global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
This patch also includes the new LREPI REMINDER LINK file (#69.51).
4. Users may remain on the system, installation may be done at
any time.
5. No options need to be placed out of service.
6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
hours and less than 5 minutes during peak hours.
7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory
This file points to the REMINDER DEFINITION (#811.9) used by the
space.
8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*260'
and proceed with the install.
9. The post-init routine, LR260, will perform the three final
automated functions in the installation. These steps are:
A. Three entries will be added to the LREPI REMINDER
Emerging Pathogens Initiative (EPI). Entries in the new LREPI REMINDER
LINK (#69.51) file. These are "VA-NATIONAL EPI DB
UPDATE", "VA-HEP C RISK ASSESSMENT", and
"VA-NATIONAL EPI RX EXTRACT".
B. Three entries will be added to the LAB
SEARCH/EXTRACT (#69.5) file. These are "HEPATITIS C
ANTIBODY NEG", "HEPATITIS A ANTIBODY POS", and
"HEPATITIS B POS". Please refer to the
LR*5.2*260 TECHNICAL/USERS MANUAL for instructions
on adding tests to these entries.
C. The NCH CHOLESTEROL and NCH PAP SMEAR entries will
LINK file are used to determine which Clinical Reminders will be used to
be inactivated in the LAB SEARCH/EXTRACT (#69.5)
file.
You will be notified after each step if any problems were
encountered.
10. The post-init routine, LR260, will be automatically deleted
when the installation has completed.
12. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should
generate data for the Hepatitis C database.
be returned to the mapped set once the installation has run
to completion.
13. LABORATORY SEARCH/EXTRACT PATCH LR*5.2*260 HEPATITIS EMERGING
PATHOGENS INITIATIVE (EPI) TECHNICAL AND USER GUIDE in
Portable Document Format (LR_260TUG.PDF) is provided with
this patch. Please refer to this documentation for details
and specific instructions. The patch description does not
include ALL implementation considerations or complete setup
instructions.
This document is available on the following Office of Information Field
Offices' ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directories.
OI Field Office FTP Address Directory
================================================================
Albany 152.127.1.5 ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
Hines 152.129.1.110 ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
Salt Lake City 152.131.2.1 ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
the Emerging Pathogens Initiative (EPI) software, clears fifteen
The NOIS calls addressed are:
14. Please do not do this until specifically requested to do so.
After the patch installation and set up has been completed,
the data for your site will be validated by the EPI program
office. At this time you will be asked to add
XXX@Q-EPI.DOMAIN.EXT to the MEMBERS - REMOTE field (#12) of the
MAIL GROUP file (#3.8) for the EPI mail group.
VA FileMan 22.0
1. ALX-0400-71108
Select OPTION: 1 ENTER OR EDIT FILE ENTRIES
INPUT TO WHAT FILE: MAIL GROUP//
EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// MEMBERS - REMOTE (multiple)
EDIT WHICH MEMBERS - REMOTE SUB-FIELD: ALL//
THEN EDIT FIELD:
ALB-0100-52818
Select MAIL GROUP NAME: EPI
1 EPI
2 EPI-REPORT
CHOOSE 1-2: 1 EPI
Select REMOTE MEMBER: S.HL V16 SERVER@DEV// XXX@Q-EPI.DOMAIN.EXT
Are you adding 'XXX@Q-EPI.DOMAIN.EXT' as a new REMOTE MEMBER (the
2ND for this MAIL GROUP)? No// Y
(Yes)
Select REMOTE MEMBER:
BHH-0999-40058
Select MAIL GROUP NAME:
NCH-0599-42202
WAS-0499-21751
MRN-0299-40846
CIN-0199-42742
ALB-1198-50947
BRK-1198-10546
NOIS calls, and eliminates the National Center for Health Promotion
SUX-0599-40961
PUG-0399-52619
MEM-0199-72168
Several sites have reported receiving a
SEARCH+3^LREPI4 error during the nightly runs. This
is due to an incomplete PTF record. The software now
checks the validity of the reference before attempting
to access the record.
2. LAS-1199-61337
WPB-1298-30488
(NCH) data transmissions.
These NOIS calls report an error in the way the site
number is obtained. An older method of gathering the
site number was used. This has been replaced with a
FileMan reference as allowed in DBIA #10090.
3. STC-1098-41570
The NCH transmissions will be eliminated with the
release of this patch.
Requesting Site: Washington, DC
Cincinnati, OH
Test Site(s): Cincinnati, OH
West Palm Beach, FL
Reference NOIS: ALX-0400-71108
ALB-0100-52818
BHH-0999-40058
NCH-0599-42202
WAS-0499-21751
MRN-0299-40846
The new segments are:
CIN-0199-42742
ALB-1198-50947
BRK-1198-10546
SUX-0599-40961
PUG-0399-52619
MEM-0199-72168
LAS-1199-61337
WPB-1298-30488
STC-1098-41570
ABBREVIATED NAME: ZXE FULL NAME: Pharmacy Prescription Order
The daily National Center for Health Promotion (NCH) data transmissions
are no longer necessary and the NCHP program office has requested that
we terminate the transmissions. This will be done during the post-init
phase and does not require any user intervention.
This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the
VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA
BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
This segment will report Pharmacy data consisting of
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following is a list of routines included in this patch. The second
line of each routine now looks like:
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;;Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD Results
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
the Drug Name, NDC, and Days Supply.
------------ ------------ ----------- ----------
LR260 NEW 10238627 260
LREPI 11741568 14217525 132,175,260
LREPI1 10215540 10654552 132,157,175,260
LREPI1A 5536163 5834647 175,260
LREPI2 5729687 7199135 132,157,175,242,260
LREPI3 3617464 5462995 132,175,260
LREPI4 1715994 1903453 132,175,260
LREPIAK 2866307 3640656 175,260
-
- 256 SEQ #200
- DATE APPLIED: 2000-11-06 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 264 SEQ #201
- DATE APPLIED: 2000-11-27 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
All changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank Developer and
WHITE RIVER JUNCTION, VT
SAINT LOUIS, MO
ALBUQUERQUE, NM
MUSKOGEE, OK
ROUTINE SUMMARY:
================
The following is a list of the routine(s) included in this patch. The
second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE control
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
Routine name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
============ ============ =========== ==========
LR264 NONE 2442347 264
LRCAPPH 11522455 11647574 1,19,127,136,138,153
158,263,264
LRCAPPH1 7745000 11010117 127,136,138,158,263,264
functions.
LRCAPPNP 1653480 2930814 263,264
LRCAPR2 8701428 8898011 88,105,263,264
LRMISTF1 14019130 13608455 121,128,202,263,264
Installation Instructions:
==========================
All users may remain on the system. However Laboratory Users should be
idle during installation.
No laboratory background jobs need to be stopped. No options need to be
placed out of service.
Installation time of this patch is less than 5 minutes.
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan
menu. This option will load the KIDS package in this
message onto your system.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*264 have no effect on Blood
2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global
on your system. You now need to use KIDS to install
the Transport global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use
the following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
3. Users may remain on the system, but installation
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
should be done at off peak hours.
4. No options need to be placed out of service.
5. Installation time is less than 5 minutes during off
peak hours and less than 15 minutes during peak hours.
6. Installation of this patch requires no additional
memory space.
7. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
option
'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*264'
and proceed with the install.
8. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONS during the
install? YES//' respond NO.
9. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE scheduled Options, Menu
Options, and Protocols? YES//' respond NO.
After the install has been completed. All users can now resume normal
activities.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*264 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical element
functions.
VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE V5.2 DEVICE PRODUCT LABELING STATEMENT
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains no changes to files and
routines identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
99-053. The changes that are made have no effect to Blood Bank
functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse
potential to sites.
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validation
scenarios to be completed by sites after installing this patch.
=============================
Patch Description:
===========================
1) There is a unique set of circumstances that will cause the PCE workload
update background software program (LRCAPPH1) to produce a software error.
The error situation is created when an orderable test has no accession
area assigned and is ordered from an outpatient location.
When the laboratory accessions the specimen, the appropriate accession
area is selected. The selected accession area is not updated in the LAB
ORDER ENTRY file (#69). PCE workload data has been credited for that
order/accession. The test is then subsequently Not Performed(NP) and PCE
workload has already been credited, the PCE workload update background
software will error for a lack of accession area definition in the LAB
ORDER ENTRY file. This patch will correct this situation by using the
default DSS Location value instead of attempting to determine the specific
accession area used to accession the test. This error is only manifested
under these sequence of events. If the order/accession is NP before PCE
workload is credited, no error will occur.
The software will remove PCE encounters that do not have CPT workload
June 10, 1999
because all of the CPT Codes for the order have been Not Performed (NP).
Order Status screen will display the encounter number with appended text
to explain CPT workload transactions.
Example: XXX indicates the encounter number.
-CPT CANC indicates at least one of the CPT workload credits have been
removed.
-ENC DEL indicates that all CPT workload has been removed and the
encounter has been deleted.
Visit Number(s): XXX-CPT CANC-ENC DEL;
2) The option Results entry (batch) [LRMISTUF] allows for three methods of
input batch data. Patch LR*5.2*263 disabled the third option of 'Just
Prompt'. Patch LR*5.2*264 restores this functionality.
3) The option Workload Report [LRCAPR1] allows for the reporting of
quality control in the report. If the QC specimens are accessioned
automatically by the nightly background job, there is no ward location
defined. The report would not report any of these specimens on the report.
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*264 contains no changes to software
The routine LRCAPR2 corrects this problem.
4) In certain situations, Laboratory was passing to the PCE API incorrect
date/time, which resulted in corrupted date/time fields in PCE. This patch
corrects this problem. Laboratory will no longer pass time that includes
seconds to the PCE API. This will reduce the number of visit numbers
generated per order.
NOTE: Scheduling patch SD*5.3*227 will provide the functionality to
correct previous PCE data containing the erroneous date/time values.
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
Related NOIS: CON-0600-12803 SDC-0700-62722 HVH-0700-11960
WRJ-0600-12784 SDC-0700-62542 SAG-0700-41748
NIN-0800-41201 ATG-0700-32318 BUT-0700-21675
BHS-0800-11092 ATG-0700-32273 NOP-0700-10942
STL-0800-40946 FAV-0700-72129 ALB-0700-50782
MAN-0800-10125 REN-0700-62117 FRE-0700-60219
IND-0600-42277 HAM-0900-22088 BHS-0900-12254
SAJ-1000-71270 SDC-1000-60114 LEX-1000-40050
FTL-1000-50009 MAD-0900-42468 PHO-0900-62454
MEM-0900-72282 BHS-0900-12254 HAM-0900-71979
SHR-0900-71979 MIN-0900-41468 WIN-0900-40871
LEB-0900-20354 DAY-0900-40304 NJH-0900-20290
JAC-0900-70076 IOW-0800-42214 FGH-0800-31826
SJA-0800-31826
Test site(s): LONG BEACH,CA
CONNECTICUT HCS
-
- 265 SEQ #202
- DATE APPLIED: 2001-01-03 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE V5.2 DEVICE PRODUCT LABELING STATEMENT
found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE control
functions.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*265 have no effect on Blood
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*265 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical element
functions.
=============================
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains no changes to files and
routines identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
99-053. The changes that are made have no effect to Blood Bank
functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse
potential to sites.
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validation
scenarios to be completed by sites after installing this patch.
This patch is informational only. The routines referenced in this patch
are distributed and installed with OERR V3.0 patch OR*3*97.
DESCRIPTION
This project consists of five patches that bring all HL/7 date
conversions, both to and from VA FileMan format, into compliance with the
current HL/7 standard. The previous standard for HL/7 dates (V2.2) listed
the date in YYYYMMDDHHMMSS format. The degree of precision was listed as
a separate parameter. The new standard format (V2.3) is
[YYYY[MM[DD[HH[MM[SS]]]]]-zzzz] where the bracketed sections are optional
June 10, 1999
depending on the existence of the subsequent set. Also, if either the
seconds or the minutes/seconds combination consist only of zeroes, the
minutes (if zeroes) and seconds will be omitted. The length of the
date/time string specifies the degree of precision. In addition, a ZULU
time offset (-zzzz)is also included. This is the number of hours between
Greenwich Mean Time and the local time where the date/time string was
created.
These patches are combined into a single build for ease of
installation at VHA facilities: OR_3_97.KID
The build is available at the following locations:
OI Field Office FTP Address Directory
================================================================
Albany 152.127.1.5 ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
Hines 152.129.1.110 ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
Salt Lake City 152.131.2.1 ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*265 contains no changes to software
The NOIS calls addressed are:
Refer to OR*3*97
Requesting Site: Central Office, Washington, DC
Test Site(s):
Refer to OR*3*97
Reference NOIS:
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
Refer to OR*3*97
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following Laboratory package routines are distributed and installed
with CPRS patch OR*3*97.
The second line of each routine now looks like:
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;;Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD Results
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ----------
LR7OU0 7183809 6871123 121,187,265
All changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank Developer and
-
- 265
- DATE APPLIED: 2001-01-03 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE V5.2 DEVICE PRODUCT LABELING STATEMENT
found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE control
functions.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*265 have no effect on Blood
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*265 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical element
functions.
=============================
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains no changes to files and
routines identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
99-053. The changes that are made have no effect to Blood Bank
functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse
potential to sites.
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validation
scenarios to be completed by sites after installing this patch.
This patch is informational only. The routines referenced in this patch
are distributed and installed with OERR V3.0 patch OR*3*97.
DESCRIPTION
This project consists of five patches that bring all HL/7 date
conversions, both to and from VA FileMan format, into compliance with the
current HL/7 standard. The previous standard for HL/7 dates (V2.2) listed
the date in YYYYMMDDHHMMSS format. The degree of precision was listed as
a separate parameter. The new standard format (V2.3) is
[YYYY[MM[DD[HH[MM[SS]]]]]-zzzz] where the bracketed sections are optional
June 10, 1999
depending on the existence of the subsequent set. Also, if either the
seconds or the minutes/seconds combination consist only of zeroes, the
minutes (if zeroes) and seconds will be omitted. The length of the
date/time string specifies the degree of precision. In addition, a ZULU
time offset (-zzzz)is also included. This is the number of hours between
Greenwich Mean Time and the local time where the date/time string was
created.
These patches are combined into a single build for ease of
installation at VHA facilities: OR_3_97.KID
The build is available at the following locations:
OI Field Office FTP Address Directory
================================================================
Albany 152.127.1.5 ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
Hines 152.129.1.110 ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
Salt Lake City 152.131.2.1 ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*265 contains no changes to software
The NOIS calls addressed are:
Refer to OR*3*97
Requesting Site: Central Office, Washington, DC
Test Site(s):
Refer to OR*3*97
Reference NOIS:
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
Refer to OR*3*97
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following Laboratory package routines are distributed and installed
with CPRS patch OR*3*97.
The second line of each routine now looks like:
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;;Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD Results
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ----------
LR7OU0 7183809 6871123 121,187,265
All changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank Developer and
-
- 261 SEQ #203
- DATE APPLIED: 2001-01-03 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
LR*5.2*261
Job hangs in LRWLST1
-
- 266
- DATE APPLIED: 2001-01-22 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patches LA*5.2*58 and
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patches LA*5.2*58 and LR*5.2*266 have no
Associated NOIS
===============
MIA-0600-30434
MWV-0900-21094
Test Sites
==========
Martinsburg, West Virginia
effect on Blood Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
ROUTINE SUMMARY
=================
The following is a list of routines included in patch LA*5.2*58. The
second line of each routine now looks like:
<tab>;;5.2;AUTOMATED LAB INSTRUMENTS;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD Results
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LA7DEDT 3765930 5836716 53,58
LA7DLOC NEW 553499 58
LA7DVM 6983644 6949969 53,58
The following is a list of routines included in patch LR*5.2*266. The
second line of each routine now looks like:
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
**NOTE**
CHECK^XTSUMBLD Results
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR266 NEW 1529899 266
LRMIUT 3673249 3951633 254,266
LRVER3A 10780812 10508599 1,5,42,100,121
153,190,221,254,
263,266
The documentation and distribution files for patches LA*5.2*58 and
LR*5.2*266 may be obtained using FTP from the appropriate National VistA
Support directory:
OI FIELD OFFICE FTP ADDRESS DIRECTORY
=============== =========== ==========
HINES 152.129.1.110 [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
SALT LAKE CITY 152.131.2.1 [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
ALBANY 152.127.1.5 [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
Patches LA*5.2*58 and LR*5.2*266 are being released in a single
File names are:
ASCII FILE
LA_52_P58.KID - KIDS distribution for LA*5.2*58 and LR*5.2*266
BINARY FILE
LA7DIG.PDF - CareVue Installation Guide
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
distribution. Because of this, patch descriptions for LA*5.2*58 and
NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
during the install and no user options are affected.
If KIDS prompts:
"Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? YES// NO"
"Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
"Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES// NO"
LR*5.2*266 are identical and contain routine summaries for both sets of
The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.
1. Review your mapped set. If any of the routines listed in
patches LA*5.2*58 or LR*5.2*266 are mapped, they should be
removed from the mapped set at this time.
2. From the Kernel Installation & Distribution System menu (XPD
MAIN), select the Installation menu option, then the option,
routines.
Load a Distribution. Enter your directory name and
LA_52_P58.KID at the Host File prompt.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
Transport global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
4. It is recommended that this release be installed during off
peak hours. To prevent a possible problem with the tasking
of the next days laboratory orders, do not install this package
at the same time as the following nightly tasked jobs:
LRTASK ROLLOVER
LR*5.2*266 do not contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as
**NOTE**
LRTASK NIGHTLY
LRTASK CONJAM
LRTASK CUM
5. No options need to be placed out of service.
6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
hours and less than 5 minutes during peak hours
7. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LA*5.2*58'
and proceed with the install. When prompted 'Want to
DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
YES//', choose 'NO'.
8. This patch updates the Processing RTN field (#771) and the
Response Processing RTN field (#772) of the Protocol file
(#101) for the LA7D CARELIFE RESULTS and LA7D CARELIFE SERVER
entries. The letter "Q" will be entered by the post-init
routine LR266 if no entry exists. The LR266 routine will
The laboratory routines LRVER3A and LRMIUT are being modified by this
automatically be deleted after the patch is installed.
9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they
should be returned to the mapped set once the installation
has run to completion.
patch. These routines may have been locally modified at the sites. The
sites must ensure that precautions are taken to prevent loss of local
modifications when patches to Laboratory are installed.
**NOTE**
When initially setting up the FOREIGN INTERFACE file (#62.487), the
defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION
FOREIGN COMPUTER INTERFACE NAME field (#.01) should ALWAYS be set to
"CAREVUE" (all caps, no leading or trailing spaces, and no quotes). The
routines that access this file are looking specifically for CAREVUE. The
routines will not be able to process the results for CareVue ward patients
if this is not done.
This patch contains changes to Class I CareVue code and requires that
patch LA*5.2*53 and LR*5.2*263 be installed before LA*5.2*58. Patches
LA*5.2*58 and LR*5.2*266 are contained in the same KID file
(LA_52_P58.KID) and will be installed together.
5.2.
This patch includes the following changes:
1. This patch updates the documentation released with the CareVue
Interface patch (LA*5.2*53).
2. This patch makes changes to the routines LRVER3A and LRMIUT, and will
create a new routine (LA7DLOC). Currently, two routines (LRVER3A and
LRMIUT) contain the Class I software for the CareVue interface. This patch
will modify these routines to call the new routine (LA7DLOC). LA7DLOC
contains the Class I code for determining if a patient is located in a
CareVue ward. The current condition of the Class I code checks the CHEM,
HEM, TOX, RIA, SER, etc. field (#4) and the Microbiology field (#5) of the
Lab Data file (#63), but the updated routines will call LA7DLOC and will
look in the Ward Location field (#.1) of the Patient file (#2). This
shows the current location of the patient. There were problems with
patients that were not transferred to the CareVue ward until after the lab
order was taken. The old routine was checking where the patient was
located when the order was taken, and not the current location of the
patient.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patches LA*5.2*58 and
3. Updates to the HL/7 date conversion routines. The previous standard
for HL/7 dates listed the date in YYYYMMDDHHMMSS format. The degree of
precision was listed as a separate parameter. The new standard format is
[YYYY[MM[DD[HH[MM[SS]]]]]-zzzz] where the bracketed sections are optional
depending on the existence of the subsequent set. Also, if either the
seconds or the minutes/seconds combination consist only of zeroes, the
minutes (if zeroes) and seconds will be omitted. The length of the
date/time string specifies the degree of precision. In addition, a ZULU
time offset (-zzzz) is also included. This is the number of hours between
LR*5.2*266 do not alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety
Greenwich Mean Time and the local time where the date/time string was
created. Routines LA7DVM and LA7DVEXT have been modified to use the
Kernel function ($$FMTHL7^XLFDT) to convert dates from FileMan to HL7
instead of the HL/7 date conversion utility ($$HDATE^HLFNC).
4. This patch will use TaskMan to transfer data to the CareVue system.
Currently, TaskMan is not invoked. This could cause a problem verifying a
result if an error was encountered in the CareVue routines.
5. This patch changes the LA7D EDIT FOREIGN INTERFACE (Edit Foreign
critical elements functions.
Interface Parameters) option. It is now easier to add a Ward to a Foreign
Computer System Name.
6. This patch updates the Processing RTN field (#771) and the Response
Processing RTN field (#772) of the Protocol file (#101) for the LA7D
CARELIFE RESULTS and LA7D CARELIFE SERVER entries. The letter "Q" will be
entered by the post-init routine LR266 if no entry exists.
NOIS - MIA-0600-30434
Reported an error, MISSING PROCESSING ROUTINE, when sending the HL7
message from VistA to CareVue. The letter "Q" will be entered by
the post-init routine LR266 if no entry exists.
NOIS - MWV-0900-21094
Reported that all CareVue ward patients tests were not being sent to
the CareVue system. It was discovered that these patients were ones
who were transferred from a non-CareVue ward to a CareVue ward after
the tests were ordered. The patient was bypassed since the location
at time of order was not a CareVue ward. This patch will correct
this by looking at the Ward Location field (#.1) in the Patient file
(#2) for the current location of the patient.
-
- 248 SEQ #205
- DATE APPLIED: 2001-02-02 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Subject: RESOLVE ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY LOGIN/REPORT PROBLEMS
This patch is to resolve a number of Anatomic Pathology problems related to
FS/Gross/Micro/Dx/ICD9CM Coding [LRAPDGI]
Spec Studies-EM;Immuno;Consult;Pic, Anat Path [LRAPDSS]
Provisional anatomic diagnoses [LRAPAUPAD]
Autopsy protocol [LRAPAUDAP]
Autopsy protocol & ICD9CM coding [LRAPAUDAA]
Final autopsy diagnoses date [LRAPAUFAD]
Special studies, autopsy [LRAPAUDAS]
SNOMED coding, anat path [LRAPX]
ICD9CM coding, anat path [LRAPICD]
Supplementary report release, anat path [LRAPRS]
log-in and reporting.
Patch LR*5.2*248 adds the following new fields:
LAB DATA file (#63)
AUTOPSY SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT (field #32.4, sub-file 63.324)
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED multiple (field #2, sub-file 63.3242) (New)
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #.01) (New)
PERSON MODIFYING TEXT (field #.02) (New)
PREMODIFICATION TEXT (field #1, sub-file 63.32421) (New)
SURGICAL PATHOLOGY(field #8, sub-file 63.08)
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT (field #1.2, sub-file 63.817)
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #2, sub-file 63.8172) (New)
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #.01) (New)
PERSON MODIFYING TEXT (field #.02) (New)
PREMODIFICATION TEXT (field #1, sub-file 63.81721) (New)
EM (Electron Microscopy)(field #2, sub-file 63.02)
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT (field #1.2, sub-file 63.207)
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #2, sub-file 63.2072) (New)
******************************************************************************
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #.01) (New)
PERSON MODIFYING TEXT (field #.02) (New)
PREMODIFICATION TEXT (field #1, sub-file 63.20721) (New)
CYTOPATHOLOGY (field #9, sub-file 63.09)
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT (field #1.2, sub-file 63.907)
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #2, sub-file 63.9072) (New)
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #.01) (New)
PERSON MODIFYING TEXT (field #.02) (New)
PREMODIFICATION TEXT (field #1, sub-file 63.90721) (New)
Patch LR*5.2*248 VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
The Anatomic Pathology problems addressed by this patch are as follows:
A. ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY LOGIN/DATA ENTRY
1. SYSTEM HANGS DURING LOG-IN, ANAT PATH [LRAPLG] OPTION
When two or more users are trying to login in patients using the Log-in, anat
path [LRAPLG] option the system hangs after the patient location is entered
because the record in the ACCESSION file (#68) is locked. The solution is to
DEVICE PRODUCT LABELING STATEMENT
put a five second time out on the lock with the message "Someone else is
logging in specimens. Please wait and try again." For example:
Select Patient Name: DOE,JOHN 01-01-69 511111211 YES
PATIENT LOCATION: BON-DOM CLINIC//
Someone else is logging in specimens. Please wait and try again.
NOIS: MUS-0395-70386, SHR-0595-70238
2. CONTINUOUS LOOP OCCURS IN LOG-IN, ANAT PATH [LRAPLG] OPTION
If a user is entering data using the option Log-in, anat path [LRAPLG] and the
user does not have the LRLAB, LRSUPER, LRVERIFY, or LRLIASON security keys,
the patient location prompt does not appear. If the patient is a new patient
with no data in the LAB DATA file (#63), the code tries to file '???' as the
patient location. The Fileman DIE call does not accept '???' for patient
location so it attempts to retrieve the patient location again. The result is
an endless loop which prints "This is the requesting location." For example:
August 23, 2000
Assign SURGICAL PATHOLOGY accession #: 2 ? YES// (YES)
Date/time Specimen taken: TODAY// (DEC 11, 1995)
This is the requesting location.
This is the requesting location.
This is the requesting location.
The fix to the problem is to replace the '???' with 'UNKNOWN' which is
accepted by Fileman. NOIS: DUB-0895-32241, LEB-0899-22335, SAM-0499-22281,
WRJ-0298-11480, SAM-0598-20421
3. ERROR OCCURS WHEN USING ENTER OLD ANAT PATH RECORDS [LRAPOLD] OPTION
When using the Enter old anat path records [LRAPOLD] option, the variable LRA
is not defined causing an undefined variable error while attempting to send
female patient data to Women's Health. For example:
Enter Accession number: 377
DATE REPORT COMPLETED: Mar 06, 1984// (MAR 06, 1984)
PATHOLOGIST: LAB STAFF LAB STAFF LS --
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*248 contains changes to software
RECORDING THAT AN ERROR OCCURRED ---
Sorry 'bout that
$STACK=8 $ECODE=,M6,
$ZERROR=ADD+6^LRWOMEN:1, %DSM-E-UNDEF, undefined variable LRA,
-DSM-I-ECODE, MUMPS error code: M6
To correct this error, the code now checks the LRA variable before
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
proceeding. NOIS: OKL-0799-72578, FAV-0999-71182, AUG-1299-32707,
ANN-0200-42620, WRJ-0500-10974.
4. ACCESSION NUMBER/PATIENT NAME PROMPT DOES NOT FUNCTION PROPERLY
A number of Anatomic Pathology data entry options use a common prompt to
request accession lookup by number or patient name. The prompt is:
Select Accession Number/Pt name:
The options are:
Clinical Hx/Gross Description/FS [LRAPDGD]
FS/Gross/Micro/Dx [LRAPDGM]
FS/Gross/Micro/Dx/SNOMED Coding [LRAPDGS]
FS/Gross/Micro/Dx/ICD9CM Coding [LRAPDGI]
Supplementary Report, Anat Path [LRAPDSR]
Spec Studies-EM;Immuno;Consult;Pic, Anat Path [LRAPDSS]
Provisional anatomic diagnoses [LRAPAUPAD]
Autopsy protocol [LRAPAUDAP]
The changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank Developer and found to
Autopsy protocol & SNOMED coding [LRAPAUDAB]
Autopsy protocol & ICD9CM coding [LRAPAUDAA]
Final autopsy diagnoses date [LRAPAUFAD]
Autopsy supplementary report [LRAPAUSR]
Special studies, autopsy [LRAPAUDAS]
SNOMED coding, anat path [LRAPX]
ICD9CM coding, anat path [LRAPICD]
Modify anat path gross/micro/dx/frozen section [LRAPM]
Verify/release reports, anat path [LRAPR]
Supplementary report release, anat path [LRAPRS]
have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE control functions.
When an accession number is entered at this prompt, data is retrieved
properly. However, when a patient name is entered another patient name
prompt appears requiring the user to re-enter the patient name. A
different name can even be used at the second prompt. For example:
Select Accession Number/Pt name: JONES
Select Patient Name: SMITH
A second problem also occurs at this prompt. In most data entry options, the
data entry year prompt appears just before the accession number/patient name
prompt. For example:
Data entry for 2000 ? YES// (YES)
Select Accession Number/Pt name: 1 for 2000
If the accession number is used for lookup, only accessions for the year
chosen are allowed to be entered. However, if patient name is used for
PROBLEM:
lookup, all accessions found for the patient are presented to the user. If
the user chooses an accession for a year that is not the same as the year
entered at the original prompt, it is possible that accession data for the
wrong patient is presented to the user. This occurs because the lookup
uses the year entered at the original prompt, not the actual year of the
accession when locating the data in the ACCESSION file (#68).
These problems have been resolved by modifying the prompt to perform lookup
for both accession number and patient name, eliminating the second prompt.
The prompt has also been modified to present only accessions for the chosen
# 1. Changes have been made to routines LRU and LRUPA to eliminate
year when looking up the accession by patient name. Help text has been added
to the prompt as well. NOIS: HAM-1199-22006, HAM-1100-21233, BOI-0400-52235
B. ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY REPORTS
1. UNNECESSARY FORM FEEDS OCCUR WHILE PRINTING ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY REPORTS
Several Anatomic Pathology reports are violating the DHCP Programming
Standards and Conventions (SAC) by starting with a forum feed before printing
the report and printing two form feeds at the end of the report. These
unnecessary form feeds seen in some Anatomic Pathology reports.
reports, the Surgical Pathology, Cytopathology and Electron Microscopy
Preliminary, Final and Supplementary Reports, the Autopsy Protocol and
Supplementary reports, and the Final Pathology Report by Accession Number have
been corrected by removing the unnecessary form feeds so that the reports now
conform to standards. The related options for these reports are:
Print all reports on queue [LRAP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE]
Print single report only [LRAP PRINT SINGLE]
Print final path reports by accession # [LRAPFICH]
Autopsy protocol/supplementary report [LRAPAUPT]
Blood Bank reports are unaffected.
Print path modifications [LRAPMOD]
Print path gross/micr/dx/fr.sect modifications [LRAPQAM]
NOIS: WPB-0696-30073, IND-1097-41646
2. NOT ABLE TO DISTINGUISH BETWEEN THE PATIENT AND THE PHYSICIAN
ON THE FOOTER OF THE AUTOPSY PROTOCOL REPORT.
The autopsy protocol report is generated by the Print all reports on queue
[LRAP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE], Print single report only [LRAP PRINT SINGLE], and
Autopsy protocol/supplementary report [LRAPAUPT] options. The footer of the
autopsy protocol report has been modified to distinguish the patient's name
from the physician's name because it is easy for those reading the report to
confuse the two names. Labels "Patient:" and "Physician:" were added in front
of the names so that they are now easy to identify. The spacing of the other
fields has been adjusted to allow for better readability. For example:
Pathologist: DOE,JOHN wty| Date Nov 24, 1999|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dallas CIOFO AUTOPSY PROTOCOL
Category: ROUTINE
# 2. Changes have been made to routine LRUPT to include the Autopsy
Patient: SMITH,JOHN 567-44-5533 SEX:M DOB:Sep 09, 1979
MEDICINE Physician: DOE,JANE AGE AT DEATH:
Also, the field spacing of the header for the weights, measures, and coding
section of the report has been redesigned for better readability. For
example:
Jan 10, 2000 11:08 Dallas CIOFO Pg: 9
ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
accessions number on the report produced by the Show list
SMITH,JOHN 567-44-5533 DOB:Sep 09, 1979
Acc #: AU 99 2 AUTOPSY DATA Age:
Date/time Died Date/time of Autopsy
May 07, 1999 FULL AUTOPSY Oct 14, 1999 17:19
NOIS: None
3. CREATE AN AUDIT TRAIL FOR THE SUPPLEMENTARY ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY REPORTS
It is possible to edit a supplementary report with no audit trail after the
of accessions for a patient [LRUPT] option. Changes have also been
report has been released. This patch will create an audit trail when a
released supplementary report is edited or when the entire pathology report
is edited. The audit trail information such as who modified the report, the
date/time the modification was made, and the original text before the
modification occurred will appear on the supplementary report. New fields have
been created to store this data. The fields are:
a.) SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED
When a user modifies an existing report, the date/time of the modification is
made to this routine to fix a problem that occurs when an accession
stored in this field. If the user creates a new supplementary report for a
released pathology report, this audit information is also stored.
b.) PERSON MODIFYING TEXT
The DUZ of the user who created or modified the report is stored in this
field.
c.) PREMODIFICATION TEXT
is collected in one year but tests are performed in the next year.
This is the original text, as it existed before the modification occurred.
This is for existing reports only.
Since supplementary reports are included in the autopsy, surgical pathology,
electron microscopy, and cytopathology sections, these three fields were
added for each section in the LAB DATA file (#63) as follows:
LAB DATA file (#63)
AUTOPSY SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT (field #32.4, sub-file 63.324)
In this case, some of these tests are omitted from the report created
New fields:
Multiple field SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #2, sub-file 63.3242)
Consisting of:
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #.01)
PERSON MODIFYING TEXT (field #.02)
PREMODIFICATION TEXT (field #1, sub-file 63.32421)
by the Show list of accessions for a patient [LRUPT] option. The
SURGICAL PATHOLOGY(field #8, sub-file 63.08)
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT (field #1.2, sub-file 63.817)
New fields:
Multiple field SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #2, sub-file 63.8172)
Consisting of:
option now displays the previously omitted tests.
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #.01)
PERSON MODIFYING TEXT (field #.02)
PREMODIFICATION TEXT (field #1, sub-file 63.81721)
EM (Electron Microscopy)(field #2, sub-file 63.02)
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT (field #1.2, sub-file 63.207)
New fields:
Multiple field SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #2, sub-file 63.2072)
Consisting of:
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #.01)
PERSON MODIFYING TEXT (field #.02)
PREMODIFICATION TEXT (field #1, sub-file 63.20721)
CYTOPATHOLOGY (field #9, sub-file 63.09)
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT (field #1.2, sub-file 63.907)
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*248 have no effect on Blood
New fields:
Multiple field SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #2, sub-file 63.9072)
Consisting of:
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT MODIFIED (field #.01)
PERSON MODIFYING TEXT (field #.02)
PREMODIFICATION TEXT (field #1, sub-file 63.90721)
DATA DICTIONARY
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
Any option that allows the input of supplementary reports has been modified
to store these three pieces of information multiple times for each
modification to a supplementary report. This is not visible to the user.
These options include Supplementary Report, Anat Path [LRAPDSR] and Autopsy
supplementary report [LRAPAUSR].
All options that print supplementary report information have been modified
to display the audit information as well. These options include:
Print all reports on queue [LRAP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE]
Print single report only [LRAP PRINT SINGLE]
Print final path reports by accession # [LRAPFICH]
Print path modifications [LRAPMOD]
Autopsy Protocol/Supplementary Report [LRAPAUPT]
Print path gross/micr/dx/fr.sect modifications [LRAPQAM]
This information is displayed for preliminary reports, final reports, autopsy
protocol, and autopsy supplementary reports.
E3R: 3687 NOIS: SAM-0599-21489, DAY-0499-40904, SLC-1199-52531,
SLC-1199-51746
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*248 does not
4. THE DUZ OF THE TECHNOLOGIST, RATHER THAN THE INITIALS, APPEARS ON
THE 'TECH' COLUMN OF THE ACCESSION LIST BY DATE [LRUPAD] OPTION REPORT.
The Accession List by Date [LRUPAD] option report is incorrectly displaying a
numeric value that has no meaning to the user in the 'Tech' column. The
software has been modified to print the initials of the technologist who
verified the report. For example:
Jan 10, 2000 11:20 Dallas CIOFO Pg: 1
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
CHEMISTRY (Jan 01, 1999-Jan 10, 2000)
# = Not VA patient %=Test not verified
Acc # Date Patient ID Loc Spec/sample Test Tech
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 01/04 STAHLMAN,ALBERTA 1263 W3E SERUM %LYTES FS
2 01/04 STAHLMAN,ALBERTA 1263 W3E SERUM %CALCIUM FS
NOIS: ALN-0395-10067
5. A PATHOLOGIST IS ABLE TO ENTER A FUTURE DATE/TIME WHEN USING
functions.
VERIFY/RELEASE REPORTS, ANAT PATH [LRAPR] OPTION TO RELEASE A
PATHOLOGY REPORT.
When using option Verify/release reports, anat path [LRAPR] to release a
pathology report, the pathologist may enter a future date/time at the
'Report Release Date/Time' prompt. Only current date/time should be
allowed. The prompt has been replaced with a yes/no question as follows:
Release report? No//
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
! PLEASE NOTE: With the old prompt, the user was able to enter an !
! 'N' for NOW to store the current date/time. A response of 'N' !
! at the new prompt will result in a 'No' which will leave the !
! report unreleased. !
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
If the user answers 'Yes', the current date/time is stored in the REPORT
RELEASE DATE/TIME field (#.11) of the SURGICAL PATHOLOGY sub-file (#63.08),
field (#8) of the LAB DATA file (#63) for the SURGICAL PATHOLOGY section.
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to a file
For the CYTOPATHOLOGY section, the current date/time is stored in the REPORT
RELEASE DATE/TIME field (#.11) of the CYTOPATHOLOGY sub-file (#63.09),
sub-field (#9). For the ELECTRON MICROSCOPY (EM) section, the current
date/time is stored in the REPORT RELEASE DATE/TIME field (#.11) of the EM
sub-file (#63.02),sub-field (#2). For the AUTOPSY section, the current
date/time is stored in the AUTOPSY RELEASE DATE/TIME field (#14.7) of the
LAB DATA file (#63). If the report has already been released, the following
text will appear:
Report released JAN 06, 2000@16:47:32 by YOUNG,TIM
identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive 99-053, group
The user will then be prompted for another accession number or patient
name.
The "@" sign response to unrelease Provisional Anatomical Diagnosis reports
awaiting Final Anatomical Diagnosis has been changed to a YES/NO response
(i.e.,Unrelease report? NO//YES). NOIS: REN-0197-61357
6. WEIGHTS, MEASURES, AND CODING PRINT ON AUTOPSY REPORT REGARDLESS OF
ANSWER TO YES/NO QUESTION ON AUTOPSY PROTOCOL REPORT.
B listing. The changes have no effect in Blood Bank functionality or
When option Print all reports on queue [LRAP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE] or option
Print single report only [LRAP PRINT SINGLE] is used for the AUTOPSY section
to create the Autopsy Protocol Report, the question 'Print weights, measures
and coding (if present): ? YES// ' is asked. Regardless of the user's
response to this question (Yes or No), the weights, measures, and coding
information is printed on the report. The Autopsy Protocol report has been
corrected so that if the user answers 'No' to this question, the weights,
measures, and coding information will not print on the report.
NOIS: DAY-0595-40195
medical device control functions. There is no adverse potential to sites.
7. ACCESSION NUMBER WRAPS ON SURGICAL PATHOLOGY REPORTS
When using option Print single report only [LRAP PRINT SINGLE] or option
Print all reports on queue [LRAP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE]to print pathology
reports, if the accession number is too large, it wraps to the next line
when the report prints. This problem was resolved by adjusting the print
position of the accession number so that no wrapping will occur.
NOIS: MAR-0398-22377
ENHANCEMENT
8. SYNONYMS MAY CAUSE INCORRECT TESTS TO BE DISPLAYED ON THE LAB ORDERS BY
COLLECTION TYPE [LRRP5] OPTION REPORT
The Lab Orders by Collection Type [LRRP5] report may indicate incorrect
tests as being ordered if a particular test has a SYNONYM (field #2,
sub-file #60.1) of the LABORATORY TEST file (#60) that is identical to the
internal entry number (IEN) of the look-up test. For example, suppose
GLUCOSE has an IEN of 175 in the LABORATORY TEST file (#60) and FERRITIN
has a SYNONYM (#2) of 175 in file #60. When the code is executed, the return
value is Ferritin and not Glucose. The fix to this problem is to concatenate
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validation
an accent/grave (`)character to the beginning of the lookup value before
performing a lookup with DIC(0). When the accent grave (`) character is
used, the lookup is limited to the internal entry numbers only and thus
ignoring the SYNONYM (#2). NOIS: IND-0797-40657.
9. PROBLEMS WITH SHOW LIST OF ACCESSIONS FOR A PATIENT [LRUPT] OPTION
Two different problems were reported with this option. They are:
(A) When running the Show list of accessions for a patient [LRUPT] option,
scenarios to be completed by sites after installing this patch.
'??' displays where the accession should be when using the Autopsy section.
This option will now display the accession number on the report for the
Autopsy section. NOIS: AUG-0398-32638
(B) There is also a problem with certain tests not appearing when this option
is run, even though the missing tests do appear on other accession list
reports. For example:
CHEMISTRY DANGERFIELD,RODNEY ID: 222-33-4444 TESTS ORDERED
Spec Date/time Acc # Site/specimen Tests
******************************************************************************
01/15/93 10:11 CH 0115 9 SERUM 1)CALCIUM
12/26/92 11:00 CH 0115 8 SERUM
11/13/92 16:14 CH 1113 6 SERUM 1)GLUCOSE
Notice that the test is missing on the second line. It was discovered that
this occurred on accessions in which the user enters a collection date for
the previous year but the order date is in the current year. For example:
ACCESSION: CH 0115 8 ORDER #: 183 PATIENT: DANGERFIELD,RODNEY
222-33-4444
LOCATION:GEN MED DATE ORDERED: 01/15/93
** COLLECTED: 12/26/92 11:00 **
PRACTITIONER: BABCOCK,LISA LAB ARRIVAL: 01/15/93 08:23
This scenario occurred because routine ^LRUPT was using the wrong year when
looking for information in the ACCESSION file (#68.) LRUPT has now been
corrected to use the correct year. NOIS: SYR-0193-10004
10. TYPO IN CODE EXECUTED WITH THE DISPLAY STAINS/BLOCKS FOR A PATIENT
[LRAPST] OPTION
Documentation Retrieval
The carat (^) is missing from the global entry in routine AU^LRAPST1 which
causes an error that no autopsy accession exists for this patient even if one
does exist. The carat has now been added and the routine will now properly
indicate whether an autopsy accession number exists for the patient.
NOIS: AUG-0398-32638
11. REPORTS NOT QUEUED TO THE COMPLETED REPORT QUEUE
A modification to routine LRAPM, released in patch LR*5.2*231, inadvertently
=======================
prevents reports generated by the [LRAPM] Modify anat path
gross/micro/dx/frozen section option, from being queued to the completed
reports print queue if the patient is male. The code has now been corrected.
NOIS: There is no NOIS associated with this item.
12. ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY REPORTS BECOME UNRELEASED WHEN NO CHANGES ARE MADE
USING THE MODIFY ANAT PATH GROSS/MICRO/DX/FROZEN SECTION [LRAPM] OPTION
A problem was reported regarding the use of the Modify anat path
gross/micro/dx/frozen section [LRAPM] option to modify the gross description
of a released/verified report. Even though the user returned through all the
prompts without making changes and the report is tagged as not modified, the
report became "UNRELEASED" making it unavailable for providers to view. This
error has now been corrected so that if no changes are made to the report, the
release date/time remains in place. NOIS: BHS-0600-12155
Reference NOIS list: LEB-0899-22335
DAY-0499-40904
SAM-0599-21489
MAR-0398-22377
The VISTA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology User Manual V. 5.2 released in
IND-1097-41646
REN-0197-61357
WPB-0696-30073
DUB-0895-32241
SHR-0595-70238
DAY-0595-40195
MUS-0395-70386
ALN-0395-10067
SAM-0598-20421
SAM-0499-22281
October 1994, has been revised to include an Appendix B section and is
WRJ-0298-11480
OKL-0799-72578
FAV-0999-71182
SLC-1199-52531
SLC-1199-51746
IND-0797-40657
AUG-0398-32638
SYR-0193-10004
AUG-1299-32707
ANN-0200-42620
distributed with the release of this patch. Appendix B consists of file
WRJ-0500-10974
HAM-1199-22006
BHS-0600-12155
BOI-0400-52235
HAM-1100-21233
E3R 3687
Test Site(s): Salt Lake City, UT
Indianapolis, IN
Long Beach, CA
changes, newly created fields, option modifications, and examples of
Boston HCS, MA
Routine Summary:
===============
The second line of the routine now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Values
reformatted reports.
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------------
LR248 N/A 3570608 248
LRAP 8960424 6775842 72,248
LRAPA 5518427 5022677 72,248
LRAPAUPT 363769 334176 72,248
LRAPAUSR 13001981 7330790 1,173,248
LRAPCUM 13885153 11172316 34,72,173,248
LRAPD1 12517156 10636533 41,91,248
LRAPDA 15350791 8740574 72,73,91,121,248
LRAPDSR N/A 3990550 248
LRAPF 2521051 1475553 173,201,248
LRAPFICH 4228420 3308525 72,173,248
LRAPLG1 8045741 5113296 72,121,248
LRAPM 12219262 10603100 72,91,130,231,248
LRAPMOD 1323197 1033623 72,248
LRAPQAM 1890936 1547830 58,72,248
LRAPR 10330077 8948563 72,248
LRAPST1 3294764 2795806 72,248
The revised AP User Manual is available in the Portable Document Format
LRAPT 6949633 4005558 72,173,248
LRAPT2 13264635 7303166 1,248
LRAUDA 2289072 2236387 72,248
LRAURPT 15587538 9211437 1,72,173,248
LRDPA 9160462 7837880 137,121,153,202,211,248
LRRP5 5707864 5885743 121,201,248
LRSPRPT 14718178 12472946 1,72,248
LRSPRPTM 3560888 1356491 1,248
LRSPT 5816607 5396521 1,72,248
LRU 18425779 13660500 1,72,201,248
(PDF) file (i.e., LR5_2APUM.PDF) at the following Office of Information
LRUPA 8236266 8345323 72,248
LRUPA2 10757832 9659310 72,248
LRUPAD 7596723 7616356 72,248
LRUPAD1 7381083 3450917 248
LRUPAD2 8939713 5347530 72,248
LRUPS 6061957 4571479 72,248
LRUPT 10235244 9461906 1,153,201,248
LRWOMEN 944687 953781 231,248
Installation Instructions:
Field Office (OIFO) ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE account directories and VA Intranet
=========================
This patch can be installed with users on the system. However, it is
recommended that installation occur when there is no Anatomic Pathology
activity or activity is at a minimum. This will prevent 'Cannot return to
source routine' errors. The Anatomic Pathology menu will be disabled
automatically by this patch and re-enable after installation.
Install Time - approximately 1 minute
web site location:
1. LOAD TRANSPORT GLOBAL
---------------------
Choose the PackMan message containing this patch and invoke the
INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE PackMan option.
2. DISABLE ROUTINE MAPPING (DSM for Open VMS sites only)
-----------------------
Disable routine mapping on all systems for the routines listed
in the Routine Summary above.
NOTE: If the routines included in this patch are not currently
in your mapped routine set, please skip this step.
3. START KIDS
----------
Start up the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu
[XPD MAIN]:
Edits and Distribution ...
Utilities ...
All sites are encouraged to use their FTP capability to obtain the PDF file.
Installation ...
Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option: INStallation
---
Load a Distribution
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Install Package(s)
Restart Install of Package(s)
Description:
Unload a Distribution
Backup a Transport Global
Select Installation Option:
4. Select Installation Option
--------------------------
NOTE: The following are OPTIONAL:
a. Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup
Anonymous Software Accounts:
message of any routines exported with this patch. It will
not backup any other changes such as DD's or templates.
b. Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option
will allow you to view all changes that will be made when
this patch is installed. It compares all components of this
patch (routines, DD's, templates, etc.).
c. Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will
allow you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are
in the transport global.
5. Select Installation Option: Install Package(s)
----------------------------------------------
**This is the step to start the installation of this KIDS patch:
a. Choose the Install Package(s) option to start the patch
install. When prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*248.
b. There is no need to rebuild the menus.
c. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the
install? YES//' answer NO
d. Option Anatomic Pathology [LRAP] will be disabled by PRE^LR248
IRM FIELD OFFICE FTP ADDRESS DIRECTORY
before the install begins. POST^LR248 will re-enable the option
after installation is complete.
6. REBUILD MAPPED ROUTINE(S) (DSM for Open VMS sites only)
-------------------------
Optional - Include the routines distributed with this patch in
the mapped routine set.
================ =========== =========
ALBANY 152.127.1.5 [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
HINES 152.129.1.110 [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
SALT LAKE 152.131.2.1 [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
The following options have been modified with the release of this patch:
===========
Supplementary Report, Anat Path [LRAPDSR]
Autopsy supplementary report [LRAPAUSR]
Accession list by date [LRUPAD]
Show List of Accessions for a Patient [LRUPT]
Modify anat path gross/micro/dx/frozen section [LRAPM]
Lab orders by collection type [LRRP5]
Verify/Release Reports, Anat Path [LRAPR]
Enter old anat path records [LRAPOLD]
Log-in, anat path [LRAPLG]
Autopsy Protocol and SNOMED Coding [LRAPAUDAB]
Autopsy Protocol/Supplementary Report [LRAPAUPT]
Print path gross/micr/dx/fr.sect modifications [LRAPQAM]
Print path modifications [LRAPMOD]
Print final path reports by accession # [LRAPFICH]
Print all reports on queue [LRAP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE]
Print single report only [LRAP PRINT SINGLE]
Clinical Hx/Gross Description/FS [LRAPDGD]
FS/Gross/Micro/Dx [LRAPDGM]
FS/Gross/Micro/Dx/SNOMED Coding [LRAPDGS]
-
- 258
- DATE APPLIED: 2001-02-27 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE V5.2 DEVICE PRODUCT LABELING STATEMENT
to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE control functions.
local 'LMI' mailman mail group.
If there were no install error during the update process and the update
was successful, all LAB NLT/CPT CODES file entries will be deleted and the
file will only contain one entry, NLT CODE 2000, after the install.
NOTE: Additional workload codes added to the WKLD CODE file are populated
with CPT codes. Before the added codes are linked to LABORATORY TEST
procedures, the CPT coding should be reviewed to ensure it is appropriate
for the laboratory test it is being linked with.
If the CPT code requires changing, use the 'Edit or Print WKLD CODES' [LR
WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] option. Enter an INACTIVE DATE for the incorrect CPT
code. Then enter the correct CPT code and enter a RELEASE DATE of 'NOW'.
Example:
Supervisor menu
Select Supervisor menu Option: Lab liaison menu
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*258 have no effect on Blood
Select Lab liaison menu Option: LIM workload menu
Select LIM workload menu Option: Edit or Print WKLD CODES
Do you want to edit ALL WKLD CODES ? NO//
This option will allow you to Edit or Print WKLD CODES that have been
activated on your system. Only activated WKLD CODES will be displayed
Do you want to select a specific WKLD CODE LAB SECTION? Y// ES
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
Select WKLD CODE LAB SECT NAME: chem Chemistry
Select one of the following:
E EDIT
P PRINT
Would you like to: EDIT EDITING
Select one of the following:
1 ALL
.02 DESCRIPT
4 BILLABLE PROCEDURE
7 COST
8 PRICE
9 SORTING GROUP
13 WKLD CODE LAB SECTION
14 DSS Feeder
18 CODE
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*258 does not
19 SYNONYM
20 SPECIMEN
21 LOCAL ACC AREA
Select a field you want to edit : 18 CODE
[The previous display is repeat after each field selection.]
Use mixed case Characters e.g. Chloride
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical element
Start with what WKLD CODE name: Chloride
STARTING LOOP
PROCEDURE: Chloride WKLD CODE: 82435.0000 UNIT FOR COUNT: TEST
MANUFACTURER: NOT SPECIFIED
WKLD CODE LAB SECTION: Chemistry
Select CODE: 89399//
CODE: 89399 PATHOLOGY LAB PROCEDURE//
functions.
RELEASE DATE: DEC 17,1999//
INACTIVE DATE: T-1 (DEC 10, 2000)
REPLACEMENT CODE: 82435
CODE NOTES:
No existing text
Edit? NO// YES
Change from Pathology Procedure to Chloride
Select CODE: CPT.82435
Searching for a active CPT code., (pointed-to by CODE)
Searching for a active CPT code.
82435 ASSAY OF BLOOD CHLORIDE
...OK? Yes// (Yes)
RELEASE DATE: T (DEC 11, 2000)
INACTIVE DATE:
REPLACEMENT CODE:
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains no changes to files and
CODE NOTES:
No existing text
Edit? NO//
Select CODE:
PROCEDURE: Chloride Sweat Test Quant WKLD CODE: 89360.0000
Options:
===================
=============================
routines identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
This patch will install a new option 'NLT Mapped Code Search' [LRCAP64S]
This option is designed to assist in management of national codes linked
to WKLD CODE (#64) file entries.
NAME: LRCAP64S MENU TEXT: NLT Mapped Code Search
TYPE: run routine CREATOR: STALLING,FRANK
PACKAGE: LAB SERVICE
DESCRIPTION: This option is useful when determining what codes are
linked to what entry in the WKLD CODE (#64) file. Several national coding
schemes (i.e. CPT, LOINC, MORPHOLOGY) can be linked to the WKLD CODE file.
99-053. The changes that are made have no effect to Blood Bank
This option will search the entire WKLD CODE file to determine if specific
national codes are linked.
The search can be done for as many codes of the same set as required. The
report will list the national code(s) and any WKLD CODE(s) linked.
This option can be used to assist when a particular national code should
be changed or deleted.
LRMENU Laboratory DHCP Menu
functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse
Select Laboratory DHCP Menu Option: Supervisor menu
Select Supervisor menu Option: Lab liaison menu
Select Lab liaison menu Option: LIM workload menu
Select LIM workload menu Option: NLT Mapped Code Search
Select one of the following:
potential to sites.
1 CPT
2 SNOMED
3 ICD9
4 LOINC
Select the code type: 1 CPT
Select CPT Code: ASSAY FOR ETHANOL ??
Answer with CPT NUMBER, or CPT CODE, or CPT CATEGORY, or DESCRIPTION
Do you want the entire 14963-Entry CPT List?
Select CPT Code: 82055 ASSAY OF ETHANOL
Select another CPT code : 82060 ASSAY BLOOD ETHANOL INACTIVE CODE
Select another CPT code : 82065 ASSAY URINE ETHANOL INACTIVE CODE
Select another CPT code :
DEVICE: HOME//
CPT Listing Dec 31, 2000 2:18:30 am Page: 1
82055 ICPT - CPT [ASSAY OF ETHANOL] linked to:
694 81506.0000 Alcohol Ethyl
2020 81236.0000 Ethanol
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validations
82060 ICPT CPT [ASSAY BLOOD ETHANOL]
[ IS NOT LINKED ]
82065 ICPT CPT [ASSAY URINE ETHANOL]
[ IS NOT LINKED ]
Finished
Related NOIS:
=================================
scenarios to be completed by sites after installing this patch.
Test Site(s):
=================================
LONG BEACH, CA
MUSKOGEE, OK
MILWAUKEE, WI
Routine Summary:
==================================
The following is a list of the routine(s) included in this patch. The
second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD Results
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
============ ============ =========== ===========
Patch Description:
LR258 N/A 4256733 258
LR258PO N/A 12054813 258
LRCAP64S N/A 4824368 258
LRCAPDAR 7026344 8070808 143,169,258
Installation Instructions:
==========================
The Host File for this patch can be obtained from the ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
===========================
directory at one of the following OI Field Offices:
OI FIELD OFFICE FTP ADDRESS DIRECTORY
Albany 152.127.1.5 anonymous.software
Hines 152.129.1.110 anonymous.software
Salt Lake 152.131.2.1 anonymous.software
The file name is LR52_258.KID
Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Service Central Office authorizes all
1. From the Kernel Installation & Distribution System
select the 'Installation Menu'. Select the option
Load a distribution.
Select [disk storage location]LR52_258.KID
2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global
on your system. You now need to use KIDS to install
the Transport global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use
the following options:
Print Transport Global (Patch size is very large)
entries in the National Laboratory Test files. This patch adds or updates
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
3. Users may remain on the system however Laboratory
users must be idle. This to say the laboratory users should
not accessioning, instrument downloads or test verification
during the install. Installation should be done during off
peak hours.
4. No options need to be placed out of service. No
laboratory background jobs have to be stopped.
National Laboratory Test (NLT) codes.
5. Installation time is less than 15 minutes during off
peak hours and less than 35 minutes during peak hours.
6. Installation of this patch requires minimal additional
disk space. Review your map set for the routine
LRCAPDAR. The routine LRCAPDAR should not be
currently mapped. If LRCAPDAR is mapped you must
rebuild map sets after installation.
7. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
option
'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*258'
and proceed with the install.
8. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONS during the
install? YES//' respond NO.
9. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE scheduled Options, Menu
Options, and Protocols? YES//' respond NO. Respond to Rebuild
Menu Trees? YES// YES
10. After successful installation, routines LR258 and
LR258PO should be removed from the system.
After the install has been completed. All users can now resume normal
activities of accessioning and test verfications.
This patch updates the WKLD CODE (#64) file with additional workload
Laboratory Information Manager (LIM) should review the mail message
containing the workload codes additions to determine if there is a need to
link or re-link laboratory tests. Before linking any workload code the CPT
coding should be reviewed for appropriateness.
codes. These workload codes are sometimes referred to as (NLT) codes. New
entries to the WKLD CODE files should never be added using FileMan Enter
Edit option. Use instead the option 'Add a new WKLD code to File' [LRCAP
CODE ADD].
June 10, 1999
The Laboratory Management Index Program (LMIP) workload collection
software will automatically make additions to the WKLD CODE as required.
DO NOT USE FileMan ENTER EDIT option TO MAKE ADDITIONS TO THE WKLD
CODE (#64) file.
NOTE: The WKLD CODE (#64) file is not replaced. The file will be checked
for name spelling errors and entries changed if required. If names are
changed, they will be reported via mail message to the local mail group
LMI. In previous releases, some names were exported with trailing spaces.
This will be corrected with this patch install.
This patch will replace the LAB NLT/CPT CODES (#64.81) file during
installation:
This patch also updates the LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT (#64.036) file data
dictionary to include two new fields. SPECIMEN COLLECTION DATE (#10) and
SPECIMEN COLLECTION TIME (#11). The routine LRCAPDAR has been enhanced to
populate the new fields.
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*258 contains no changes to software
NOTE: LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT file is used exclusively by the laboratory DSS
API for collecting clinical data. This file is not used or managed by the
Lab Service software.
This patch includes a new (3rd) cross reference in the WKLD CODE (#64)
file on the CODE (#18) subfile, CODE (.01) field. The entire file is cross
referenced using the "AB" subscript.
Cross Reference description:
^LAM("AB",VARIABLE POINTER,IEN,MULTIPLE LOCATION NUMBER)=""
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
The WKLD SUFFIX CODES (#64.2) file contains a new field VENDOR (#19). This
field is used to describe the original manufacturer for this suffix.
Update Logic:
The KIDS install populates National Laboratory Tests (NLT) with a
complete listing of new and previously released codes if they are missing.
These files are:
WKLD CODE (#64)
WKLD SUFFIX CODES (#64.2)
WKLD CODE LAB SECT (#64.21)
WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT (#64.22)
WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER (#64.3)
LAB NLT/CPT CODES (#64.81) Only used during patch installation.
NOTE: WKLD CODE (#64) file or any entries in the file are never deleted.
Once an entry has been added to the WKLD CODE file, it remains for the
life of the file.
All changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank Developer and found
The LAB NLT/CPT CODES (#64.81) file is populated with a complete list of
all released WKLD CODE procedures.
The post install routine reads entries from the LAB NLT/CPT CODES file.
The install software first determines if the WKLD CODE number already
exist in WKLD CODE. If the WKLD CODE number exists, the spelling is
checked and changed if required.
If the WKLD CODE does not already exist, the new WKLD CODE is added to
the WKLD CODE file.
If a spelling change was required or a new WKLD CODE is added to the
WKLD CODE file, this information is included in a mail message sent to the
-
- 268 SEQ #207
- DATE APPLIED: 2001-04-05 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*268 contains no changes to software
the corrective actions.
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
Suggested time to install: non-peak hours.
The install will disable several Lab options as specified in #7 below.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
1. NOIS CIN-0299-41416 reported that when using the combination of
4. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
5. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
6. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
listing by date and NOT wanting only incomplete entries, the report
Backup a Transport Global
If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this patch
prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport Global'
option at this time. You may also compare the routines in your
production account to the routines in the patch by using the 'Compare
a Transport Global to Current System' option.
7. The install will disable the following Lab options during patch
installation.
did not print all entries (completed and incomplete accessions).
Long form accession list [LRACC1]
Long form accession list for microbiology [LRMIACC1]
Lookup accession [LR LOOKUP ACCESSION]
8. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*268'. When prompted 'Want to
DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES//',
choose 'NO'.
9. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
10. Routine LR268 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
===============================
None
The reports have been corrected to print completed accessions when the
************************************************************************
Installation example:
Select Installation Option: 6 Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*268 Loaded from Distribution 12/8/00@11:51:43
=> LR*5.2*268
This Distribution was loaded on Dec 08, 2000@11:51:43 with header of
LR*5.2*268
It consisted of the following Install(s):
user answers "NO" to the prompt "Do you want only incomplete entries?".
LR*5.2*268
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*268
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR268
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*268
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
2. At the prompt "Do you want only incomplete entries?" if the user
DEVICE: HOME//
Install Started for LR*5.2*268 :
Dec 08, 2000@11:52:44
Build Distribution Date: Dec 08, 2000
Installing Routines:....
Dec 08, 2000@11:52:44
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
entered a "?" the software would bypass the prompt and proceed to the
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR268.
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
*** Pre install started ***
*** No action required ***
*** Pre install completed ***
next prompt for device selection. Entering a "?" will now present the
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION...
Dec 08, 2000@11:52:44
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR268.
*** Post install started ***
user with a help message and return to the prompt. This defect was
*** No action required ***
*** Post install completed ***
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
Updating Routine file......
Updating KIDS files.......
identified during software review.
LR*5.2*268 Installed.
Dec 08, 2000@11:52:45
Install Message sent #113161
Select Installation Option:
3. Printing of the lab order number and the patient name could print
together when the order number exceeds five digits. Also patients with
long names could cause the printing of the patient's identifier (SSN)
to wrap to the next line of the display. The printing of accession and
patient information on the report has been adjusted to provide sufficient
space to avoid this information printing together. This defect was
identified during software review.
4. The patch corrects a Vista Programming Standards and Conventions
(SAC) violation that was identified during software review as part of
patch development. The patch removes direct global read of global ^VA(200)
which contains the NEW PERSON (#200) file. Routine LRWRKLS1 was
retrieving user's name. Call to the file has been changed to Kernel
supported reference (DBIA # 10060) using FileMan DBS call $$GET1^DIQ.
This defect was identified during software review.
This patch will addresses a fix to the options Long form accession list
5. The patch converts a call to routine LRAFUNC1 to display date/time
values. This routine is being phased out. Call has been replaced with
calls to Kernel supported XLFDT date/time function.
6. Various non-interactive calls to %DT in routines LRWRKLST and LRWRKLS1
have been replaced with calls to corresponding Kernel supported XLFDT
date/time functions to determine current date/time and display other
date/time values associated with the accession.
[LRACC1] and Long form accession list for microbiology [LRMIACC1]
7. When selecting a listing for a specific test and incompletes only
criteria the report would print information for some accessions before
applying the selection criteria. The report has been changed to print
patient and accession information when the accession meets the specified
selection criteria. This defect was identified during software review.
8. The options Long form accession list [LRACC1] and Long form accession
list for microbiology [LRMIACC1] will now honor stop requests when tasked.
Users can call the TaskMan User [XUTM USER] option to stop tasks that they
started.
regarding the printing of completed accessions from non-daily accession
ASSOCIATED NOIS
---------------
CIN-0299-41416
ASSOCIATED E3R'S
----------------
None
areas. The problem was reported in NOIS CIN-0299-41416. Additional
TEST SITES
----------
Cincinnati VAMC
Milwaukee VAMC
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
problems (item 2-8) were identified for these two options during the
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR268 N/A 4332160 **268** (Deleted by KIDS)
LRWRKLS1 6588663 4126947 **121,153,185,268**
LRWRKLST 9455120 6742016 **1,17,38,153,185,221,268**
software review for patch development. Listed below are the problems and
List of preceding patches: 221
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
************************************************************************
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
The install time for this patch is less than 5 minutes. This patch
-
- 134 SEQ #104
- DATE APPLIED: 1996-11-15 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a Patch for a Patch.
1. The routine LRAUSTA which was supposed to be part of patch LR*5.2*72
was never exported with the patch. Since this report is rarely run by the
sites, this was never noticed during the testing of the patch
2. During the LRAPFIX data conversion, the ^LR("AAUA", node was rebuilt
using the new accession # format, however the old ^LR(AAUA", node was not
deleted. This is why the routine was picking up the Autopsies logged in
previous to the loading of the patch.
The other problem was reported by the Bronx. A null subscript error would
occur during the option Malignancy review [LRAPQAMR] if the following
conditions were met:
1. There were reports positive for malignancy during the time period
the report was requested for.
2. The user responds "YES" to the prompt:
Do you want corresponding permanent pathology reports to print
following search ? NO// Y (YES)
It was discovered that 2 separate AP reports were not functioning
The null subscript error would occur because the routine LRAPQAMR was
attempting to get a patient's LRDFN from the ^LR(LRXREF,LRY,LRAN,0)
reference when in fact this reference should have been updated to reflect
the new format of this node after the data conversion of LR*5.2*72. The
correct reference should have been ^LR(LRXREF,LRY,LRABV,LRAN,0). The code
was changed to this new reference as well as inserting Quit statements for
the $O command.
correctly after installation of LR*5.2*72
Both of these issues will be resolved with this patch.
First--It was discovered after patch LR*5.2*72 was released that the
Autopsy Status Report did not capture Autopsies done after the load date
of the patch. This actually is the symptom of two separate problems:
-
- 262 SEQ #208
- DATE APPLIED: 2001-04-23 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*262 contains no changes to software
logic in the collection list receipt process was not submitting all
Receipt of routine lab collection from wards [LRPHEXCPT]
Itemized routine lab collection [LRPHITEM]
Add to collection list [LRPHMAN]
8. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*262'. When prompted 'Want to
DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES//',
choose 'NO'.
accessions on a lab order to the Lab Universal Interface Auto Download.
9. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
10. Routine LR262 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
===============================
NONE
Routine LRPHITEM was only submitting the accession associated with the
************************************************************************
Installation example:
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*262 Loaded from Distribution 6/8/00@11:32:29
=> LR*5.2*262
This Distribution was loaded on Jun 08, 2000@11:32:29 with header of
LR*5.2*262
It consisted of the following Install(s):
last test on a Lab order to the auto download process. This patch corrects
LR*5.2*262
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*262
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR262
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*262
this logic error. It will now scan all tests on a given order and submit
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
to the auto download process those accessions associated with the lab order.
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET VIRTUAL
Install Started for LR*5.2*262 :
Jun 08, 2000@11:35:10
Build Distribution Date: Jun 08, 2000
Installing Routines:...
Jun 08, 2000@11:35:10
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR262.
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
*** Pre install started ***
*** No action required ***
*** Pre install completed ***
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION....
Jun 08, 2000@11:35:10
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR262.
*** Post install started ***
*** No action required ***
*** Post install completed ***
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
Updating Routine file......
Updating KIDS files.......
ASSOCIATED E3R'S
LR*5.2*262 Installed.
Jun 08, 2000@11:35:10
Install Message sent #25038
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
----------------
#13785 - LRPHMAN & LRPHEXCPT BOTH SENDING HL7 MESSAGE
TEST SITES
----------
Asheville VAMC
Boston HCS
Central Plains HCS
Indianapolis VAMC
Milwaukee VAMC
San Antonio VAMC
San Diego VAMC
Tennessee Valley HCS
Upstate New York HCS
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR262 N/A 4332130 **262**(deleted by Kernel)
LRPHITEM 14270617 12142394 **121,198,208,202,221,262**
List of preceding patches: 221
DESCRIPTION
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
************************************************************************
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
The install time for this patch is less than 5 minutes. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
===========
The install will disable several Lab option as specified in #7 below.
Building and receipting of collection lists should not be occurring
within the Laboratory package.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
This patch will address a fix to the Lab Universal Interface Auto Download
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
requested in E3R #13785 - LRPHMAN & LRPHEXCPT BOTH SENDING HL7 MESSAGE.
4. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
5. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
6. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
During development of patch LA*5.2*57, it was determined that the software
Backup a Transport Global
If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this patch
prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport Global'
option at this time. You may also compare the routines in your
production account to the routines in the patch by using the 'Compare
a Transport Global to Current System' option.
7. The install will disable the following Lab options during patch
installation.
-
- 267 SEQ #209
- DATE APPLIED: 2001-04-23 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch provides the VistA Blood Bank Software the ability to read and
interpret blood product barcode labels using the ISBT 128 system. The
ability to read and interpret blood product labels using the Codabar
system is unaffected.
A full description of this patch can be found in the Forum Patch Module
listing for patch LR*5.2*267.
-
- 232
- DATE APPLIED: 2001-09-06 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch allows you to map Lab tests to a default LOINC code.
National training will be provided to aid sites in mapping the sites' tests
to LOINC codes.
The LAB LOINC (95.3) file is updated to LOINC (R) version 1.0N.
-
- 269 SEQ #211
- DATE APPLIED: 2001-11-06 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*269 contains no changes to software
TEST SITES
----------
Durham VAMC
Lexington VAMC
Philadelphia VAMC
ROUTINE SUMMARY
1. When using option Group verify (EA, EL, EW) [LRGV] that the warning
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR269 N/A 4831472 **269** (Deleted by KIDS)
LRGP 6947313 5798854 **153,269**
message "THIS DATA APPEARS TO BELONG TO SOMEONE ELSE" was displayed on
LRGP1 8924262 3988622 **112,269**
LRGV 13358239 7051872 **269**
LRGV1 5973234 3094124 **112,153,269**
LRGV2 11151687 3432003 **121,153,269**
List of preceding patches: 153
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
************************************************************************
each accession to be verified. This defect was caused by the inappropriate
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
The install time for this patch is less than 5 minutes. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
The install will disable several Lab options as specified in #7 below.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
use of the $TEST function. Routine LRGV1 will now skip result data in
to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
the ^LAH global if the data does not belong to the same accession area,
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
4. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
5. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
accession date and accession number. NOIS LEX-1098-42357 and PHI-0201-21212
6. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Backup a Transport Global
If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this patch
prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport Global'
option at this time. You may also compare the routines in your
production account to the routines in the patch by using the 'Compare
a Transport Global to Current System' option.
7. The install will disable the following Lab options during patch
installation.
Group verify (EA, EL, EW) [LRGV]
Group unverified review (EA, EL, EW) [LRGP]
8. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*269'. When prompted 'Want to
2. During patch development software review the following SAC violations
DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES//',
choose 'NO'.
9. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
10. Routine LR269 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
===============================
were identified.
None
************************************************************************
Installation example:
Select Installation Option: 6 Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*269 Loaded from Distribution 10/31/01@14:08:53
=> LR*5.2*269 TEST v6
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
This Distribution was loaded on Oct 31, 2001@14:08:53 with header of
LR*5.2*269 TEST v6
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*269
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*269
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR269
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
a. Routine LRGV2 contained a direct global read of the ^DD global to
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*269
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? NO//
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
retrieve the name of the corresponding dataname from LAB DATA file
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// 0;P-OTHER;80;99999999 TELNET VIRTUAL
Install Started for LR*5.2*269 :
(#63), CHEM, HEM, TOX, RIA, SER, etc. subfile (#4). Defect corrected
Oct 31, 2001@14:20:51
Build Distribution Date: Mar 29, 2001
Installing Routines:.......
Oct 31, 2001@14:20:52
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR269.
*** Pre install started ***
with change to Kernel supported reference (DBIA # 2052) using
*** No action required ***
*** Pre install completed ***
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION...
Oct 31, 2001@14:20:52
FileMan DBS call $$GET1^DID.
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR269.
*** Post install started ***
*** No action required ***
*** Post install completed ***
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
Updating Routine file......
Updating KIDS files.......
LR*5.2*269 Installed.
Oct 31, 2001@14:20:52
Install Message sent #xxxxx
b. Routine LRGV1 contained locks on ^LAH global without timeouts.
Defect corrected by adding timeouts to locking of ^LAH global.
c. Routine LRGV contained code to set variables IO and IOSL. Defect
corrected by removing code.
3. During patch development software review the following defects were
identified and corrected.
a. Comments associated with results could possibly be duplicated
when moved from the ^LAH global to the LAB DATA file (#63), CHEM,
HEM, TOX, RIA, SER, etc. subfile (#4), COMMENT field (#.99).
Defect corrected in routine LRGV2.
b. Monthly accession areas would not be processed. Routine LRGP1
was not calculating accession date correctly for monthly accession
areas. The defect was reported by Lloyd Milligan of Sea Island
Systems, Inc.
c. When processing/verifying by tray/cup and a corresponding entry in
the ^LAH global did not exist for the tray/cup combination then
processing would stop and leave remaining entries unprocessed.
Routine LRGV will now continue to process remaining entries.
DESCRIPTION
d. If results exist for different accession areas but the same
accession numbers then routine LRGP was not handling these results
properly and keeping them separate. Routine has been corrected to
keep results for different accessions but the same accession number
separate based on accession area and accession date.
e. Option Group unverified review (EA, EL, EW) [LRGP] could print
results for accessions that are not for the same accession area,
accession date and accession number. Routine LRGP will now skip result
===========
data in the ^LAH global if the data does not belong to the same accession
area, accession date and accession number.
f. Option Group unverified review (EA, EL, EW) [LRGP] could print
the wrong date/time on the printed report if the reported was queued
via TaskMan. Option was printing the date/time that the user originally
setup the report. Report will now print the date/time that the report
actually starts to print.
g. Option Group verify (EA, EL, EW) [LRGV] would verify flagged results
This patch will address fixes to defects reported in NOIS LEX-1098-42357
which contained critical results and or a delta check when the user
indicated that these results should not be group verified. The option
will now only verify results that are critical or have a delta check
when the user indicates that flagged results should be verified.
h. Option Group verify (EA, EL, EW) [LRGV] was storing verified results
in LAB DATA file (#63) without NLT order and result codes, test units,
performing facility, and results flags. The option will now store these
result parameters.
and PHI-0201-21212 and compliance changes for Standards and Conventions
i. Option Group verify (EA, EL, EW) [LRGV] will now allow the user to
abort from a verifying session and will pause when the display screen
is filled. The test results being verified will print on the report.
4. The options Group verify (EA, EL, EW) [LRGV] and Group unverified
review (EA, EL, EW) [LRGP] will now honor stop requests when tasked.
Users can call the TaskMan User [XUTM USER] option to stop tasks that
they started.
Programming Standards (SAC) violations for the group verify process.
ASSOCIATED NOIS
---------------
LEX-1098-42357
PHI-0201-21212
ASSOCIATED E3R'S
----------------
None
-
- 278 SEQ #212
- DATE APPLIED: 2001-12-10 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the
associated with LOINC mapping. In addition there is new functionality
2) Unmap/Delete Lab Tests to Default LOINC Code
[LR LOINC UNMAP/DELETE DEFAULT]
3) Validate LOINC Mapping [LR LOINC VALIDATE]
10. Where appropriate, FileMan lookup and options will now display the
LOINC code plus the check digit. In the past only the LOINC code was
shown (i.e. 1-8). This will provide required data for entry into RELMA
LOINC lookup window.
11. The National Laboratory File [LR7O 60-64] option will be added to the
provided for re-transmitting PCE CPT workload.
LOINC Main Menu [LRLOINC] option.
Data Dictionary Changes:
=================
62.06 ANTIMICROBIAL SUSCEPTIBILITY
Screen removed from NATIONAL VA LAB CODE #64
64 WKLD CODE
Partial DD: DEFAULT LOINC CODE #25
Trigger to remove data from field when DEFAULT LOINC CODE is deleted.
Partial DD: subDD: SPECIMEN #64.01
subDD: TIME ASPECT #64.02 fld: TEST #3
Creates and populates the ^LAM("AL") cross reference
68.2 LOAD/WORK LIST
Partial DD: fld: WKLK METHOD #.14
Modifies the triggers use to populate fields:
WKLD CODE METHOD NAME #.15
WKLD CODE SUFFIX #.16
Obsolete Options:
95.3 LAB LOINC
CHECK DIGIT (#15) has been made an identifier to improve display and
lookup.
Test Sites:
=================
Long Beach, CA
Muskogee, OK
===========
Durham, NC
Routines Summary:
==================
The second line of the routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2; LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27,1994
Checksum values
Routine Before Patch After Patch Patch list.
The Print Default LOINC/LOINC Code by Lab Tests [LR LOINC PRINT
LR278 NA 5505096 278 (deleted by KIDS)
LR7OU641 12240284 12410597 153,201,278
LRCAPD 9261934 9516457 105,163,153,278
LRCAPPHX NA 5799903 278
LRLNC0 11822735 14797379 215,232,278
LRLNC1 3760103 2227160 215,278
LRLNC1A NA 750293 278
LRLNCDEL 5416724 6004798 232,278
LRLNCLK 2054143 2106203 232,278
LRLNCMD 8362694 6826367 232,278
DEFAULT/LOINC] option is obsolete and will be placed out of order.
LRLNCNLT 6478052 6013193 215,278
LRLNCPMP 4831240 7461913 215,232,278
LRLNCPRT 4848636 4889813 215,278
LRLNCV 4009739 3900781 232,278
LRLNCX 6971341 7117683 232,278
Installation Instructions:
=========================
Installation should be done during off peak hours.
Laboratory personnel may be on the system during install but should
not be active.
Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak hours
and less than 5 minutes during peak hours.
Installation of this patch requires no additional memory space.
This patch is released as a KERNEL Installation and Distribution Systems
(KIDS) MailMan message.
New Options:
1. START FROM KERNEL
From the KERNEL Installation and Distribution Systems (KIDS)
Menu, select the Installation menu [XPD INSTALLATION MENU]:
Edits and Distribution ...
Utilities ...
Installation ...
2. SELECT INSTALLATION OPTION
NOTE: The following are OPTIONAL:
===========
a. Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup
message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not
backup any other changes, such as DDs or templates.
b. Compare Transport Global to Current System. NOTE: This option
will produce a long report due to new files and is not
recommended.
c. Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will allow
you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
transport global.
3. SELECT INSTALLATION OPTION: Install Package(s)
VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA
1. The PCE Retransmit [LRCAPCEX] option is new with this patch.
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*278
4. When prompted "Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
install? Yes//" respond "NO".
5. When asked "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONS during the install? YES//",
respond "NO"
6. When prompted "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//, respond "NO".
7. Lab users may resume their normal activities.
8. Routine LR278 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
This option will reset entries in the LAB ORDER ENTRY (#69) file to allow
resending of PCE workload for a given date range. This option is useful if
WKLD CODE did not have CPT code assigned when PCE workload reporting
software initially ran.
***CAUTION***
This option will only attempt to resend PCE workload if NO PCE workload
was reported FOR THE ENTIRE SPECIMEN ORDER NUMBER during the initial scan
of collected orders. All original requirements for PCE workload reporting
are enforced.
BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
This option maybe useful if linked CPT codes were inactivated during the
yearly upgrade of the CPT (#81) file. The LIM can edit the WKLD CODE (#64)
file with current valid CPT codes and run this option.
This option cannot be run while the normal PCE workload reporting
background software is running.
The option will scan the date range entered, printing a dot (".") for
every 20th. order processed. Then the option will determine if the order
should be reported to PCE. As the data is processed, every 20th. order
number is printed.
This option cannot be queued. Option invokes the routine LRCAPPHX
Modified Options:
================
1. Map/Unmap Antimicrobial Default LOINC Code [LR LOINC MAP ANTIMICROBIAL
] option was modified to correct problems with unmapping a LOINC
code from several different WKLD CODEs.
Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997, Regenstrief Institute and the Logical
2. Print Lab Tests Mapped/Not Mapped to LOINC Codes [LR LOINC PRINT 60/LO
INC MAP] option has been enhanced to provide the following three methods
to print LOINC mapped data:
1) Print all unmapped tests
2) Print all mapped tests
3) Print individual tests.
The option functionality was improved by the creation of an additional
cross-reference ^LAM("AL".
Observation Identifier Names and Codes (LOINC) Committee. All rights
3. Link Result NLT Manual [LR7O MAN RESULT NLT] option was generating an
undefined error if the default WKLD CODE was accepted. This problem has
been corrected. The option now properly honors '^' when entered. The
option will allow any WKLD CODE to be selected.
4. Map/Unmap Antimicrobial Default LOINC Code [LR LOINC MAP ANTIMICROBIAL
] option has been modified to have the look and feel of other LOINC
mapping options. Note this option only sets the DEFAULT LOINC CODE (#25)
of the WKLD CODE (#64) file.
reserved. LOINC is a trademark of the Regenstrief Institute.
[It is highly recommended that a different suffixed WKLD CODE be created
to be used for antimicrobial drug mapping. The WKLD CODE selected must be
different than the WKLD CODE used for blood analysis.]
5. Extract VistA Lab Test Names [LR LOINC EXTRACT LAB NAMES] options has
been modified to replace '*' or '?' with spaces that occur in test names.
This is to prevent RELMA mapping program errors. The extraction logic has
been enhanced to find duplicate laboratory test and synonym names.
6. National Laboratory File [LR7O 60-64] menu was exported with an
erroneous routine attached. The entire menu option is deleted and rebuilt
with this install. The menu contains the following options:
1) Semi-automatic Linking of file 60 to 64 [LR7O 60-64 AUTO]
2) Manual Linking of file 60 to 64 [LR7O 60-64 MANUAL]
3) Result NLT Auto Linker [LR7O AUTO RESULT NLT]
4) Link Result NLT Manual [LR7O MAN RESULT NLT]
The routine PSDNDES has been removed.
7. Map Lab Tests to LOINC Codes [LR LOINC MAP] option has been enhanced to
allow mapping of all laboratory test. In the initial release, only 'CH'
This patch contains enhancements that improve several reports
subscripted tests were selectable. This restriction has been removed. Only
'CH' subscripted tests are mapped to TIME ASPECT LOINC codes. Other type
tests (i.e. Microbiology, Anatomic Pathology) are only mapped to DEFAULT
LOINC CODE.
8. Print a Single LOINC CODE [LR LOINC PRINT LOINC CODE] option has been
modified to display the LOINC CODE check digit beside the LOINC CODE.
9. The following options will now allow selection of any subscript.
1) Find LOINC for Vista Lab Test [LR LOINC LOOKUP]
-
- 275 SEQ #213
- DATE APPLIED: 2001-12-31 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch was developed to fix defects in the VistA Blood Bank Software v
5.2 that have been discovered to cause chronic user and database integrity
problems.
A full description of this patch can be found in the Forum Patch Module
listing for patch LR*5.2*275.
-
- 280 SEQ #214
- DATE APPLIED: 2002-01-08 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
************************************************************************
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
The install time for this patch is less than 2 minutes. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
Suggested time to install: Off peak hours.
The install will disable a Lab option as specified in #7 below.
1. When using the option Link Result NLT Manual [LR7O MAN RESULT NLT] the
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
option was exiting the user to the Kernel menu system after mapping a
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
4. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
5. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
single test. This resulted in a user answering the option prompts for
all routines have the correct checksums.
6. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Backup a Transport Global
If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this
patch prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport
each test to be mapped. This patch will change the option dialog to
Global' option at this time. You may also compare the routines in
your production account to the routines in the patch by using the
'Compare a Transport Global to Current System' option.
7. The install will disable the following Lab option during patch
installation.
Link Result NLT Manual [LR7O MAN RESULT NLT]
8. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
allow the user to select and map multiple tests after answering the
and select the package 'LR*5.2*280'.
When prompted ' Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? YES//' choose 'NO'.
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
option prompts. To exit or abort from the option the user should enter
9. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
10. Routine LR280 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
===============================
None
a "^" which will return the user to the Kernel menu system.
************************************************************************
Installation example:
Select Installation Option: INStall Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*280
Loaded from Distribution 12/20/01@10:27:28
=> LR*5.2*280
This Distribution was loaded on Dec 20, 2001@10:27:28 with header of
LR*5.2*280
NOIS DAY-1101-42242 and HWH-1101-42338
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*280
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*280
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR280
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*280
Incoming Files:
60 LABORATORY TEST (Partial Definition)
Note: You already have the 'LABORATORY TEST' File.
64 WKLD CODE (Partial Definition)
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*280 contains no changes to software
2. FileMan inquires in to files LABORATORY TEST (#60) and WKLD CODE (#64)
Note: You already have the 'WKLD CODE' File.
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
was not displaying the check sum digit for all LOINC codes. An output
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET
Install Started for LR*5.2*280 :
Dec 20, 2001@11:45:16
Build Distribution Date: Dec 12, 2001
transform has been added to include the check digit with the LOINC code.
Installing Routines:
Dec 20, 2001@11:45:16
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR280
*** Pre install started ***
*** No action required ***
*** Pre install completed ***
Installing Data Dictionaries:
Dec 20, 2001@11:45:17
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION
Dec 20, 2001@11:45:17
3. In the LABORATORY TEST (#60) file, subfile SITE/SPECIMEN (#100), LOINC
LR*5.2*280
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR280
*** Post install started ***
*** No action required ***
*** Post install completed ***
CODE (#95.3) field was not being updated for atomic 'CH' subscript tests.
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
Updating Routine file...
Updating KIDS files...
LR*5.2*280 Installed.
Dec 20, 2001@11:45:17
This has been corrected. It has been reported that the zero node of
Install Message sent #XXXXX
Install Completed
SITE/SPECIMEN field do not exist. This patch will create the zero node if
required during mapping.
SPO-120-50468
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
4. During patch development/software review the following defects were
identified and corrected.
A. In the option Result NLT Auto Linker [LR7O AUTO RESULT NLT] if
a user requested printing of a List of Result NLT Linked Codes
and device selection was unsuccessful or aborted then the Kernel IO*
variables were not being restored to the user's home device. This
patch will now call HOME^%ZIS when device selection is unsuccessful
or aborted by the user to restore the user's home device settings.
B. If a user selects the semi-auto method of linking, the option was
exiting the user from the option when a Result NLT was not selected
and mapped to an entry in the LABORATORY TEST file (#60). This patch
will allow the user to continue mapping tests. To exit or abort from
the option the user should enter a "^" which will return the user to
the Kernel menu system.
C. The entry in LABORATORY TEST file (#60) was only being locked
when using the manual method of linking. The Semi-auto method was
not locking the file. This patch will lock the entry being edited
in LABORATORY TEST file (#60) when either method is selected.
5. When mapping certain LOINC codes a FileMan error of 'undefined
variable ^(4) is' generated because of the lookup screen. This error
has been corrected.
SHR-1201-70505
ASSOCIATED NOIS
This patch will address fixes to defects reported in NOIS DAY-1101-42242
---------------
DAY-1101-42242
HWH-1101-42338
SHR-1201-70505
SPO-1201-50468
MAR-1201-21794
ASSOCIATED E3R'S
----------------
None
and HWH-1101-42338 when using the option Link Result NLT Manual [LR7O MAN
TEST SITES
----------
Dayton VAMC
Heartland-West HCS
Milwaukee VAMC
Shreveport VAMC
Durham VAMC
Long Beach VAMC
RESULT NLT] to map result NLT codes to a site's LABORATORY TEST file
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
(#60).
LR280 N/A 4831435 280 (Deleted by KIDS)
LR7OU641 12410597 12157260 153,201,278,280
LRLNC0 14797379 15016901 215,232,278,280
LRLNCC 2637694 2634007 232,280
LRLNCMD 6826367 6815286 232,278,280
List of preceding patches: 232,278
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
-
- 222
- DATE APPLIED: 2002-02-26 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*222 contains no changes to software
Multi-purpose Accession [LRLEDI] to accession specimens thru the Laboratory
--------- -------- ----------------
LAB_LEDI_II.KID LA*5.2*46 KIDS build ASCII
LR*5.2*222 KIDS build
LAB_LEDI_II_IG.PDF LABORATORY ELECTRONIC DATA BINARY
LAB_LEDI_II_IG.DOC INTERCHANGE PHASE II (LEDI II)
INSTALLATION GUIDE
LAB_LEDI_II_UM.PDF LABORATORY ELECTRONIC DATA BINARY
LAB_LEDI_II_UM.DOC INTERCHANGE PHASE II (LEDI II)
Electronic Data Interface (LEDI). The changes contained in this patch are
USER MANUAL
The software files are available on one of the following OI Field
Offices' ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directories.
All sites are encouraged to use their FTP capability to obtain these
files. Use the FTP address "download.vista.domain.ext" (without the
quotes) to connect to the first available FTP server where the files
are located.
implemented in conjunction with patch LA*5.2*46. Patch LA*5.2*46 now builds
OI FIELD OFFICE FTP ADDRESS DIRECTORY
=============== =========== =========
ALBANY ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
HINES ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
SALT LAKE ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
-------------------------
the file LAB PENDING ORDERS ENTRY (#69.6) with additional information
The instructions for installation of the software are included in the
installation guide.
POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
------------------------------
The post-instructions for installation of the software are included in
the installation guide.
concerning mapping to local test urgency. This patch introduces changes
INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
====================
An installation example is included in the installation guide.
that utilize the local urgency information stored in file #69.6 when
accessioning LEDI specimens at the host laboratory.
As of the release date of this software, there is no national solution to
implement a laboratory electronic HL7 standard interface to a facility or
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
other entity outside the VA wide area network. National communication
security concerns are still being debated by the Department of Veterans
Affairs (VA) and are awaiting resolution. At present, a VA medical center,
which intends to utilize this software in conjunction with an interface to
a commercial reference laboratory or other non-VA information system entity,
will need to coordinate with the vendor an acceptable communication method.
Any implementation will need to be approved by the facility and VISN
Information Security Officer (ISO) and meet current VA security requirements
for external electronic connections. See VHA Directive 6212, Security of
External Electronic Connections and VHA Directive 6210, Automated Information
Systems (AIS) Security for additional information and guidance. Additional
security information may be obtained from the Health Information Security
Service (HISS) web page at http://vaww.domain.ext/miss.
Implementation of a HL7 messaging interface between the VA VistA Laboratory
package and a non-VA information system consists basically of three parts:
- VistA Laboratory LEDI II software.
- certified communication software and hardware
- non-VA information system capable of sending and receiving laboratory HL7
order and result messages.
========================================
All three must be functional to utilize the capabilities of this LEDI II
software patch. The implementation,setup, and configuration of vendor provided
hardware and software is NOT addressed by this documentation. Consult the
vendor provided documentation and instructions to interface to the VistA
Laboratory package.
NOIS HUN-1100-21862 reported discrepancies in patient names due to Network
Health Exchange not maintaining name changes. This patch removes the use
of the Network Health Exchange package to lookup patient information
(patient name, patient identifier and date of birth). The link in file
REFERRAL PATIENT (#67), field Patient Name (#3) to file VAMC NETWORK
PATIENT (#537010) is removed as a variable pointer.
NOIS
====
HUN-1100-21862
ROUTINE SUMMARY
Patch LR*5.2*222 will be distributed and installed with patch LA*5.2*46
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR222 N/A 6987123 **222** (Deleted by KIDS)
LRDPAREF 6854898 5111405 **153,222**
LEDI INTERFACE TO NON-VA SYSTEM (LEDI II).
LRORDB 3786248 3782224 **153,222**
List of preceding patches: 153
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
TEST SITES
----------
Alexandria VAMC
Biloxi VAMC
Birmingham VAMC
Fayetteville VAMC
Hines VAMC
Houston VAMC
Jackson VAMC
Little Rock VAMC
Madison VAMC
Milwaukee VAMC
Muskogee VAMC
Oklahoma City VAMC
This patch adds additional support when using the option Referral Patient
Shreveport VAMC
SOFTWARE RETRIEVAL:
===================
The following software and documentation files are exported as part of
this patch:
File Name Contents Retrieval Format
-
- 279 SEQ #216
- DATE APPLIED: 2002-03-15 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*279 contains no changes to
LOINC mapping of CH subscripted verified results. The software will use
is terminated by the user. If the process runs successfully to
completion, there will be an END alert for each START alert for each
batch sequence number.
It has been seen at some test sites that the LRDFN may not be in the
proper form. Test sites have seen the LRDFN set to an inverse date/time
(LRIDT) value, and in some cases the LRDFN contained a decimal
(ex.123.5). If such a situation is discovered during the LOINC mapping
process, a properly formatted LRDFN will be created in the ^LR(0) global
as the next available LRDFN.
the existing LOINC mapping configuration defined in WKLD CODE (#64) file.
There is a special sequence number (9999999) assigned to those LRDFNs
having LRIDT like format. This sequence will only be established if
required.
Most sites will not have a 9999999 batch sequence number.
NEW OPTIONS:
============
The following options are provided to manage the LOINC mapping processes.
This file's definition will be used to determine the LOINC code to be
They are contained on the LOINC Historical Mapping Menu [LR LOINC
HISTORICAL MAP MENU]. This menu is locked with the XUPROGMODE security
key and located under the LOINC Mapping Utility Menu [LR LOINC UTILITY].
It is highly recommend that options provided by this patch be run during
a 24 hour period of low system usage. Normally this would be during the
week end.
A. LAB DATA LOINC Mapping [LR LOINC HISTORICAL MAPPER 63] option
assigned to a given result. The historical mapping process extends to the
This is the primary historical LOINC mapping option that must be run at
least once to update ^LR with appropriate LOINC mapping codes. This
option can be run multiple times if required. This option will initiate
the required number of background tasks to inspect the entire LAB DATA
file and map verified CH subscripted tests with LOINC codes. This option
should only be run during a 24-hour period when the system has low user
activity. Note: This option is used also to restart the mapping process
from the point of interruption. The mapping process will continue until
all LRDFNs have been inspected.
past 5-6 years of verified 'CH' subscripted data.
The option is Locked by the XUPROGMODE security key.
Example of the option: User's responce inclosed in < >
Select LOINC Mapping Utility Menu Option:
LOINC Historical Mapping Menu
Select LOINC Historical Mapping Menu Option: ?
1 LAB DATA LOINC Mapping
2 Restart LOINC Historical Mapping
3 STOP LOINC Mapping
4 Modify LOINC Historical Mapping
Select LOINC Historical Mapping Menu Option: <1>
D STOP^LRLNC63 to stop all background historical mapping.
This option should be run during 24 hour off peak time frame!!
Information on the historical LOINC mapping process:
This option will queue multiple tasks to LOINC map
historical data in the LAB DATA (#63).
Are you certain you wish to proceed? <YES>
LRDFN Conversion Sequence 1-20001 Task number is 8718
LRDFN Conversion Sequence 20001-40001 Task number is 8719
End of Option example:
==========
After successful completion of LOINC mapping for all tasks, the members
of the G.LMI mail group will receive two types of notifications:
1. MailMan message containing all tests that were not LOINC mapped
2. Mailman message containing all tests that were mapped. This message is
designed to be imported into a non VistA spread sheet program.
Using these two reports, the LIM will be able to determine mapping
completeness and identify systematic mapping errors.
The historical mapping is an option that cannot be queued. Installation
Here is an example of each.
Subj: LOINC Historical Mapping Exception Report [#89761] 15 Feb 02 10:29
From: POSTMASTER (Sender: ) In 'IN' basket. Page 1 *New*
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
List of tests missing RNLT codes in LABORTORY TEST (#60) file,
found during LOINC Historical Mapping process.
These test(s) will have no historical LOINC mapping performed.
of this patch provides options to perform historical mapping of verified
[Test IEN] Test Name Type
[37] BLEEDING TIME -- Type: BOTH
[353] SPHEROCYTES -- Type: OUTPUT (CAN BE DISPLAYED)
[356] HYPERSEGMENTED NEUTROPHILS -- Type: BOTH
[357] SMUDGE CELLS -- Type: BOTH
[137] RPR -- Type: BOTH
Subj: LOINC Historical Mapped LOINC tests [#89762] 15 Feb 02 10:29
software controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK
'CH' subscripted tests.
From: POSTMASTER (Sender:) In 'IN' basket. Page 1 *New*
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
List of test mapped to LOINC codes formatted with '^' as field delimiter.
DataName#^Test Name^Specimen^Specimen IEN^RNLT^NLT suffix^LOINC Code
2^GLUCOSE^PHARYNX^60^84330.0000^0^2339-0
2^GLUCOSE^BLOOD^70^84330.0000^0^2339-0
2^GLUCOSE^BLOOD^70^84330.0000^8638^2339-0
2^GLUCOSE^SERUM^72^84330.0000^0^2342-4
2^GLUCOSE^SERUM^72^84330.0000^3035^2342-4
2^GLUCOSE^SERUM^72^84330.0000^3103^2342-4
2^GLUCOSE^SERUM^72^84330.0000^8638^2342-4
3^UREA NITROGEN^RIGHT KIDNEY^11^84520.0000^0^3097-3
3^UREA NITROGEN^SERUM^72^84520.0000^0^6299-2
3^UREA NITROGEN^SERUM^72^84520.0000^3035^6299-2
3^UREA NITROGEN^SERUM^72^84520.0000^3103^6299-2
4^CREATININE^Missing^.8^82565.0000^0^2160-0
4^CREATININE^Missing^.9^82565.0000^0^2160-0
4^CREATININE^SERUM^72^82565.0000^0^2160-0
4^CREATININE^SERUM^72^82565.0000^3103^2160-0
Historical LOINC mapping is a disk and system intensive process.
B. STOP LOINC Mapping [LR LOINC HISTORICAL STOP 63] option
This option will stop all background LOINC historical mapping tasks. If
for some reason the user wishes to stop/suspend LOINC mapping, this
option will stop all background tasks. To continue the mapping process
from the last LRDFN, use the primary option, LAB DATA LOINC mapping
Option.
Example of the option:
Select LOINC Historical Mapping Menu Option: STOP LOINC Mapping
Stopping all background LOINC historical mapping jobs
Are you certain you want to continue? <YES>
End of example
===========
C. Restart LOINC Historical Mapping [LR LOINC HISTORICAL RESTART 63]
Journaling has not been a problem at test sites, but with any conversion
This option will restart the mapping process from the very beginning.
This option will reset all counters and reinitiate the ^XTMP("LRLNC63")
global. After the temporary mapping globals have been reset, a call is
made to the LAB DATA LOINC Mapping entry point. Rerunning this option is
not harmful but the same 24 hours of low system usage considerations
should be honored.
Option is locked with the XUPROGMODE security key.
process, journal files should be monitored. Temporary data is stored in
Example of the option:
Restart LOINC Historical Mapping
This will re-run LOINC Historical Mapping from the beginning
resetting all globals to zero.
To restart from a stopping point use the
LAB DATA LOINC Mapping Option.
Are you certain you want to proceed? <YES>
the ^XTMP Global. A significant amount of LOINC code related data will be
D STOP^LRLNC63 to stop all background historical mapping tasks.
This option should be run during 24 hour off peak time frame!!
This option will queue multiple tasks to LOINC map
historical data in the LAB DATA (#63).
Are you certain you wish to proceed? <YES>
set into the ^LR( global.
End of option example.
=================
D. Modify LOINC Historical Mapping [LR LOINC HISTORICAL MODIFY]
This is a very powerful utility option to be used to reconcile previous
LOINC historical mapping. A knowledgeable LOINC mapper (Laboratory
Information Manager) is required to properly implement this functionality.
After the initial historical mapping has been completed, adjustments
maybe required to modify the LOINC code lookup parameters to properly map
past results. Careful review of current LOINC mapping should be done to
establish IF there is a systematic error in LOINC code assignments. File
definition corrections should be done to prevent future LOINC mapping
errors. Re-running LAB DATA LOINC Mapping [LR LOINC HISTORICAL MAPPER 63]
option will correct incorrectly assigned LOINC code problems.
In those situations when editing LOINC mapping definition is not
desirable, this option provides a method for the user to intervene in the
The Historical Mapper functions should be run during a 24 hour period of
mapping lookup logic for specific tests.
The user is able to select a lab test(s) [Atomic or Panel], then assign a
specific suffix code to be used during LOINC mapping logic. In addition
the user is able to force the Result NLT CODE (#64.1) of LABORATORY TEST
(#60) for the test and the designated suffix code pair to override
previous LOINC mapping.
This is a very powerful feature, great care and study of systematic
errors should be used before attempting correct past LOINC mapping
SOFTWARE.
low system demand. Typically this would be during a week end.
systematic errors.
After the user has completed the modify LOINC mapping procedures, the LAB
DATA LOINC Mapping option is called. All considerations of this option
still apply. Most notably, only performing this mapping exercise during
week ends or in a 24 period of lowest system activity. Even with the
increased logic iterations, the process should complete within the 24 hr
window of time.
This option will allow the user to manage how a specific data name (test)
will be mapped to LOINC Codes for historical data. The user is able to
override file definitions to correct past LOINC mappings.
1. Select the CH subscripted test
2. Indicate the suffix to be used.
3. The user can indicate if this suffix should override previous LOINC
Mapping.
Example of the option:
2. Installs 'LRRESOURCE' Resource Device
This option will REMAP your entire database using the parameters defined
by this option.
This option should only be run on week ends or after hours.
Do you wish to continue ? <YES>
Selection can be a 'CH' Atomic or Panel test .
Select test you want to modify mapping: <CBC>
Select Suffix Code: <.4322> COULTER ELECTRONICS
Override previous LOINC mapping? <YES>
Selection can be a 'CH' Atomic or Panel test.
Select test you want to modify mapping: <CALCIUM>
Select Suffix Code: <AA DIRECT> .3901 NOT SPECIFIED
Override previous LOINC mapping? <ret>
This patch will install a new resource device called 'LRRESOURCE'. This
Selection can be a 'CH' Atomic or Panel test
Select test you want to modify mapping: <ret>
Here is a list of what you have selected.
[O] indicates override current mapping
. DEVICE: HOME// Right Margin:80//
1 [0] WBC COULTER A /.4322
2 [0] MCV COULTER A /.4322
device is installed with eight slots. The number of slots determines the
3 [0] MCH COULTER A /.4322
4 [0] MCHC COULTER A /.4322
5 [0] RDW COULTER A /.4322
6 CALCIUM AA DIRECT /. 3901
You wish to add more? <ret>
Do you want to delete an entry? <ret>
[NOTE: Those tests in the panel or atomic test that do not have a RESULT
number of active LOINC mapping background tasks. The maximum number of
NLT CODE (RNLT) assigned will be omitted. If this is the case, abort and
attend to the missing tests RNLT codes.]
3. Resolving the $SELECT statements for normal ranges
This functionality provided by this patch is to resolve the normal
range data stored in a $SELECT format in the LAB DATA file (63). This
patch will determine the appropriate normal range for the result by
resolving the $S( statement using the age of the patient at the time the
specimen was collected. The $SELECT statement will be replaced with the
concurrently running background tasks is eight, the number of slots
appropriate numerical value.
The routines LRVER4 and LRVR4 are installed with this patch to prevent
the storage of the $S statement in ^LR(LRDFN,"CH",LRIDT,LRSB) for future
results.
The routine LRDAGE provides the patient's age at the time when the
specimen was collected. The resulting age is used to determine normal
range values for historical data.
defined in LRRESOURCE. If the user adjusts the number slots of the
NEW FILES OR FIELDS:
===================
Two new fields are added during installation of this patch.
In the LABORATORY SITE (#69.9) file the following fields have been added.
LOINC HISTORICAL MAPPING DATE (#95.3) field.
This is the date that the LOINC Historical mapping was completed. The
resource device, it must have at least one slot to initiate the mapping
LAB DATA LOINC Mapping [LR LOINC HISTORICAL MAPPER 63] option populates
this field after it has successfully completed all mapping.
LOINC HISTORICAL LAST LRDFN (#95.31) field.
This field is populated by the primary LOINC mapping option if all batch
(sequences) successfully run to completion.
This field contains the last LRDFN that was mapped by the LAB DATA LOINC
Mapping [LR LOINC HISTORICAL MAPPER 63] option.
ASSOCIATED NOIS
process. Reducing the number of slots will increase the total mapping
===============
NONE
TEST SITES
==========
Minneapolis, MN
North Chicago, Il
Milwaukee, WI
Salem, NC
processing time. Increasing the number of resource slots may NOT reduce
Martinez, CA
Palo Alto, CA
Durham, NC
Long Beach, CA
Muskogee, OK
Fargo, ND
Cincinnati, OH
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
the total mapping processing time.
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line of
these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patch list>;Sep 27, 1994
Routine Checksum Checksum
Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
LR279 N/A 6316492 279 (Deleted
by KIDS)
LRDAGE N/A 1480375 279
LRLNC63 N/A 14818231 279
LRLNC63A N/A 9008516 279
LRLNC63B N/A 7526980 279
LRVER4 19181995 18527473 14,42,112,121,140
171,153,188,279
LRVR4 8661306 8664360 14,42,121,153,221
263,279
List of preceding required patches:
LR*5.2*188, LR*5.2*232, LR*5.2*263, LR*5.2*278
The Mapping Process in Detail
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
The install time for this patch is less than 5 minutes. Laboratory users
should be off the system during installation. All other user may remain
on the system.
Patch installation should be coordinated with the Laboratory Information
Manager (LIM).
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for those
routines.
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan Menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your system.
The LOINC mapping processes are divided in to batches of 20,000 LRDFN
You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
4. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System's Menu (KIDS)
select the 'Installation' menu.
5. Use the 'Verify Checksum in transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
6. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
records each. The number of batches are determined by the number of
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Backup a Transport Global
If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this patch
prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport Global'
option. You may also compare the routines on your system to the routines
in the patch by using the 'Compare a Transport Global to your Current
System' option.
records found in the LAB DATA (#63) file. One could estimate the number
7. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu and
select the package 'LR*5.2*279'.
When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during install? YES// choose
'NO'.
When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'
8. On mapped system, rebuild map set
of batches by dividing the number of LRDFN records by 20,000. If more
9. Routine LR279 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
POST-INSTALLTION INSTRUCTIONS:
=============================
Perform LOINC historical mapping functions.
******************************************
The patch provides the following:
than eight mapping tasks are required, the remainder tasks will
Installation Example:
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*279 Loaded from Distribution
2/26/02@17:15:29
=> LR*5.2*279
This Distribution was loaded on Feb 26, 2002@17:15:29 with header of
LR*5.2*279
It consisted of the following Install(s):
automatically start when a resource slot becomes available. Resource
LR*5.2*279
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*279
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR279
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*279
slots become available when a mapping sequence batch runs to completion.
Incoming Files:
69.9 LABORATORY SITE (Partial Definition)
Note: You already have the 'LABORATORY SITE' File.
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET
Install Started for LR*5.2*279 :
Feb 26, 2002@17:18:32
The objective of the mapping batch size and number is to ensure mapping
Build Distribution Date: Feb 25, 2002
Installing Routines:
Feb 26, 2002@17:18:32
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR279
*** Pre install started ***
*** No action required ***
is completed within twenty-four (24) hours. After benchmarking timing
*** Pre install completed ***
Installing Data Dictionaries:
Feb 26, 2002@17:18:33
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION
Feb 26, 2002@17:18:33
exercises, it has been determined that eight batch jobs of 20,000 records
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR279
*** Post install started ***
Adding 'LRRESOURCE' to the Device (#3.5) file
*** Post install completed ***
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
each would achieve the mapping time goal.
Updating Routine file
Updating KIDS files
LR*5.2*279 Installed.
Feb 26, 2002@17:18:34
Install Message sent #XXXXX
Install Completed
End of example
Each LRDFN in a batch that is not from LAB CONTROL NAME (#62.3) file, is
checked to determine if NEW PERSON CONVERSION (.12) field of sub-multiple
CHEM, HEM, TOX, RIA, SER, etc. (#4) of the LAB DATA (#63) file has a
designation of 2. If the check is satisfied the process continues for
that LRDFN's inverse date time sub-file.
Each data name (test) of the CH subscript is subjected to a lookup
process to determine the RESULT NLT CODE (#64.1) field of the LABORATORY
TEST (#60) file.
This value is stored in the
^XTMP("LRLNC63",1,DATANAME IEN)=Result NLT Code.
1. Historical LOINC mapping
^XTMP("LRLNC63",1,2) = 84330.0000
^XTMP("LRLNC63",1,3) = 84520.0000
^XTMP("LRLNC63",1,4) = 82565.0000
^XTMP("LRLNC63",1,5) = 84295.0000
The software then performs a LOINC lookup using the data from the
DATANAME subscripted node [^XTMP("LRLNC63", 1,DATANAME)] global and the
file definitions of WKLD CODE file to determine the LOINC code for the
result. If a LOINC code is found the value is stored in the third '^'
piece in the third piece of '!' delimited field.
^LR(713,"CH",6979880.8746,357)=75^^84009.0000!84009.0000!
[27057]!3103!1^104^72!50!220!!!!UG/ML!!!75^^^^170^1
Where [27057] is the LOINC code.
The last LRDFN processed record for each batch (sequence) is stored in
the ^XTMP("LRLNC63","SEQ",#). Where '#' is the batch sequence number in
increments of 20,000.
This patch contains options and software required to perform historical
Other information stored in the ^XTMP global are:
^XTMP("LRLNC63","SEQ",#,"START")=FileMan date/time
^XTMP("LRLNC63","SEQ",#,"END")=FileMan date/time
The time difference between the START and END nodes represent the lapse
time for that batch's LOINC mapping.
Status activity of the mapping process is reported to the LMI mail group
via VistA Alerts. An alert is generated when each batch process is
started. An alert is also generated when each batch reaches completion or
-
- 271 SEQ #217
- DATE APPLIED: 2002-04-23 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*271 contains no changes to software
monthly accessions that the software was defaulting to the wrong year.
4. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
5. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Backup a Transport Global
Routine LRWU4 has been corrected to default to the current year when a
6. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*271'.
When prompted "Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion
of Install? //YES", respond NO.
When prompted "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
YES//", respond NO.
When prompted "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options and Menu Options?
user enters the accession date in the format MM00.
YES//", respond YES. When prompted "Enter options you wish to mark
as 'Out of Order':", enter the following to disable all Laboratory
options:
LR*
7. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
NOTE: Routine LR271 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
2. The following defects were identified during the software review as
part of patch development.
a. When a user enters a partial accession and is prompted for an
accession date the software was not defaulting to past dates. Defect
corrected by including "P" in the variable %DT when calling FileMan's
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
%DT date processing routine.
b. Routine LRFASTS called by option Fast Bypass Data Entry/Verify
[LRFASTS] does not handle non-daily accession areas correctly. The routine
was using the order date as the accession date which is only correct when
the accession area associated with a test is daily. LRFASTS has been
corrected to retrieve the accession area, date and number for a test from
LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69). It will now function correctly when processing
acccessions from non-daily acession areas, i.e. monthly, quarterly and
yearly.
c. Routine LRVERA was handling accession selection similiar to LRWU4.
This routine has been changed to call LRWU4.
d. The entry for Quarterly accession transform in the EXECUTE CODE file
(#62.07) contains code that creates an invalid FileMan date for the
accession date. The post install for this patch will check the EXECUTE
CODE file (#62.07) and ACCESSION file (#68) for entries using the
Quarterly accession transform and correct the code.
This patch addresses a fix to defects reported in NOIS BAF-0101-N2560
ASSOCIATED NOIS
---------------
BAF-0101-N2560
BED-0201-12399
ASSOCIATED E3R'S
----------------
None
and BED-0201-12399. Additional problems (item 2) were identified during
TEST SITES
----------
Ann Arbor VAMC
Ashville VAMC
Bedford VAMC
Boston HCS
Detroit VAMC
Milwaukee VAMC
software review for patch development. Listed below are the problems and
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
the corrective actions.
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR271 N/A 8038072 **271** (Deleted by KIDS)
LRFASTS 8519940 6423167 **30,95,121,271**
LRVERA 8140275 690805 **153,271**
LRWU4 8927540 5815129 **128,153,201,271**
************************************************************************
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
The install time for this patch is less than 5 minutes.
Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
1. NOIS'es BAF-0101-N2560 and BED-0201-12399 reported when looking up
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
3. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
-
- 137 SEQ #105
- DATE APPLIED: 1996-11-20 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
FIX FOR LRDPA
-
- 282 SEQ #218
- DATE APPLIED: 2002-05-16 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch resolves the following problem:
This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the
VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 97-033 titled VISTA
BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
PROBLEM: CPRS calls a Lab API [INTERIM^LR7OGM] that extracts and formats
lab data for reports on the LAB tab. For results longer than
7 characters, the data is being truncated and formatted incorrectly.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*282 have no effect on Blood
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*282 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
functions.
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: Patch LR*5.2*282 contains no changes to
routines identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
97-033. There is no adverse potential to sites.
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validation
CPRS calls a Lab API [INTERIM^LR7OGM] that extracts and formats
scenarios to be completed by sites after installing LR*5.2*282.
TEST SITES FOR THIS PATCH:
==========================
North Texas HCS
Denver
Tennessee Valley HCS
RELATED NOIS:
=============
lab data for reports on the LAB tab. For results longer than
TNV-0801-30277
NTH-0202-72720
DEN-1298-51612
ROUTINE SUMMARY:
================
The following is a list of the routine(s) included in this patch. The
second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
7 characters, the data is being truncated and formatted incorrectly.
CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
Routine name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
============ ============ =========== ==========
LR7OGMP 5364802 5548341 187,246,282
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
==========================
This patch should be loaded during non-peak hours to minimize disruption
to users. Installation will take less than 1 minute. Users may remain
This patch will correct the formatting of long results, by not
on the system.
1. Use the INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE option on the PackMan menu.
2. Review your mapped set. If any of the routines listed in the
ROUTINE SUMMARY section are mapped, they should be removed
from the mapped set at this time.
3. From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu, select
the Installation menu.
truncating the results and breaking the line so that units and
4. From this menu, you may elect to use the following options
(when prompted for INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*282):
a. Backup a Transport Global
b. Compare Transport Global to Current System
c. Verify Checksums in Transport Global
5. Use the Install Package(s) option and select the package LR*5.2*282.
6. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//'
reference ranges continue on the next line.
respond NO.
7. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//', respond NO.
8. If routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should be returned
to the mapped set once the installation has run to completion.
-
- 272 SEQ #219
- DATE APPLIED: 2002-09-06 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*272 does not
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
AMA-0695-70804 - E VARIABLE FOR %DT NOT WORKING
The date/time stamp printed to screen, but not to a printer.
The reports were using the string 'S X="N",%DT="ET" D ^%DT"
to print date/time. The call has been updated to use
'$$FMTE^XLFDT($$NOW^XLFDT,"").' The call to STAMP^LRX is no
longer used.
HUN-0501-21203 - INCORRECT SPELLING IN LOADLIST.
An incorrect spelling in the EXPAND PANELS ON PRINT field
(#.06) Of the LOAD/WORK LIST file (#68.2) has been corrected.
LEX-0201-41741 - IMMEDIATE COLLECT SETTINGS BEING OVERRIDDEN
Immediate collect times are being rejected if seconds are
entered. Label VALID+10 in routine LR7OV4 has been modified
to allow the entry
of seconds in the collect time.
HIN-0701-42680 - QUESTION RE: Y2K DATE FORMAT
The Y2K conversions changed the format of the date generated
by PRTEST+5^LRSORA2 from MMM DD 'YY to MMM DD 'YYYY. The
apostrophe in the new format is not necessary. The routine
has been modified to eliminate the extraneous data.
Reference NOIS: LAH-0301-61651
HIN-0301-40344
ALB-1099-52504
ISF-0899-61570
PHO-0699-61637
Nineteen NOIS calls are addressed in this patch. These are:
NTH-0399-71865
FRE-0599-60964
CHY-0798-52175
MOU-0498-32262
PUG-1297-50924
MUS-0996-71712
ALN-0496-10819
TEM-0895-72227
BUF-0895-11662
SAM-0895-20499
AMA-0695-70804
HIN-0701-42680
HUN-0501-21203
LEX-0201-41741
Reporting Site: Salem
Upstate New York HCS
Muskogee
Puget Sound HCS
LAH-0301-61651 - LAB RESULTS FOR URINE NOT TRIGGERING ALERT
Central Plains HCS
OIFO San Francisco
Mountain Home
Fresno
VA Greater Los Angeles HCS
North Texas HCS
Central Texas HCS
Hines
Albuquerque
Phoenix
Providers who had notification for lab results enabled were not
Amarillo
Test Site(s): Mountain Home
Fresno
VA Greater Los Angeles HCS
Hines
Phoenix
Milwaukee
receiving alerts for urinalysis. A line of code has been added at
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
label SNEAK+39 in routine LR7OB3 to correct this problem.
LR7OB3 12268913 12535845 **121,187,272**
LR7OU4 11991663 12012587 **127,163,272**
LR7OU5 12940594 13182116 **127,201,272**
LR7OV4 5864196 5923833 **187,256,272**
LRAC14 NEW 3263466 **272**
LRACKL 13626594 13895634 **272**
LRACKL1 2455270 2474094 **272**
LRCKF 4058690 11756610 **272**
LRCKF60 11681052 36215686 **272**
LRCKF62 1728069 5812635 **272**
LRCKF64 NEW 18720941 **272**
LRCKF68 14560856 32159749 **272**
LRCKF68A NEW 25765404 **272**
LRCKF69 4913799 18312081 **272**
LRCKFLA 9589815 39228904 **272**
LRCKFLAA NEW 38310091 **272**
LRCKPTR 10069312 15162494 **272**
LRDIST1 14640547 15053872 **108,126,272**
LRDRAW 8422619 8812401 **121,190,272**
LRHDR 2828970 3185180 **272**
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
HIN-0301-40344 - SPELLING NOTED
LRMIHDR 7371024 7468554 **45,272**
LRSORA2 3589912 3614713 **2,62,201,272**
LRSORB 5246084 5387827 **272**
LRWU1 3871530 4042564 **153,272**
List of preceding patches: 45, 126, 153, 163, 187, 190, 201, 256
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
NOTE: The "before" checksums may not match for the LRAC14,
LRACKL, and LARACKL1 routines if your site was a test
The word "Finished" was misspelled in routine LRDRAW. The word
site for the unreleased patch LR*5.2*170.
Installation Instructions:
==========================
NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
during the install and no user options are affected.
If KIDS prompts:
"Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
"Report Completed" has replaced "Finished". A report
Install? YES// NO"
"Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
"Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES// NO"
The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
header has been expanded to include the date and time.
your system.
2. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped, they
should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
Transport global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
4. Users may remain on the system, but installation should be
done at off peak hours.
5. No options need to be placed out of service.
6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
hours and less the 5 minutes during peak hours.
7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory
space.
8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
ISF-0899-61570 - LAB FILES ALLOWING LAYGO TO FILE 200
option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*272'
and proceed with the install.
9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should
be returned to the mapped set once the installation has run
to completion.
The following fields were modified to not allow LAYGO in the
NEW PERSON file (#200).
LAB DATA (file #63)
DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
CHEM,HEM,TOX,RIA,SER,etc.(mult) (field #4)
VERIFY PERSON (field #.04)
LAB ORDER ENTRY (file #69)
SPECIMEN (mult) (field #1)
ENTERING PERSON (field #1)
COLLECTOR (field #12)
PHO-0699-61637 - QMONTH GIVING ORDER FOR EVERY DAY, NOT EVERY
MONTH
NTH-0399-71865 - QMONTHLY DOESN'T WORK WHEN ORDERING LABS IN CPRS
The 30 day limit imposed by the MAX DAYS FOR CONTINUOUS ORDERS
sub-field (#6) in the HOSPITAL SITE FIELD (#9) of the LABORATORY
SITE file (#69.9) has been changed to allow up to 370 days.
FRE-0599-60964 - IMMEDIATE COLLECT ALWAYS ON
The IMMED COLLECT ON sub field (#8) of the IMMED LAB COLLECT DIV.
multiple (#5.1) in the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) was not
properly checked. The logic in the $$ON^LR7OV4 API has been
changed to properly determine the status of this field.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*272 does not
CHY-0798-52175 - GRAPH RESULTS
MOU-0498-32262 - PROBLEM WITH 0.0 VALUES ON QC DISPLAY
Values such as 0.0 are not displaying using the Quality control
display (Levey-Jennings) option. If the techs manually edit
these values to 0, they will display on the graph. Changes have
been made to allow 0.0 and 0 to display correctly.
PUG-1297-50924 - OPTION REQUIRES LOWER CASE.
The Fast Lab Test Order (Routine) [LROW ROUTINE] will not accept
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
lowercase answers. Changes have been made to line label % in
routine LRORD1 to remove case sensitivity from this option.
MUS-0996-71712 - NAT'L LAB TEST FILE LINKING SUBSCRIPT ERROR
A Logic flaw in the lab code caused a National Lab Test file
linking subscript error. All instances of the flawed code have
been corrected.
ALN-0496-10819 - SERUM ANTIBIOTIC LEVELS LESS THAN 1
Sites were having problems putting in antibiotic levels in the
elements functions.
micro package that were less than 1.0. Results of .75 etc would
echo question marks back to the user. Input transform located
in the ANTIBIOTIC LEVEL field (#2)of sub-field of file (#63.42)
located in the LAB DATA file (#63) has been corrected to allow
results with 2 decimal places to be entered.
TEM-0895-72227 - SEPARATE REPORT LOCATIONS NOT WORKING
The site was instructed to put a prefix on their HOSPITAL
LOCATION file (#44), so that they could differentiate after
the integration. A problem arose when the cumulative used the
abbreviation that was active at the time of the order. After
integration the location names and abbreviations contained
the prefix, which caused the names in the Lab globals to no
longer match file (#44). This patch enables the printing of
cumulative reports when multiple same name abbreviations have
been detected in the LAB REPORTS file (#64.5).
BUF-0895-11662 - USERS CHOOSE DEAD PROVIDER
ALB-1099-52504 - LAB PACKAGE ALLOWS SELECTION OF TERMINATED USERS
Users are able to choose a provider that recently died as the
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*272 have no effect on Blood
person ordering the lab tests. Label P in routine LRWU1 has
been modified to use the DISUSER flag to check for terminated
users.
SAM-0895-20499 - CHECK FILES FOR INCONSISTENCIES
Warnings were printed even though the "DO YOU WANT WARNINGS
REPORTED? No//" prompt was answered with NO. Extensive
modifications have been made to the routines called by the
Check files for inconsistencies [LRCHKFILES] option to correct
this problem.
-
- 285 SEQ #220
- DATE APPLIED: 2002-10-25 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
See patch description for details.
-
- 288 SEQ #221
- DATE APPLIED: 2002-12-09 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is being released in support of the VBECS (Vista Blood
exists (XTRCT^GMTSLRTE). The new API will pass
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
4. Users may remain on the system.
5. No options need to be placed out of service.
6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
hours and less the 5 minutes during peak hours.
7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory
space.
8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
the DFN, the TMP subscript location, the inverse
option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*288'
and proceed with the install.
9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should
be returned to the mapped set once the installation has run
to completion.
end and inverse beginning date of search in a
call to the existing routine.
Get All Available Units
AVUNIT^VBECA4 This API will be a shell to an API that already
exists (XTRCT^GMTSLRBE). The new API will pass
the DFN, the TMP subscript location, the inverse
end and beginning date, and the max number of
Establishment Computer Software) Blood Bank Modernization Project. In
records in a call to the existing routine.
Blood Product Lookup for Surgery
^VBECA5A The VBECA5A API has been created to allow the
Surgery package to convert the existing pointer
fields used to list available Blood Products
contained in the Blood Product file (#66), with a
free text field. The transition of the Blood
Bank system from the existing M based system to a
.NET/SQL based system will eliminate the ability
the future, data will be transitioned from the existing M database to a
of the Surgery package to access the Blood Product
data using the current method.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*288 does not
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*288 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
elements functions.
Microsoft SQL database. The API's release in this patch will allow the
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*288 have no effect on Blood
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
DBIA: 3176-A
3176-B
3631
Reference NOIS: None
Health Summary and Surgery packages to transition to the new database
Reporting Site: None
Test Site(s): Beckley, WV
Durham, NC
Puget Sound HCS
San Diego, CA
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
when it is released.
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;0.5;VBECS;<patchlist>;APR 26, 2002
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
VBECA4 NEW 4083168 288
VBECA5A NEW 790890 288
List of preceding patches: None
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
Installation Instructions:
==========================
NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
during the install and no user options are affected.
If KIDS prompts:
Get Transfusion Data
"Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? YES// NO"
"Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
"Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES// NO"
The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
TRAN^VBECA4 This API will be a shell to an API that already
This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
your system.
2. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped, they
should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
Transport global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
following options:
Print Transport Global
-
- 292 SEQ #222
- DATE APPLIED: 2002-12-20 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*292 does not
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
hours and less the 5 minutes during peak hours.
7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory
space.
8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*292'
and proceed with the install.
9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should
be returned to the mapped set once the installation has run
to completion.
The Blood Bank Report under the Reports tab in CPRS was hard coded to
display "Blood Bank" as the location of the unit if the unit has been
crossmatched and not dispositioned.
Old Format:
---- BLOOD BANK ----
ABO Rh: O POS
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
Antibodies identified: ANTI E;
Unit assigned/xmatched: Exp date Loc
1) 04ABC CPDA-1 RED BLOOD CE O POS Apr 25, 2002 Blood Bank
2) 04ABC2 CPDA-1 RED BLOOD CE O POS Apr 25, 2002 5 DALLAS
The report has been changed to display "BB-" and the institution that
logged the unit.
DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
New Format:
---- BLOOD BANK ----
ABO Rh: O POS
Antibodies identified: ANTI E;
Unit assigned/xmatched: Exp date Loc
1) 04ABC CPDA-1 RED BLOOD CE O POS Apr 25, 2002 BB-Dallas CIOFO
2) 04ABC2 CPDA-1 RED BLOOD CE O POS Apr 25, 2002 5 DALLAS
Reference NOIS: HEH-0702-41979
Reporting Site: HEARTLAND-EAST HCS
Test Site(s): HEARTLAND-EAST HEALTH CARE SYSTEM
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*292 does not
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
LR7OSBR1 22601409 22738094 121,201,228,
230,292
List of preceding patches: 121,201,228,230
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
Installation Instructions:
==========================
elements functions.
NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
during the install and no user options are affected.
If KIDS prompts:
"Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? YES// NO"
"Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
"Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES// NO"
The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
your system.
2. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped, they
should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*292 have no effect on Blood
Transport global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
4. Users may remain on the system, but installation should be
done at off peak hours.
5. No options need to be placed out of service.
-
- 283 SEQ #223
- DATE APPLIED: 2002-12-20 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
LAB RESULTS REPORTING LR*5.2*283
ENHANCEMENT
report which lists the performing lab name, address and site code. This option
will print interim reports for a selected patient within a given time period.
The printout will go inverse date order. This report will output all tests
for the time period specified. This option will only print verified results.
ROUTINE: CUM^LRRP2
NAME: LRAC PT MENU TEXT: Reprint cumulative on a given patient
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: THIS OPTION PRINTS IN THE INTERIM REPORT FORMAT. The report
prints site codes for tests and prints a separate page(s) at the end of the
report which lists the performing lab name, address and site code. This option
will print interim reports for a selected patient within a given time period.
The printout will go inverse date order. This report will output all tests
for the time period specified. This option will only print verified results.
ROUTINE: CUM^LRRP2
NAME: LRAC LOC MENU TEXT: Reprint cumulative on a given location
TYPE: run routine
Description:
DESCRIPTION: THIS OPTION NOW PRINTS IN THE INTERIM FORMAT. The report
prints site codes for tests and prints a separate page(s) at the end of the
report which lists the performing lab name, address and site code.
This option reports all verified results from one location for one day.
ROUTINE: CUMSGLE^LRRS
NAME: LRAC LOC-LOC MENU TEXT: Reprint cumulative from location to
location
TYPE: run routine
===========
DESCRIPTION: THIS OPTION PRINTS IN THE INTERIM REPORT FORMAT. The report
prints site codes for tests and prints a separate page(s) at the end of the
report which lists the performing lab name, address and site code.
Detailed report format for all data for one day sorted by location. This option
will only print verified results. The date chosen for this report is the
collection date. If a test is ordered on one day and verified on the next
day,you must select the order date to see the report with this option.
ROUTINE: CUM^LRRS
NAME: LRAC 1 PAGE MENU TEXT: Reprint a permanent page from cumulative
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: THIS OPTION PRINTS IN THE INTERIM REPORT FORMAT. The report
prints site codes for tests and prints a separate page(s) at the end of the
report which lists the performing lab name, address and site code.
This option will print interim reports for a selected patient within a
given time period. The printout will go inverse date order. This report will
output all tests for the time period specified. This option will only print
verified results.
ROUTINE: CUM^LRRP2
*************************************************************************
NAME: LRAC MANUAL MENU TEXT: Manual queuing of cumulative
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: THIS OPTION PRINTS IN THE INTERIM REPORT FORMAT. The
report prints site codes for tests and prints a separate page(s) at the end
of the report which lists the performing lab name, address and site code.
This option will print interim reports for a selected patient within a
given time period. The printout will go inverse date order. This report will
output all tests for the time period specified. This option will only print
verified results.
KERNEL PATCH XU*8*217 MUST BE INSTALLED BEFORE LR*5.2*283
ROUTINE: CUM^LRRP2
NAME: LRAC FULL PATIENT SUMMARY MENU TEXT: Print a full patient summary
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: Prints a full patient summary using the interim report
format. It simply captures all lab data on a patient and prints the performing
lab sites and addresses on a separate page(s).
ROUTINE: SUM^LRACM2
*************************************************************************
NAME: LRRD MENU TEXT: Interim report by provider
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: This option is used to obtain all data on one day for
selected providers. All providers may be selected or a range of providers
(this may be helpful if obtaining reports for all providers but you wish to
split the load between multiple printers). Multiple selections are allowed for
selecting specific providers. All reports are sorted by provider name. If no
results are available for a provider, the option will print the provider's name
followed by the next provider's name. This option is an alternative to
having the Interim report tasked to the taskmanager. Only verified results will
be printed. This option is not part of the cumulative report and should not
be charted. The date chosen for this report is the collection date. If a
test is ordered on one day and verified on the next, you have to select the
order date to see the report. The report prints site codes for tests.
You will be asked if you would like to print an address page. The address page
prints on a separate page(s) at the end of the report and lists the performing
lab name, address and site code.
ROUTINE: LRRD
This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the
NAME: LRRD BY MD MENU TEXT: Interim reports for 1 provider (manual queue)
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: This option reports all verified results for one day for
one provider. The user will request the date and provider. This option will
only print verified results. The date requested should be the date the lab
work was collected. This option is to be used for information only and should
not be charted. The report prints site codes for tests.
You will be asked if you would like to print an address page. The address page
prints on a separate page(s) at the end of the report and lists the performing
lab name, address and site code.
VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by the VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled
ROUTINE: SINGLE^LRRD
NAME: LRRP3 MENU TEXT: Interim report for chosen tests
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: This report will display results in inverse date order.
The option allows the user to select a specific test or panel of tests for a
specified time period. Regardless of whether the orders have been purged,
the results may be displayed. The report should not be charted. The report
prints site codes for tests.
VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
You will be asked if you would like to print an address page. The address page
prints on a separate page(s) at the end of the report and lists the performing
lab name, address and site code.
ROUTINE: LRRP3
NAME: LRRP2 MENU TEXT: Interim report
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: This option will print or display interim reports for a
selected patient, within a given time period. The printout will go in
inverse date order. This report will output all tests for the time period
specified. If no results are available, the option will ask for another
patient. This option will only print verified results. The report prints
site codes for tests.
You will be asked if you would like to print an address page. The address page
prints on a separate page(s) at the end of the report and lists the performing
lab name, address and site code.
ROUTINE: LRRP2
The purpose of the LAB RESULTS REPORTING patch, LR*5.2*283, is to enhance
NAME: LRRS MENU TEXT: Interim reports by location (manual queue)
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: Detailed report format for all data for one day sorted by
location. This option is an alternative to having the Interim report
tasked to the taskmanager. For tasking, see option LRTASK DAILY INTERIM 1. If
no results are available for a location, the option will print out the
location heading followed by the next location heading. This option will only
print verified results, is not part of the cumulative report and should not be
charted. The date chosen for this report is the collection date. If a
test is ordered on one day and verified on the next day, you must select the
the VistA Laboratory software to print the name and address of the laboratory
order date to see the report with this option. The report prints site codes
for tests.
You will be asked if you would like to print an address page. The address page
prints on a separate page(s) at the end of the report and lists the performing
lab name, address and site code.
ROUTINE: LRRS12
NAME: LRRSP MENU TEXT: Interim report for selected tests as ordered
TYPE: run routine
that performed a test procedure on patients' laboratory reports. Currently
DESCRIPTION: Detailed report format for an individual patient. Report
is done for selected tests as they are ordered. If the orders have been
purged, the results will not be found because the result look-up is dependent
on the orders. This option allows the user to select a specific test or panel,
or select the "ANY" test default which will output all the verified tests for
that patient during the time period specified. If no results are available,
the option will ask for another patient. This option will only print
verified results and should be used for information only. The option should
not be charted. The report prints site codes for tests.
You will be asked if you would like to print an address page. The address page
the physical address of the laboratory where the test is performed is not
prints on a separate page(s) at the end of the report and lists the performing
lab name, address and site code.
ROUTINE: LRRSP
NAME: LRRS BY LOC MENU TEXT: Interim reports for 1 location (manual queue)
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: This option reports all verified results from one location
for one day. The user will request the date and location. This option will
only print verified results. This option is to be used for information only
provided on laboratory reports, which is a Joint Commission on
and should not be charted. The report prints site codes for tests.
You will be asked if you would like to print an address page. The address page
prints on a separate page(s) at the end of the report and lists the performing
lab name, address and site code.
ROUTINE: SINGLE^LRRS
NAME: LRTASK CUM MENU TEXT: TASK THE CUMULATIVE TO RUN EACH NITE
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: THIS OPTION NOW PRINTS IN THE INTERIM REPORT FORMAT. The
report prints site codes for tests and prints a separate page(s) at the
Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO) and College of American
end of the report which lists the performing lab name, address and site code.
This function is automatically run by the TaskManager. This is the daily
interim cumulative report.
ROUTINE: AIDQ^LRRP2
SCHEDULING RECOMMENDED: YES
Testing Sites:
==============
Detroit VAMC
Pathologists (CAP) deficiency. This patch will resolve any existing data
Little Rock VAMC
Asheville VAMC
Bay Pines VAMC
Muskogee VAMC
VISN 2
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
Associated patches: (v)LR*5.2*201 <<= must be installed BEFORE `LR*5.2*283'
quality issues concerning the lack of the performing laboratory name and
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR283 N/A 4564779 283 (Deleted by KIDS)
LRACM2 9935205 10300781 201,283
LRMIPC 4251892 4206392 121,283
address on patient's reports therefore bringing VA laboratories
LRMIPSZ1 12406819 12393254 283
LRRD 8518201 8109636 221,283
LRRK 5712336 5740293 283
LRRP 11856365 11838355 195,221,283
LRRP1 7638502 8015031 153,221,283
LRRP2 14561533 15278779 106,121,221,283
LRRP3 8171424 8443889 283
LRRS 8707990 8838761 283
LRRS12 3898956 3814610 1,283
LRRSP 3969248 4067808 121,283
into compliance with JCAHO and CAP standards.
LRVER4 18527473 19639169 14,42,112,121,140,171,
153,188,279,283
LRVER5 14580554 14564045 42,153,283
LRVR4 8664360 8885386 14,42,121,153,221,263,279,283
LRVR5 11729747 11950773 1,42,153,263,283
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
ASSOCIATED NOIS:
================
TUC-1101-60420
FGH-0401-32373
VAC-0401-21831
ALB-1298-50579
AMA-1198-70074
GNH-0298-42213
HVH-1097-11793
STX-1101-70707
All Cumulative and Interim Reports are modified to include the
When users select the Interim report for selected tests as ordered
[LRRSP] option and enters a patient who requires a means test an undefined
variable error occurred. This undefined variable I at BEGIN in routine LRRSP
has been fixed.
ASSOCIATED NOIS:
================
SBY-0301-31020
TOG-0101-12404
performing lab site (PLS) name and address information in the body of the
MOU-0101-30818
DAY-1197-40980
ASH-1100-30244
The Interim reports by location (manual queue) [LRRS] option does not
operate properly when "Selected Locations" are selected. No output is
produced. This problem is fixed.
ASSOCIATED NOIS:
================
report. The performing lab site for each test is noted by the internal
WPB-0100-32328
SLC-1299-51576
SFC-1299-60391
A problem with Interim report by provider [LRRD] option which prints numerous
provider name pages equal to the number of days the report is queued to
print when printing a hard copy is fixed. The provider name in large
letters pages are no longer printed.
entry number of the performing lab site in the INSTITUTION file (#4).
ASSOCIATED NOIS:
================
IOW-0897-20334
PUG-0198-52088
**********************************************************************
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
All Cumulative Report options are modified to the interim report format and
The install time for this patch is less than 2 minutes. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
Suggested time to install: Off peak hours when cumulative and interim
reports are not running.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
will include the address page(s) which will be printed at the end of the
***** Kernel patch XU*8.0*217 must be installed prior to this patch.*****
This patch contains the physical location address fields and an
option to edit these fields. Each site must assign the
responsibility of data entry for the lab sites/institutions.
The person(s) responsible should be assigned the Kernel
IMF address edit [XUMF IMF ADD EDIT] option to edit the physical address.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
(v)LR*5.2*279 <<= must be installed BEFORE `LR*5.2*283'
report. Site codes are available for chemistry tests only. There will be
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
4. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
no site codes printed for microbiology or anatomic pathology tests at this
select the 'Installation' menu.
5. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
6. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Backup a Transport Global
time because they are unavailable.
If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this
patch prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport
Global' option at this time. You may also compare the routines in
your production account to the routines in the patch by using the
'Compare a Transport Global to Current System' option.
8. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*283'.
If prompted ' Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? YES//' choose 'NO'.
If prompted ' Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// '
choose 'NO'.
If prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
********************
9. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
10. Routine LR283 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
Below is an example of modified interim report format with the performing
lab site names, addresses and site codes printed on a separate page:
Printed at:
page 1
(v)XU*8*217 <<= must be installed BEFORE `LR*5.2*283'
Dallas Medical Center (428) 123 Lancaster Dallas, TX 75050
BLOW,BILLIE Report date: 04/25/2002 2:49 pm
SSN: 213-12-5823 SEX: F DOB: 12/29/1956 LOC: 5N
Provider: BEAR,GUMMY O
Specimen: SERUM
Accession [UID]: CH 0425 1 [0421150001]
Specimen Collection date: 04/25/2002 14:48
Test Name Result Units Ref. Range Site Code
ANION GAP 9 L meq/L 10 - 22 [123]
CAL OSM 276 mOsm/L 275 - 300 [428]
CREATININE 1.1 mg/dL .8 - 1.2 [456]
UREA NITROGEN 8 L mg/dL 11 - 24 [456]
GLUCOSE 104 mg/dL 60 - 123 [428]
Eval: This one has an interpretation.
SODIUM 144 meq/L 135 - 145 [987]
POTASSIUM 4.5 meq/L 3.8 - 5.3 [428]
CHLORIDE 105 meq/L 100 - 108 [428]
Subject: LAB RESULTS REPORTING
CO2 30 meq/L 23 - 31 [428]
CALCIUM 8.5 L mg/dL 9 - 11 [428]
AMYLASE 65 IU/L 14 - 110 [428]
Comment: Demonstration purposes
============================================================================
KEY: "L"=Abnormal low, "H"=Abnormal high, "*"=Critical value
BLOW,BILLIE 213-12-5823 04/25/2002 2:49 pm
page 2
BLOW,BILLIE 213-12-5823 04/25/2002 2:49 pm
PERFORMING LAB SITES
[123] Oklahoma City 713 East 13 OKC, OK 73113
[456] Muskogee 500 Honor Heights Drive Muskogee, OK 74401
[987] Lab Quest 624 Downtown Ave Somewhere, USA
Category: ROUTINE
MODIFIED OPTIONS:
================
NAME: LRAC DISCHARGE MENU TEXT: Patient Lab Discharge Summary
(Manual)
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: THIS OPTION PRINTS IN THE INTERIM FORMAT. The report
prints site codes for tests and prints a separate page(s) at the end of the
-
- 274
- DATE APPLIED: 2003-01-09 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*274 contains no changes to software
Below is a listing of files exported by this patch, indicating if the
imported file will contain additional data.
FILE # NAME With Data
----------------------------------------------
64 WKLD CODE NO
64.036 LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT NO
64.2 WKLD SUFFIX CODES YES
(2) This patch allows the user to manually encode CPT codes for a given
64.21 WKLD CODE LAB SECT YES
64.22 WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT YES
64.3 WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER YES
64.81 LAB NLT/CPT CODES YES
68 ACCESSION NO
Note:
The LAB NLT/CPT CODES (#64.81) file is purged during the pre-installation
phase. This file is only used to update THE WKLD CODE (#64) file and has
accession. This method of CPT coding does not use the CPT codes
no other purpose or function. This file will have no data after the post
installation routine has successfully run to completion.
======================
New Fields:
ES DISPLAY ORDER(#26) field has been added to the WKLD CODE (#64) file.
This field is used by the LAB CPT BILLING option to display a pick list
of those CPT codes defined by the NLT code. CPT codes can be selected by
using this number.
associated by the mapping of LABORATORY TEST file (#60) entries to WKLD
PCE ENC # (#30) of ACCESSION NUMBER SUB-FIELD (#1) of ACCESSION (#68)
file has been added. This free text field contains a list of PCE Visit
numbers generated for this accession. If there are multiple visit numbers
for this accession they are separated by ';'. This field is only
populated if professional service PCE workload is generated. This is
usually the type of PCE workload generated by the Pathologist reporting
anatomic pathology services. PCE workload is only generated for those
hospital locations with the type of clinic, module or other.
CODE file (#64).
Note:
No PCE workload is generated for inpatient locations.
=========================
Modified Print Template:
Electronic Catalog Print [LA7S PRINT CATALOG] option LA7S PRINT template
has been changed to display the LEDI HL7 (#.09) field instead of SNOMED
CODE (#2) in TOPOGRAPHY FIELD (#61) field. The LEDI HL7 field is required
by LEDI collecting sites when defining tests to be sent to the Host
The user can select any appropriate CPT code(s) to identify the
laboratory and shipping manifest. The LEDI HL7 specimen must match the
specimen the HOST laboratory requires.
==========================
Input Template:
Input Template [LR WKLD EDIT ALL] has been modified to allow editing of
all user definable fields in the WKLD CODE (#64) file. Most notable is
that the LOINC CODE (#4) field of the TIME ASPECT (#30) sub-file of the
WKLD CODE (#64) file. This template is very useful to delete or correct
LOINC CODE entry in the WKLD CODE (#64) file.
professional service(s) rendered during this particular tissue exam. The
Input Template [LR WKLD ES CPT] is designed to allow quick editing of
the ES DISPLAY ORDER (#26) field and to edit all CODE (#18) sub-file
entries. The CODE sub-file is where CPT CODE assignments are entered.
=========================
Test Sites: Muskogee, OK
Long Beach, CA
Durham, NC
Lake City, FL
user can select from a pre-defined pick list or enter CPT codes
Central Texas
Gainesville, FL
Boston, HCS
St. Louis, MO
=========================
Routine Summary:
The following is a list of the routine(s) included in this patch. The
individually separated by commas ",".
second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
Routine Before After Patch
Name Patch Patch List
LR274 N/A 6102494 274 (Deleted by KIDS)
LR274PO N/A 9865530 274 (Deleted by KIDS)
The pick list can be defined by editing the ES DISPLAY ORDER field
LR274POA N/A 4193520 274 (Deleted after install)
LRAPBK 12411722 13558720 51,72,201,274
LRCAPES N/A 12983418 274
LRCAPES1 N/A 8132160 274
LRCAPFDS 9495229 9744247 105,119,127,163,274
LRCAPPH1 11010117 11352750 127,136,138,158,263,264,274
LRTT5P1 12439150 12768427 153,221,263,274
LRTT5R1 6009458 6020078 153,201,274
LRVER3A 10508599 10313641 1,5,42,100,121,153,190
221,254,263,266,274
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
(#26) of the WKLD CODE file (#64). The number entered in the ES DISPLAY
===========================
Required Patches:
LR*5.2*163
LR*5.2*201
LR*5.2*263
LR*5.2*264
LR*5.2*266
LR*5.2*258
ORDER field controls the order of CPT codes in the pick list. The
=========================
Installation Instructions:
The patch LR*5.2*274 KIDS build file named LR52_274.KID stored in the
ASCII format can be obtained from the following Office of Information
Field Offices(OIFOs) ANONYMOUS SOFTWARE directories
OIFO FTP Address Directory
Albany ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext anonymous.software
Hines ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext anonymous.software
Salt Lake ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext anonymous.software
numerical order of the pick list uses the number entered in ES DISPLAY
All users may remain on the system.
Note: The patch should be installed during off peak hours.
No laboratory background jobs need to be stopped. No options need to be
placed out of service.
From the Kernel Installation & Distribution System (KIDS) menu
ORDER field for each WKLD CODE defined.
1. Use the 'Load a Distribution' option to load the
LR52_274.KIDS file onto your system.
2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global
on your system. You now need to use KIDS to install
the Transport global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use
the following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
3. Users may remain on the system, but installation
should be done at off peak hours.
4. Installation time is less than 5 minutes during off
peak hours and less than 15 minutes during peak hours.
5. Installation of this patch requires no additional
memory space.
6. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
option
(3) The NLT Mapped Code Search [LRCAP64S] option has been changed to
'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*274'
and proceed with the install.
7. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONS during the
install? YES//' respond NO.
8. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE scheduled Options, Menu
Options, and Protocols? YES//' respond NO.
======================
Example of install:
correctly respond to the following prompt at the end of each page:
Select Installation Option: INSTAll Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*274 Loaded from Distribution
7/11/02@09:42:27
=> LR*5.2*274
This Distribution was loaded on Jul 11, 2002@09:42:27 with header of
LR*5.2*274
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*274
"Enter RETURN to continue or '^' to exit:"
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*274
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR274
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*274
Incoming Files:
64 WKLD CODE
Note: You already have the 'WKLD CODE' File.
64.036 LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT
Note: You already have the 'LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT' File.
64.2 WKLD SUFFIX CODES (including data)
Note: You already have the 'WKLD SUFFIX CODES' File.
=======================
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
64.21 WKLD CODE LAB SECT (including data)
Note: You already have the 'WKLD CODE LAB SECT' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
64.22 WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT (including data)
Note: You already have the 'WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
New/Enhanced Options:
64.3 WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER (including data)
Note: You already have the 'WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
64.81 LAB NLT/CPT CODES (including data)
Note: You already have the 'LAB NLT/CPT CODES' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
68 ACCESSION
Note: You already have the 'ACCESSION' File.
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES//NO
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
1. Edit or Print WKLD CODES [LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] option has been
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET TO ALPHAS
---------------------------------------------------------
Install Started for LR*5.2*274 :
Jul 11, 2002@09:57:20
Build Distribution Date: Jul 11, 2002
Installing Routines:
Jul 11, 2002@09:57:20
enhanced to include the new field ES DISPLAY ORDER (#26) of WKLD CODE
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR274PO
Installing Data Dictionaries:
Jul 11, 2002@09:57:26
Installing Data:
Jul 11, 2002@10:01:18
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
(#64) file. This option is used to print or edit fields in the WKLD CODE
Installing PRINT TEMPLATE
Installing INPUT TEMPLATE
Installing OPTION
Jul 11, 2002@10:01:19
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR274PO. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(#64) file.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Building List Of Added WKLD CODEs
List Of Added WKLD CODEs Complete
Sending message to LMI Mail Group.
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
2. The new option LAB CPT BILLING [LRCAPES] has been created to provide
Updating Routine file...
Updating KIDS files...
LR*5.2*274 Installed.
Jul 11, 2002@10:05:28
LR*5.2*274
manual CPT billing and laboratory workload capture. The LAB CPT BILLING
Install Completed
Installation of patch LR*5.2*274 started on Jul 11, 2002@09:56:20
Installation of patch LR*5.2*274 completed on Jul 11, 2002@10:05:27
LIM:
Review description for LR*5.2*274 use KIDS Utilities Build File Print
option has no security key restriction. The option has been added to the
End of installation example.
===============================================
Post Install instruction:
The Laboratory Information Manager (LIM) should obtain from the Anatomic
Pathology department, a list containing CPT codes for the procedures most
frequently performed. The entries on this list need to be ranked by
Verify/release menu, anat path [LRAPVR] option.
frequency (i.e. most frequently used procedure is #1, next frequently
used procedure is #2, etc.) This list will provide a template for the
display listing. Next, the LIM need to select a NLT code from the WKLD
CODE (#64) file with the corresponding CPT code. Next, using the option
Edit or Print WKLD CODES[LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] option, edit the ES
DISPLAY ORDER (#26) field by entering the sequence number from the
frequency list and edit the CODE (#18) field multiple with the
appropriate CPT Code(s).
Editing of the WKLD CODE file can be done with the Edit or Print WKLD
CODES [LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] option.
====================
The LAB CPT BILLING option can be used anytime after the accession
================================================
User Information:
The user performing the CPT coding for tissue exam using the LAB CPT
BILLING [LRCAPES] option can enter the ES DISPLAY ORDER number (the
sequence number from the frequency list) to select CPT codes. The user
can enter double question marks '??' to see a list of CPT codes
selectable by entering the ES DISPLAY ORDER numbers. If the appropriate
code does not appear on the list, the user can enter the individual CPT
code number(s) separated by commas.
has been created. If the accession has been purged, the option cannot be
The coding software ensures that all CPT codes selected are active. If
the user does not have the PROVIDER security key, a valid active provider
must be entered. The user reviews the accessioned test(s) and the CPT
codes selected. The user is prompted to accept or reject the information.
After accepting the previous information the software will determine,
using the TYPE (#2) field of the HOSPITAL LOCATION (#44) file, if the
location entered is an outpatient location. Those locations with the type
of clinic, module or other are considered to be out patient location. CPT
used. The LAB CPT BILLING option has two functions:
coding is ONLY PASSED FOR OUT PATIENT LOCATION TYPES. If the specimen is
assigned to a Patient as defined by an entry in the PATIENT (#2) file,
the specified CPT codes are passed immediately to the Laboratory/PCE API.
The date/time of the visit is set to specimen collection date/time. If
the time is not specified, a default of 12:01 is used. The PCE API
returns the visit number which is stored in the PCE ENC (#30) field of
the ACCESSION NUMBER (#1) sub-file of the DATE (#.01) sub-file of the
ACCESSION (#68) file.
The software will also store the WKLD CODES associated with the CPT codes
selected. These WKLD CODE are added to the Laboratory LMIP workload for
that accession. This is done regardless of the location type.
Example of File setup
===============================================================
The example does not represent true clinical situation, it is used only
for demonstration purposes.
LRMENU Laboratory DHCP Menu
Select Laboratory DHCP Menu Option: SUPervisor menu
A. If the procedure was ordered on a patient from PATIENT (#2) file,
Select Supervisor menu Option: LAB LIaison menu
Select Lab liaison menu Option: LIM workload menu
Select LIM workload menu Option: EDIT
1 Edit ACC Area OOS Locations
2 Edit or Print WKLD CODES
CHOOSE 1-2: 2 Edit or Print WKLD CODES
Do you want to edit specific WKLD CODES/ALL fields? ? N// YES
Select WKLD CODE PROCEDURE: 88551.0000 Surgical Pathology Level I
from a location that has TYPE (#2) of CLINIC, MODULE or OTHER as defined
88551.0000
PROCEDURE: Surgical Pathology Level I// (No Editing)
DESCRIPTION:
No existing text
Edit? NO//
PRINT NAME: ^CODE
Select CODE: CPT.88300
Searching for a active CPT code., (pointed-to by CODE)
Searching for a active CPT code.
in the HOSPITAL LOCATION (#44) file, the user identified CPT codes will
88300 SURGICAL PATH, GROSS
...OK? Yes// (Yes)
RELEASE DATE: T-1 (JUN 24, 2001)
INACTIVE DATE:
REPLACEMENT CODE:
CODE NOTES:
No existing text
Edit? NO//
Select CODE: ^ES DISPLAY ORDER
ES DISPLAY ORDER: // 1
be passed to the Laboratory PCE API. If the PCE API accepts the passed
Select OPTION NAME: LRMENU Laboratory DHCP Menu
Select Laboratory DHCP Menu Option: Anatomic pathology
ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY MENU
Select Anatomic pathology Option: Verify/release menu, anat path
Select Verify/release menu, anat path Option: ?
RR Verify/release reports, anat path
RS Supplementary report release, anat path
LU List of unverified pathology reports
CPT LAB CPT BILLING
data, the PCE ENC # (30) field of the ACCESSION NUMBER SUB-FIELD (#68.02
Example of CPT code capture.
=============================================================
Select Verify/release menu, anat path Option: CPT LAB CPT BILLING
Select Accession: SURG
SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
Accession Date: TODAY// (NOV 06, 2002)
of the DATE SUB-FIELD (68.01) of the ACCESSION (#68) file will be
Number part of Accession: (1-999999): 3
BRADY,MOM 389-24-0000 DOB: May 02, 1955
Collection Date: Apr 17, 2002
Acc #: NSP 02 3 UID:
PCE ENC # 314;
Specimen:
Tissue Specimens:
VAGINAL CANAL
Test(s); SURGICAL PATHOLOGY LOG-IN/
Patch Description:
populated with the PCE visit number. CPT billing can be done multiple
Releasing Pathologist
PROVIDER: REV. GINSBURG,RONALD
Ordering Location: : RED CLINIC
Would you like to see PCE CPT Information? No//
Select CPT codes: ??
List or range e.g., 1,3,5-7,88300.
Select from the following or enter CPT separated by a comma
1 = 88300 LEVEL I - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS EXAMINATION ONLY
times for the same accession.
Surgical Pathology Level I { NLT = 88551.0000 }
2 = 88302 LEVEL II - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS AND MICROSCOPIC EX
Surgical Pathology Level II { NLT = 88518.0000 }
3 = 88304 LEVEL III - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS AND MICROSCOPIC E
Surgical Pathology Level III { NLT = 88553.0000 }
4 = 88305 LEVEL IV - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS AND MICROSCOPIC EX
Surgical Pathology Level IV { NLT = 88555.0000 }
5 = 88307 LEVEL V - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS AND MICROSCOPIC EXA
Surgical Pathology Level V { NLT = 88557.0000 }
6 = 88309 LEVEL VI - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS AND MICROSCOPIC EX
Surgical Pathology Level VI { NLT = 88559.0000 }
7 = 88329 PATHOLOGY CONSULTATION DURING SURGERY;
Frozen Section Add Cut { NLT = 88360.0000 }
Would you like to see PCE CPT Information? YES
B. The software will also capture the WKLD CODE(s) associated with the
CPT: 88300 PATIENT NAME: BRADY,MOM
VISIT: APR 17, 2002@12:01 PROVIDER NARRATIVE: SURGICAL
PATH, GROSS
QUANTITY: 1 ENCOUNTER PROVIDER:
REV. GINSBURG,RONALD
CPT: 88302 PATIENT NAME: BRADY,MOM
VISIT: APR 17, 2002@12:01
PROVIDER NARRATIVE: TISSUE EXAM BY PATHOLOGIST
ES DISPLAY ORDER number. This data will be captured as laboratory
QUANTITY: 1 ENCOUNTER PROVIDER:
REV. GINSBURG,RONALD
Select CPT codes: 1,2
BRADY,MOM 389-24-0000 DOB: May 02, 1955
Collection Date: Apr 17, 2002
Acc #: NSP 02 3 UID:
PCE ENC # 314;
workload. It will be reported based on the current LMIP workload
Specimen:
Tissue Specimens:
VAGINAL CANAL
Test(s); SURGICAL PATHOLOGY LOG-IN/
Selected CPT Codes
(1) 88300 LEVEL I - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS EXAMINATION ON
Surgical Pathology Level I {88551.0000}
(2) 88302 LEVEL II - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS AND MICROSCOP
Surgical Pathology Level II {88518.0000}
reporting protocol.
Is this correct ? Yes// YES
Sending PCE Workload
Visit # 314
Storing LMIP Workload
End of examples:
======================================
3. Electronic Catalog Print [LA7S PRINT CATALOG] option [LA7S PRINT]
template has been modified to display the LEDI HL7 (#.09) field of the
TOPOGRAPHY FIELD (#61) file instead of the SNOMED CODE (#2) field. This
is to assist LEDI collection sites with defining the LAB SHIPPING
CONFIGURATION (#62.9) file.
4. Print log book [LRAPBK] option has been enhanced to display a list of
CPT codes passed to PCE for outpatients. This option can also be used to
provide a partial audit of CPT coding practices.
=================
Required Patch List: LR*5.2*163
(1) WKLD CODE (#64) file is updated with the latest released National
LR*5.2*264
LR*5.2*258
LR*5.2*266
=================
NOIS: SAM-1102-20599
BHS-0990-11616
=================
Files:
There are no new files contained in this patch. However the following
Laboratory Test (NLT) codes.
files will be updated with additional data.
(1) WKLD CODE (#64) file will be updated with any missing National
Laboratory Test (NLT) codes during the post installation phase. LAB
NLT/CPT CODES (#64.81) contains a complete listing of NLT codes. WKLD
CODE (#64) file is checked to determine if an NLT code should be added.
If the new NLT code is successfully added to WKLD CODE (#64) file or the
NLT code already exists, the entry in LAB NLT/CPT CODES (#64.81) file is
deleted.
(2) The TEST/PROCEDURE (#.01) field of the SPECIMEN # (#1) subfile of LAB
ORDER ENTRY (#69) file, input screen has been changed to allow the entry
of LABORATORY TEST (#60) that have the TYPE (#3) field set to OUPUT. This
screen was changed in the software of an earlier released patch. The user
should see no difference in software behavior.
(3) The DSS TEST NUMBER (#.01) field of the RESULT (#8) subfile of LAR
DSS LAR EXTRACT (#64.036) file has been increased from 50 to 300 to
accommodate patch ECX*3*47 number of tests to be extract.
-
- 300 SEQ #225
- DATE APPLIED: 2003-02-04 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*300 contains no changes to software
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
2. NOIS MAN-1202-11246, PHI-1202-21644 reported an undefined variable
3. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
4. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
5. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
PNM in routine LRRP2 when printing laboratory cumulative reports via
Backup a Transport Global
6. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*300. When prompted 'Want KIDS to
INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//', choose 'NO'. When prompted
'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
YES//', choose 'NO'.
Note: KIDS will disable the following options during patch
installation:
option TASK THE CUMULATIVE TO RUN EACH NITE [LRTASK CUM]. The undefined
Interim report [LRRP2]
Interim report by provider [LRRD]
Interim report for chosen tests [LRRP3]
Interim report for selected tests as ordered [LRRSP]
Interim reports by location (manual queue) [LRRS]
Interim reports for 1 location (manual queue) [LRRS BY LOC]
Interim reports for 1 provider (manual queue) [LRRD BY MD]
Reprint cumulative on a given patient [LRAC PT]
Reprint a permanent page from cumulative [LRAC 1 PAGE]
Manual queuing of cumulative [LRAC MANUAL]
variable is caused by the software attempting to print the list of
TASK THE CUMULATIVE TO RUN EACH NITE [LRTASK CUM]
7. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
NOTE: Routine LR300 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
************************************************************************
Installation example:
performing laboratories after the reports had completed. The logic has
Select Installation Option: 6 Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*300 Loaded from Distribution 12/19/02@16:50:38
=> LR*5.2*300
This Distribution was loaded on Dec 19, 2002@16:50:38 with header of
LR*5.2*300
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*300
been corrected to print the list with each interim report.
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*300
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR300
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*300
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET VIRTUAL
3. NOIS SFC-1202-61678 reported an undefined variable LRIDT in routine
Install Started for LR*5.2*300 :
Dec 19, 2002@16:52:29
Build Distribution Date: Dec 19, 2002
Installing Routines:...
Dec 19, 2002@16:52:30
LRRP2 when printing interim reports via option Interim Report [LRRP2].
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR300.
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
*** Pre install started ***
--- No action required---
*** Pre install completed ***
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
The undefined variable is caused by the user aborting printing when
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION............
Dec 19, 2002@16:52:30
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR300.
*** Post install started ***
--- No actions required for post install ---
selecting starting and ending date ranges for the report. The software
*** Post install completed ***
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
Updating Routine file......
Updating KIDS files.......
LR*5.2*300 Installed.
was not detecting user aborting. The logic has been corrected to return
Dec 19, 2002@16:52:30
Install Message sent #XXXXX
Select Installation Option:
the user to the select patient prompt when aborting from date range
selection.
ASSOCIATED NOIS
---------------
BAY-1202-31189
BUT-1202-21395
CHA-1202-32023
CLL-1202-42133
COS-0103-40211
HOU-1202-72266
JAC-0103-70260
MAN-1202-11246
MIW-0103-40485
MON-1202-52048
PHI-1202-21644
Patch LR*5.2*300 corrects the following defects:
PHO-1202-62145
PRO-1202-11453
PUG-1202-51880
SFC-1202-61678
SPO-1202-51904
TUA-0103-30226
WIM-1202-21873
TEST SITES
----------
Battle Creek VAMC
Bay Pines VAMC
Charleston VAMC
Chillicothe VAMC
Columbus OPC
Heartland-West HCS
Houston VAMC
Indianapolis VAMC
Jackson VAMC
1. NOIS BAY-1202-31189, PRO-1202-11453, SFC-1202-61678 reported an
Madison VAMC
Manchester VAMC
Milwaukee VAMC
Philadelphia VAMC
Phoenix VAMC
Puget Sound HSC
San Francisco VAMC
Shreveport VAMC
Spokane VAMC
Wilmington VAMC
undefined variable LRPRTPG in routine LRRP2 when printing laboratory
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
interim reports via CPRS. The variable LRPRTPG is now defined when a
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR300 N/A 4452251 **300** (Deleted by KIDS)
LRRP2 15278779 13459970 **106,121,221,283,300**
List of preceding patches: 283
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
************************************************************************
user selects to print interim reports via CPRS.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
problems loading and/or installing this patch.
-
- 298 SEQ #226
- DATE APPLIED: 2003-02-04 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the
Testing Sites:
==============
Long Beach VAMC
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by the VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR298 N/A 2559378 298 (Deleted by KIDS)
LRMIHDR 7468554 10376465 45,272,298
VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
ASSOCIATED NOIS:
================
NONE
**********************************************************************
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
The install time for this patch is less than 2 minutes. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
This patch updates the Health Department Report to print the new Ethnicity
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
4. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
5. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
and Race field. The routine LRMIHDR is modified to display or print the
6. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Backup a Transport Global
If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this
patch prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport
Global' option at this time. You may also compare the routines in
your production account to the routines in the patch by using the
new ethnicity and race fields with the release of the scheduling patch,
'Compare a Transport Global to Current System' option.
8. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*298'.
If prompted ' Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? YES//' choose 'NO'.
If prompted ' Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// '
SD*5.3*254, and registration patch, DG*5.3*415
choose 'NO'.
If prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
9. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
10. Routine LR298 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
-
- 293 SEQ #227
- DATE APPLIED: 2003-03-29 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*293 does not
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
4. Users may remain on the system, but installation should be
done at off peak hours.
5. No options need to be placed out of service.
6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
hours and less the 5 minutes during peak hours.
7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory
space.
8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*293'
and proceed with the install.
9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should
be returned to the mapped set once the installation has run
to completion.
Some problems with the Check Files for Inconsistencies [LRCHKFILES]
option were reported after the release of patch LR*5.2*272. This patch
LR*5.2*293 will return the routines associated with this option to their
original state with one exception. The call to the Blood Bank Inventory
Integrity Report [LRCKF^LRBLJI] has been removed from routine LRCKF.
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
The call to the Blood bank inventory integrity report [LRBLII] option is
being removed from the Check Files for Inconsistencies [LRCHKFILES]
option. This is being done to further encapsulate the existing VistA
Blood Bank system.
NOTE: The Check Files for Inconsistencies [LRCHKFILES] option will no
longer run an integrity check on the Blood Bank files. You must manually
run the Blood bank inventory integrity report [LRBLII] option once this
patch LR*5.2*293 has been installed.
DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
Reference NOIS: ASH-0802-32526
AUG-0802-32924
HAM-0802-22943
SDC-0802-62650
FAV-0802-72445
UNY-0502-12522
Reporting Site: Ashevile, NC
Augusta, GA
Hampton, VA
San Diego, CA
Test Site(s): ASHEVILLE, NC
AUGUSTA, GA (C)
FAYETTEVILLE, AR
HAMPTON, VA
MADISON, WI
SAN DIEGO, CA
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*293 does not
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LRCKF 11756610 4420888 **272,293**
LRCKF60 36215686 11681052 **272,293**
LRCKF62 5812635 1728069 **272,293**
LRCKF68 32159749 14560856 **272,293**
LRCKF69 18312081 4913799 **272,293**
LRCKFLA 39228904 9589815 **272,293**
LRCKPTR 15162494 10343721 **272,293**
elements functions.
List of preceding patches: 272
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
Installation Instructions:
==========================
NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
during the install and no user options are affected.
If KIDS prompts:
"Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? YES// NO"
"Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
"Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES// NO"
The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*293 have no effect on Blood
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
your system.
2. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped, they
should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
Transport global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
following options:
-
- 141 SEQ #106
- DATE APPLIED: 1996-11-23 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
UNDEF IN WORKLOAD ROUTINE
-
- 289 SEQ #228
- DATE APPLIED: 2003-08-02 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*289 does not
to be setup in the same panel, which can be in either a new panel or, an
about $55,000 per year per patient for preventing or delaying dialysis. This
does not take into account the morbidity associated with dialysis that will
be prevented.
Raye-Anne Dorn, National Tumor Registry Coordinator, has submitted a New
Service Request for the creation of a laboratory test, the estimated
Glomerular Filtration Rate, eGFR. Thakor G. Patel, MD, Chief of Renal
Diseases at Veterans Administration Central Office, endorses the request. The
endorser is seeking an alternative to the creatinine clearance test, a
laboratory test that measures renal function and requires all urine collected
existing panel.
over a 24-hour period. The request cites the difficulty of collecting such a
specimen, particularly from elderly patients. Additionally, the Veterans
Health Administration (VHA) Renal Program Office has recommended a standard
process throughout VHA for performing and reporting the eGFR. The request is
to release this locally created delta check as Class 1 software.
The four-variable MDRD Study equation is recommended. Although it has
short-comings, it has been more rigorously evaluated than the Cockcroft and
Gault equation, and performs better in patients with kidney disease, gives
results in units of ml/min/1.73 m^2, and does not require measurement of
weight. Performance can be improved by calibration of the VA lab results
with the MDRD Study lab (Cleveland Clinic). Is there a VA "central lab,"
that other labs relate to? If so, it should be possible to "calibrate" that
lab to the MDRD Study lab. (Of course, there is no Cockcroft Gault central
lab, so calibration is an uncorrectable error with the use of the Cockcroft
and Gault equation.)
The view is that it is difficult to interpret GFR values above about 60
ml/min/1.73 m^2, due to differences in creatinine calibration among labs, and
uncertainty in the measurement of GFR in that range. This is the reason
-----------------------------
that the NKF defined CKD Stage 3 as GFR <60, and that there are few
differences in the action plan for CKD stages 1 and 2 (kidney damage and
GFR either greater than or less than 90). It is important to instruct
practitioners about the limitations of GFR estimates above 60.
Stages of chronic kidney disease (R, O). Among individuals with chronic kidney
disease, the stage is defined by the level of GFR, with higher stages
representing lower GFR levels.
Table 12. Definition and Stages of Chronic Kidney Disease
Background
GFR With Kidney Damage* Without Kidney Damage*
__________________________ __________________________
Stages (mL/min/1.73^2) With HBP** Without HBP** With HBP** Without HBP**
______________________________________________________________________________
1 >=90 1*** 1*** "High blood "Normal"
pressure"
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 60-89 2*** 2*** "High blood "eGFR"
pressure with
eGFR"
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 30-59 3*** 3*** 3*** 3***
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 15-29 4*** 4*** 4*** 4***
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 <15(or 5*** 5*** 5*** 5***
dialysis)
______________________________________________________________________________
Chronic kidney disease is a major public health problem. Adverse outcomes of
* Kidney damage is defined as pathologic abnormalities or markers of
damage, including abnormalities in blood or urine tests or imaging
studies.
** High blood pressure is defined as >= 140/90 in adults and >90th
percentile for height and gender in children.
*** Represent chronic kidney disease; numbers designate stage of chronic
kidney disease.
May be normal in infants and in the elderly.
chronic kidney disease can be prevented through early detection and treatment.
Table 12 illustrates the classification of individuals based on the presence
or absence of markers of kidney disease and level of GFR, according to
definition and staging of chronic kidney disease proposed by this guideline.
In addition, it includes columns for the presence or absence of high blood
pressure, because of the complex relationship of high blood pressure and
chronic kidney disease.
All individuals with GFR <60 mL/min/1.73 m2 for 3 months are classified as
Earlier stages of chronic kidney disease can be detected through routine
having chronic kidney disease, irrespective of the presence or absence of
kidney damage. The rationale for including these individuals is that reduction
in kidney function to this level or lower represents loss of half or more of
the adult level of normal kidney function, which may be associated with a
number of complications (Part 6).
All individuals with kidney damage are classified as having chronic kidney
disease, irrespective of the level of GFR. The rationale for including
individuals with GFR 60 mL/min/1.73 m2 is that GFR may be sustained at normal
or increased levels despite substantial kidney damage and that patients with
laboratory measurements.
kidney damage is at increased risk of the two major outcomes of chronic kidney
disease: loss of kidney function and development of cardiovascular disease
(Part 7).
-----------------------------
The four-variable MDRD Study equation
Estimated GFR (ml/min/1.73m^2)
= 186 x (Scr)^-1.154 x (Age)^-0.203 x (0.742 if female) x (1.210 if
African - American)
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
where:
Scr = serum creatinine in mg/dL
Age = age, in years
("four-variable" (abbreviated) equation in Levey AS, JASN vol. 11:2000;
abstract - A0828) (see below)
A0828 F138 (PS)
The USRDS provides reliable nationwide data regarding the incidence,
A. Simplified Equation To Predict Glomerular Filtration Rate from Serum
Creatinine, Andrew S. Levey,(1) Tom Greene,(2) John W. Kusek,(3) Gerald J.
Beck,(2) MDRD Study Group. (1) Boston, MA, (2) Cleveland, OH, (3) Bethesda,
MD.
We recently developed and validated an equation to predict GFR from serum
creatinine (Pcr), which is more accurate than creatinine clearance measured
from 24-hour urine samples or predicted from the Cockcroft-Gault (CG) equation
(Levey AS, Ann Intern Med 1999; l30:877-884). GFR is expressed as ml/min/l.73
m^2. Required variables include Pcr (mg/dl), age (y), race (black vs.
prevalence, treatment patterns, outcomes, and cost of kidney failure treated
non-black), gender, serum urea nitrogen (SUN, mg/dl), and albumin (alb.g/dl).
In clinical practice and in retrospective studies, measurements of SUN and
alb may not be available. Below, we list the full MDRD Study prediction
equation (6 variables), as well as alternative prediction equations including
fewer variables derived from measurements in the same 1628 patients.
GFR = 170 x Pcr-0.999 x age -0.176 x 1.180 (if black)
x 0.762 (if female) x SUN-0.170 x alb+0.318
GFR = 270 x Pcr-l.007 x age -0.180 x 1.178 (if black)
x 0.755 (if female) x SUN-0.169
by dialysis and transplantation, the most severe stage of chronic kidney
GFR = 186 x Pcr-l.154 x age -0.203 x 1.212 (if black)
x 0.742 (if female)
The table below compares the performance of these equations and the CG
equation.
R 2 median A 75th % A 90th % A
6 variable .903 11.3 19.8% 28.4%
5 variables .899 11.6% 19.9% 29.4%
4 variable .892 12.1% 20.5% 29.7%
disease. This guideline provides a definition of chronic kidney disease as
CG .842 13.8% 26.4% 40.5%
A=absolute value of the median (50th), 75th and 90th percentiles of the
distribution of the differences between measured GFR and predicted GFR or Ccr
for each equation (includes bias correction for CG equation). We conclude
that simplified versions of the MDRD Study prediction equation provide more
accurate estimates of GFR than measured or estimated creatinine clearance.
Example of Screen:
well as definitions and estimates of prevalence of earlier stages of kidney
ACCESSION: CH 0205 3 CH 0205 4
2/5 12:01d 2/5 12:50d
CREATININE //1.2
(MISSING PARAMETER)
** eGFR: 74.6
VOLUME //932
ELAPSED TIME //5.5
COMPUTED CREATININE CLEARANCE //23 L
disease.
CREATININE EGFR 74.6//
Select COMMENT: MISSING PARAMETER //
COMMENT: MISSING PARAMETER //
Select COMMENT:
***************************************************************************
* NOTE: *
* If the patients race is 'Undeclared' or 'Unanswered', the COMMENT field *
* will be populated with 'MISSING PARAMETER' text. The doctor will be able*
* view this information within CPRS. The delta check will calculate the *
* formula without the race variable. The doctor will need to evaluate this*
* when viewing the reports in CPRS. *
***************************************************************************
-----------------------------
New Fields
There are four new fields: three TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUEs (#60.1, #60.2,
#60.3) and one TEST NAME FOR TEST OUTPUT VALUE (#61.1), which are stored in
the file DELTA CHECKS (#62.1). The new fields are pointers to file LABORATORY
Chronic kidney disease is defined according to the presence or absence of
TEST (#60). The new fields will be used by the delta check routine to get
the DATA NAME (#400) field, which is a pointer to CHEM, HEM, TOX, RIA, SER,
etc. DD File SUB-FIELD (#63.04). When the delta check routine is invoked, the
routine calculates the eGFR from the test result, age, gender, and race.
The results of the calculation are stored in the local array LRSB(DATA NAME).
File/Field Field Name Node;Piece Field Type
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
kidney damage and level of kidney function-irrespective of the type of kidney
62.1,60.1 TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 1 5;1 POINTER TO LABORATORY TEST FILE
(#60)
LAST EDITED: SEP 24, 2002
DESCRIPTION: This field is a pointer to a test that will
contain the result value of the first incoming
test. The result value should be stored in the
variable LRSB(X) - where X is the data name IEN
from ^DD(63.04.
DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
disease (diagnosis). Among individuals with chronic kidney disease, the stages
62.1,60.2 TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 2 5;2 POINTER TO LABORATORY TEST FILE
(#60)
LAST EDITED: SEP 24, 2002
DESCRIPTION: This field is a pointer to a test that will
contain the result value of the second incoming
test. The result value should be stored in the
variable LRSB(X) - where X is the data name IEN
from ^DD(63.04.
are defined based on the level of kidney function. Identifying the presence
62.1,60.3 TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 3 5;3 POINTER TO LABORATORY TEST FILE
(#60)
LAST EDITED: SEP 24, 2002
DESCRIPTION: This field is a pointer to a test that will
contain the result value of the third incoming
test. The result value should be stored in the
variable LRSB(X) - where X is the data name IEN
and stage of chronic kidney disease in an individual is not a substitute for
from ^DD(63.04.
62.1,61.1 TEST NAME FOR OUTPUT VALUE 1 5;4 POINTER TO LABORATORY TEST FILE
(#60)
LAST EDITED: SEP 24, 2002
DESCRIPTION: This field is a pointer to a test that will
contain the calculated value of the first
outgoing test. The calculated value should be
accurate assessment of the cause of kidney disease, extent of kidney damage,
stored in the variable LRSB(X) - where X is the
data name IEN from ^DD(63.04.
-----------------------------
The eGFR delta check will need to be associated a new or existing Serum
Creatinine test. The tests called EGFR and CREATININE (INCLUDES EGFR) will
need to be setup and then associated with the Serum Creatinine.
Example of Laboratory Test Setup: (THIS IS A DISPLAY OF ENTRIES IN THE FILE,
NOT A CAPTURED EXAMPLE OF A SETUP USING FILEMAN)
level of kidney function, comorbid conditions, complications of decreased
NAME: CREATININE,SERUM TYPE: OUTPUT (CAN BE DISPLAYED)
SUBSCRIPT: CHEM, HEM, TOX, SER, RIA, ETC.
LOCATION (DATA NAME): CH;689024;1 FIELD: DD(63.04,689024,
HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: ROUTINE COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: YES
PRINT NAME: CREAT DATA NAME: CREATININE-EGFR
SITE/SPECIMEN: SERUM REFERENCE LOW: 0.7
REFERENCE HIGH: 1.5 UNITS: mg/dl
TYPE OF DELTA CHECK: EGFR LOINC CODE: 2160-0
COLLECTION SAMPLE: BLOOD MIN VOL (in mls.): .2
kidney function, or risks for loss of kidney function or cardiovascular
SINGLE DAY MAX ORDER FREQ: 1
INSTITUTION: WASHINGTON ACCESSION AREA: CHEMISTRY
VERIFY WKLD CODE: Creatinine VERIFY WKLD CODE #: 82565.0000
CIS TEST CODE: CH017
SITE NOTES DATE: JAN 17, 2002
NOTE: Created per Raye-Ann Dorn. Part of Creatinine (Includes EGFR) panel.
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Creatinine RESULT NLT CODE: Creatinine
NAME: EGFR TYPE: OUTPUT (CAN BE DISPLAYED)
disease in that patient. Defining stages of chronic kidney disease requires
SUBSCRIPT: CHEM, HEM, TOX, SER, RIA, ETC.
LOCATION (DATA NAME): CH;689023;1 FIELD: DD(63.04,689023,
HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: ROUTINE PRINT NAME: EGFR
DATA NAME: EGFR
SITE/SPECIMEN: SERUM
SYNONYM: ESTIMATED GLOMERULAR FILTRATION RATE
SYNONYM: GLOMERULAR FILTRATION RATE
INSTITUTION: WASHINGTON ACCESSION AREA: CHEMISTRY
SITE NOTES DATE: JAN 17, 2002
NOTE: Per Raye-Ann Dorn. Part of Creatinine (Includes EGFR) panel.
"categorization" of continuous measures of kidney function, and the "cut-off
NAME: CREATININE (INCLUDES EGFR) TYPE: BOTH
SUBSCRIPT: CHEM, HEM, TOX, SER, RIA, ETC.
LAB COLLECTION SAMPLE: BLOOD HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: ROUTINE
PRINT NAME: CR EGFR
NUMBER: 1 LAB TEST: CREATININE,SERUM
NUMBER: 2 LAB TEST: EGFR
COLLECTION SAMPLE: BLOOD
INSTITUTION: WASHINGTON ACCESSION AREA: CHEMISTRY
levels" between stages are inherently arbitrary. Nonetheless, staging of
SITE NOTES DATE: JAN 17, 2002
NOTE: Per Raye-Ann Dorn. Includes CREATININE EGFR and EGFR with a delta
check of EGFR.
-----------------------------
If setting up the eGFR delta check, use FILEMAN to setup the new DELTA CHECK
fields. The TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 1 field (#60.1) and TEST NAME FOR OUTPUT
VALUE 1 field (#61.1) are pointers to DATA NAME field (#400) of the LABORATORY
TEST (#60) files. These fields will be needed to run the delta check.
chronic kidney disease will facilitate application of clinical practice
Example of Delta Check Setup: (THIS IS A DISPLAY OF ENTRIES IN THE FILE,
NOT A CAPTURED EXAMPLE OF A SETUP USING FILEMAN)
NAME: EGFR XECUTABLE CODE: D STRT^LREGFR(DFN,X)
DESCRIPTION: Created 10/17/01 by SDV for Dr. TG Patel and Raye-Ann Dorn.
Test is CREATININE-EGFR and its delta test is EGFR which Lon Paredes set and
tested. On 08/01/2002, JAH modified and sent out as Class I software.
SITE NOTES DATE: AUG 01, 2002
TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 1: CREATININE,SERUM
TEST NAME FOR OUTPUT VALUE 1: EGFR
guidelines, clinical performance measures and quality improvement efforts to
-----------------------------
Setting Up INPUT and OUTPUT VALUE
Use FILEMAN to enter the INPUT and OUTPUT VALUE(s). These two pointers will
store the file LABORATORY TEST (#60) IEN in the file DELTA CHECKS (#62.1).
This information will be used to acquire the field DATA NAME (#400) for
the Laboratory test, which was setup to call the delta check routine. Below
is an example of a session:
the evaluation, and management of chronic kidney disease.
Select OPTION: ENTER OR EDIT FILE ENTRIES
INPUT TO WHAT FILE: DISABILITY CONDITION// DELTA CHECKS
EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// ??
Choose from:
.01 NAME
10 XECUTABLE CODE
20 OVERFLOW 1
30 DESCRIPTION (word-processing)
31 SITE NOTES DATE (multiple)
60.1 TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 1
60.2 TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 2
60.3 TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 3
61.1 TEST NAME FOR OUTPUT VALUE 1
FOLLOW A FIELD NAME WITH ';"CAPTION"' TO HAVE THE FIELD ASKED AS 'CAPTION:'
OR WITH ';T' TO USE THE FIELD 'TITLE' AS CAPTION
EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// 60.1 TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 1
THEN EDIT FIELD: 61.1 TEST NAME FOR OUTPUT VALUE 1
-----------------------------
THEN EDIT FIELD:
Select DELTA CHECKS NAME: EGFR
TEST NAME FOR INPUT VALUE 1: CREATININE,SERUM//
TEST NAME FOR OUTPUT VALUE 1: EGFR//
ASSOCIATED NOIS
===============
Reasons for estimated Glomerular Filtration Rate (eGFR)
N/A
TEST SITES
===============
Washington D.C.
VA Wilmington
Long Beach VAMC Laboratory
VAMHCS, PERRY POINT DIVISION
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line of each
of these routines now looks like:
;;5.2;LAB SERVICES;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum
Routine Old New 2nd Line
In February 2002, the National Kidney Foundation recognized the Glomerular
-----------------------------------------------
LREGFR n/a 2309496 **289**
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
************************************************************************
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
Filtration Rate as an indicator of renal function. The eGFR is calculated
The install time for this patch is less than five minutes. This patch can be
installed when Laboratory users are on the system. Suggested time to install:
non-peak requirement hours.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid problems
loading and/or installing this patch.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
rather than measured, and the Washington, DC Medical Center has developed a
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
3. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS), select
the 'Installation' menu.
routine known as a delta check that performs the calculation. The Washington
4. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
5. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Backup a Transport Global
LR*5.2*289 is a mandated installation of the estimated Glomerular Filtration
delta check uses the serum creatinine result, age, and sex from the local
6. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu and
select the package LR*5.2*289. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT
LOGONs during the install? YES//' choose 'NO'. When prompted 'Want to
DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
YES//', choose 'NO'.
7. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
*****************************************************************************
VISTA Laboratory package. The new program will calculate the eGFR for African-
Americans and others according to the accepted calculation.
It is important to note that National Kidney Foundation's "Kidney Disease
Outcomes Quality Initiative (K/DOQI) Clinical Practice Guidelines for Chronic
Kidney Disease: Evaluation, Classification, and Stratification" has stages of
kidney disease based on eGFR and also action plan as per Guidelines 1 & 2.
These guidelines are published in the American Journal of Kidney Diseases Vol.
39, No 2, supplement 1, February 2002.
Rate (eGFR) delta check routine. Site(s) can setup the two new laboratory
Adverse outcomes of chronic kidney disease can often be prevented or delayed
through early detection and treatment. Earlier stages of chronic kidney
disease can be detected through routine laboratory measurements.
* The presence of chronic kidney disease should be established, based on
presence of kidney damage and level of kidney function (glomerular
filtration rate [GFR]), irrespective of diagnosis.
* Among patients with chronic kidney disease, the stage of disease should
tests, Creatinine (including eGFR) and eGFR, in either a new or an existing
be assigned based on the level of kidney function, irrespective of
diagnosis, according to the K/DOQI CKD classification Table 10.
Table 10: Stages of Chronic Kidney Disease
GFR
Stage Description (mL/min/1.73m^2)
_____________________________________________________________________
1 Kidney damage with >=90
Serum Creatinine test. One of the new tests holds the input value (test
normal or increasing GFR
---------------------------------------------------------------------
2 Kidney damage with 60-89
mild decreasing GFR
---------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Moderate decreasing GFR 30-59
---------------------------------------------------------------------
4 Severe decreasing GFR 15-29
---------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Kidney failure <15(or dialysis)
result) and the other test holds the calculated output value. Both tests need
_____________________________________________________________________
Notes: Chronic kidney disease is defined as either kidney damage
or GFR <60 mL/min/1.73m^2 for >=3 months. Kidney damage is defined
as pathologic abnormalities or markers of damage, including
abnormalities in blood or urine tests or imaging studies.
VHA is probably one of the few organizations nationwide that has the potential
to report eGFR whenever serum creatinine is done. This will help us identify
patients with kidney disease early and take preventive action. We will save
-
- 287 SEQ #229
- DATE APPLIED: 2003-08-13 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*287 contains no changes to software
A new field STORE DUPLICATE COMMENTS (#2.2) in PROFILE multiple (#68.23)
NOTE: Routine LR287 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
************************************************************************
Installation example:
Select Installation Option: 6 Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*287 Loaded from Distribution 7/10/02@09:45:39
of file LOAD/WORK LIST (#68.2) will determine if duplicate comments are
=> LR*5.2*287
This Distribution was loaded on Jul 10, 2002@09:45:39 with header of
LR*5.2*287
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*287
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*287
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR287
stored when processing results from a load/work list. When the Laboratory
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*287
Incoming Files:
68.2 LOAD/WORK LIST (Partial Definition)
Note: You already have the 'LOAD/WORK LIST' File.
result verifying software is processing comments associated with a
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
load/work list result, this field determines how duplicate comments are
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET VIRTUAL
Install Started for LR*5.2*287 :
Jul 10, 2002@10:08:09
Build Distribution Date: Jul 10, 2002
Installing Routines:...
Jul 10, 2002@10:08:09
processed. If set to "NO" (default if no value) then a comment that
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR287.
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
*** Pre install started ***
--- No action required---
*** Pre install completed ***
matches a previously stored comment will not be stored with the result.
Installing Data Dictionaries: ..
Jul 10, 2002@10:08:09
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing INPUT TEMPLATE..
Installing OPTION.....
Jul 10, 2002@10:08:09
If set to "YES" then the duplicate check is not performed and the comment
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR287.
*** Post install started ***
--- No actions required for post install ---
*** Post install completed ***
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
is stored with the results irregardless if the comment already exists.
Updating Routine file......
Updating KIDS files.......
LR*5.2*287 Installed.
Jul 10, 2002@10:08:10
Install Message sent #xxxxxx
Setting it to "YES" will allow the handling of multiple line comments which
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
contain the same comment more than once and are still clinically significant.
Edit the default parameters Load/Work list. [LRLLE DFT] option has been
modified to allow configuring this field.
ASSOCIATED NOIS
---------------
ALB-0602-52815
TEST SITES
----------
Albuquerque VAMC
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
Patch LR*5.2*287 corrects a defect reported in NOIS ALB-0602-52815.
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR287 N/A 5220883 **287** (Deleted by KIDS)
LRVR4 8885386 8885642 **14,42,121,153,221,263,279,283,287**
List of preceding patches: 283
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
Duplicate comments were not being stored with results when verifying
************************************************************************
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
automated instrument or load work list data. This patch will allow the
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
problems loading and/or installing this patch.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
site to specify on a load/work list basis whether duplicate comments
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
3. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
4. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
will be stored with lab results when verifying the accession.
5. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Backup a Transport Global
6. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*287. When prompted 'Want KIDS to
INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// choose 'NO'. When prompted
'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
YES//', choose 'NO'.
Note: KIDS will disable the following options during patch
installation:
Enter/verify data (auto instrument) [LRVR]
Enter/verify data (Work list) [LRVRW]
Enter/verify data (Load list) [LRVRW2]
Edit the default parameters Load/Work list. [LRLLE DFT]
7. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
-
- 294 SEQ #230
- DATE APPLIED: 2003-09-12 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is being released in support of the VBECS (Vista Blood
If none is on file, return NULL
elements functions.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*294 have no effect on Blood
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
DBIA: 3879-A
3879-B
3879-C 3181-A, 3181-D, and 3181-G
3181-A
3181-D
3181-G
Reference NOIS: None
Reporting Site: None
Test Site(s):
ROUTINE SUMMARY
Get ABO
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;0.5;VBECS;<patchlist>;APR 26, 2002
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
VBECA1 NEW 7650459 294
VBECA1A NEW 1999149 294
ABO^VBECA1 Retrieve the ABO for a patient DFN.
VBECA3A NEW 6174129 294
VBECA3B NEW 7215596 294
List of preceding patches: None
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
Installation Instructions:
==========================
NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
If none is on file, return NULL
during the install and no user options are affected.
If KIDS prompts:
"Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? YES// NO"
"Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
"Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES// NO"
The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
your system.
2. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped, they
should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
Transport global.
Get Rh
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
4. Users may remain on the system.
5. No options need to be placed out of service.
6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
hours and less the 5 minutes during peak hours.
RH^VBECA1 Retrieve the Rh for a patient DFN.
7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory
space.
8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*294'
and proceed with the install.
9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should
be returned to the mapped set once the installation has run
to completion.
If none is on file, return NULL
Establishment Computer Software) Blood Bank Modernization Project. In
Get RBC Antigens Present
AGPRES^VBECA1 Retrieve the antigens previously found
for the patient. If none are found,
return empty array.
Get Antibodies Identified
ABID^VBECA1 Retrieve the antibodies previously found
for the patient. If none are found,
return empty array.
the future, data will be transitioned from the existing M database to a
Get RBC Antigens Absent
AGAB^VBECA1 Retrieve the absent antigens previously
recorded. If none are on record, return
empty array.
Get Transfusion Reactions
TRRX^VBECA1 Retrieve any previously recorded transfusion
reactions. If none are on record, return
empty array.
Microsoft SQL database. The API's release in this patch will allow CPRS
Get Blood Bank Comments
BBCMT^VBECA1 Retrieve blood bank comments on the patient.
If none are on record, return empty array.
Get Available Autologous Units
AUTO^VBECA1 Return quantity and component class of units
available. If none are on record return
empty array.
Get CPRS Report Data
and the Lab packages to transition to the new database when it is
DFN^VBECA3A The following fields are retrieved in
support of the CPRS Blood Bank reports.
CPRS^VBECA3B This API converts the arrays produced in
VBECA3A into a single cohesive array for
use by CPRS.
Component Request
63.084,.01 (Blood Component Request)
63.084,.04 (Number of Units)
63.084,.03 (Request Date/Time)
released.
63.084,.05 (Date/Time Units Wanted)
63.084,.09 (Requesting Person)
63,.084,.08 (Entering Person DUZ)
Crossmatch Data
65,.01 (Unit ID)
65,.04 (Component)
65,.07 (ABO Group)
65,.08 (RH Type)
65,.06 (Expiration Date/Time)
65,.16 (Division)
65.03,.04 (Location) (Note: Most recent entry is
reported here)
Specimen Data
63.01,.01 (Date/Time Specimen Taken)
63.01,.03 (Date Report Completed)
63.01,.01 (Date/Time Specimen Taken)
63.01,10 (ABO Interpretation)
63.01,2.9 (DIRECT AHG INTERPRETATION)
Get ABORh
63.01,2.1 (DIRECT AHG(POLYSPECIFIC))
63.01,2.4 (Anti-IgC)
63.01,2.6 (ANTI-COMPLEMENT)
63.01,11 (RH Interpretation)
63.01,6 (Antibody Screen Interpretation)
63.199,.01 (Specimen Comment)
63.01,2.91 (DIRECT AHG TEST COMMENT)
63.012,.01 (ELUATE ANTIBODY)
63.46,.01 (SERUM ANTIBODY)
63.46,.02 (ANTIBODY COMMENT)
ABORH^VBECA1 Retrieve the ABO & Rh for a patient DFN.
63.48,.01 (ANTIBODY SCREEN COMMENT)
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*294 does not
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*294 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
-
- 301 SEQ #231
- DATE APPLIED: 2003-09-24 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is being released in support of the VBECS (Vista Blood
LR7OR1 This routine provides an API for the retrieval of Lab
should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
Transport global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
results for a patient. All references to the BB subscript
4. Users may remain on the system.
5. No options need to be placed out of service.
6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
hours and less the 5 minutes during peak hours.
7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory
space.
8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*301'
and proceed with the install.
9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should
(BLOOD BANK subfile #63.01) of the LAB DATA file (#63)
be returned to the mapped set once the installation has run
to completion.
have been removed.
LRDPA1 The retrieval of ABO data for a patient has been
transitioned from direct global reads to the ABO^VBECA1
API (DBIA 3181-B).
The retrieval of RH factor data for a patient has been
transitioned from direct global reads to the RH^VBECA1
Establishment Computer Software) Blood Bank Modernization Project. In
API. (DBIA 3181-C)
LRDPA2 The retrieval of Blood Bank Comments for a patient has
been transitioned from direct global reads to the
BBCMT^VBECA1 API (DBIA 3181-H).
The retrieval of Antibodies Identified for a patient has
been transitioned from direct global reads to the
ABID^VBECA1 API (DBIA 3181-D).
The retrieval of Transfusion Reactions for a patient has
been transitioned from direct global reads to the
the future, data will be transitioned from the existing M database to a
TRRX^VBECA1 API (DBIA 3181-G).
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*301 does not
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*301 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
elements functions.
Microsoft SQL database. This patch will begin the Lab packages
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*301 have no effect on Blood
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
DBIA: 3181-B
3181-C
3181-D
3181-H
3181-G
transition to the new database.
Reference NOIS: None
Reporting Site: None
Test Site(s): Durham VA Medical Center
VA Long Beach Health Care System
VA Boston Healthcare System
Fayetteville, AR
Fayetteville, NC
Puget Sound HCS
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;0.5;VBECS;<patchlist>;APR 26, 2002
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR7OR1 13239118 13188168 121,187,219
230,256,301
LRDPA1 6551829 6578701 1,153,201,301
LRDPA2 5207196 7419799 301
List of preceding patches: 1,121,153,187,201,219,230,256
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
Routine Area Affected
Installation Instructions:
==========================
NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
during the install and no user options are affected.
If KIDS prompts:
"Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? YES// NO"
"Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
"Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES// NO"
The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
your system.
2. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped, they
-
- 297
- DATE APPLIED: 2003-09-24 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
HIPAA Code Set Versioning project.
See patch LR*5.2*297 in the National Patch Module for complete
information on this patch.
-
- 299 SEQ #233
- DATE APPLIED: 2003-10-02 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
See patch description for details.
-
- 310 SEQ #234
- DATE APPLIED: 2003-10-02 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Installation of LR*5.2*301 (Released 9/15/03) has created a potential
patient processing, this should initiate each facility's own internal
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
your system.
2. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped, they
should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
Transport global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
processes for performing the actual antigen typing on all units. The
following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
4. Users may remain on the system.
5. No options need to be placed out of service.
6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
hours and less the 5 minutes during peak hours.
7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory
potential for patient harm is possible but the likelihood that such an
space.
8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*310'
and proceed with the install.
9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should
be returned to the mapped set once the installation has run
to completion.
event actually occurred is low. As a precaution, a facility should
review transfusion records of any patients with an antibody that occurred
since the installation of LR*5.2*301 to ensure that proper antigen
testing did get performed.
Emergency patch LR*5.2*310 is being released to restore the routines,
patient safety issue.
LR7OR1, LRDPA1 and LRDPA2 to their pre-patch LR*5.2*301 state. If you
have installed patch LR*5.2*301, because of the potential patient safety
issues, is it recommended that you immediately install patch LR*5.2*310.
Directive 2001-023 dictates it be installed within 24 hours for an
Emergency patch.
For those sites that did NOT install LR*5.2*301, since it has now been
marked as "Entered In Error" in the Patch Module, LR*5.2*301 should not
be installed and is no longer available in the patch module. The sites
that did not install LR*5.2*301, MUST still install LR*5.2*310 even
though the routines before and after install remain the same. This is
required because LR*5.2*310 will make a change to the 2nd line, adding
310 to the patch list, which will be required in future patches.
****************************************************************
The following checksums are for those sites that have installed
patch LR*5.2*301. The Checksums Before Patch for sites that have not
installed patch LR*5.2*301 will match the After Patch checksums listed
After installation of patch LR*5.2*301, Blood Bank units that are
below.
****************************************************************
ROUTINE SUMMARY FOR SITES THAT HAVE NOT INSTALLED LR*5.2*301
============================================================
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
positive for an antigen that corresponds to a patient's antibody are not
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR7OR1 13239118 13239118 121,187,219
230,256,310
LRDPA1 6551829 6551829 1,153,201,310
LRDPA2 5207196 5207196 310
List of preceding patches: 1,121,153,187,201,219,230,256
detected by the Blood Bank Software during unit selection, unit
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
ROUTINE SUMMARY FOR SITES THAT HAVE INSTALLED LR*5.2*301
========================================================
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
crossmatch or unit issue.
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR7OR1 13188168 13239118 121,187,219
230,256,310
LRDPA1 6578701 6551829 1,153,201,310
LRDPA2 7419799 5207196 310
List of preceding patches: 1,121,153,187,201,219,230,256,301
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
Patch LR*5.2*301 will no longer be listed in the second line of these
routines.
Installation Instructions:
==========================
NOTE: This KIDS install does not place any options out of service
during the install and no user options are affected.
Because the patient's antibody is displayed on the screen during the
If KIDS prompts:
"Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? YES// NO"
"Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO"
"Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES// NO"
The site should answer "NO" to all three questions.
Note: You may not receive all three prompts at your site.
-
- 307 SEQ #235
- DATE APPLIED: 2003-11-26 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch implements a request from DSS to expand the lab results
site/specimen entries to include feces as an additional choice. At
present the only two choices are blood and urine. The test "Occult
Blood" is almost always performed on stool (i.e. feces) samples,
therefore feces is needed as a possible choice.
-
- 259
- DATE APPLIED: 2004-05-07 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Description:
within the Autopsy, Cytology, Electron Microscopy, and Surgical Pathology
The following software and documentation files are exported as part of
this patch:
File Name Contents Retrieval Format
--------- -------- ----------------
LR_52_259.KID LR*5.2*259 KIDS build ASCII
The software files are available on one of the following OI Field Offices'
ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directories.
sections for the Autopsy protocol, Standard Form 515 (SF 515), and
All sites are encouraged to use their FTP capability to obtain these files.
Use the FTP address "download.vista.domain.ext" (without the quotes) to
connect to the first available FTP server where the files are located.
OI FIELD OFFICE FTP ADDRESS DIRECTORY
=============== =========== =========
ALBANY ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
HINES ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
SALT LAKE ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
supplementary reports. This new electronic signature functionality can be
to activated or deactivated by the discretion of the site. The new Turn
Electronic Signature On/Off [LRAP ESIG SWITCH] option is used to activate
or deactivate the new electronic signature functionality. The electronic
signature functionality is activated during the verification/release
process of the Autopsy and AP reports.
Pathologists may now view and electronically sign reports rather than
===========
printing a paper copy for viewing and signature. The electronic signature
name is obtained from the NEW PERSON file (#200), ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE CODE
field (#20.4). All electronically signed released reports are stored in TIU
containing the electronic signature name, date, and time displayed on the
last page of the reports (near the bottom). Only authorized users are
allowed to electronically sign reports. Non-authorized users will receive a
message indicating that they are not authorized to electronically sign
reports.
ASSOCIATED NOIS
===============
ALB-0501-50221 e-sig for Surgical Pathology Report
ANN-1195-41047 Can release anatomic report without pathologist's
name
ASH-0400-31745 CONFLICT LAB VS PATCH XU*8*134
CHA-0601-30916 Anatomic Path result alerts
DAY-0201-40571 LR*5.2*248 - Verification of AP Supplemental
DET-0301-42098 Installed patch LR*5.2*248
FTL-1000-52712 QUESTION
This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the
IND-0501-42474 Error when trying to delete supplemental report
date
JAC-0302-70436 Autopsy Reports
LOU-0400-42255 Modified Report not showing
MAN-0100-11108 Supplemental report changes completion date in AP
MAN-0301-10830 MD DISPLAY ON PATH REPORTS
MIN-0500-41991 PAP test limitations
MIW-0497-40185 PROVIDER NAME OVER 30 CHARACTERS
MOU-1101-32590 Autopsy type OTHER LIMITATIONS causes print problem
MUS-0997-70156 Need to edit path date
VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by the VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled
PHI-0601-20384 Undefined variable [LRAPR
PUG-0700-52652 Need view alert for anatomic path result
SAM-0301-22193 SP REPORT FOOTER CONTAINS ADM: AND DX: TEXT FOR
INPATIENTS
SDC-1101-61043 AP Reports - MODIFIED report
SHE-0499-50108 CPRS Interface with Anat Pathology for
Notifications?
SPO-0701-50733 Alert for pathology
WIC-0899-42604 REVERIFY RE'D AFTER VIEWING ANAT'L REPORT
WIC-1298-42147 Autopsy verification needs locked
VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
E3R: 4892 NO SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT TO RELEASE' PROMPT
5572 ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE FOR AP
5995 SPECIMEN/DX FOR PATHOLOGIST VERIFICATION
5592 RELEASE DATE ADDED TO ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY REPORTS
6208 TECH TITLES
6566 ANATOMIC PATH VIEW ALERT
7059 CODING DOES NOT PRINT
7536 CHANGE PATHOLOGIST AFTER REPORT VERIFIED
9245 AUTOPSY RELEASE PROBLEM
9447 ANATOMICAL PATH ALERT IS NOT FUNCTION
9592 RELEASE DATE ADDED TO ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY REPORTS
12872 ELECTRONIC SIGNING ANATOMIC PATH RPT
14775 PATHOLOGY REPORT LOCK
15456 NEED ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE
15643 REQUEST CHANGES AFTER PATCH 248
17034 AP REPORT FORMAT IGNORED BY CERTAIN CPRS DISPLAYS
TEST SITES
VISTA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology Electronic Signature (Patch LR*5.2*259)
==========
Bay Pines VAMC
Boston HCS
Desert Pacific Healthcare Network
Durham VAMC
Eastern Colorado HCS
Jackson VAMC
Milwaukee VAMC
Muskogee VAMC
North Chicago VAMC
software release implements the new electronic signature functionality
North Florida/South Georgia HCS
Roudebush VAMC
San Francisco VAMC
VA Heartland East HCS
VA Western New York HCS
SOFTWARE RETRIEVAL:
===================
-
- 305 SEQ #237
- DATE APPLIED: 2004-05-07 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Currently, the Laboratory application contains functionality that will
The new patient name NEWPATIENT,JANE is not accepted.
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*305 contains changes to software
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
Changes include: NOT ALLOWING LAB TO ADD PATIENTS TO PATIENT FILE
All of the above changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank
Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
control functions.
Most, if not all, sites are not using the functionality that allows a patient
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*305 have no effect on Blood
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*305 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
functions.
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to one routine and
one file identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
99-053, group B listing. The changes have no effect in Blood Bank
name to be added to the PATIENT (#2) file from the patient name prompt
functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse
potential to sites.
Software Updates:
----------------
The following code has been changed in routine ^LRDPA. Added Quit at the end
of the first line in subroutine LAYG.
From:
LAYG ;Determine if DLAYGO is allowed on second pass.
within Lab menu options. However, the functionality is in place and may be
K DLAYGO S DIC(0)="EQMZ"
Q:'$P($G(LRPARAM),"^",6)
Q:'$D(LRLABKY)
S DLAYGO=2 S DIC(0)="EQMZL"
Q
To:
LAYG ;Don't allow DLAYGO on second pass.
K DLAYGO S DIC(0)="EQMZ" Q
Q:'$P($G(LRPARAM),"^",6)
Q:'$D(LRLABKY)
used if the site has the ALLOW LAB TO ADD PATIENTS (#13) field of the
S DLAYGO=2 S DIC(0)="EQMZL"
Q
DD Updates:
-----------
The description of ALLOW LAB TO ADD PATIENTS field (#13) in the LABORATORY
SITE file (#69.9) has been changed to indicate that field #13 is no longer
functional, and the set code value '1' has been removed as a valid entry.
From:
LABORATORY SITE (#69.9) file set to 'Yes.' If this field is set to 'Yes',
69.9,13 ALLOW LAB TO ADD PATIENTS 0;6 SET (Required)
'1' FOR YES;
'0' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: MAY 01, 1984
DESCRIPTION: If the Lab is allowed to enter patients into
the system, this field must contain a 'Yes' entry. Only
lab users with the LRLAB key will make the changes and
only when using lab options.
any patient name prompt will accept a new patient name, one that does not
To:
69.9,13 ALLOW LAB TO ADD PATIENTS 0;6 SET (Required)
'0' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: SEP 02, 2003
DESCRIPTION: This field is not functional. It is no longer
used to allow Lab to add patients to the Patient file.
Test Sites
----------
currently exist in the PATIENT(#2) file, if the new patient name is entered
Muskogee, OK
Boston HCS
Cheyenne VAMC
Columbus VAMC
ROUTINE SUMMARY:
=================
The following routine(s) are included in this patch. The second line
of each routine now looks like:
twice. See the example below:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
LR305 N/A 5010875 **305** (Deleted by KIDS)
LRDPA 7837880 7840899 **137,121,153,202,211,248,305**
Installation Instructions:
==========================
Users may remain on the system, but installation should be done at off
peak hours. No options need to be placed out of service. Installation
time is less than 1 minute during off peak hours and less than 5 minutes
during peak hours. Installation of this patch requires no additional
memory space.
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS package in this message onto your system.
2. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped, they
allow the user to add a new patient to the PATIENT (#2) file from within
Select Laboratory DHCP Menu Option: 1 Phlebotomy menu
should be removed from the mapped set at this time
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the Transport global.
4. On the Kernel Installation and Distribution System (KIDS) menu, select
the 'Installation' menu. You may elect to use the following options:
a. Print Transport Global
b. Compare Transport Global to Current System
c. Verify Checksums in Transport Global
d. Backup a Transport Global
5. When ready, select the Install Packages option (when prompted for the
INSTALL NAME, enter 'LR*5.2*305'.
6. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//',
respond "NO".
7. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//', respond "NO".
Add tests to a given accession.
8. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should be
returned to the mapped set once the installation has run to
completion.
9. Using Fileman, verify that the ALLOW LAB TO ADD PATIENTS (#13) field
of the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) is set to 'No.' If not, set it to
'No.' 'No' is the only setting allowed after patch installation.
Add tests to an already existing order number.
Delete entire order or individual tests
Itemized routine lab collection
Lab orders by collection type
Lab test order
List of lab orders not collected
List of orders not collected (Long form)
the Laboratory Application. However, due to IT Service Request 20030306
Order/test status
Print collection list/labels
Print future collection labels
Print single future collection label
Receipt of routine lab collection from wards
Test description information
Ward lab menu ...
Select Phlebotomy menu Option: LAB TEST order
Patient Identity Management Services and HDR (Health Data Repository) Pilot,
Select Patient Name: NEWPATIENT,JANE ?? <-- 1st try - Name does not exist so
'??' displays
Select Patient Name: NEWPATIENT,JANE <-- 2nd try - Name is accepted as a
new entry to the PATIENT(#2)
file.
ARE YOU ADDING 'NEWPATIENT,JANE' AS A NEW PATIENT (THE 239TH)? No// Y
(Yes)
PATIENT SEX: F FEMALE
PATIENT DATE OF BIRTH: 03121975 (MAR 12, 1975)
PATIENT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER: 111223333
it has been requested that all ancillary applications, including Laboratory
PATIENT TYPE: ?
PATIENT TYPE: TRICARE
PATIENT VETERAN (Y/N)?: Y YES
.
.
.
A number of patient demographic fields are prompted before resuming the
prompting of fields required for the LAB TEST ORDER [LROW] option. Most
options in Laboratory Service permit new patient names to be entered in the
Service, remove such functionality. For more information on this service
format shown above. Patch LR*5.2*305 was created to remove this
functionality from within the Laboratory Service application.
The following two changes to existing functionality are included in this
patch:
1. The ALLOW LAB TO ADD PATIENTS (#13) field of the LABORATORY SITE
(#69.9) file has been modified so that it can no longer be set to
'Yes.' 'No' is now the only answer allowed.
request, view the following link:
2. The patient name prompt in menu options within Laboratory Service,
has been modified to no longer allow a new patient to be added to the
PATIENT (#2) file from within Lab. See the example below:
Select Laboratory DHCP Menu Option: 1 Phlebotomy menu
Add tests to a given accession.
Add tests to an already existing order number.
Add to collection list
Delete entire order or individual tests
Itemized routine lab collection
Lab orders by collection type
Lab test order
List of lab orders not collected
List of orders not collected (Long form)
Order/test status
Print collection list/labels
Print future collection labels
Print single future collection label
Receipt of routine lab collection from wards
http://vista.domain.ext/pas/ViewTrackingRecord.asp?RequestID=20030306
Test description information
Ward lab menu ...
Select Phlebotomy menu Option: LAB TEST order
Select Patient Name: NEWPATIENT,JANE ??
Select Patient Name: NEWPATIENT,JANE ??
Select Patient Name: NEWPATIENT,JANE ??
Select Patient Name:
-
- 128
- DATE APPLIED: 1996-11-29 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
-
- 281
- DATE APPLIED: 2004-07-02 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*281 does not
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
automatically generated when your site does an automated or manual run and data is sent to Austin Automation Center. Six months of previous reports are kept as well as the current mo
3) Sites now have the ability to capture and manipulate EPI data into a
report or spreadsheet-delimited format. A site can also add pathogens for local use and generate reports or capture data in a spreadsheet format for local use.
4) Additional data will be sent to Austin. Including:
LOINC codes
Master Patient Index
County and State for patient demographics
MIC values
The new Race and Ethnicity fields
5) Provide the ability to capture 6 new pathogens:
All Staphylococcus aureus (Reference #18)
Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)
(Reference #19)
Vancomycin-Resistant Staphylococcus aureus (VRSA)
(Reference #20)
Vancomycin-Resistant Coagulase Negative Staphylococci/Staph epi
(VRSE)(Reference #21)
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes made,
All Streptococcus pneumoniae (Reference #22)
All Enterococci (Reference #23)
6) EPI is also enhanced to capture the approved newer Legionella Urinary Antigen test.
7) A bug is fixed with the date handling for start and stop date.
8) The new field PREVIOUS CYCLE (#19) in the Lab Search/Extract file(#69.5) contains a numeric entry which defines the number of previous cycles to search. These findings will be rep
NEW OPTIONS:
no specific validation requirements exist as a result of installation of this
NAME: LREPI DELETE LOCAL PATHOGEN MENU TEXT: Delete Local Pathogen
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: This option allows deletion of local pathogens ONLY.
National pathogens CAN NOT be deleted.
ROUTINE: DELETE^LREPIPI
NAME: LREPI DELETE LOCAL REPORT
MENU TEXT: Delete Local Report or Spreadsheet
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: This option allows you to delete local reports or local
patch.
spreadsheets.
ROUTINE: DELETE^LREPIRS2
NAME: LREPI ENTER/EDIT LOCAL PATH MENU TEXT: Enter/Edit Local
Pathogens
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: This option allows you to enter or edit local pathogens
into the LAB SEARCH/EXTRACT FILE (#69.5) These pathogens can be selected for the report/spreadsheet option. Local pathogens WILL NOT be transmitted to Austin.
ROUTINE: LREPIPI
***********************************************************************
NAME: LREPI GENERATE REPORT/SP
MENU TEXT: Lab EPI Generate Local Report/Spreadsheet
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: This new option is used to generate reports or spreadsheets for national EPI and local pathogen data. The job is automatically tasked after selecting the national EPI
or spreadsheet. The report or spreadsheet can then be viewed on the screen or printed using the new LAB EPI Print Local Report/Spreadsheet option. Note: NO data is transmitted to Au
ROUTINE: LREPIRS
NAME: LREPI LOCAL PATHOGEN MENU MENU TEXT: Local Pathogen Menu
TYPE: menu
DESCRIPTION: This menu contains options to enter/edit and delete local pathogens. Also, it contains options to generate and print the local report/spreadsheet.
Due to extensive historical data transmission requirements and mandated setups
ITEM: LREPI ENTER/EDIT LOCAL PATH
ITEM: LREPI DELETE LOCAL PATHOGEN
ITEM: LREPI GENERATE REPORT/SP SYNONYM: GEN
ITEM: LREPI PRINT REPORT/SPSHT SYNONYM: PRT
NAME: LREPI PATHOGEN INQUIRY MENU TEXT: Pathogen Inquiry
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: This new option is used to inquire into the LAB
SEARCH/EXTRACT file (#69.5) parameter description fields (i.e. INACTIVE:NO, LAG DAYS: 15, RUN DATE:ICT 07,2003, CYCLE:MONTHLY, PROTOCOL:LREPI, FOLLOW PTF:YES, REFERENCE NUMBER:23, and
required for such, a phased installation and implementation of this patch will
ROUTINE: INQUIRY^LREPIPI
NAME: LREPI PRINT REPORT/SPSHT
MENU TEXT: Lab EPI Print Local Report/Spreadsheet
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: This option allows you to print a report or spreadsheet
that was generated with the Lab EPI Generate Local Report/Spreadsheet.
ROUTINE: LREPIRS2
NAME: LREPI VERIFICATION REPORT
be utilized for release of this patch. The software download information will
MENU TEXT: Print Detailed Verification Report
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: This option prints the Detailed Verification Report. This
report is automatically generated when your site does an automated or
manual run and data is sent to Austin Automation Center. Six months of
previous reports are kept as well as the current month for printing.
ROUTINE: LREPIRP7
MODIFIED OPTIONS:
NAME: LREPI ENHANCE MANUAL RUN MENU TEXT: Lab EPI Manual Run (Enhanced)
be made available to sites attending one of the following national
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: This option is used ONLY to manually extract national EPI data
and transmit to the Austin Automation Center (AAC). When this option is run,
an EPI Summary Verification Report is generated and automatically sent to the
EPI-Report mail group. Also, a Detailed Verification Report is generated and
can be printed using the new Print Detailed Verification Report [LREPI
VERIFICATION REPORT] option. This option has been RENAMED from Lab
Search/Extract Manual Run (Enhanced) [LREPI SEARCH/EXTRACT ENHANCED MANUAL
RUN] to EPI Manual Run (Enhanced) [LREPI ENHANCE MANUAL RUN] option.
ROUTINE: LREPIRM
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
audioconference calls:
NAME: LREPI NIGHTLY TASK MENU TEXT: Lab EPI Nightly Task
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: The Lab Search/Extract Nightly Task option must be scheduled to
run each night by TaskMan. This option will build a HL7 Message and send it
the defined location specified in the EPI Protocols.
ROUTINE: AUTO^LREPIRM SCHEDULING RECOMMENDED: YES
NAME: LREPI PARAMETER SETUP MENU TEXT: Lab EPI Parameter Setup
TYPE: ScreenMan
DESCRIPTION: This option is used to define the search criteria along with
additional information associated with the EPI extracts. This option only
allows editing. You are not allowed to add local pathogens with this option.
DIC {DIC}: LAB(69.5, DIC(0): AEMQ
DR{DDS}: [LREPI9] DDSFILE: 69.5
MODIFIED FILE:
UP SEND DATA USER
DATE SEC. COMES SITE RSLV OVER
FILE # NAME DD CODE W/FILE DATA PTS RIDE
Tuesday, June 8 at 1:00 - 3:00 PM EST for VISNs 1-2-3-4-5-6
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
69.5 LAB SEARCH/EXTRACT YES NO YES MERG YES NO
The VistA Laboratory EPI Rollup Modifications Technical and User Manual
(i.e., LR_52_281_EPI_TUM.PDF) is available on the following Office of
Information Field Offices (OIFOs) ANONYMOUS SOFTWARE directories:
OIFOs FTP ADDRESS DIRECTORY
Albany ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
Thursday, June 10 at 3:00 - 5:00 PM EST for VISNs 7-8-9-10-11
Hines ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
Salt Lake City ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
VistA Laboratory EPI Rollup Modifications Technical and User Manual is
exported as part of Patch LR*5.2*281 in the following formats:
FILE NAME CONTENTS FORMAT RETRIEVAL
LR_52_281_EPI_TUM.PDF LR EPI Technical and User Manual BINARY
Tuesday, June 15 at 4:00 - 6:00 PM EST for VISNs 12-15-16-17-23
Testing Sites:
==============
Boston HCS
Cincinnati VAMC
Detroit VAMC
Durham VAMC
Manchester VAMC
Togus VAMC
ROUTINE SUMMARY
Wednesday, June 16 at 2:00 - 4:00 PM EST for VISNs 18-19-20-21-22
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
Thursday, June 17 at 2:00 - 4:00 PM EST for those unable to attend the other
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR281 N/A 4418686 281(Deleted by KIDS)
LREPI 14217525 14182167 132,175,260,281
LREPI1 10654552 11822436 132,157,175,260,281
LREPI2 7199135 8491199 132,157,175,242,260,281
LREPI2A NEW 7574864 281
LREPI3 5462995 9184652 132,175,260,281
LREPI5 NEW 2408593 281
LREPIPH 5818757 6144410 260,281
LREPIPI NEW 5220624 281
calls.
LREPIRM 5260075 7566388 175,281
LREPIRP 5973015 20442264 132,157,175,260,281
LREPIRP1 NEW 15133552 281
LREPIRP2 NEW 3729823 281
LREPIRP3 NEW 29061422 281
LREPIRP4 NEW 1812384 281
LREPIRP5 NEW 11788836 281
LREPIRP6 NEW 25502070 281
LREPIRP7 NEW 17171829 281
LREPIRP8 NEW 8376752 281
LREPIRP9 NEW 4718 281
LREPIRS NEW 8576522 281
LREPIRS1 NEW 16664999 281
LREPIRS2 NEW 22133542 281
LREPIRS3 NEW 16290972 281
LREPISRV 12552990 15211664 260,281
LREPISV1 NEW 4805594 281
ASSOCIATED NOIS:
================
The VANTS telephone number is 1 800 767-1750 and the access code for all calls
NONE
E3Rs:
=====
N/A
**********************************************************************
DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
is 13143.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
The install time for this patch is less than 2 minutes. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for
them.
2. Use the 'Load a Distribution" option to load the Host file on to your
system.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the transport
global.
This patch will involve reseeding of the EPI databases for each site to allow
4. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
5. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify
that all routines have the correct checksums.
6. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
the new data created by this patch to be captured. It is imperative each site
Backup a Transport Global
If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this
patch prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a
Transport Global' option at this time. You may also compare the
routines in your production account to the routines in the patch
by using the 'Compare a Transport Global to Current System'
option.
7. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
attend an audioconference prior to installation and implementation of
and select the package 'LR*5.2*281'.
If prompted ' Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? YES//' choose 'NO'.
If prompted ' Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
YES// ' choose 'NO'.
If prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
LR*5.2*281.
8. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
9. Routine LR281 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR SEEDING THE HISTORICAL DATA:
Historical data must be gathered from October 1, 2000 through June 14, 2004.
Use the Lab EPI Manual Run (Enhanced) [LREPI ENHANCE MANUAL RUN] option to run/
gather and transmit 6 manual runs (consecutive runs) at a time.
** Sites DO NOT transmit on June 16 or July 4 to avoid Austin Automation Center
(AAC) capacity limitations. **
Batch #1: October 1, 2000 -March 31, 2001
Batch #2: April 1, 2001 - September 30, 2001
Batch #3: October 1, 2001 - March 31, 2002
Batch #4: April 1, 2002 - September 30, 2002
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*281 does not
Batch #5: October 1, 2002 - March 31, 2003
Batch #6: April 1, 2003 - September 30, 2003
Batch #7: October 1, 2003 - March 31, 2004
Batch #8: April 1, 2004 - June 14, 2004
Sites will run 8 batches of reports. Each batch should contain 6 separate
monthly extracts which are tasked separately by month, i.e., OCT 2000, NOV
2000, DEC 2000, JAN 2001, FEB 2001, MAR 2001 = 1 batch and will generate six
separate processing reports back to the station and transmit them over a five
week period June 10, 2004 - July 12, 2004.
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
You do not have to wait for one monthly extract to run before starting the next
in a batch.
You do not have to wait for one batch to complete running before queuing the
next batch.
If you receive any fatal errors and the monthly extract is rejected, you will
need to fix the error and retransmit that month.
Sites may transmit reports to AAC on evenings and weekends following this
schedule:
1. VISNs with odd numbers are asked to transmit batches on Tuesday & Thursday
elements functions.
during the PM hours and Saturdays.
2. VISNs with even numbers are asked to transmit on Monday & Friday during the
PM hours and Sundays.
** NO Sites may transmit on June 16 or July 4 due to AAC limitations. **
The EPI Enhancement patch, LR*5.2*281, contains enhancements and
modifications to the Emerging Pathogens Initiative (EPI) software.
The enhancements and modifications included in this patch are:
1) New EPI Summary Verification Report of EPI Extracted Data from Site:
The new Verification Summary Report of EPI Extracted Data from Site
replaces the existing Emerging Pathogens Verification Report. This
new summary report consists of the following functionality:
1) Summary report automatically generated at the sites and sent
to the EPI-REPORT mail group on the 15th day of each month
2) Summary pages are displayed in a human readable format used
for quick viewing
3) Displays reporting site name and station number
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*281 have no effect on Blood
4) Summary report is only 1-2 pages long
5) Summary report displays emerging pathogens total number of
occurrences during the monthly processing cycle
6) Summary report displays emerging pathogens total number of
persons with occurrences during the monthly processing cycle
7) Displays Resolution of Risk Assessment number of persons
with the nationally rolled-up resolution Hepatitis C that
occurred during monthly processing cycle
2) New Detailed Verification Report is a detailed pathogen-specific report for validation purposes. The Print Detailed Verification Report [LREPI VERIFICATION REPORT] option prints t
-
- 313 SEQ #238
- DATE APPLIED: 2004-08-02 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Description
DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
ASSOCIATED NOIS
---------------
DUR-0803-30566
FGH-0304-32518
NYH-1203-10526
TEST SITES
----------
Albuquerque VAMC - VMS/DSM
Durham VAMC - VMS/DSM
Iron Mountain VAMC - VMS/Cache
Maryland HCS - VMS/DSM
Milwaukee VAMC - VMS/DSM
North Florida/South Georgia HCS - VMS/DSM
Shreveport VAMC - VMS/DSM
Tomah VAMC - VMS/Cache
Upstate New York HCS - VMS/DSM
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*313 does not
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR313 N/A 4332118 **313** (Deleted by KIDS)
LREGFR 2490467 3964631 **289,313**
List of preceding patches: 289
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
-------------------------
functions.
The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch can be
installed when Laboratory users are on the system. However these users
should not be using any of the Laboratory's package verifying options.
Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
problems loading and/or installing this patch.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
3. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*313 have no effect on Blood
select the 'Installation' menu.
4. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
5. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Backup a Transport Global
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
6. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*313'.
When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//
choose 'NO'.
When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO' unless site has additional local
laboratory verifying options that should be disabled during install.
The install will automatically disable the following options:
Accession order then immediately enter data LR ACC THEN DATA
Batch data entry (chem, hem, tox, etc.) LRSTUF
Bypass normal data entry LRFAST
Enter/verify data (Load list) LRVRW2
Enter/verify data (Work list) LRVRW
Enter/verify data (auto instrument) LRVR
Enter/verify/modify data (manual) LRENTER
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
Fast Bypass Data Entry/Verify LRFASTS
Group data review (verified & EM) LRGVP
Group verify (EA, EL, EW) LRGV
7. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
Note: Routine LR313 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
===========
made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of installation
INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
====================
Select Installation Option: 6 Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*313 Loaded from Distribution 1/26/04@11:22:51
=> LR*5.2*313
This Distribution was loaded on Jan 26, 2004@11:22:51 with header of
LR*5.2*313
of this patch.
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*313
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*313
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR313
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*313
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
1. NOIS DUR-0803-30566 and NYH-1203-10526 reported the eGFR calculation
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET VIRTUAL
Install Started for LR*5.2*313 :
Jan 26, 2004@11:26:28
Build Distribution Date: Jan 26, 2004
delta check was not triggered when processing creatinine results via
Installing Routines:...
Jan 26, 2004@11:26:28
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR313.
*** Pre install started ***
*** No action required ***
option Enter/verify data (autoinstrument) [LRVR]. The delta check will be
*** Pre install completed ***
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION...........
Jan 26, 2004@11:26:28
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR313.
*** Post install started ***
triggered when the creatinine value is entered and/or changed or when the
*** No action required ***
*** Post install completed ***
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
Updating Routine file......
Updating KIDS files.......
eGFR has not been calculated. If the eGFR is a required test and the result
LR*5.2*313 Installed.
Jan 26, 2004@11:26:28
Install Message sent #xxxxx
is 'pending' then the delta check will attempt to calculate the eGFR.
2. The comment "MISSING PARAMETER" generated when the patient's race is
'Undeclared' or 'Unanswered' is changed to "For eGFR: Race unknown, if
African American multiply result by 1.210".
3. The delta check will determine the patient's race using the following
criteria:
a. If specimen for a PATIENT file (#2) patient, the race is determine
using supported API VADPT.
b. If specimen for a REFERRAL PATIENT file (#67) patient, the race is
determined based on RACE field (#.06) in REFERRAL PATIENT file.
This patch corrects several defects reported with the eGFR delta check
c. All other patient types will not use race as a parameter in the
calculation. These patient types will generate the 'race unknown'
comment.
4. During patch development it was determined that the lock placed on the
accession being verified could be prematurely released. This defect could
allow two or more users to edit the accession concurrently. The delta check
has been changed to eliminate the releasing of the lock. The lock will now
be released by the lab verifying options.
released in patch LR*5.2*289 DELTA CHECK FOR EGFR TEST.
5. During patch testing a potential safety issue was identified with the
delta check with regards to display of abnormal/critical creatinine values.
The delta check displayed eGFR exception messages as part of the display
of creatinine abnormal/critical flags. These eGFR exception messages will
be added as accession comments and not displayed as part of the creatinine
result display.
The eGFR exception messages that will be added as comments are.
Condition Comment
--------- -------
no patient age - "For eGFR: **eGFR not Calculated - No Age Recorded**"
no patient sex - "For eGFR: **eGFR not Calculated - No Sex Recorded**"
race unknown - "For eGFR: Race unknown, if African American multiply
result by 1.210"
delta check
incorrectly
configured - "For eGFR: **eGFR not Calculated - Delta check not
configured**"
Note: this comment generated when field TEST NAME FOR
OUTPUT VALUE 1 (#61.1) is blank for the eGFR
delta check entry in DELTA CHECKS file (#62.1).
creatinine
changed and eGFR
not in editing
profile - "For eGFR: **eGFR not in test editing profile -
Creatinine Changed**"
When no patient age or sex is identified, "canc" will be entered as the
eGFR test result.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*313 does not
6. NOIS FGH-0304-32518 reported the eGFR calculation was being performed
and the result added to the accession when there was no ordered test for
the eGFR. This prevents user from verifying and releasing test results.
The eGFR delta check will check for the eGFR test in the test editing
profile selected by the user. If the eGFR test is not in the editing
profile then it will not be calculated. If the creatinine value is
changed, the eGFR test is not in the editing profile and there is a
previous eGFR result then the exception message "For eGFR: **eGFR not in
test editing profile - Creatinine Changed**" will be generated
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
7. When the eGFR delta check is called by option Group data review
(verified & EM) [LRGVP] the delta check will quit with no action taken.
8. See patch LR*5.2*289 DELTA CHECK FOR EGFR TEST for instructions on
setting up and configuring the eGFR delta check.
ASSOCIATED E3R
--------------
None
-
- 312 SEQ #240
- DATE APPLIED: 2004-09-03 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
See patch description for details.
-
- 320 SEQ #241
- DATE APPLIED: 2004-09-17 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*320 does not
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the transport
global.
3. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
4. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify
that all routines have the correct checksums.
5. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Backup a Transport Global
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes made,
If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this
patch prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a
Transport Global' option at this time. You may also compare the
routines in your production account to the routines in the patch
by using the 'Compare a Transport Global to Current System'
option.
6. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*320'.
no specific validation requirements exist as a result of installation of this
If prompted ' Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? YES//' choose 'NO'.
If prompted ' Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
YES// ' choose 'NO'.
If prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
patch.
7. Routine LR320 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
***********************************************************************
The EPI Historical Reseeding patch, LR*5.2*320, contains modifications to the
Emerging Pathogens Initiative (EPI) software that corrects fata errors received
during the historical reseeding of the EPI data. Sites were receiving fatal
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
errors from Austin that caused their data to be rejected.
The modifications included in this patch are:
1) Test patients are not included in the EPI data sent to Austin.
2) A string length error was fixed, MERGEOUT+34^HLTF2:1,%DSM-E-STRLEN. This
error was due to PID segments that were over 245 characters long.
3) The 410 errors, discharge date after processing date, was corrected. This
problem was due to patients with a future discharge date. This patch resolves
DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
this problem by not sending the discharge date to Austin if the discharge date
is greater than the last day of the month of the extracted data.
4) An undefined error is fixed. In the Print Detailed Verification Report
[LREPI VERIFICATION REPORT] option an undefined error occurs when an "^" is
entered at the "Select Pathogen: " prompt. Also, when selecting the Detailed
Verification Report, the processing period is now displayed for easier
selection.
5) The 605 errors are corrected. This problem was due to a missing date in the
BACT RPT DATE APPROVED (#11 ) field of MICROBIOLOGY (#63.05) subfile of LAB
DATA (#63) file for organism IDs and a "0" was being sent to Austin. This
patch resolves this problem by sending a blank field when the completed date
is missing instead of "0".
6) A processing routine is added to the LREPI CLIENT protocol. This resolves
missing processing routine HL7 errors.
Test Sites:
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*320 does not
==============
Phoenix, AZ VAMC
Boston, MA HCS
Cincinnati, OH VAMC
Durham, NC VAMC
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR320 N/A 2912182 320(Deleted by KIDS)
LREPI1 11822436 11922889 132,157,175,260,281,320
elements functions.
LREPI2 8491199 8531292 132,157,175,242,260,281,320
LREPI3 9184652 9874365 132,175,260,281,320
LREPIRP 20442264 20526099 132,157,175,260,281,320
LREPIRP5 11788836 11827526 281,320
LREPIRP7 17171829 17482896 281,320
ASSOCIATED NOIS:
================
PHO-0604-62256
DUR-0604-31907
CTX-0604-71980
DAY-0704-40732
E3Rs:
=====
N/A
**********************************************************************
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*320 have no effect on Blood
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
The install time for this patch is less than 2 minutes. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system
to avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
-
- 316 SEQ #242
- DATE APPLIED: 2004-10-29 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch will prevent a user from entering the ; and : characters when
defining or modifying a data name using menu options Add a new data name
[LRWU5] and Modify an existing data name [LRWU6].
-
- 318 SEQ #243
- DATE APPLIED: 2004-12-28 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses 2 NOIS calls:
1) BRK-1095-12897 PROBLEMS WITH SUMMARY LIST (SUPERVISORS')
2) ECH-0404-50682 ERROR AT P1+10^LRLISTE
-
- 295
- DATE APPLIED: 2004-12-28 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
------- -----
LRAPDA 8740574 11974055 72,73,91,121,248.259,295
LRAPDSR 3990550 4820936 248.259,295
LRLOG n/a 305911 295
LRMIEDZ 5380499 5420375 295
LRMIEDZ2 12271075 12684281 23,104,242,295
LRMINEW1 5165056 5204932 295
LRMISTF1 13608455 13918017 121,128,202,263,264,295
LRMIV 5001526 5041402 295
LRMIV1 12023776 12570260 295
LRMIV2 15031478 15300044 242,295
Clinical Reminders PXRM*1.5*12
LRMIVER1 9809595 9849471 295
LROC 9187454 9241387 121,295
LRPX n/a 1901323 295
LRPXAPI n/a 6978402 295
LRPXAPI1 n/a 9229397 295
LRPXAPI2 n/a 9408086 295
LRPXAPI3 n/a 10777199 295
LRPXAPI4 n/a 9871300 295
LRPXAPI5 n/a 7476080 295
LRPXAPI6 n/a 2460984 295
Inpatient Pharmacy PSJ*5*90
LRPXAPIU n/a 3414289 295
LRPXAPP n/a 6489777 295
LRPXAPPU n/a 3123020 295
LRPXCHK n/a 8866448 295
LRPXCHKA n/a 7391720 295
LRPXCHKM n/a 3210671 295
LRPXRM n/a 9609565 295
LRPXSXRA n/a 8089677 295
LRPXSXRB n/a 5387076 295
LRPXSXRL n/a 4335783 295
Laboratory LR*5.2*295
LRVER3A 10313641 10338465 1,5,42,100,121,153,190,
221,254,263,266,274,295
Host File:
==========
Because this is part of a multi-package build this patch will be available
only as a host file. The name of the file is
CLINICAL_REMINDERS_INDEX.KID.
Sites will retrieve VistA software from the following FTP addresses. The
Mental Health YS*5.01*77
preferred method is to FTP the files from download.vista.domain.ext. This
transmits the files from the first available FTP server. Sites may also
elect to retrieve software directly from a specific server as follows:
Albany ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext <ftp://ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext>
Hines ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext <ftp://ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext>
Salt Lake City ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext <ftp://ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext>
Installation:
Order Entry/Results Reporting (OE/RR) OR*3*157
=============
1. Detailed installation instructions may be found in the Installation
Guide, PXRMIG-P12.PDF.
2. After successful installation, the init routine GMPLP27I may be
deleted.
Outpatient Pharmacy PSO*7*118
Patient Care Encounter (PCE) PX*1.0*119
Pharmacy Data Management PSS*1*62
PIMS/Scheduling DG*5.3*478
This project consists of 12 patches that work together to create a new
Problem List GMPL*2*27
Radiology RA*5*33
Vitals GMRV*4*15
This patch (LR*5.2*295) provides the description of the Lab
routines, but not the Lab routines themselves, which must be loaded
from the main multi-build host file. PXRM*1.5*12 distributes these Lab
routines. This patch provides a new global ^PXRMINDX where Lab data
are indexed in ^PXRMINDX(63, for fast retrieval. Lab APIs are provided
to provide easy access. APIs are documented in DBIAs 4245 and 4246.
Clinical Reminders index global. The purpose of this index is to provide
Changes were made to existing Lab routines that update the indexes
whenever Lab data is added, edited, or deleted.
Note: This patch is informational; the build (LR*5.2*295) will be
distributed as part of a multi-package build,
CLINICAL_REMINDERS_INDEX.KID.
Blood Bank Clearance:
=====================
rapid access to clinical data. All of the standard Clinical Reminders
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*295 does not
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*295 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
elements functions.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*295 have no effect on
Blood Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
finding types are included in the index.
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the
changes made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of
installation of this patch.
Documentation:
==============
An installation guide, PXRMIG-P12.PDF, and a technical manual,
PXRMTM-P12.PDF, are available. This documentation will be in the form
of Adobe Acrobat files. The documentation can also be found on the
Health System Design and Development Web page: (http://vista.domain.ext/vdl/).
The preferred method is to FTP the files from download.vista.domain.ext.
This transmits the files from the first available FTP server. Sites
may also elect to retrieve documents directly from a specific server as
follows:
Albany ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext <ftp://ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext>
Hines ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext <ftp://ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext>
Salt Lake City ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext <ftp://ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext>
The 12 patches that comprise this project are:
Test Sites:
===========
Anchorage
Augusta
Birmingham
Bronx
Chicago
Dayton
Loma Linda
Martinez
Montana
Puget Sound
Salt Lake City
San Francisco
Tampa
Washington DC
White River Junction
Routine Summary:
Package Patch
===============
The following is a list of the routines included in this patch. The
second line of each routine looks like:
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
----------------------------------------------------------------
-
- 286
- DATE APPLIED: 2004-12-28 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*286 contains changes to software
found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE version 5.2
12. Enter/verify data (auto instrument) [LRVR] and Enter/verify/modify
data (manual) [LRENTER] options will display patient information from
PAT. INFO. field (#.091) in LAB DATA file (#63) during result verification.
(E3R #13408)
13. Alignment of test results during verification process has been adjusted
to avoid display of previous and current test results together. Results
will be displayed right-justified under the date/time of each specimen.
control functions.
14. NOIS ALB-0100-50284, FAV-1103-70892 reported a failure of UID creation
and storage when creating a non-daily accession that is in common with
another accession area. The failure occurs on the creation of the first
accession for a given accession area and date. After the first accession
for an accession date is created and stored in ACCESSION file (#68)
subsequent accessions have the UID stored properly. Failure was due to
missing subfile zeroth nodes for the ACCESSION DATE multiple (#68.01) and
ACCESSION NUMBER multiple (#68.02) of the ACCESSION file (#68) when calling
FileMan to store the UID. Routine LRWLST1 will now check and set the
subfile's zeroth nodes before calling FileMan.
FileMan calls have been converted from classic FileMan DIE calls to
FileMan Database Server calls (DBS). When an error condition is
encountered during a FileMan DBS call, the Laboratory package will
generate a mail message with the subject "FileMan DBS call failed during
accessioning in routine LRWLST1". This message will be sent to the local
mail group "LMI". It will contain debugging information to assist site
and National VistA Support in resolving the condition that produced the
error.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*286 have no effect on Blood
15. NOIS BON-0196-71728 reported a problem with storing the appropriate
treating specialty associated with an accession. A bad or incorrect
pointer to FACILITY TREATING SPECIALTY file (#45.7) could be stored in
the TREATING SPECIALTY (#6.6) field within the ACCESSION NUMBER field
(#68.02) multiple within the ACCESSION DATE field (#68.01) multiple of
the ACCESSION file (#68). When a specimen is accessioned for a
non-inpatient and the user selects an inpatient ordering location the
software would use the specialty from SPECIALITY file (#42.4) that
is associated with the WARD LOCATION file (#42) entry linked to the
HOSPITAL LOCATION file (#44).
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
Routine LRWLST1 will determine treating specialty based on the
associated TREATING SPECIALTY field (#9.5) in the HOSPITAL LOCATION file
(#44) when the patient is not an inpatient. When a patient is an inpatient
then treating specialty will be determined from the PATIENT file (#2),
TREATING SPECIALTY field (.103). Treating specialty will only be stored
in ACCESSION file (#68) when the patient is from PATIENT file (#2).
16. The following defects were identified during the software review as
part of patch development.
a. Ordering location and ordering provider will not be stored on
accessions that are related to LAB CONTROL NAME file (#62.3) entries.
b. During accessioning if accession area is locked by another process,
the message displayed to user was "Accession area is locked by another
user." Message will now include the name of the accession area that
the software is waiting on lock.
c. Interim report options and displays will display month portion of
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*286 does not
date/times using the three letter abbreviation instead of the two number
designation to eliminate potential confusion with day portion of dates.
Time is displayed using 24 hour time format.
d. Interim report could display the wrong ordering and collecting site
when the specimen was received from an integrated facility. Report will
display the correct ordering and collecting site.
e. Referral Patient Multi-purpose Accession option [LR LEDI] was
prompting the user for CPRS Nature of Order which is not used during
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
accessioning of non-PATIENT file (#2) patients. Routine LROW3 is
modified to only prompt the user for CPRS Nature of Order when
accessioning a patient from the PATIENT file (#2).
f. Previous test versions of previous LEDI versions may have installed
two versions of the "D" cross reference in LAB PENDING ORDERS ENTRY file
(#69.6). The post-install will delete and reindex the "D" cross reference
on file #69.6.
g. Entering of accession number during lab results verification will
functions.
check for invalid values or numbers out of range (1-999999).
17. Referral Patient Multi-purpose Accession option [LR LEDI] will check
for pending orders when performing accessioning without a bar code scanner.
It will display to the user and store order comments that accompanies
electronic orders with order in LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69).
18. When using the Enter/verify/modify data (manual) option [LRENTER] to
amend previously released results user can now enter their verifying
initials in mixed case.
19. NOIS CHS-0303-40534 reported a defect which prevented results for
reflex tests added to a LEDI order at the host laboratory being returned
electronically to the collecting laboratory. Routine LRWLST11 was storing
the collecting site as both the collecting site and ordering site in the
order created in LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69). When a collecting site is a
member of an integrated facility the collecting site is the site collecting
the specimen and the ordering site is the primary facility of the
integrated institution. Reflex test added by the host site would have the
incorrect ordering site assigned which prevents the LEDI software from
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to a Data
returning the results of the reflex test to the collecting facility. Defect
has been corrected to store the correct ordering and collecting sites on
LEDI accessions.
20. NOIS BRK-0499-10720, MAR-0603-21152 reported a defect during lab
result verification using option Enter/verify/modify data (manual)
[LRENTER] which caused the previous patient demographics to be displayed
when entering results on an accession. If the previous selected accession
was in an uncollected state, the option was skipping the uncollected
accession and incrementing the default accession number to the next
Dictionary identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
available accession. If the user selects this or another accession, the
patient demographics of the selected accession were not being displayed.
Instead, the patient demographics of the uncollected accession were
displayed. Routine LRVER will now display the patient demographics of the
currently selected accession.
21. NOIS SFC-1103-60132 reported a defect during display of lab results
in the CPRS GUI. When a critical flag becomes part of the data for a
patient in CPRS, the line of data containing the flag becomes split
after the * following the high or low flag, and the units along with
99-053. The changes have no effect in Blood Bank functionality or medical
the reference range gets bumped to the next line down. Routine LR7OGMP
increases the space allocated to display this information from 37 to 38
characters to display units/normals on same line.
22. When displaying results that are a Set of Codes data type, the result
will be displayed using the external value for the set of codes.
23. NOIS NYH-0700-11942 reported a defect with critical value flag not
being triggered when entering a value of 0. Value of 0 will be evaluated
when performing high/low/critical value checks.
device control functions. There is no adverse potential to sites.
24. When verifying results from a reference laboratory using Enter/verify
data (auto instrument) option [LRVR], any test results that have not
been verified will be displayed to the user after verification. The display
will list the test names, results, abnormal flags and units if available.
This display will list the test(s) as not reviewed. This may indicate that
additional or reflex testing has been added by the reference laboratory.
These additional tests may need to be added to the accession to process
these results.
25. During verification of laboratory results, comments for a previous
result are displayed along with the previous result when entering
results manually or by automated instrument for user selected tests
(E3R #18490). Users can indicate which tests should have previous
test comments displayed during verification by flagging the test using
General Lab User Parameters option [LR USER PARAM] located on the
Information-help menu [LRHELP].
26. NOIS SDC-0904-61304 Reported a defect with the display of text
results in CPRS when using the Laboratory Results-All Test By Date and
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validation
Laboratory Results-Selected Tests By Date. When a text result was
displayed that exceeded 10 characters and the test has no units or
normals specified, the display of the result was corrupted with <spaces>
inserted into the text. Test results will be displayed without corruption.
Units, reference ranges, and site codes will be displayed on the following
line when test results print in area usually reserved for these parameters.
27. NOIS IND-0498-42538 reported a defect in display of test comments during
lab test result verification when encountering an 'end-of-page' condition.
All test comments will now be displayed.
scenarios to be completed by sites after installing LR*5.2*286.
PATIENT SAFETY ISSUES RESOLVED IN THIS PATCH:
============================================
PSI-040260/NOIS HVH-0604-10572 - "Not Performed test Resulted
- No Alert Generated"
This patch corrects defects in software used to set laboratory tests
to a Not-Performed (NP) state. The NP state was introduced by patch
LR*5.2*221 in 1999. The functionality introduced by this patch replaced
the "delete-a-test" functionality. Instead of deleting tests, tests are
now set to a not-performed state.
However, tests in the NP state could still be edited such that the NP
state is replaced with an actual result. Results entered into NP tests
were not treated in the same manner as results entered through the normal
results entry pathways. File updates to ACCESSION file (#68), LAB ORDER
ENTRY file (#69), and ORDER file (#100) as well as alerts were not
generated. This situation was documented in NOIS HVH-0604-10572
========================================
- "Not Performed test Resulted - No Alert Generated". This was identified
as a potential patient safety risk. With concurrence from the Pathology
& Laboratory Medicine Program Office, the appropriate mechanism for
handling the situation is to disable editing of NP tests. If the test is
designated as NP and the user wants to edit the test result, they will
now have to order the test(s) in a new accession.
ASSOCIATED E3R
--------------
E3R #13408, ADDING INFECTION WARNING TO PROCESS DATA OPTIONS
E3R #16060, CORRECT ALIGNMENT PROBLEM
E3R #17904, LEDI BETWEEN VA AND DOD SITES
E3R #18490, COMMENTS DISPLAY FORPRVIOUS RESULTS
ASSOCIATED NOIS
---------------
ALB-0100-50284
BRK-0499-10720
VERSION 5.2. Change includes:
Patch LR*5.2*286 VA/DOD LAB INTEROPERABILITY will be distributed and
BON-0196-71728
CHS-0303-40534
DAY-0303-40775
DEN-1299-52099
FAV-1103-70892
HVH-0604-10572
IND-0498-42538
MAR-0603-21152
NYH-0700-11942
PHI-0803-21507
installed with patch LA*5.2*64 VA/DOD LAB INTEROPERABILITY
SDC-0904-61304
SFC-1103-60132
TAM-0400-31033
WPB-0900-32221
TEST SITES
----------
Albuquerque VAMC - VMS/DSM and VMS/Cache
Boston HCS - VMS/DSM and VMS/Cache
El Paso HCS - NT/Cache and VMS/Cache
Hines VAMC - VMS/DSM and VMS/Cache
Honolulu VAMC - NT/Cache
Manchester VAMC - NT/Cache NT and VMS/Cache
Milwaukee VAMC - VMS/DSM
North Chicago VAMC - VMS/DSM
Salt Lake City VAMC - VMS/DSM
San Diego VAMC - VMS/DSM and VMS/Cache
Upstate New York HCS - VMS/DSM and VMS/Cache
This patch adds support for sending/receiving Laboratory Electronic
INSTALLATION FILES:
==================
The following software and documentation files are exported as part of
this patch:
File Name Contents Retrieval Format
--------- -------- ----------------
LAB_LEDI_III.KID LA*5.2*64 KIDS build ASCII
Data Interchange (LEDI) orders/results with Department of Defense (DoD)
LR*5.2*286 KIDS build
LAB_LEDI_III_IG.PDF LABORATORY ELECTRONIC DATA BINARY
INSTALLATION GUIDE
LAB_LEDI_III_IMP_UG.PDF LABORATORY ELECTRONIC DATA BINARY
IMPLEMENTATION AND USER GUIDE
The files listed above may be obtained via FTP. The preferred method is
facilities.
to FTP the files from:
download.vista.domain.ext
This transmits the files from the first available FTP server. Sites may
also elect to retrieve software directly from a specific server as
follows:
CIO FIELD OFFICE FTP ADDRESS DIRECTORY
---------------- ------------------------- --------------------
Albany ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext [anonymous.software]
Hines ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext [anonymous.software]
Salt Lake City ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext [anonymous.software]
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Laboratory result verification has been enhanced to allow the designation
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR286 N/A 5465218 **286** (Deleted by KIDS)
LR7OB63 9973912 9132350 **121,187,286**
LR7OGM 8016197 8279122 **187,220,312,286**
LR7OGMC 5100174 5463477 **187,230,312,286**
LR7OGMG 3593445 3973477 **187,230,286**
LR7OGMP 5548341 6065382 **187,246,282,286**
of a performing laboratory and the use of the performing laboratory's
LR7OR2 9125008 8919494 **121,187,219,285,286**
LR7OSUM1 12883059 12868699 **121,187,256,286**
LR7OSUM6 7911216 5450631 **121,201,187,286**
LRAFUNC 5202410 5809534 **286**
LRDIDLE0 5463932 6544739 **140,171,153,286**
LRDPAREF 5111405 7469302 **153,222,286**
LRDPAREX 7190033 6456580 **153,286**
LREVENT 3678954 2907416 **153,286**
LRFAST 19691126 18799737 **100,121,201,286**
LRFASTS 6423167 6524547 **30,95,121,271,286**
units, normals, and normalcy status in results reporting.
LRGP1 3988622 4165501 **112,269,286**
LROE 14550901 11534796 **100,121,201,221,263,286**
LRORD 12009917 12806626 **100,121,153,286**
LRORD1 9848796 9190513 **1,8,121,153,201,286**
LRORDB 3782224 7231598 **153,222,286**
LROW3 7497722 6459972 **33,121,286**
LRRP 11838355 9427993 **195,221,283,286**
LRRP1 8015031 6556852 **153,221,283,286**
LRRPU N/A 3220194 **286**
LRSTUF1 13209134 11668378 **153,286**
The addition of the "USE FOR REFERENCE TESTING" field (#13) to the
LRVER 17228890 15441873 **153,286**
LRVER1 8587449 7330679 **42,153,201,215,239,240,
263,232,286**
LRVER3 14311842 13055299 **42,100,121,140,171,153,
221,286**
LRVER4 19639169 14489554 **14,42,112,121,140,171,
153,188,279,283,286**
LRVER5 14564045 14854455 **42,153,283,286**
LRVERA 690805 5764794 **153,271,286**
LRVR 13316120 11130012 **42,153,263,286**
1. User during the verification process is able to specify the performing
LRVR1 11269859 11667912 **42,153,221,286**
LRVR3 10486080 11176919 **42,121,153,286**
LRVR4 8885642 9645653 **14,42,121,153,221,263,
279,283,287,286**
LRVR5 11950773 4666781 **1,42,153,263,283,286**
LRWLST1 18457202 12664045 **48,65,121,153,261,286**
LRWLST11 21393713 16883055 **121,128,153,202,286**
List of preceding patches: 187, 202, 222, 230, 232, 256, 261, 269, 271
282, 283, 285, 287, 312
laboratory. The performing laboratory is selected from the list of
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
See LABORATORY ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHANGE III (LEDI III) INSTALLATION GUIDE
LA*5.2*64/LR*5.2*286
available entries in the site's INSTITUTION file (#4). The selection of
entries is screened as follows:
a. User can select the division they are logged on.
b. User can select an institution that is configured in the LAB
SHIPPING CONFIGURATION file (#62.9) as a host facility with their
division as the collecting facility.
"SITE/SPECIMEN SUB-FIELD" (#60.01) of the LABORATORY TEST file (#60).
2. During acceptance and verification of results received from a reference
laboratory via an HL7 interface (LEDI), the performing laboratory, results,
units, normals and normalcy status contained in the HL7 message are stored
"as is".
3. Receipt of amended reports from a reference laboratory will generate a
MailMan bulletin containing the particulars of the amended report. This
bulletin is sent to the members of the mail group specified for
"New Result" alerts in LA7 MESSAGE PARAMETER file (#62.48) for the interface.
The addition of the "USE FOR REFERENCE TESTING" field to the "LR ATOMIC
4. Amended reports received via a LEDI HL7 interface can be processed
via the Enter/verify/modify data (manual) option [LRENTER].
5. Users using the Enter/verify/modify data (manual) option [LRENTER] to
enter results manually from a reference laboratory can use the units and
normals specified in LABORATORY TEST file (#60) by configuring USE FOR
REFERENCE TESTING field (#13) within the SITE/SPECIMEN subfile (#100).
If this field is not enabled for reference laboratory result data entry,
then the user is prompted for units, normals, high and low reference ranges
to store with the results. The Edit atomic tests option [LRDIEATOMIC]
TESTS" Input Template.
allows Labortory Information Manager (LIM) to designate this functionality
for affected tests.
6. NOIS DEN-1299-52099, NYH-0700-11942, PHI-0803-21507, TAM-0400-31033, and
WPB-0900-32221 reported the defect of normalcy status (low/high/critical
low/critical high) being incorrectly evaluated when the test result is
zero (0). Evaluation of normalcy status will properly deal with test
results of zero (0).
7. Changing normalcy status and units will trigger the generation of audit
trail comments.
8. During verification, the ordering provider's phone and pager information
is displayed.
9. Display of lab results in the Computerized Patient Record System
Graphical User Interface (CPRS GUI) and Laboratory Interim Reports has
been modified to display units and normals associated with results at time
of verification. Results that are derived from a Set of Codes will be
reported using the external form of the code.
The above change has been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank Developer and
10. Display of performing laboratory has been added to CPRS GUI display of
results.
11. NOIS DAY-0303-40775 reported a defect in display of lab results with
embedded spaces. When lab results contained embedded spaces these spaces
were being removed prior to the display of the lab result. The removal of
theses spaces resulted in corruption of the result. Routines LR7OB63 and
LR7OR2 have been corrected to trim leading and trailing spaces but leave
embedded spaces.
-
- 326
- DATE APPLIED: 2004-12-28 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
7. For each of the installation questions answer 'NO'.
8. If you unmapped the routine in step 1, rebuild your map set.
9. Routine LR326 will be deleted after a successful patch installation.
Installation Example
====================
DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
Select Installation Option: 6 Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*327 Loaded from Distribution
10/15/04@12:06:10
=> LR*5.2*326 DSS LAR SUPPORT PATCH ECX*3.0*71
This Distribution was loaded on Oct 15, 2004@12:06:10 with header of
LR*5.2*326 DSS LAR SUPPORT PATCH ECX*3.0*71
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*326
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*307
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR326
--- Environment Check is Ok
---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*326
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*326 does not
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// UCX/TELNET
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
Install Started for LR*5.2*326 :
Oct 15, 2004@09:56:40
Build Distribution Date: Oct 15, 2004
LR*5.2*326
----------------------------------------
elements functions.
Installing Routines:
Oct 15, 2004@09:56:40
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR307
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR307
Updating Routine file...
Updating KIDS files...
LR*5.2*326 Installed.
Oct 15, 2004@09:56:40
Install Message sent
Install Completed
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*326 have no effect on Blood
END OF INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
===========================
software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
Description:
Routine Description:
====================
The LRCAPDAR routine has been enhanced to capture the ordering provider
for each accession being passed to DSS LAR API.
Option Description:
==================
There is no option attached to this functionality. The data extraction in
===========
activated by ECX DSS API.
Data Dictionary Changes:
=======================
An additional field will be installed with this patch.
PROVIDER (#12) field will be added to LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT (#64.036) file.
This field will be populated by the Laboratory DSS LAR API.
NOTE: This patch is a companion to the ECX*3.0*71 patch.
LR*5.2*326 is not called by any menu option and does not
have any user interface. Patch LR*5.2*326 MUST
be installed for the ECX*3.0*71 patch to work properly.
Test Sites
==========
Cheyenne, WY
Little Rock, AR
Portland, OR
This patch implements a request from Decision Support System to expand
Minneapolis, MN
Associated NOIS:
================
N/A
Routine Summary
===============
The following is a list of routines included in this patch. The
the LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT (#64.036) file to include the passing ordering
second line of each if these routines now looks like:
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
============ ============ =========== ===========
LR326 N/A 2022894 326
LRCAPDAR 7334799 7585446 143,169,258,307,326
provider in DSS LAR API. The companion DSS patch is ECX*3.0*71.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
The install time for this patch is less than 5 minutes. This patch can
be installed when Laboratory users are on the system. Suggested time to
install: non-peak requirements hours.
NOTE: Patch LR*5.2*307 must be installed BEFORE this patch.
1. If LRCAPDAR is mapped, disable mapping for it.
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu.
this option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
3. From the 'Kernal Installation & Distribution System' (KIDS)
menu, select the 'Installation Menu'
4. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Tranport Global' option to
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*326 does not
confirm that the correct checksums are present.
5. From the same menu select each of the following options:
'Compare Transport Global to Current System'
'Backup Transport Global'
6. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
option 'Install Package(s)'. Select the package 'LR*5.2*326'
and proceed with the installation.
-
- 321 SEQ #247
- DATE APPLIED: 2005-02-12 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch resolves a problem introduced with coding changes in the
routine LRMIBUG in patch LR*5.2*318 that causes an undefined variable
error. This error will occur when the user adds antibiotics to the list
of antibiotics in an ordered panel.
This problem was reported in NOIS calls:
BHS-1204-10061 $ZE= <UNDEFINED>DELINT+6~LRMIBUG
ALT-1204-20766 UNDEFINED ERROR IN MICRO
-
- 139 SEQ #108
- DATE APPLIED: 1996-12-10 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch must be loaded by ALL sites who have loaded LR*5.2*72. This
patch corrects problems encountered with the option Log-in regular
(invoices) [LRBLILR] and Select units for patients [LRBLPIC] after
LR*5.2*72. For a complete description of this patch, refer to the patch
description in the patch message from the Forum Patch Module. The actual
patch message itself MUST be forwarded to the BB Supervisor and/or LIM at
every site.
-
- 303 SEQ #248
- DATE APPLIED: 2005-02-12 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*303 does not
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
Coatesville VAMC
Erie VAMC
Grand Junction VAMC
Heartland-East HCS
Heartland-West HCS
Lebanon VAMC
Martinsburg VAMC
Maryland HCS
Milwaukee VAMC
Montana HCS
Philadelphia VAMC
Pittsburg HCS
Puget Sound HCS
Roseburg VAMC
Salt Lake City VAMC
Sheridan VAMC
Walla Walla VAMC
Washington VAMC
White City VAMC
Wike Barre VAMC
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
Wilmington VAMC
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of installation
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR303 N/A 4831421 **303** (Deleted by KIDS)
LRLNCPMP 7461913 7416816 **215,232,278,303**
LRSRVR 16543787 5915085 **232,303**
LRSRVR1 N/A 11247287 **303**
LRSRVR2 N/A 12542186 **303**
LRSRVR3 N/A 13571036 **303**
LRSRVR4 N/A 538253 **303**
of this patch.
List of preceding patches: 232, 278
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
-------------------------
The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
problems loading and/or installing this patch.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
The Laboratory package, in support of the VA Health Data Repository (HDR)
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
3. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
4. From this menu, you may then elect to use the following options
(when prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*303):
a. Print Transport Global
b. Backup a Transport Global
efforts, has developed the following reports to support VA Data
c. Compare Transport Global to Current System
d. Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
5. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*303'. When prompted 'Want KIDS to
INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// choose 'NO'. When prompted
'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
Standardization of laboratory results. These reports/extracts will
YES//', choose 'NO'.
6. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
Note: Routine LR303 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
====================
facilitate centralized mapping and data validation of National Laboratory
Select Installation Option:
Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option: Installation
Select Installation Option: Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*303 Loaded from Distribution 12/21/04@13:39:35
=> LR*5.2*303
This Distribution was loaded on Dec 21, 2004@13:39:35 with header of
LR*5.2*303
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
Test (NLT) and Logical Observation Identifiers Names and Codes (LOINC)
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*303
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*303
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR303
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
within VistA Laboratory.
Install Questions for LR*5.2*303
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// n NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// n NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET VIRTUAL
Install Started for LR*5.2*303 :
Dec 21, 2004@13:40:26
Build Distribution Date: Dec 21, 2004
Installing Routines:........
**************************************************************************
Dec 21, 2004@13:40:27
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR303.
*** Pre install started ***
*** No action required ***
*** Pre install completed ***
This patch must be installed within five days of receipt in order to
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR303.
*** Post install started ***
*** No action required ***
*** Post install completed ***
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
provide information to a centralized LOINC mapping team which will use
Updating Routine file......
Updating KIDS files.......
LR*5.2*303 Installed.
Dec 21, 2004@13:40:27
Install Message sent #xxx
this information to provide recommended NLT and LOINC mappings for CH
subscript - chemistry, hematology, coagulation, urinalysis, serology type
results) used by each facility. These recommendations will be sent back
to the facility for review and action. Installation of this patch is for
DIRECTIVE 2004-058 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
this reporting purpose only and has no effect on current laboratory
functionality.
**************************************************************************
1. These LRLABSERVER server reports are available with this patch:
LOCAL REPORT
Send a message to: S.LRLABSERVER@domain name
Subject:LOCAL REPORT
The body of the message will be ignored. This will scan the database
for mapped LOINC data and return the results to the person sending the
mail message request.
LOCAL REPORT DELIMIT
Send a message to: S.LRLABSERVER@domain name
Subject: LOCAL REPORT DELIMIT
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*303 does not
The body of the message will be ignored. This will scan the database
for mapped NLT and LOINC data. Results are returned to the person sending
the mail message request. The extracted data is returned as an attached
file in a delimited format using the "|" character as the field delimiter.
Record legend for attached file: Station #-64 ien-61 ien-Time Aspect|NLT
Code|NLT Name|Default LOINC Code|Default LOINC Name|Default Test|Time
Aspect|Specimen|Data Location|Data Type|Input Transform|Units|Test Name|
LOINC Code|LOINC Name|Reference Low|Reference High|Therapeutic Low|
Therapeutic High|Subscript|Lab Section|
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
RELMA
Send a message to: S.LRLABSERVER@domain name
Subject: RELMA
The body of the message will be ignored. This will scan the local site's
LABORATORY TEST file (#60) and ANTIMICROBIAL SUSCEPTIBILITY file (#62.06)
and extract data in a format for input into the Regenstrief LOINC Mapping
Assistant (RELMA) mapping tool. Results are returned to the person sending
functions.
the mail message request. The extracted data is returned as an attached
file in a delimited format using the "|" character as the field delimiter.
Record legend for attached file: Station #-60 ien-Spec ien|TestName|Spec
|Time Aspect|Units|LOINC|NLT #|Battery Code|Battery Description|Lab
Section|Subscript|Comments|Data Type|Reference low|Reference high|
Therapeutic low|Therapeutic high|
2. Lab server mail messages will be purged after successful completion of
the server request. Supported MailMan API ZAPSERV^XMXAPI will be called to
delete the message from POSTMASTER server basket S.LRLABSERVER.
ASSOCIATED E3R
--------------
None
ASSOCIATED NOIS
---------------
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*303 have no effect on Blood
None
TEST SITES
----------
Altoona VAMC
Bay Pines VAMC
Bulter VAMC
Cheyenne VAMC
Clarksburg VAMC
-
- 311
- DATE APPLIED: 2005-03-11 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*311 have no effect on Blood
Below is a list of the routines included in this patch. The second line of
each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
============ ============ =========== =============
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
LR311PST new 3501668 311
LRWOMEN 953781 627506 231,248,311
Associated NOIS: <None>
Associated E3Rs: <None>
Test Sites:
===========
Loma Linda, CA - VMS/Cache
Northern California HCS - VMS/DSM
Washington, DC VAMC - VMS/DSM
Installation Instructions:
==========================
This patch can be installed with users on the system. However, it is
recommended that installation occur when there is no Anatomic Pathology
activity or activity is at a minimum. This will prevent 'Cannot return to
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
source routine' errors.
This patch is part of a multi-KIDS transport global. Please see the patch
description for PXRM*2*1 for instructions to load and install this patch.
made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of
installation of this patch.
NOTE: This patch is part of a multi-KIDS build that includes PXRM*2*1
(CLINICAL REMINDERS), WV*1*16 (WOMEN'S HEALTH) and OR*3*210
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*311 does not
(ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPORTING) (CPRS). Please see the patch
description for PXRM*2*1 for information on retrieving the host
file containing these patches.
1) Currently the ADD^LRWOMEN utility notifies a Women's Health package
utility whenever a Cytology or Surgical Pathology report is verified for a
female patient. This functionality was provided with LR*5.2*231.
After installation of patch LR*5.2*311, the ADD^LRWOMEN utility will also
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
notify a new CPRS utility (LAB^ORB3LAB) for all patients, not just female
patients. Integration Agreement #4287 grants the LABORATORY package
permission to call the ORB3LAB routine.
2) The code in the MOVE entry point of the LRWOMEN routine was replaced
with a QUIT command. With the release of LR*5.2*259, this entry point is
no longer called. The entry point will be deleted in a future patch.
3) A new entry point, SNOMED, is added to the LRWOMEN routine. This entry
point is called by the new indexes created with this patch (see #4
DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
below) when a SNOMED code is changed for a Cytology or Surgical Pathology
entry. This entry point will call a Women's Health package routine.
Integration Agreement #4525 grants the LABORATORY package permission to
call the WVLABCHK routine.
4) Two new-style indexes are added to the LAB DATA (#63) file. These
indexes will be executed when a SNOMED code is changed for a Cytology or
Surgical Pathology entry.
The first index is on Subfile 63.12, Field .01 (ORGAN/TISSUE).
FILE: 63.12
NAME: AC
SHORT DESCRIPTION: Notify Women's Health of SNOMED change
TYPE: MUMPS
EXECUTION: FIELD
ROOT TYPE: INDEX FILE
ROOT FILE: 63.12
USE: ACTION
DESCRIPTION: This MUMPS cross reference calls SNOMED^LRWOMEN any time a
change to a SNOMED code is made. The SNOMED line tag notifies the
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*311 does not
Women's Health package that a SNOMED change has been made on an already
verified pathology report for a female patient.
SET LOGIC: Q:$D(DIU(0)) D SNOMED^LRWOMEN
KILL LOGIC: Q
ORDER NUMBER: 1
TYPE OF VALUE: FIELD
FILE: 63.12
FIELD: .01
SUBSCRIPT NUMBER: 1
COLLATION: forwards
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
The second index is on Subfile 63.912, Field .01 (CYTOPATH ORGAN/TISSUE).
FILE: 63.912
NAME: AC
SHORT DESCRIPTION: Notify Women's Health of SNOMED change
TYPE: MUMPS
EXECUTION: FIELD
ROOT TYPE: INDEX FILE
ROOT FILE: 63.912
USE: ACTION
elements functions.
DESCRIPTION: This MUMPS cross reference calls SNOMED^LRWOMEN any time a
change to a SNOMED code is made. The SNOMED line tag notifies the
Women's Health package that a SNOMED change has been made on an already
verified pathology report for a female patient.
SET LOGIC: Q:$D(DIU(0)) D SNOMED^LRWOMEN
KILL LOGIC: Q
ORDER NUMBER: 1
TYPE OF VALUE: FIELD
FILE: 63.912
FIELD: .01
SUBSCRIPT NUMBER: 1
COLLATION: forwards
Documentation:
==============
There are no documentation changes for this patch.
ROUTINE SUMMARY:
================
-
- 302
- DATE APPLIED: 2005-05-25 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*302 does not
be formally requested by notifying the National Laboratory Test
Coordinator using the form provided on the VistA laboratory Documentation
Web Page.
http://vista.domain.ext/clinicalspecialties/lab/
Forward your completed request form to the Exchange distribution group:
VHAISD LAB NLT_LOINC
===========================
****************************IMPORTANT**********************************
This patch will completely remove certain files, replace the files with a
standardized copy and then re-point the saved field entries to the
standardized copy. It is high desirable to determine that current fields
and files are free of incorrect data. This will ensure that the patch
installation will not introduce any new errors.
Failure to ensure FileMan verification of fields option can be run
without generating warnings will result in unresolved errors, which could
have unpredictable results. The patch installation will not be affected
by an invalid field. The patch will generate error message indicating
those files/fields that could not be successfully re-pointed after the
There is considerable PRE-installation file verification and preparation
standardized have been installed.
*** Examples of a single file verify:
Select OPTION NAME: VA FileMan
VA FileMan Version 22.0
Select VA FileMan Option: Utility Functions
Select Utility Functions Option: VERify Fields
to be performed by staff familiar with the use of FileMan and Laboratory
MODIFY WHAT FILE: WKLD CODE// 60 LABORATORY TEST (1059 entries)
VERIFY WHICH FIELD: ALL
DO YOU MEAN ALL THE FIELDS IN THE FILE? YES
DEVICE: HOME//
While the entire file should pass the verify fields check, the fields
listed below are the critical entries that should not produce any
warnings. If there are any warnings for these fields, they should be
file structure. Failure to perform this pre-install testing before
rectified before the patch is installed or the post install re-pointing
procedure will not perform properly.
This is a list of files and fields that will be re-pointed after the LAB
ELECTRONIC CODES (#64.061) is installed. These fields should be free of
verify field warnings. Errors or warnings in other fields WILL NOT affect
the post-install re-pointing process but should be addressed as soon a
possible.
To ensure that there are not any existing pointer problems, files and
attempting to install this patch significantly increases the risk of
fields need to be validated. Data and file validation is done with the FM
Verify Fields option. Only those fields pointing to the replaced files
and the WKLD CODE file are an issue.
File # File Name Field # Field Name
====== ========= ======= ==========
60 LABORATORY TEST
60.01 SITE/SPECIMEN SUB-FIELD 95.3 LOINC CODE
encountering errors, during or post installation. The key element to
61 TOPOGRAPHY FIELD
61 TOPOGRAPHY FIELD .09 LEDI HL7
61 TOPOGRAPHY FIELD .0961 TIME ASPECT
62.05 URGENCY
62.05 URGENCY 4 LEDI HL7
62.4 AUTO INSTRUMENT
62.4 AUTO INSTRUMENT .14 WKLD METHOD
ensuring a successful installation of the patch depends upon existing
62.8 LAB SHIPPING MANIFEST
62.801 SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD 1.14 PATIENT HEIGHT CODE
62.801 SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD 1.24 PATIENT WEIGHT CODE
62.801 SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD 2.14 COLLECTION VOLUME CODE
62.801 SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD 2.24 COLLECTION DURATION CODE
62.801 SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD 2.34 COLLECTION WEIGHT CODE
62.801 SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD 1.13 PATIENT HEIGHT UNITS
62.801 SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD 1.23 PATIENT WEIGHT UNITS
62.801 SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD 2.13 COLLECTION VOLUME UNITS
62.801 SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD 2.23 COLLECTION DURATION UNITS
files not containing corrupt data. If corrupt data is present in the
62.801 SPECIMENS SUB-FIELD 2.33 COLLECTION WEIGHT UNITS
62.85 LAB SHIPPING EVENT .05 EVENT CODE
62.9 LAB SHIPPING CONFIGURATION
62.9001 TEST/PROFILE 1.15 PATIENT HEIGHT UNITS
62.9001 TEST/PROFILE 1.25 PATIENT WEIGHT UNITS
62.9001 TEST/PROFILE 2.15 COLLECTION VOLUME UNITS
62.9001 TEST/PROFILE 2.25 COLLECTION DURATION UNITS
62.9001 TEST/PROFILE 2.35 COLLECTION WEIGHT UNITS
62.9001 TEST/PROFILE 1.16 PATIENT HEIGHT CODE
affected files, when the fields are re-pointed during the post
62.9001 TEST/PROFILE 1.26 PATIENT WEIGHT CODE
62.9001 TEST/PROFILE 2.16 COLLECTION VOLUME CODE
62.9001 TEST/PROFILE 2.26 COLLECTION DURATION CODE
62.9001 TEST/PROFILE 2.36 COLLECTION WEIGHT CODE
64.2 WKLD SUFFIX CODE
64.2 WKLD SUFFIX CODE 1 WKLD SUFFIX CODE
64.2 WKLD SUFFIX CODE 4 BILLABLE PROCEDURE
64.2 WKLD SUFFIX CODE 7 COST
64.2 WKLD SUFFIX CODE 8 PRICE
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
installation update phase, errors will occur. Please read and follow all
64.2 WKLD SUFFIX CODE 9 SORTING GROUP
64.2 WKLD SUFFIX CODE 15 ACTIVATE WKLD CODE
64 WKLD CODE
64.02 TIME ASPECT SUB-FIELD .01 TIME ASPECT
64.02 TIME ASPECT SUB-FIELD 1 UNITS
68.2 LOAD/WORK LIST
68.2 LOAD/WORK LIST .14 WKLD METHOD
of the instructions outlined in this patch description.
69.6 LAB PENDING ORDERS ENTRY
69.6 LAB PENDING ORDERS ENTRY 6 SPECIMEN STATUS
69.64 ORDERED TESTS SUB-FIELD 5 TEST STATUS
Resolving FM Verify Fields warnings instructions
The most common verify field errors are:
1. Fields not properly cross referenced. This can be resolved by
re-indexing the file.
2. Fields failing input transform. This can be resolved by either editing
***********************************************************************
the field and entering appropriate data; or deleting the existing data in
the field.
Note: When performing FM Verify fields, an error will be produced in the
TOPOGRAPHY FIELD((#61) file, SNOMED CODE (#2)field by the input transform
logic error.
Example:
ENTRY# NAME ERROR
1 RIGHT LUNG "28100" fails Input Transform
ALREADY AN ENTRY
This input transform logic error will be corrected with the installation
of this patch.
** NO PRE-INSTALL CORRECTIVE ACTION IS REQUIRED. **
When the Verify Field option is run on the various files, several
different kinds of warnings can be generated. It isn't possible to
describe a resolution method for the type of warning discovered using the
FM Verify field option, but here are some techniques used during testing.
If you require additional technical assistance, contact the EVS group.
Technical post-install notes are included at the end of the patch
Known problems:
WKLD CODE (#64)
========================
--UNIT FOR COUNT-- POINTER
ENTRY# PROCEDURE ERROR
1504 Shell Vial Technique No '68' in pointed-to File
description. These technical notes can be used by the IRM service to
This broken pointer will be correct with the install. No action required.
=======================
--RELEASE DATE-- DATE
1749 Misc Chem Test 5
1 86023;ICPT( Missing
1753 Misc Chem Test 9
1 80100;ICPT( Missing
prevent or resolve issues surrounding the installation of this patch. It
Enter a release date to correct this problem.
==========================
--ACTIVATE WKLD CODE-
SET OF CODES
(CHECKING CROSS-REFERENCE)
ENTRY# PROCEDURE ERROR
is impossible to anticipate all potential situations that exist; but the
100074 Lactic Acid~ACA IV "1" not properly Cross-referenced
Re-index the file will correct this problem.
++++++++++++++++++
TOPOGRAPHY FIELD (#61) File
====================
LEDI HL7 (#.09) field
notes address the most common. The key element ensuring successful
POINTER
(CANNOT CHECK CROSS-REFERENCE)
ENTRY# NAME ERROR
22 KIDNEY "1275" fails Input Transform
82 CILIARY GLAND "6417" fails Input Transform
Should either delete the entry if not using this specimen or enter a
correct entry.
installation of the patch depends upon existing files not containing
===========================
VERIFY WHICH FIELD: SNOMED CODE
FREE TEXT
(CHECKING CROSS-REFERENCE)
ENTRY# NAME ERROR
8729 TISSUE Missing
8730 ORGANISM Missing
DIRECTIVE 2004-058 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
corrupt data.
Enter missing data, if input transform failure is reported this will be
corrected when patch is installed.
There is also a FM Verify field error 'fails Input Transform' in WKLD
CODE (#64) file that will be corrected with the install of LR*5.2*302.
The screen preventing the selection of LOINC codes with Del (delete)
status will be removed. This will allow LEDI sites to coordinate
transition from deprecated terms to active terms.
The 'DEL' screen will be removed from the following 2 fields:
DEFAULT LOINC CODE (#25) field.
SPECIMEN (#20), sub-file TIME ASPECT (#30), LOINC CODE (#4) field.
NO PRE-INSTALL CORRECTIVE ACTION IS REQUIRED for these errors.
Other types of errors may require assistance from the EVS technical teams
before proceeding.
PRE-INSTALL ROUTINE
Note: The pre-install routine will produce a listing of duplicate(s)
contained in WKLD CODE (#64) file if any are present.
Those duplicates listed with a proceeding '*' SHOULD be resolved
This patch will update the WKLD CODE (#64) file and replace several
before installation of the patch. However, the patch will install if the
duplicates are present during installation.
Those duplicates listed with a proceeding '+' will be deleted by the
pre-install program. No action is required.
Those duplicates that do not have a preceding character will not
affect the installation. Those entries that do not have a proceeding
character are locally created NLT codes and are provided to indicate to
the local user that multiples do exist. This information maybe useful
when doing searches on the WKLD DATA (#64.1) file for a particular
test(s).
laboratory standardized files associated with National Laboratory Test
Example of listing:
Checking WKLD CODE file (#64) for duplicate names or numbers.
+Blood Products Administration^2633
+Blood Products Administration^3214
+CPK MB/CPK Tot^3702
+CPK MB/CPK Tot^3767
(NLT) package and Logical Observation Identifier Naming Codes (LOINC)
+Coagulation Factor VIII Inhib~BLOOD CENTER OF SE WISCONSIN^100873
Coagulation Factor VIII Inhib~BLOOD CENTER OF SE WISCONSIN^100874
*CPK MB/CPT Tot~BLOOD CENTER OF SE WISCONSIN^100973
*CPK MB/CPT Tot~BLOOD CENTER OF SE WISCONSIN^100974
+Hypersensitivity Pneumonitis^1557
+Hypersensitivity Pneumonitis^1600
+89026.0000 ^1600
coding. (See list below) This patch will remove certain WKLD CODE (#64)
+89026.0000 ^2828
End of duplicate listing.
If '*' duplicates were listed they should be resolved before patch
install.
Those '+' will be removed during the post install.
=====================
file duplicates. This patch will also correct certain field definitions
Routines:
=====================
LRDAGE
This patch contains a NEW age calculation routine, LRDAGE. This routine
is used to calculate the age of the patient based on when the specimen
was collected instead of date of birth (DOB). For example, if the
specimen was collected one year ago, the age will be a year less than
today's age. The routine is particularly useful in pediatric patient's
normal ranges. This age is used to determine the appropriate normal range
based on collection date. This patch expands the age format to include
that produce invalid warnings produced by the FileMan Verify Field
day, month or year designation. This could affect the $SELECT statement
evaluation of normal range. Sites are advised to review $SELECT statement
in light of this age format. The format of the age is as follows:
1hr - 30 days = 1dy - 30dy
1 - 23 months = 1mo - 24mo
>23 month = 2yr - 999yr
The default age of 99yr is return if a computation error occurs because
of incorrect values passed to age API. Technical information for the API
call is contained in the routine documentation section.
The functionality of this routine is not implemented by the patch
option. In order to implement the numerous file/field corrections, it is
installation. However, sites requiring the ability to determine age to
this degree, may wish to migrate their local M code in the EXECUTE CODE
(#62.07) and DELTA CHECKS (#62.1) files to make use of this routine.
Routine Summary:
================
The following is a list of the routine(s) included in this patch. The
second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
necessary to completely replace certain referenced NLT and LOINC files.
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
Routine Checksum Checksum
Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
======= ============ =========== ==========
LR302 N/A 7036526 302 (Deleted by KIDS)
LR302A N/A 4415522 302
LR302P N/A 3800106 302
To ensure that this patch does not introduce any new data validation
LR302PO N/A 9375744 302
LR302POA N/A 2988034 302
LRDAGE 1480375 1454485 279,302
ASSOCIATED NOIS:
===============
MAR-1104-21653
errors, it is desirable that the data currently stored pointing to
TEST SITES:
==========
Long Beach, CA VAMC
Durham, NC VAMC
San Diego, CA VAMC
Muskogee, OK VAMC
Cheyenne, WY
Hines, IL
Martinsburg, WV
Brockton, MA
replaced files is valid and errors resolved.
Boston Health Care System
Cheyenne, WY
Required Builds:
==========================
LR*5.2*263
LR*5.2*274
LR*5.2*279
Installation Instructions:
=========================
The patch LR*5.2*302 KIDS build file named LR52_302.KID stored in the
ASCII format can be obtained from the following Office of Information
Field Offices (OIFOs) ANONYMOUS SOFTWARE directories
OIFO FTP Address Directory
Albany ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext anonymous.software
Hines ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext anonymous.software
Salt Lake ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext anonymous.software
All users may remain on the system. Installation time is less than 30
minutes.
Note: The patch should be installed during off peak hours.
No laboratory background jobs need to be stopped. No options need to be
placed out of service.
LABORATORY USERS MUST NOT ACCESSION SPECIMENS OR ENTER/VERIFY RESULTS
DURING THE INSTALLATION because several reference files are being deleted
File # File Name Update Method
and replaced with this patch.
============================
From the Kernel Installation & Distribution System (KIDS) menu
1. Use the 'Load a Distribution' option to load the
LR_52_302.KID file onto your system.
2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global
64.061 LAB ELECTRONIC CODES Replaced
on your system. You now need to use KIDS to install
the Transport global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use
the following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
3. Users may remain on the system, but installation
should be done at off peak hours.
64.062 LAB ELECTRONIC SUBTYPES Replaced
4. Installation time is less than 30 minutes during off
peak hours and less than 45 minutes during peak hours.
5. Installation of this patch requires no additional
memory space.
6. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
option
'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*302'
and proceed with the install.
7. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONS during the
install? YES//' respond NO.
64.2 WKLD SUFFIX CODES Replaced
8. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE scheduled Options, Menu
Options, and Protocols? YES//' respond NO.
================
Example of install:
Select Installation Option: LOAD a Distribution
Enter a Host File: LR_52_302.KID
64.3 WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER Replaced
KIDS Distribution saved on Dec 09, 2004@04:27:46
Comment: NLT/LOINC v2.13 Update
This Distribution contains Transport Globals for the following Package(s):
LR*5.2*302
OK to continue with Load? NO// YES
Distribution OK!
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*302 does not
64.81 LAB NLT/CPT CODES Replaced
Want to Continue with Load? YES//
Loading Distribution...
Build LR*5.2*302 has an Enviromental Check Routine
Want to RUN the Environment Check Routine? YES//
LR*5.2*302
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR302
95.3 LAB LOINC Replaced
Checking WKLD CODE file (#64) for duplicate names or numbers
End of duplicate listing.
If duplicates were listed they should be resolved before patch install
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Sending install loaded alert to mail group G.LMI
95.31 LAB LOINC COMPONENT Replaced
Using VA FileMan menu "UTILITY FUNCTIONS",
perform the option "VERIFY FIELDS",
MODIFY WHAT FILE: WKLD CODE
VERIFY WHICH FIELD: ALL
DO YOU MEAN ALL THE FIELDS IN THE FILE? YES
Ensure that this option runs CLEANLY before installation of this patch.
Use INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*302 to install this Distribution.
Select Installation Option: VERify Checksums in Transport Global
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*302 Loaded from Distribution
12/9/04@01:53:23
=> NLT/LOINC v2.13 Update ;Created on Dec 09, 2004@04:27:46
*64 WKLD CODE Updated with new terms.
This Distribution was loaded on Dec 09, 2004@01:53:23 with header of
NLT/LOINC v2.13 Update ;Created on Dec 09, 2004@04:27:46
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*302
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET TO ALPHAS
6 Routine checked, 0 failed.
Select Installation Option: INStall Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*302
=> NLT/LOINC v2.13 Update ;Created on Dec 09, 2004@04:27:46
This Distribution was loaded on Dec 09, 2004@01:53:23 with header of
NLT/LOINC v2.13 Update ;Created on Dec 09, 2004@04:27:46
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*302
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*302
============================
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR302
Checking WKLD CODE file (#64) for duplicate names or numbers
End of duplicate listing.
If duplicates were listed they should be resolved before patch install
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
LOINC Copyright acknowledgement:
Sending install loaded alert to mail group G.LMI
Using VA FileMan menu "UTILITY FUNCTIONS",
perform the option "VERIFY FIELDS",
MODIFY WHAT FILE: WKLD CODE
VERIFY WHICH FIELD: ALL
LOINC was Copyrighted 1995, 1996, 1997, by Regenstrief Institute and the
DO YOU MEAN ALL THE FIELDS IN THE FILE? YES
Ensure that this option runs CLEANLY before installation of this patch.
Install Questions for LR*5.2*302
Incoming Files:
61 TOPOGRAPHY FIELD (Partial Definition)
Logical Observation Identifier Names and Codes (LOINC) Committee. All
Note: You already have the 'TOPOGRAPHY FIELD' File.
64 WKLD CODE
Note: You already have the 'WKLD CODE' File.
64.061 LAB ELECTRONIC CODES (including data)
Note: You already have the 'LAB ELECTRONIC CODES' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
64.062 LAB ELECTRONIC SUBTYPES (including data)
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
rights reserved. LOINC is a trademark of the Regenstrief Institute.
Note: You already have the 'LAB ELECTRONIC SUBTYPES' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
64.2 WKLD SUFFIX CODES (including data)
Note: You already have the 'WKLD SUFFIX CODES' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
64.21 WKLD CODE LAB SECT (including data)
Note: You already have the 'WKLD CODE LAB SECT' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
Contact information:
64.22 WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT (including data)
Note: You already have the 'WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
64.3 WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER (including data)
Note: You already have the 'WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
64.81 LAB NLT/CPT CODES (including data)
LOINC
Note: You already have the 'LAB NLT/CPT CODES' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
68.2 LOAD/WORK LIST
Note: You already have the 'LOAD/WORK LIST' File.
95.3 LAB LOINC (including data)
Note: You already have the 'LAB LOINC' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
C/o Regenstrief Institute
95.31 LAB LOINC COMPONENT (including data)
Note: You already have the 'LAB LOINC COMPONENT' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options,Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
1001 West 10th Street, RHC-5
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET TO ALPHAS
Complete
LR*5.2*302
Install Started for LR*5.2*302 :
Dec 09, 2004@01:57:39
Build Distribution Date: Dec 09, 2004
Indianapolis, Indiana 46202 USA
Installing Routines:
Dec 09, 2004@01:57:39
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR302
** Saving Pointer Values **
Saving File #60 data.
Saving File #61 data.
Saving File #62.05 data.
Saving File #62.4 data.
Saving File #62.8 data.
Saving File #62.85 data.
Saving File #62.9 data.
========================
Saving File #64.2 data.
.......
Saving File #68.2 data.
Saving File #69.6 data.
.......................................................................
*** Preinstall completed ***
Installing Data Dictionaries:
VistA Laboratory Package LAB LOINC (#95.3) file does not support all of
Dec 09, 2004@01:59:41
Installing Data:
Dec 09, 2004@02:04:45
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR302
Updating DSS Feeder Key for AP NLT Codes
Update DSS AP Feeder Key Complete
the fields contained in the LOINC database. Refer to the LOINC user's
Building List Of Added NLT CODEs
Sending message to LMI Mail Group.
List Of Added WKLD CODEs Complete
Processing data for File/Subfile #60.01
elements functions.
manual for more field details. The following fields are imported and
Processing data for File/Subfile #61
Processing data for File/Subfile #62.05
Processing data for File/Subfile #62.4
Processing data for File/Subfile #62.85
Processing data for File/Subfile #64.2
............
supported within VistA.
Processing data for File/Subfile #68.2
Processing data for File/Subfile #69.6
.......................................................................
Processing data for File/Subfile #69.64
.......................................................................
Historical data restored
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
LR*5.2*302
--------------------------------------------------
Using VA FileMan menu "UTILITY FUNCTIONS",
perform the option "VERIFY FIELDS",
MODIFY WHAT FILE: WKLD CODE
# Loinc Term VistA name
VERIFY WHICH FIELD: ALL
DO YOU MEAN ALL THE FIELDS IN THE FILE? YES
Updating Routine file...
Updating KIDS files...
LR*5.2*302 Installed. Dec 09, 2004@02:13:10
1 LOINC_NUM CODE + CHECK DIGIT
Install Completed
Loading of patch LR*5.2*302 completed on Dec 09, 2004@01:57:10
LIM: Review description for LR*5.2*302 use KIDS:Utilities: Build File
Print
Installation of patch LR*5.2*302 completed on Dec 09, 2004@02:13
2 COMPONENT COMPONENT + LAB LOINC COMPONENT (95.31)
POST INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
=============================
Review installed LOINC codes to ensure that codes with the status of
Deprecated (DEL) are not used in your current mapping of LOINC codes. In
some cases, deprecated LOINC codes [LAB LOINC (#95.3) file, MAP TO (#21)
field] will have the suggested replacement LOINC code populated.
Note:
If your site is a HOST LEDI site, changing of any LOINC or NLT codes
should be coordinated the collection site to ensure that both sites agree
in LOINC and NLT mappings.
3 PROPERTY PROPERTY
LR*5.2*302 Technical Install Notes:
=========================
This patch is attempting to clean-up the following files:
File # File Name Update Method
64.061 LAB ELECTRONIC CODES Replaced
64.062 LAB ELECTRONIC SUBTYPES Replaced
64.2 WKLD SUFFIX CODES Replaced
64.3 WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURE Replaced
4 TIME_ASPECT TIME ASPECT
64.81 LAB NLT/CPT CODES Replaced
95.3 LAB LOINC Replaced
95.31 LAB LOINC COMPONENT Replaced
*64 WKLD CODE Updated
The currently installed files are not compatible with the incoming LOINC
V2.13. Therefore these files are being completely removed and a fresh
5 SYSTEM SYSTEM
version is being installed. When the new versions are installed certain
pointers in other files could be broken or incorrect.
To address this problem, the pre-install routine will save the existing
data in external format in the ^XTMP("LR302",FILE,IEN,FLD)=DATA
This file will be purged in 90 days.
All the fields that point to the replaced files will be saved before the
old files are purged.
The post-install routine will:
6 SCALE_TYPE SCALE TYPE
1) Add any missing WKLD CODE to your system and create a mail message
containing the added codes. If this process is successful the LAB NLT/CPT
CODES (#64.81) should be empty of WKLD CODES.
2) Compare your previous WKLD SUFFIX CODES (#64.2) to the file installed
by the patch. A MailMan message is created listing any locally added.
These codes must be requested via the mail group indicated in the patch
description. Codes should not be locally added to any of the NLT Package
files.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*302 have no effect on Blood
7 METHOD_TYPE METHOD TYPE
3) Re-index WKLD CODE file
4) Re-point the fields stored in the ^XTMP("LR302",FILE,IEN,FLD)=DATA
file. If errors occur during the re-pointing process the wording "ERROR"
will appear during the post-install.
The error is stored in this format.
S ^XTMP("LR302","LRERR",LRCNT)=LRFILE_U_LRIEN_U_LRFLD_U_LRDATA
The file will be purged in 90 days.
9 CLASS CLASSTYPE
You will have to manually enter the appropriate value.
10 SOURCE SOURCE
14 DT_LAST_CH DATE LAST CHANGED
15 CHNG_REAS CHANGE REASON
16 CHNG_TYPE CHANGE TYPE
19 STATUS STATUS
20 MAP_TO MAP TO
23 VA_CD VA CODE
59 SHORTNAME SHORTNAME
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
Because several standardized files are being completely replaced, the
pre-install routine will extract and save the values of the fields
pointing to the replaced files.
The complete WKLD SUFFIX CODES (#64.2) file is saved into
^XTMP("LRNLT642") global for 90 days. The ^XTMP("LRNLT642") file can be
used to assist those sites that may have mistakenly added terms to the
(#64.2) file. Those local terms not included in the installed file should
-
- 290
- DATE APPLIED: 2005-06-11 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Blood Bank Clearance
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
-------------------------
See LABORATORY POINT OF CARE (POC) INTERFACE INSTALLATION AND USER GUIDE
PATCH LA*5.2*67 AND PATCH LR*5.2*290 Version 5.2 JUNE 2005
Software and Documentation Retrieval Locations
==============================================
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*290 have no effect on Blood
NOTE: All sites are encouraged to use the File Transfer Protocol (FTP)
capability. Use the FTP address "download.vista.domain.ext" (without the
quotes) to connect to the first available FTP server where the files are
located.
VistA Point of Care (POC) Interface Patches LR*5.2*290 and LA*5.2*67
software and Installation and User Guide are available at the following
Office of Information Field Offices (OIFOs) ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directories:
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
OI FIELD OFFICE FTP ADDRESS DIRECTORY
ALBANY ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
HINES ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
SALT LAKE CITY ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
Software and Documentation Retrieval Format
===========================================
VistA Laboratory Point of Care (POC) Interface Patches LR*5.2*290 and
LA*5.2*67 software and documentation files are exported in the following
retrieval formats:
File Names Contents Retrieval Formats
========== ======== =================
LAB_POC.KID KIDS build ASCII
=========================================
LAB_52_LR290_LA67_POC_IUG.pdf Laboratory Point of Care BINARY
(POC) Interface Patches
LR*5.2*290 and LA*5.2*67
Installation and User Guide
LAB _52_LR290_LA67_POC_IUG.doc Laboratory Point of Care BINARY
(POC) Interface Patches
LR*5.2*290 and LA*5.2*67
Installation and User Guide
LAB_52_POC_HL7_SPEC.doc Laboratory HL7 Interface BINARY
Specification for Point of
Care (POC)
LAB_52_POC_HL7_SPEC.pdf Laboratory HL7 Interface BINARY
Specification for Point of
Care (POC)
This patch adds support for Laboratory Point of Care (POC) interfaces.
POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
------------------------------
See LABORATORY POINT OF CARE (POC) INTERFACE INSTALLATION AND USER GUIDE
PATCH LA*5.2*67 AND PATCH LR*5.2*290 Version 5.2 JUNE 2005
INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
====================
It utilizes existing functionality provided by Laboratory Universal
See LABORATORY POINT OF CARE (POC) INTERFACE INSTALLATION AND USER GUIDE
PATCH LA*5.2*67 AND PATCH LR*5.2*290 Version 5.2 JUNE 2005
Interface (UI) and Laboratory Electronic Data Interchange (LEDI) software.
It supports the transmission, processing and storing of POC test results
====================
in the VistA Laboratory package. The ability of POC interfaces to subscribe
to VistA HL7 ADT messages for patient demographics and location information
is provided as needed.
NOTE: THIS PATCH WILL BE INSTALLED WITH LA*5.2*67
1. Laboratory orders created by this interface will have a CPRS Nature of
Order 'AUTO' assigned.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*290 does not
2. It creates a 'non-human' user 'LRLAB,POC' in NEW PERSON file (#200)
which is used to create the order and accession associated with the point
of care test result. This entry has been approved by the VA VistA Data Base
Administrator. Local site personnel should assign divisions to this user
that corresponds to the accession areas used for POC results.
3. Options Summary list (supervisors') [LR SUP SUMMARY] and Summary list
(extended supervisors') [LRLISTE] have been modified to display the
performing user, performing laboratory, LOINC code and Equipment Instance
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
Identifier (EII) for each test result when the long or extended format is
chosen. The EII contains the vendor's make/model/serial number of the
instrument/equipment that produced the test result. When the vendor's
instrument interface transmits this information, it will be stored with
the test results.
4. CPRS Lab Display of Recent Results will display performing laboratory
name and address of tests in accordance with College of American Pathology
(CAP) requirements. Routine LR7OGMG was modified to add performing
laboratory information to comments section of the CPRS display.
DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
5. NOIS MAR-0105-20968 reported the CPRS Lab Worksheet did not display the
external value of 'set of codes' data types. Values that are set of codes
will be displayed using the external value of the set of codes. Routine
LR7OGG was modified to return external values of set of codes to CPRS.
ASSOCIATED E3R
--------------
ASSOCIATED NOIS/Remedy Ticket
-----------------------------
MAR-0105-20968/HD0000000071181
SBY-0501-32827/HD0000000069437
TEST SITES
----------
Madison VAMC
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*290 does not
New Jersey HCS
Salt Lake City VAMC
Shreveport VAMC
Upstate New York System HCS
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR290 N/A 4831439 **290** (Deleted by KIDS)
LR7OGG 11097271 10933227 **187,290**
LR7OGMG 3973477 5478031 **187,230,286,290**
LRDIQ 10128715 2599216 **86,153,263,290**
LRGP2 6353513 6108916 **153,221,263,290**
functions.
LRORDST 14420120 12502665 **100,107,121,153,202,290**
LROW2 8572259 8727104 **121,290**
LRUER 12281075 11948802 **201,290**
LRVRPOC N/A 10290202 **290**
LRVRPOCU N/A 8876916 **290**
LRWLST 17313871 14863929 **46,65,100,121,153,202,
290**
LRX 13923654 15315863 **65,153,201,217,290**
List of preceding patches: 202, 217, 263, 286
-
- 257 SEQ #252
- DATE APPLIED: 2005-06-25 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Blood Bank Clearance:
BEFORE:
63.04,.111 REQUESTING LOC/DIV 0;13 VARIABLE POINTER
FILE ORDER PREFIX LAYGO MESSAGE
44 1 SC( n Hospital Location
4 2 DIC(4, n Ordering Institution
SCREEN ON FILE 4: S DIC("S")="I $G(^DIC(4,Y,99)),$G(^DIC(4,Y,6)
)"
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*257 have no effect on Blood Bank
LAST EDITED: FEB 01, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the hospital location or institution
ordering this test.
DESCRIPTION: This is the hospital location or institution
ordering this test.
AFTER:
63.04,.111 REQUESTING LOC/DIV 0;13 VARIABLE POINTER
software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
FILE ORDER PREFIX LAYGO MESSAGE
44 1 SC( n Hospital Location
4 2 DIC(4, n Ordering Institution
LAST EDITED: FEB 01, 1997
HELP-PROMPT: Enter the hospital location or institution
ordering this test.
DESCRIPTION: This is the hospital location or institution
ordering this test.
Software Retrieval
==================
VistA Laboratory Multidivisional Antimicrobial Trend Report LR*5.2*257 is
distributed by Packman.
Documentation Retrieval Locations:
==================================
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes made,
NOTE: All sites are encouraged to use the File Transfer Protocol (FTP)
capability. Use the FTP address "download.vista.domain.ext" (without the
quotes) to connect to the first available FTP server where the files are
located.
VistA Laboratory 5.2 User Manual and VistA Laboratory Planning and
Implementation Guide with change pages are available at the following
Office of Information Field Offices (OIFOs) ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directories:
OI FIELD OFFICE FTP ADDRESS DIRECTORY
no specific validation requirements exist as a result of installation of this
---------------------------------------------------------------
ALBANY ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
HINES ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
SALT LAKE CITY ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
Documentation Retrieval Format
==============================
VistA Laboratory 5.2 User Manual and Vista Laboratory 5.2 Planning and
Implementation Guide with change pages are exported in the following
retrieval formats:
patch.
File Names Contents Retrieval Formats
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
lab5_2um.doc Laboratory 5.2 User Manual BINARY
lab5_2pi.doc Laboratory 5.2 Planning and BINARY
Implementation Guide
VistA Website Locations:
========================
The Laboratory 5.2 User Manual and Laboratory 5.2 Planning and Implementation
Guide with change pages are accessible at the following locations:
Laboratory Version 5.2 Home Page
---------------------------------
http://vista.domain.ext/ClinicalSpecialties/lab/
VistA Documentation Library (VDL)
This patch provides the ability to print an Antimicrobial Trend Report by
---------------------------------
http://www.domain.ext/vdl/
Related NOIS/Remedy:
====================
FGH-0200-31523/HD0000000069224
ALB-0600-50112/HD0000000069278
division. There are three new additions to the LAB DATA (#63) file-
E3RS:
=====
11438
Test Sites:
===========
Durham, NC
Gainesville, FL
VA Boston Healthcare System
=====================
one new field for the "CH" subscript and two new fields for the "MI" subscript.
ROUTINE SUMMARY:
================
The following is a list of the routine(s) included in this patch. The
second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
These fields will be used to capture the ordering location and institution
Routine name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
============ ============ =========== ==========
LR257 NONE 2442358 257(Deleted by
KIDS)
LRMITSE 6478419 8737276 96,257
LRMITSES 7787667 7819718 96,257
LRMITSPE 6091299 7314510 96,257
LRMITSPS 3052409 3271788 257
LRMITSR 11570196 11570170 96,257
LRMITSRH 2059425 2320614 257
during accessioning. In the MICROBIOLOGY (#63.05) sub-file of the LAB DATA
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
The install time for this patch is less than 5 minutes. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
(#63) file, the new fields are REQUESTING LOC/DIV (#63.05,.111) and
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
3. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation ' menu.
4. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
ACCESSIONING INSTITUTION (#63.05,.112). In the CHEM, HEM, TOX, RIA, SER,
all routines have the correct checksums.
5. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Backup a Transport Global
6. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*257'. When prompted 'Want KIDS to
etc. (#63.04) sub-file of the LAB DATA (#63) file, the new field is
INHIBIT LOGONS during the install? YES//', choose 'NO'. When prompted
'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
YES//', choose 'NO'. When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees
Upon Completion of Install? YES//"', choose 'NO'.
7. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
NOTE: Routine LR257 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
ACCESSIONING INSTITUTION (#63.04,.112). In the CHEM, HEM, TOX, RIA, SER, etc.
(#63.04) sub-file of the LAB DATA (#63) file, the REQUESTING LOC/DIV
(#63.04,.111) field is modified to remove the screen on INSTITUTION file (#4)
since sites need to be able to point to entries in the INSTITUTION file (#4)
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*257 does not
that are not VA facilities such as DoD and commercial/civilian facilities.
ALB-0600-50112/HD0000000069278:
Patch LR*5.2*257 also corrects two typographical errors. The query portion of
the Microbiology Trend Entry routine has two typographical errors. The word
misspelled as susceptability should be susceptibility. Also, the misspelled
word procede should be proceed.
MODIFIED OPTION
===============
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
NAME: LRMITS MENU TEXT: Microbiology Trend Report
TYPE: run routine
HELP FRAME: LRMITS OPTION PACKAGE: LAB SERVICE
DESCRIPTION: The antimicrobial trend report is used to compare counts of
organisms and patterns of antibiotic susceptibility. Different types of
reports can be generated. The types of reports are categorized by: organism,
specimen, collection sample, patient, physician, and location. Specific
criteria can be applied to all report types. Criteria include: specific types
of organisms, isolates collected after a specified time from admission, merge
criteria, antibiotic patterns, and detailed reports. These reports can be
DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
printed by division or selected divisions.
ROUTINE: LRMITS
DATA DICTIONARY CHANGES:
========================
NEW FIELDS:
===========
In the MICROBIOLOGY (#63.05) sub-file of the LAB DATA (#63) file:
63.05,.111 REQUESTING LOC/DIV 0;13 VARIABLE POINTER
FILE ORDER PREFIX LAYGO MESSAGE
44 1 SC( n Enter Hospital Location
4 2 DIC(4, n Select appropriate Institution
LAST EDITED: AUG 04, 2004
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*257 does not alter
DESCRIPTION: Enter the hospital location or institution
ordering this test.
63.05,.112 ACCESSIONING INSTITUTION 0;14 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: AUG 04, 2004
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the pointer to the
institution where the specimen was accessioned.
This field can be blank if LEDI or POC specimen
is accessioned. The field will be set if an
or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
actual user accepts the specimen.
In the CHEM, HEM, TOX, RIA, SER, etc. (#63.04) sub-file of the LAB DATA (#63)
file:
63.04,.112 ACCESSIONING INSTITUTION 0;14 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4)
LAST EDITED: AUG 04, 2004
DESCRIPTION: This field contains the pointer to the
institution where the specimen was accessioned.
functions.
This field can be blank if LEDI or POC specimen
is accessioned. The field will be set if an
actual user accepts the specimen.
MODIFIED FIELD:
===============
In the CHEM, HEM, TOX, RIA, SER, etc. (#63.04) sub-file of the LAB DATA (#63)
file:
-
- 323 SEQ #253
- DATE APPLIED: 2005-09-05 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
During the verification of Micro Data, an undefined error has occurred at
line APP+5^LRMIUT1. This patch corrects this defect.
-
- 330 SEQ #254
- DATE APPLIED: 2005-09-05 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Blood Bank Clearance
functions.
a. Print Transport Global
b. Backup a Transport Global
c. Compare Transport Global to Current System
d. Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
5. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*330'. When prompted 'Want KIDS to
INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// choose 'NO'. When prompted
'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
YES//', choose 'NO'.
The install will automatically disable the following options:
Accession order then immediately enter data [LR ACC THEN DATA]
Batch data entry (chem, hem, tox, etc.) [LRSTUF]
Bypass normal data entry [LRFAST]
Enter/verify data (Load list) [LRVRW2]
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*330 have no effect on Blood
Enter/verify data (Work list) [LRVRW]
Enter/verify data (auto instrument) [LRVR]
Fast Bypass Data Entry/Verify [LRFASTS]
Group verify (EA, EL, EW) [LRGV]
Special test accessioning [LRNONCOM]
Group data review (verified & EM) [LRGVP]
6. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
Note: Routine LR330 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
====================
Select Installation Option:
Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option: Installation
Select Installation Option: Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*330 Loaded from Distribution Loaded from
Distribution 1/24/05@13:44:22
=> LR*5.2*330
This Distribution was loaded on Jan 24, 2005@13:44:22 with header of
LR*5.2*330
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*330
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*330
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR330
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*330
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of installation
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET
of this patch.
Install Started for LR*5.2*330 :
Jan 24, 2005@13:46:54
Build Distribution Date: Jan 24, 2005
Installing Routines:
Jan 24, 2005@13:46:54
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR330
*** Pre install started ***
*** No action required ***
*** Pre install completed ***
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION
Jan 24, 2005@13:46:54
LR*5.2*330
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR330
*** Post install started ***
*** No action required ***
====================
*** Post install completed ***
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
Updating Routine file...
Updating KIDS files...
LR*5.2*330 Installed.
NOIS FAV-0105-71385 reported the inability to verify Laboratory Electronic
Jan 24, 2005@13:46:55
Install Message sent #3905
Install Completed
Data Interchange (LEDI) results when one or all of the lab results being
processed have 'comment' as the result. Functionality, released in patch
LR*5.2*286, to prevent editing of reference laboratory results using option
Enter/verify data (auto instrument) [LRVR] prevented user from releasing
LEDI results.
NOIS ASH-0105-31055 reported the inability to verify LEDI results when
one or all of the lab results being processed have 'canc' as the
result. Functionality, released in patch LR*5.2*286, to prevent
editing of reference laboratory results using option Enter/verify data
(auto instrument) [LRVR] prevented user from releasing LEDI results.
This patch allows users verifying reference laboratory results to
release results that consist only of 'comment' or 'canc' type results.
ASSOCIATED E3R
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*330 does not
--------------
None
ASSOCIATED NOIS
---------------
ASH-0105-31055/Remedy ticket HD0000000071185
FAV-0105-71385/Remedy ticket HD0000000071204
TEST SITES
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
----------
Asheville VAMC (Medium site)
Boston HCS (Integrated/Large site)
Fayetteville AR, VAMC (Medium site)
Milwaukee VAMC (Large site)
New Orleans VAMC (Large siet)
ROUTINE SUMMARY
DIRECTIVE 2004-058 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR330 N/A 4831418 **330** (Deleted by KIDS)
LRVR4 9645653 9819762 **14,42,121,153,221,263,
279,283,287,286,330**
List of preceding patches: 286
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
-------------------------
The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*330 does not
Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
problems loading and/or installing this patch.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
3. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
4. From this menu, you may then elect to use the following options
(when prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*330):
-
- 336 SEQ #255
- DATE APPLIED: 2005-09-24 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch will up date the LR reference to Person Class codes to conform
with the new codes released in XU*8*377.
-
- 340 SEQ #256
- DATE APPLIED: 2005-09-24 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch updates the retrieval of Lab Results to only return verified
Results when called on by CPRS via the Orders tap.
This patch removes unused Blood Bank functionality from the routine LR7OR1
in support of the VBECS (Vista Blood Establishment Computer Software)
Blood Bank Modernization Project.
-
- 322 SEQ #257
- DATE APPLIED: 2005-10-20 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
The three problems addressed in this patch were originally described in
the following NOIS calls:
DAY-0204-42022 - EN+13~LRUPS undefined variable
BHS-0804-11324 - <UNDEFINED>B+2^LRAUDA ERROR
LON-0904-61172 - MAJOR SECTION REPORT, BOTH SCROLLING AND PRINTING
-
- 107 SEQ #109
- DATE APPLIED: 1996-12-24 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Multidivisional Printer Problems- This patch is for multidivisional sites that
wish to print lab collect order copies at separate divisions. Also, this
patch allows the site to change the default label printer from LABLABEL to
a division specific printer.
-
- 324 SEQ #258
- DATE APPLIED: 2005-10-20 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
STOP SNOMED CODING OLD AP REPORTS FROM SENDING ALERTS
-
- 339 SEQ #259
- DATE APPLIED: 2005-10-20 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
THIS IS A PATCH TO A PATCH (324) IT CORRECTS AN UNDEFINDED ERROR. THE
PREVIOUS PATCHES ARE NOT REQUIRED SINCE THEY CAUSED ERRORS.
-
- 341 SEQ #260
- DATE APPLIED: 2005-10-20 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch updates routine LRUMD to only include patients in the
requested sorting group when printing the data by test list.
-
- 347 SEQ #261
- DATE APPLIED: 2005-12-02 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects a problem with Batch Data Entry where
executable code in a delta check is not executed.
-
- 348 SEQ #262
- DATE APPLIED: 2005-12-02 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
THIS CORRECTS A CODE ERROR IN 340, THE STATEMENT WAS IF 'X WHICH ONLY
WORKS WHEN X IS NUMERIC. IN THIS CASE IT WAS ALPHA NUMERIC. THE
STATEMENT WAS CHANGED TO IF X="". X IS EXAMPLE VARIABLE.
-
- 344 SEQ #263
- DATE APPLIED: 2005-12-21 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects problems with the way reference ranges are
displayed in search options and in CPRS and also fixes a bug
which generates a SYNTAX error in option LRSORA (Search for HI/Lo
Values). The patch also fixes a problem with the Microbiology
Trend Report where no data is printed when specific locations are
selected.
-
- 351 SEQ #264
- DATE APPLIED: 2006-04-10 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects 3 reporting problems: one with the Critical
Value Report, one with Workload Code List Report, and one with
the Print List of Non-Draw Orders.
-
- 338 SEQ #265
- DATE APPLIED: 2006-04-10 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects report print problems with Reprint a WARD
Collect Order and with Sum of Accessions by Date - AP
-
- 353 SEQ #266
- DATE APPLIED: 2006-04-10 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Description:
============
This patch will add a new Kernel look-up screen to the Laboratory Site
file (#69.9) in support of Orders Data Standardization.
-
- 349 SEQ #267
- DATE APPLIED: 2006-04-10 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
INCORRECT OOS (OCCASION OF SERVICE) LOCATION GOING TO PCE
-
- 152 SEQ #110
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-01-22 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
-
- 291 SEQ #268
- DATE APPLIED: 2006-05-25 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
VISTA Laboratory Clinical Indicator Data Capture (Patch LR*5.2*291)
-
- 355 SEQ #269
- DATE APPLIED: 2006-06-08 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects a SUBSCRIPT error causing the HAM report to error
out.
-
- 357 SEQ #270
- DATE APPLIED: 2006-06-14 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects 2 seperate problems in 3 different Remedy tickets.
-
- 342 SEQ #271
- DATE APPLIED: 2006-08-07 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects a data integrity problem caused by an input
transform setting data at the wrong global node and removes a
menu option that is obsolete.
-
- 358 SEQ #272
- DATE APPLIED: 2006-08-07 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects problems with the LEDI Turnaround Time Report and
the Worksheet Accession List.
-
- 361 SEQ #273
- DATE APPLIED: 2006-08-07 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
ADDING NEW LAB TEST WITH DOUBLE QUOTES
-
- 343 SEQ #274
- DATE APPLIED: 2006-08-07 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Blood Bank Team Coordination
N/A
Associated PSI:
===============
PSI-05-068
Test Sites
==========
All of the above changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank
DURHAM, NC -VAMC (Large site)
NORTHERN CALIFORNIA HCS (Large site)
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;; 5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patch list>;Sep 27, 1994
Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
LR343 N/A 12851791 343
LR7OEVNT 5021306 deleted by KIDS
Routines deleted by KIDS: LR343,LR70EVNT
List of preceding patches: n/a
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
control functions.
PROTOCOLS
LR7O MOVEMENT EVENT (deleted)
LR7O MOVEMENT EVENT TASK (deleted)
DATA DICTIONARIES
LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9)
CANCEL ON ADMIT field (#150.3) (deleted)
CANCEL ON DISCHARGE field (#150.4) (deleted)
CANCEL ON SPECIALTY TRANSFER field (#150.5) (deleted)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
The install time for this patch is approximately 6 minutes.
Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
This patch can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*343 have no effect on Blood
I M P O R T A N T
=============================
THIS INSTALLATION MUST BE QUEUED
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
problems loading and/or installing this patch.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
2. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
3. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify
that all routines have the correct checksums.
4. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Backup a Transport Global
5. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*343*'
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*343 does not
If prompted "Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install?" choose "NO". Note: Responding "Yes" to the prompt for
rebuilding menu trees can significantly increase install time.
If prompted "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?"
choose "NO".
If prompted "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//" choose "NO" unless the site has additional local
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
laboratory options that should be disabled during install.
6. When prompted for the DEVICE, enter "Q" to queue the build. If you
do not queue the installation KIDS will abort the install. When
you try to restart the install you may encounter an <UNDEF> error
due to a bug in KIDS. If this happens you will need to use FileMan
to modify the INSTALL file (#9.7) for entry LR*5.2*343 which
currently has the status of "Start of Install" and set its' STATUS
field to "Install Completed". Reload the transport global and
install the patch again.
============================
elements functions.
7. Check your system for errors which may have occurred during the
time this patch was installed. If the PROTOCOL DGPM MOVEMENT
EVENTS was called during this patch installation, system errors
(such as "Can't return to source" for routine LR7OEVNT) may have
been generated. If so, those patient movements will have to be re-
created.
INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
====================
Select Installation Option: Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*343 Loaded from Distribution
10/20/05@12:39:58
=> LR343 KIDS ;Created on Oct 20, 2005@11:59:59
This Distribution was loaded on Oct 20, 2005@12:39:58 with header of
LR343 KIDS ;Created on Oct 20, 2005@11:59:59
It consisted of the following Install(s):
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to 0 routines and
LR*5.2*343
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*343
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR343
Environment is okay
Install Questions for LR*5.2*343
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? NO//
1 file identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// QUEUE TO PRINT ON
DEVICE: HOME// P-MAIN
Request Start Time: Oct 20, 2005@12:42:41// (OCT 20, 2005@12:42:41)
Install Queued!
2004-058, group B listing. The changes have no effect on Blood Bank
Sample Installation Output
==========================
Install Started for LR*5.2*343 :
Oct 20, 2005@12:42:42
Build Distribution Date: Oct 20, 2005
functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse
Installing Routines:...
Oct 20, 2005@12:42:42
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR343.
Pre install started at Oct 20, 2005@12:42:42
Sent install started alert to mail group G.LMI
Setting DISABLE and ACTION fields for Protocols
potential to sites.
No actions required for pre install
Pre install completed at Oct 20, 2005@12:47:42
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing PROTOCOL...
Oct 20, 2005@12:47:42
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR343.
Post install started at Oct 20, 2005@12:47:42
File #69.9 field data update started
File #69.9 field data deletion finished
Post install completed at Oct 20, 2005@12:47:42
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
Updating Routine file......
Updating KIDS files.......
LR*5.2*343 Installed.
Oct 20, 2005@12:47:42
Install Message sent
There are no validation requirements for this patch.
Sample MailMan Message
======================
Pre install started at Oct 20, 2005@12:48:15
Sent install started alert to mail group G.LMI
Setting DISABLE and ACTION fields for Protocols
No actions required for pre install
Pre install completed at Oct 20, 2005@12:48:55
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*343 contains changes to software
Post install started at Oct 20, 2005@12:53:59
File #69.9 field data update started
File #69.9 field data deletion finished
Post install completed at Oct 20, 2005@12:54:45
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
MINIMAL TEST CASE SCENARIOS BY OPTION, INCLUSIVE OF ALL CONTROL FUNCTIONS:
There are no test case scenarios for this patch.
************************************************************************
Remove the LABORATORY package's rules for managing laboratory order
auto-discontinuance on admission, transfer, or discharge events and let
the existing rules in the OERR (ORDER ENTRY RESULTS REPORTING) package
handle the order auto-discontinuance process.
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 2004-058, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
The LABORATORY package's process that is used to decide if an order
should be discontinued when a patient move event is triggered will be
disabled. This business rule is already being handled by the OERR
package and the Lab's business rules do not perform all of the needed
checks that the OERR package performs. For example, the Lab's process
does not check that a new movement is actually tied to the current
admission. An edit of a patient movement can result in erroneous auto
discontinue of a patient's laboratory orders. OERR also provides checks
in the software to establish whether the patient event is new or an edit
to an existing event.
Changes include:
The Lab's process has caused erroneous auto discontinuance of laboratory
orders because it does not check if a new movement is actually tied to
the patient's current admission. In the case outlined by the Patient
Safety Issue (PSI) report it appeared that a user deleted and re-entered
a movement for a prior admission to make a correction. Since it was a
new movement the Lab code executed and the orders were discontinued.
This problem would especially impact sites with patients that are
transferred from the acute hospital to the nursing home.
File #69.9 (Laboratory Site)
Technical Description
=====================
When the DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS of the PROTOCOL file (#101) is triggered
the LR7O MOVEMENT EVENT protocol may be called (if it is an item of the
DGPM MOVEMENT EVENTS protocol). In this situation the business rule
processing in the LABORATORY package fails to make all of the needed
checks to properly determine if the order should be discontinued. If
Lab's logic discontinues the order there will be no order for OERR to
Field #150.3 (CANCEL ON ADMIT) - Removed
apply its more detailed set of business rules against when the OERR code
is called from the patient movement event.
Lab will no longer perform any package-level checks for order
auto-discontinuance based on patient movements. These checks will be
performed by the OERR package. This change is accomplished by:
Deletion of PROTOCOL file (#101) entries:
LR7O MOVEMENT EVENT and LR7O MOVEMENT EVENT TASK
Deletion of routine LR7OEVNT
Field #150.4 (CANCEL ON DISCHARGE) - Removed
Deletion of the following Data Dictionary for LABORATORY SITE file
(#69.9):
CANCEL ON ADMIT field (#150.3)
CANCEL ON DISCHARGE field (#150.4)
CANCEL ON SPECIALTY TRANSFER field (#150.5)
New Service Request:
====================
Field #150.5 (CANCEL ON SPECIALTY TRANSFER) - Removed
#20050802 -- Remove Lab Package Options to DC Order on Patient Movement
Associated Remedy:
==================
HD0000000104211
Associated E3R:
===============
-
- 354 SEQ #275
- DATE APPLIED: 2006-08-24 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects 2 PROBLEMS WITH THE TURNAROUND TIME REPORT
(LR CAPTT).
-
- 359 SEQ #276
- DATE APPLIED: 2006-08-24 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
-
- 329 SEQ #277
- DATE APPLIED: 2006-09-23 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*329 does
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
ANN ARBOR, MI
BAY PINES, FL
BLACK HILLS HCS
BOSTON HCS
BRONX, NY
CENTRAL PLAINS HCS
CENTRAL TEXAS HCS
CLEVELAND, OH
DAYTON, OH
DETROIT, MI
DUBLIN, GA
DURHAM, NC
FARGO, ND
FRESNO, CA
HAMPTON, VA
HINES, IL
HOUSTON, TX
LEXINGTON, KY
LOMA LINDA, CA
LONG BEACH, CA
MADISON, WI
MANCHESTER, NH
MARYLAND HCS
MILWAUKEE, WI
MINNEAPOLIS, MN
MUSKOGEE, OK
NEW YORK HCS
NORTH CHICAGO, IL
NORTHPORT, NY
OKLAHOMA CITY, OK
1. Remedy ticket HD0000000088913 reported the Laboratory software was
PHILADELPHIA, PA
PROVIDENCE, RI
RICHMOND, VA
SAN FRANCISCO, CA
SAN JUAN, PR
SHERIDAN, WY
SHREVEPORT, LA
SIOUX FALLS, SD
ST CLOUD, MN
TAMPA, FL
creating Laboratory Unique Identifiers (UID) which used the prefix '00'
TENNESSEE VALLEY HCS
UPSTATE NEW YORK HCS
WEST PALM BEACH, FL
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
instead of the site's two character identifier assigned to each accession
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR329 N/A 5595661 **329** (Deleted by KIDS)
LROC 9241387 7783203 **121,295,329**
List of preceding patches: 295
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
area. This situation exists when the UIDs from old previously purged
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
-------------------------
The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
accessions are still in the "C" cross-reference of the ACCESSION file
problems loading and/or installing this patch.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
2. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
(#68), many from when the UID was first implemented in 1995.
select the 'Installation' menu.
3. From this menu, you may then elect to use the following options
(when prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*329):
a. Print Transport Global
b. Backup a Transport Global
c. Compare Transport Global to Current System
d. Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
4. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*329'.
When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? YES//' choose 'NO'. Responding 'Yes' to the prompt for
rebuilding menu trees can significantly increase install time.
When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//
not contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined
One of the checks performed during UID creation is to check if the UID
choose 'NO'.
When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options,
and Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
During install KIDS will place the Purge old orders & accessions
option [LROC] out of order.
Note: Routine LR329 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
being generated exists in the "C" cross-reference. If it does and it is not
INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
====================
Select Installation Option:
Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option: Installation
Select Installation Option: 6 Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*329 Loaded from Distribution 4/11/05@16:15:44
for the accession being created then the software replaces the accession
=> LR*5.2*329
This Distribution was loaded on Apr 11, 2005@16:15:44 with header of
LR*5.2*329
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*329
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*329
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR329
area identifier the site has specified for the accession area and uses "00"
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*329
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
in its place to insure creation of a unique identifier.
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET VIRTUAL
Install Started for LR*5.2*329 :
Apr 11, 2005@16:16:28
Build Distribution Date: Apr 11, 2005
Installing Routines:...
Apr 11, 2005@16:16:28
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR329.
Example: LRO(68,"C",1550180008,25,2950118,8)
*** Pre install started ***
*** No action required ***
*** Pre install completed ***
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION..
Apr 11, 2005@16:16:28
Where: LRO = LRO global
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR329.
*** Post install started ***
*** Tasking check/cleanup "C" cross reference on ACCESSION file (#68) ***
*** Task #XXXX tasked to run ***
*** Post install completed ***
68 = ACCESSION file (#68)
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
Updating Routine file......
Updating KIDS files.......
LR*5.2*329 Installed.
Apr 11, 2005@16:16:28
"C" = cross reference
Install Message sent #XXXX
by VHA DIRECTIVE 2004-058 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
155018008 = UID
25 = accession area
2950118 = accession date (Jan 18 1995)
8 = accession number portion
If the software wanted to assign the normally generated accession UID
1550180008 to accession area 25, accession date of Jan 18 2005, accession
number of 18 but found the UID already exist for 1995 accession for the
same day and number then UID generating software would replace 15 with 00
to create a UID 0050180008 to allow accessioning to continue.
Note: The UID generating software will always produce an unique number.
No two accessions will ever have the same UID based on the "C" cross reference.
The routine LROC is modified to check for purged accessions and remove
purged accession's UID from the "C" and "D" cross reference of the
ACCESSION (#68) file. This will correct the problem of 10 year
overlapping accession UID. This routine is invoked by Purge old orders
& accessions option [LROC].
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*329 does
Note: After installation of this patch the Laboratory software will
continue to create UIDs using the "00" prefix when an existing accession
is still currently on the system and using the UID. This is to assure that
the UID assigned to an accession is unique. The Laboratory software is
capable of handling UIDs correctly when the UID has a "00" prefix. There
is no inherent requirement that a specific UID conform exactly to its
related accession.
2. The check and purge of these cross-references will be tasked by the
post-install of this patch to cleanup any existing entries in file #68.
not alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
The post-install of this patch tasks a back-ground job to cleanup any
existing entries in file #68 that have been previously purged. After
this back-ground job has run to completion, the "C" and "D" should not
contain any UIDs related to purged accessions.
3. As part of developer review, the Purge old orders & accessions option
[LROC] has been made 'TaskMan aware'. Stopping of this tasked process can
be accomplished using standard TaskMan utilities.
elements functions.
ASSOCIATED E3R
--------------
None
ASSOCIATED REMEDY
---------------
HD0000000088913
Duplicates:
HD0000000096348
HD0000000141232
HD0000000141237
HD0000000141258
HD0000000141298
HD0000000141977
HD0000000142004
HD0000000142663
HD0000000143065
HD0000000144052
HD0000000145774
HD0000000146357
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*329 have no effect on Blood
HD0000000147586
HD0000000147794
HD0000000148645
TEST SITES
----------
ALEXANDRIA, LA
ALTOONA, PA
-
- 132 SEQ #111
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-03-21 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Under the auspices of the Program Office for Infectious Diseases
The Laboratory EPI program is designed to automatically provide data
on emerging pathogens to Veterans Affairs Headquarters (VAHQ)
without additional individual data entry at the site level. The data will
be sent to Austin Automation Center (AAC) for initial processing and
coupling with denominator data related to workload. VAHQ data
retrieval and analysis can then be accomplished.
VAHQ the Laboratory Emerging Pathogens Initiative (EPI) software
package is to allow the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) to track
Emerging Pathogens on the national level without the necessity for
additional local data entry. Using this objective information, plans can
be formulated on the national level for intervention strategies and
resource needs. Results of aggregate data can also be shared with
appropriate public health authorities for planning on the national level
for the non-VA and private health care sectors.
-
- 360 SEQ #278
- DATE APPLIED: 2006-11-22 22:23:22
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses several issues with accessioning. This patch will
prevent the re-accessioning of accessioned and the accessioned part of
partly accessioned lab orders. It will not allow the input of order
numbers exceeding eight characters in length. It adds to chemistry and
microbiology accessioning (both standard and batch) a warning message the
patient the test is for has died and the patient's date of death.
-
- 346 SEQ #279
- DATE APPLIED: 2006-11-22 23:16:35
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Blood Bank Clearance
functions.
|Data Type|Reference low|Reference high|Therapeutic low|Therapeutic high
| 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 |
|Use Ref Lab|Site Comment|Test Synonyms|Test Type|Default LOINC|Extract Ver|
3. Due to migration within Veterans Health Administration from Microsoft
Exchange 2000 to Exchange 2003 the Microsoft Exchange system dropped support
for 4 character Unix file permission which are part of the header used to
uuencode the file attachment. The extract changes the uuencode file header
from "begin 0664 "_filename to "begin 664 "_filename to enable successful
processing of the uuencoded file by Exchange.
ASSOCIATED E3R
--------------
None
ASSOCIATED REMEDY
---------------
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*346 have no effect on Blood
None
TEST SITES
----------
Biloxi VAMC
Boston HCS VAMC
El Paso VAMC
Milwaukee VAMC
San Antonio VAMC
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
Upstate New York HCS
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR346 N/A 4832883 **346** (Deleted by KIDS)
LRSRVR 5915085 5140630 **232,303,346**
LRSRVR2 12542186 9040430 **303,346**
LRSRVR2A N/A 6229869 **346**
LRSRVR3 13571036 13681273 **303,346**
LRSRVR6 N/A 8991310 **346**
LRSRVR7 N/A 7316475 **346**
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
List of preceding patches: 303
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
-------------------------
The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of installation
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
problems loading and/or installing this patch.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
of this patch.
2. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
3. From this menu, you may then elect to use the following options
(when prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*346):
a. Print Transport Global
b. Backup a Transport Global
c. Compare Transport Global to Current System
d. Verify Checksums in Transport Global
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
4. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*346'.
When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? YES//' choose 'NO'. Responding 'Yes' to the prompt for
rebuilding menu trees can significantly increase install time.
When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//
choose 'NO'.
When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options,
and Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
During install KIDS will place the LR LAB SERVER option [LRLABSERVER]
out of order.
====================
As part of the VA/DoD Laboratory Data Sharing Interoperability (LDSI) Phase
Note: Routine LR346 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
====================
Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option: Installation
Select Installation Option: 6 Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*346 Loaded from Distribution 9/16/05@15:38:31
2 project supporting the exchange of microbiology and anatomic pathology
=> LR*5.2*346
This Distribution was loaded on Sep 16, 2005@15:38:31 with header of
LR*5.2*346
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*346
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*346
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR346
laboratory test orders and results, enhancements have been made to the
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*346
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
Laboratory server LRLABSERVER to extract selected VistA Laboratory files
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET VIRTUAL
for SNOMED CT mapping.
Install Started for LR*5.2*346 :
Sep 16, 2005@17:07:36
Build Distribution Date: Sep 16, 2005
Installing Routines:
Sep 16, 2005@17:07:36
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR346
*** Pre install started ***
*** No action required ***
*** Pre install completed ***
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION
1. The following are new LRLABSERVER server reports made available with
Sep 16, 2005@17:07:36
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR346
*** Post install started ***
*** No action required ***
*** Post install completed ***
this patch:
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
Updating Routine file...
Updating KIDS files...
LR*5.2*346 Installed.
Sep 16, 2005@17:07:36
Install Message sent #nnnnnn
Install Completed
a. SNOMED
Send a message to: S.LRLABSERVER@domain name
Subject: SNOMED
The body of the message will be ignored. The following files are
scanned and data is extracted and extract data in a format for input
into Standards and Terminology Service (STS) mapping SNOMED tool:
File # File Name
------ ---------
61 TOPOGRAPHY FIELD
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*346 does not
61.1 MORPHOLOGY FIELD
61.2 ETIOLOGY FIELD
61.3 FUNCTION FIELD
61.4 DISEASE FIELD
61.5 PROCEDURE FIELD
61.6 OCCUPATION FIELD
62 COLLECTION SAMPLE
Results are returned to the person
sending the mail message request. The extracted data is returned as an
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
attached file in a delimited format using the "|" character as
the field delimiter.
Record legend for attached file:
Station #-File #-IEN|Entry Name|SNOMED I|VUID|SNOMED CT|
SNOMED CT TERM|Mapping Exception|Related Specimen|Related Specimen ID|
Extract Ver|
Note: the fields RELATED SPECIMEN & RELATED SPECIMEN ID in the
record are only valued when the record relates to an entry
DIRECTIVE 2004-058 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
in COLLECTION SAMPLE file (#62) and indicates the related
specimen in TOPOGRAPHY FIELD file (#61).
b. NLT/CPT
Send a message to: S.LRLABSERVER@domain name
Subject: NLT/CPT
The body of the message will be ignored. The database is scanned
for mapped NLT, LOINC and CPT data. Results are returned to the person
sending the mail message request. The extracted data is returned as an
attached file in a delimited format using the "|" character as the field
delimiter.
Record legend for attached file:
Station #-NLT IEN-CPT IEN-Spec-Time Aspect|NLT Code|NLT Name|CPT Code|CPT
Name|Specimen|Time Aspect|LOINC Code|LOINC Short Name|
2. The existing LRLABSERVER report RELMA has been modified to extract
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*346 does not
additional information requested by VA Data Standardization service.
a. The extract will now include an extract version number. This patch
will set the version number to 1.1.
b. Include site's Laboratory Test site notes.
c. Include laboratory test's synonyms
d. Include laboratory test's type
e. Include laboratory test's default LOINC code.
f. Include mappings to suffixed NLT codes when laboratory code is mapped
to a generic NLT code and suffixed codes also exist.
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
The modified record layout of the extract is:
Legend:
| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6
|Station #-60 ien-Spec ien-Index|Test Name|Spec|Time Aspect|Units|LOINC
| 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12
|NLT #|Battery Code|Battery Description|Lab Section|Subscript|Comment
| 13 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17
-
- 328 SEQ #280
- DATE APPLIED: 2006-11-22 23:46:08
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*328 does not
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
3. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
4. From this menu, you may then elect to use the following options
(when prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*328):
a. Print Transport Global
b. Backup a Transport Global
c. Compare Transport Global to Current System
d. Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
5. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*328'. When prompted 'Want KIDS to
INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// choose 'NO'. When prompted
'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
YES//', choose 'NO'.
During install KIDS will place the "Accession order then immediately
enter data option [LR ACC THEN DATA] out of order.
6. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of installation
Note: Routine LR328 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
====================
Select Installation Option: 6 Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*328 Loaded from Distribution Loaded from
Distribution 4/21/05@16:56:33
of this patch.
=> LR*5.2*328
This Distribution was loaded on Apr 21, 2005@16:56:33 with header of
LR*5.2*328
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*328
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*328
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR328
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*328
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Install Started for LR*5.2*328 :
Apr 21, 2005@16:58:02
Build Distribution Date: Apr 21, 2005
Installing Routines:
Apr 21, 2005@16:58:02
Nature of Problem:
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR328
*** Pre install started ***
*** No action required ***
*** Pre install completed ***
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
PSI-04-059 identified a patient safety issue identified during the
Installing OPTION
Apr 21, 2005@16:58:02
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR328
*** Post install started ***
*** No action required ***
testing phase of the Laboratory Electronic Data Interchange (LEDI III)
*** Post install completed ***
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
Updating Routine file...
Updating KIDS files...
LR*5.2*328 Installed.
Apr 21, 2005@16:58:03
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
software patches LA*5.2*64 and LR*5.2*286.
Install Message sent #XXXX
Install Completed
Two test sites reported an undefined error related to the variable SEX
which contains the patient's sex. During analysis of the reported error,
it was determined, by the laboratory development team, that the variable
that referenced the patient's sex was being killed between accessions when
a laboratory order created two or more accessions.
The problem occurs when laboratory users enter laboratory test results
using the VistA Laboratory option "Accession order then immediately enter
DIRECTIVE 2004-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
data [LR ACC THEN DATA]". If the laboratory order being processed
creates two or more accessions, the second and any subsequent accessions,
may calculate age and/or sex based normals and abnormals incorrectly.
We believe this to be a pre-existing problem; however, we cannot
determine how long the problem has been occurring. It is unknown as to
whether any specific incidents have occurred if any. Also, but most
importantly, no patients were harmed.
Solution:
The LR*5.2*328 patch was developed which will set patient's demographics
between processing of accessions when using the "Accession order then
immediately enter data [LR ACC THEN DATA]" option. This will ensure that
the patient's age/sex is defined before calculating any age/sex based
normals and determining abnormality flags.
The routine LRFAST is modified to define the applicable patient
demographic values for sex, date of birth, and age when processing each
accession associated with the order.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*328 does not
ASSOCIATED E3R
--------------
None
ASSOCIATED REMEDY
---------------
None
ASSOCIATED PSI
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
---------------
PSI-04-059 PATIENT SAFETY ISSUE: Laboratory, 11/3/2004 5:20:06 PM
TEST SITES
----------
Durham VAMC
Manchester VAMC
Milwaukee VAMC
North Chicago VAMC
functions.
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line
of each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;<patchlist>;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR328 N/A 4831454 **328** (Deleted by KIDS)
LRFAST 19472230 19464995 **100,121,201,286,291,328**
List of preceding patches: 291
Sites should use CHECK^XTSUMBLD to verify checksums.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
-------------------------
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*328 have no effect on Blood
The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
problems loading and/or installing this patch.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
-
- 337 SEQ #281
- DATE APPLIED: 2007-06-29 19:23:27
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects 2 problems with "DELETE TEST" and a problem
with exiting the "INTERIM REPORT". An issue is also addressed with
"ELECTRONIC CATALOG".
-
- 356 SEQ #282
- DATE APPLIED: 2007-09-04 22:35:28
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch will correct a problem with the display of Reference, Critical
HIGH (60.01), THERAPEUTIC LOW (60.01,9.2), and THERAPEUTIC HIGH (60.01,
9.3) has been changed.
& Therapeutic ranges in the Laboratory Test Description in the Lab Test
Information option of the Tools menu in CPRS GUI by routine LR7OR4. It
will correct a problem with the display of reference ranges with a
patient's laboratory test data in both CPRS GUI and the Laboratory
Package by routines LR7OGMC, LR7OGU, and LRRP1.
In the SITE/SPECIMEN SUB-FILE (60.01) the description for fields REFERENCE
LOW (60.01,1), REFERENCE HIGH (60.01,2), CRITICAL LOW (60.01,3), CRITICAL
-
- 308 SEQ #283
- DATE APPLIED: 2007-09-04 23:49:33
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
=====================
1. Currently: If a Current Procedural Terminolgy (CPT) code is not
The updates described above are displayed in the following screen format.
This screen format is used in the menu options listed below it:
Provider: PROVIDER, ONE// PRO PHYSICIAN
Select CPT codes: 88302
TEST, PATIENT1 000-99-1234 DOB: Mar 05, 1955
Collection Date: Jan 06, 2005@11:52
found or is marked inactive in the CPT file (#81), a general message,
Acc #: NSP 05 1 Loc: 5N
Specimen:
Tissue Specimens:
TAIL
Test(s); SURGICAL PATH REPORTING/ SURGICAL PATHOLOGY LOG-IN/
Pathologist: PHYSICIAN, ONE
Selected CPT Codes
(1) 88302 LEVEL II - SURGICAL PATHOLOGY, GROSS AND MICROSCOP
"Nothing Selected" displays, or no message at all displays. The CPT
Surgical Pathology Level II {88518.0000}
Menu Options:
Lab CPT Billing [LRCAPES]
Verify/release reports, anat path [LRAPR],
CPT Coding selection
Provisional anatomic diagnoses [LRAPAUPAD]
Autopsy protocol [LRAPAUDAP]
Autopsy protocol & SNOMED coding [LRAPAUDAB]
Autopsy protocol & ICD9CM coding [LRAPAUDAA]
code is not selected and passed to PATIENT CARE ENCOUNTER (PCE).
FS/Gross/Micro/Dx [LRAPDGM]
FS/Gross/Micro/Dx/SNOMED Coding [LRAPDGS]
FS/Gross/Micro/Dx/ICD9CM Coding [LRAPDGI]
9. A couple of general corrections are included in this patch. For
certain $D statements which read, "'$DATA()#2", the modulo is incorrectly
applied to the result of the "'$DATA()". Instead, the NOT operator "'"
should be applied to the evaluation of "$DATA()#2" to correctly read,
"'($DATA()#2)". The following statements have been corrected:
a. In SETWKL+13^LRCAPES1, Q:'$D(^LAM(LRP,0))#2, has been changed to
Q:'($D(^LAM(LRP,0))#2).
b. In EN5+4^LRCAPPH1, Q:'$D(^LRO(69,LRCDT,1,LRSN,2,LRTST,0))#2, has been
changed to Q:'($D(^LRO(69,LRCDT,1,LRSN,2,LRTST,0))#2).
Data Dictionary Changes
=======================
VistA Laboratory AP CPT Code Corrections Patch LR*5.2*308 software release
contains the following data dictionary changes:
Update: If one or more CPT's are not found in the CPT file (#81),
WKLD CODE file (#64)
------------------------
WKLD CODE file (#64), ES DISPLAY ORDER field (#26) has been modified
to increase the quantity allowed from 100 to 1000.
======================
Associated E3Rs - None
---------------
Associated NOISs -
the following message displays and lists the CPT codes:
----------------
CPH-0103-41645 / HD0000000069980
FGH-0103-31657 / HD0000000069982
MIN-0103-41656 / HD0000000069981
BHS-0103-12034 / HD0000000069988
UNY-0103-11749 / HD0000000069985
WBP-0103-21809 / HD0000000069986
SAM-0603-21566 / HD0000000070159
"The following CPT Code(s) are not selected:
JAC-1103-70158 / HD0000000070386
ALT-0304-20022 / HD0000000070580
SBY-0304-31852 / HD0000000070614
BIL-0304-31578 / HD0000000070606
WRJ-0404-10360 / HD0000000070654
HVH-0404-11404 / HD0000000070684
CPH-0804-41938 / HD0000000070965
MIN-1204-40394 / HD0000000071122
HEH-0304-41954 / HD0000000070618
Not found in #81: #####,#####,".
=====================
Test Sites:
===========
Boston HCS - VMS/CACHE (large integrated site)
Durham VAMC - VMS/CACHE (large site)
Iowa City VAMC - VMS/CACHE (large integrated site)
Long Beach VAMC - VMS/CACHE (large site)
================
For one or more CPTs that are marked inactive in the CPT
Routine Summary:
================
The following list of the routine(s) included in this patch. The
second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
Patch Description
file (#81), the following message displays and lists the CPT codes:
Routine Before After Patch
Name Patch Patch List
LR308 N/A 3577348 **308** (Deleted by KIDS)
LRAPLG1 5113296 5107203 **72,121,248,308**
LRAPUTL 9752029 9713709 **259,308**
LRCAPES 13104305 13495108 **274,259,349,308**
LRCAPES1 8132160 13575476 **274,308**
LRCAPPH1 13504461 14078305 **127,136,138,158,263,264,274,291,359,308**
"The following CPT Code(s) are not selected:
Software Retrieval
------------------
VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology Current Procedural Terminology
Corrections Patch LR*5.2*308 software is distributed by Packman.
Documentation Retrieval
-----------------------
VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology (AP) Current Procedural
Terminology(CPT)Corrections Patch LR*5.2*308 software User Guide
CPT(s) inactive in #81: #####,#####".
is available at the following Office of Information Field Offices (OIFOs)
ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directories:
OI Field Office FTP Address Directory
--------------- ----------- ---------
ALBANY ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
HINES ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
SALT LAKE CITY ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
All CPTs that are inactive or not found in file #81 will not be
Documentation Retrieval Formats
-------------------------------
VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology (AP) Current Procedural
Terminology(CPT)Corrections Patch LR*5.2*308 User Guide files are
exported in the following retrieval formats:
File Name Contents Retrieval Formats
--------- -------- -----------------
LAB_52_308_UG.doc VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology
(AP) Current Procedural Terminology
passed to PCE.
(CPT)Corrections Patch LR*5.2*308
User Guide BINARY
LAB_52_308_UG.pdf VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology
(AP) Current Procedural Terminology
(CPT)Corrections Patch LR*5.2*308
User Guide BINARY
VistA Website Locations:
-----------------------
VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology (AP) Current Procedural
Terminology(CPT)Corrections Patch LR*5.2*308 User Guide is accessible in
MS Word (.doc) and Portable Document Format (.pdf) at the following
VistA locations:
Laboratory Version 5.2 Home Page
--------------------------------
http://vista.domain.ext/ClinicalSpecialties/lab/
2. Currently: CPTs marked inactive in the WKLD CODE file (#64)
VistA Documentation Library (VDL)
---------------------------------
www.domain.ext/vdl/
can be selected and are passed to PCE.
Update: If a selected CPT is marked inactive in file (#64), a
=================
search is made for another active CPT linked to the same workload code.
If another active CPT is found, the active CPT replaces the inactive CPT
and is passed to PCE. The following message will display if an active
replacement is found:
"The following CPT Code(s) are not selected:
Inactive in #64\Active Replacement Found: ##### \ #####; ##### \
#####".
If no active replacement found, the selected CPT is not passed to
PCE and is displayed in the following message:
Several updates and enhancements have been identified as requiring
"The following CPT Code(s) are not selected:
CPT(s) inactive in #64: #####,#####".
3. Currently: Inactive CPTs found in the WKLD CODE file (#64)
can be entered and passed to PCE for non-AP accessions. When an inactive
CPT is selected and passed to PCE, the entire order is marked invalid for
workload and no workload is passed, and a mail message is generated at the
site which states "No lab OOS location defined".
Update: If a CPT is found inactive in file #64, a search will be
immediate action after the installation of patch LR*5.2*274, AP CPT
made for another active replacement CPT linked to the same workload code.
If another active CPT is found, the active CPT replaces the inactive
CPT. If no active replacement CPT is found, the original CPT is not
passed to PCE, and thus no misleading mail message is generated.
4. Currently: Any subsequent CPT codes entered on an accession
will replace or overlay the quantity previously passed to PCE.
Example: CPT 88302 with quantity of 2 entered on day 1; PCE shows
quantity of 2. On day 2, CPT 88302 with quantity of 1 entered; PCE shows
updated quantity of 1. It should show 3.
Coding & NLT Code Update. This patch LR*5.2*308 includes updates
Update: All subsequent CPT code quantities entered for an
accession will be added to existing quantities stored in PCE.
5. Currently: If a selected CPT is not linked to a workload code
in the WKLD CODE file (#64), the CPT is passed to PCE, and the message
"Storing in LMIP". This message incorrectly identifies the CPT as
having been stored in the WKLD CODE file (#64).
Update: Selected CPT codes that are not linked to a workload code
that have been identified in the NOIS's listed below.
in the WKLD CODE file (#64) will not be passed to PCE, and the following
message will display:
"The following CPT Code(s) are not selected:
Not linked to workload in #64: #####, #####".
6. Currently: If a selected CPT code is linked to multiple workload
codes, the workload code with the lowest IEN is selected. This cannot be
changed; however, the problem has been reduced by increasing the number of
allowed ES Display Order numbers that can be assigned to a specific
CPT-workload code combination. The limit has been increased from 100 to
The following updates are included.
1000.
7. Currently: When more than one accession is entered for a patient on
the same date, at the same location, and the specimen collection date/time
does not contain a unique time, then each accession for this patient will
have the same encounter/visit number assigned when CPT codes are entered
and passed to PCE.
Update: Within Anatomic Pathology (AP) Login, the "Date/time Specimen
taken:" prompt default has been changed from TODAY (date only) to NOW
(date and time). This helps decrease the chance of having the same
encounter number assigned to more than one accession entered on the same
patient on the same date, at the same location.
8. A couple of minor cosmetic updates are included in this patch:
a. The prompt "Releasing Pathologist:" has been changed to "Provider:"
since the name entered at this prompt must be an active provider.
b. The pathologist or cytotechnologist name, if entered on the accession,
is included in the header information that displays at the time CPT coding
is entered.
-
- 362 SEQ #284
- DATE APPLIED: 2007-09-04 23:58:10
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses a number of minor issues in the Lab Package.
-
- 317 SEQ #285
- DATE APPLIED: 2007-09-05 00:30:50
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Description:
*************************************************************************
the AUTOPSY SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT for Autopsy. The field is a flag, when
set to '1', indicates a released supplementary report is being modified,
and has not yet been released.
63.207,.03 RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED 0;3 SET
'1' FOR YES;
'0' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: SEP 08, 2004
DESCRIPTION: This flag will be set to '1' when a
************************************
released supplementary report is modified. It is
removed when the modified supplementary report is
released.
63.817,.03 RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED 0;3 SET
'1' FOR YES;
'0' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: SEP 08, 2004
DESCRIPTION: This flag will be set to '1' when a
released supplementary report is modified. It is
removed when the modified supplementary report is
released.
63.907,.03 RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED 0;3 SET
'1' FOR YES;
'0' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: SEP 08, 2004
DESCRIPTION: This flag will be set to '1' when a
BLOOD BANK CLEARANCE
released supplementary report is modified. It is
removed when the modified supplementary report is
released.
63.324,.03 RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED 0;3 SET
'1' FOR YES;
'0' FOR NO;
LAST EDITED: SEP 08, 2004
DESCRIPTION: This flag will be set to '1' when a
====================
released supplementary report is modified. It is
removed when the modified supplementary report is
released.
Modifications:
--------------
The following options have been modified. Please refer to the User
Guide distributed with this patch for detailed information and examples.
Supplementary Report, Anat Path [LRAPDSR] option
Supplementary report release, anat path [LRAPRS] option
Autopsy supplementary report [LRAPAUSR] option
Modify released pathology report [LRAPMRL] option
Print all reports on queue [LRAP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE] option
Print single report only [LRAP PRINT SINGLE] option
Print final path reports by accession # [LRAPFICH] option
This patch addresses the following E3R's:
========================================
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*317 contains changes to
N/A
This patch addresses the following NOIS / Remedy Ticket:
=======================================================
BRX-0704-11083 / HD0000000070862
CPH-0904-40215 / HD0000000070983
MIA-0604-31201 / HD0000000070788
PRO-0604-10213 / HD0000000070762
SLC-0604-50484 / HD0000000070766
software controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 2004-053, titled VISTA BLOOD
SLC-0604-50594 / HD0000000070769
SLC-0604-51082 / H00000000070778
Overview of NOIS / Remedy Tickets:
=================================
BRX-0704-11083 / HD0000000070862
Problem: Pathologists are complaining about changes in procedure done
by the Electronic Signature patch. When a supplemental report is added
BANK SOFTWARE. Changes include:
the system un-verifies the parent report. This unverified report becomes
available for other Pathologists and transcriptionists to edit it. Before
once a report was verified it could not be changed. The Chief Pathologist
is very concerned with the legal and clinical ramifications of this change.
Resolution: The resolution of this issue is contained in the section
above that describes the resolution to patient safety issues #1 and #2.
CPH-0904-40215 / HD0000000070983 -
Problem: Our pathologists are concerned that post patch 259, addition of
File Sub-file Field Field Name Action
supplemental reports (additional information) must be added under MM Modify
option, thus un-releasing the original report, and necessitating the
re-release of both original and supplemental reports. They feel modified
reports should be reserved for edition/correction of previous released
reports. They feel this is a patient safety issue.
The post 259 options [LRAPDSR] and [LRAPDSS] are redundant when they are
operable only with un-released reports.
Resolution: The resolution of this issue is contained in the section
above that describes the resolution to patient safety issues #1 and #2.
===========
---- -------- ----- ---------- ------
MIA-0604-31201 / HD0000000070788 -
Problem: According to our lab folks in Anatomic path they used to go in to
an option called Supplementary Report, Anat Path to make a correction to
the original after it is released. They don't want to go under the edit
modify to reopen the report any ideas on how they can go into the
supplementary to attach to the original accession report or something like
that.
Resolution: The resolution of this issue is contained in the section
63 63.207 .03 RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED New Field
above that describes the resolution to patient safety issues #1 and #2.
PRO-0604-10213 / HD0000000070762 -
Problem: Our LAB Service Chief does not want IRM to install patch
LR*5.2*259 for the following Patient Safety, integrity, and additional
keystrokes reasons. For example the Surgical Pathology Reports, the new
patch, takes the Supplemental report feature away (ie. For a special
stain), it's replaced with a modified report feature, which allows you to
make changes to the original report in addition to adding. Also, while
using the modify report feature, while your in it, it makes the original
63 63.324 .03 RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED New Field
report unavailable for the Providers to view. He feels that this is a
Major Patient Safety issue, that if a Doctor is with the patient, he won't
be able to view the report.
Resolution: The resolution of this issue is contained in the section
above that describes the resolution to patient safety issues #1 and #2.
SLC-0604-50484 / HD0000000070766 -
Problem: I've just reviewed the NOIS MEM-0504-71296, and we are struggling
with the same issues of supplementary reports that they are. (Post install
63 63.817 .03 RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED New Field
of patch LR*5.2*259). We currently do not have the electronic signature
turned on. The concern is, that once a report is unreleased, the
previously released portion of the report is not viewable on CPRS, and the
way we operate here is that the secretaries transcribe the report, and the
pathologist signs them sometime later. We have only had the patch
installed for a couple of days, and the path lab has already received calls
that reports have "disappeared" on CPRS ... are there any suggestions for a
process change that could help with this?
Resolution: The resolution of this issue is contained in the section
63 63.907 .03 RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED New Field
above that describes the resolution to patient safety issues #1 and #2.
SLC-0604-50594 / HD0000000070769 -
Problem: Post installation of LA*5.2*259 we have encountered the usual
problems with any software install that changes the daily routine of
workflow, but there is a problem that we feel does affect patient care .
We now have to "unrelease" a report prior to adding a supplementary report,
the secretaries then transcribe the supplemental report, then the
pathologists must review/correct and sign it prior to the secretaries
re-releasing the report. This leaves a window of several hours during
which the original report is not viewable on the computer, we have already
received calls about "disappearing" path reports. Our pathologists feel
that a supplemental report should truly be regarded as an addendum to the
original report, and should not make the original report unviewable while
the supplemental report is being processed.
Resolution: The resolution of this issue is contained in the section
above that describes the resolution to patient safety issues #1 and #2.
SLC-0604-51082 / H00000000070778 -
All of the above changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank
Problem: We have found a problem with the electronic signature patch. Our
transcriptionist mistakenly selected the field to add a date to the
supplementary report field (thru edit/modify), but didn't add text to the
free text field. He was unable to sign a supplementary report (the
computer says it doesn't exist), but when he tries to release the original
report, it says that the supplementary needs to be released first. The lab
figured out a way to release this, but it is an issue.
Resolution: The resolution of this issue is contained in the section
above that describes the resolution to patient safety issues #1 and #2.
Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK
TEST SITES
==========
Ann Arbor VAMC - CACHE/VMS, large site
Boston HCS - CACHE/VMS, large integrated site
Long Beach VAMC - CACHE/VMS, large site
Providence VAMC - CACHE/VMS, medium site
Salem VAMC - CACHE/VMS, medium site
SOFTWARE control functions.
ROUTINE SUMMARY:
================
The following is a list of the routines included in this patch.
The second line of each of these routines look like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**<patch list>;Sep 27, 1994
Using old logic:
CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
Routine Before After
Name Patch Patch Patch List
----------- -------- --------- ----------------------------
LR317 N/A 6221288 **317** (DELETED BY KIDS)
LR7OSAP 16576063 17166196 **121,187,230,256,259,317**
LR7OSAP1 8012437 8222916 **121,227,230,259,317**
LR7OSAP2 17315095 18146154 **230,256,259,317**
LRAPAUSR 7980343 8097532 **1,173,248,259,317**
LRAPBR1 8346961 8691424 **259,317**
LRAPBR4 5636439 5950657 **259,317**
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*317 have no effect on
LRAPD1 5673315 5050395 **41,91,248,259,317**
LRAPDA 11977101 13331988 **72,73,91,121,248,259,295,317**
LRAPDSR 4820936 5708731 **248,259,295,317**
LRAPMRL 8314291 8358357 **259,295,317**
LRAPMRL1 4140484 5097223 **259,317**
LRAPR 12791716 12536700 **72,248,259,317**
LRAPR1 N/A 5253992 **317**
LRAPRES 10849835 10161024 **259,295,317**
LRAPV 3996189 4248185 **72,201,259,317**
LRSPRPT 12082607 12449414 **1,72,248,259,317**
Blood Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
Using new logic:
CHECK1^XTSUMBLD results
Routine Before After
Name Patch Patch Patch List
----------- -------- --------- ----------------------------
LR317 N/A 18182916 **317** (DELETED BY KIDS)
LR7OSAP 34114559 37919526 **121,187,230,256,259,317**
LR7OSAP1 24974232 26109314 **121,227,230,259,317**
LR7OSAP2 52834321 59162352 **230,256,259,317**
LRAPAUSR 34065623 34793694 **1,173,248,259,317**
LRAPBR1 54673575 58834636 **259,317**
LRAPBR4 30127062 32957954 **259,317**
LRAPD1 24077474 22198195 **41,91,248,259,317**
LRAPDA 64317056 76606340 **72,73,91,121,248,259,295,317**
LRAPDSR 17788838 25438900 **248,259,295,317**
LRAPMRL 66524711 21952067 **259,295,317**
LRAPMRL1 15484610 21952067 **259,317**
LRAPR 89817361 84430863 **72,248,259,317**
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*317 does
LRAPR1 N/A 19317428 **317**
LRAPRES 103360947 94733481 **259,295,317**
LRAPV 13932043 15077938 **72,201,259,317**
LRSPRPT 88845330 92562557 **1,72,248,259,317**
NOTE: LR317 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
SOFTWARE RETRIEVAL:
===================
not alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety
Software Retrieval
------------------
VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology Modifications/Enhancements
to Address PSI-04-025 Patch LR*5.2*317 software is distributed by
Packman.
Documentation Retrieval
-----------------------
VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology (AP) Modifications/Enhancements
critical elements functions.
to Address PSI-04-025 Patch LR*5.2*317 User Guide is available at the
following Office of Information Field Offices (OIFOs) ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
directories:
OI Field Office FTP Address Directory
--------------- ----------- ---------
ALBANY ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
HINES ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
SALT LAKE CITY ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
Documentation Retrieval Formats
-------------------------------
VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology Supplementary Report Enhancements
Patch LR*5.2*317 User Guide files are exported in the following retrieval
formats:
File Name Contents Retrieval Formats
--------- -------- -----------------
LAB_52_317_UG.doc VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to 0
(AP) Modifications/Enhancements
to Address PSI-04-025 Patch
LR*5.2*317 User Guide BINARY
LAB_52_317_UG.pdf VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology
(AP) Modifications/Enhancements
to Address PSI-04-025 Patch
LR*5.2*317 User Guide BINARY
VistA Website Locations:
routines and 1 file identified in Veterans Health Administration
-----------------------
VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology (AP) Modifications/Enhancements
to Address PSI-04-025 Patch LR*5.2*317 User Guide is accessible in
MS Word (.doc) and Portable Document Format (.pdf) at the following
VistA locations:
Laboratory Version 5.2 Home Page
--------------------------------
http://vista.domain.ext/ClinicalSpecialties/lab/
(VHA) Directive 2004-053, group B listing. The changes have no
VistA Documentation Library (VDL)
---------------------------------
www.domain.ext/vdl/
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
This patch can be installed with users on the system. However, it is
recommended that installation occur when there is no Anatomic Pathology
activity or activity is at a minimum. This will prevent 'Cannot return to
************************************
effect on Blood Bank functionality or medical device control
source routine' errors. The Anatomic Pathology menu will be disabled
automatically by this patch and re-enabled after installation.
Install Time - less than 5 minutes.
PRE-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=============================
***************************************************************************
*** IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT YOU FOLLOW THE PRE-INSTALLATION ***
functions. There is no adverse potential to sites.
*** INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE INSTALLING THE PATCH. ***
*** ***
*** All outstanding (unreleased) supplementary reports from July 23, ***
*** 2003, the date LR*5.2*259 Anatomic Pathology Electronic Signature ***
*** patch was first installed in a production account, until the present***
*** MUST be released before installing this patch. If there are ***
*** unverified supplementary reports, THE PATCH WILL NOT INSTALL. ***
*** ***
*** The appropriate Laboratory personnel should check for unverified ***
*** supplementary reports and make sure all are reviewed and released ***
*** before proceeding with this installation. The following option ***
*** can be used to check for outstanding unreleased supplementary ***
*** reports: List of unverified pathology reports [LRAPV] option. ***
*** Selection #2 will create a listing of unverified supplementary ***
*** reports. ***
**************************************************************************
**************************************************************************
1. LOAD TRANSPORT GLOBAL
---------------------------------------
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:
Choose the PackMan message containing this patch and invoke the
INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE PackMan option.
2. START UP KIDS
Start up the Kernel Installation and distribution System
Menu [XPD MAIN]:
Edits and Distribution ...
Utilities ...
Installation ...
Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option: INStallation
There are no validation requirements associated with this patch.
----
1 Load a Distribution
2 Verify Checksums in Transport Global
3 Print Transport Global
4 Compare Transport Global to Current System
5 Backup a Transport Global
6 Install Package(s)
Restart Install of Package(s)
Unload a Distribution
DD DD, 2nd Line Comparison
Select Installation Option:
3. Select Installation Option:
-------------------------------
NOTE: The following are OPTIONAL - (When prompted for the
INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*317):
a. Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a
backup message of any routines exported with this patch.
MINIMAL TEST CASE SCENARIOS BY OPTION, INCLUSIVE OF ALL CONTROL FUNCTIONS:
It will not backup any other changes such as DD's or templates.
b. Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option
will allow you to view all changes that will be made when this
patch is installed. It compares all components of this patch
(routines, DD's, templates, etc.).
c. Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will
allow you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in
the transport global.
4. Select Installation Option: Install Package(s)
There are no test case scenarios associated with this patch.
------------------
**This is the step to start the installation of this KIDS patch:
a. Choose the Install Package(s) option to start the patch install.
(When prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*317.)
b. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
YES//' answer NO (unless otherwise indicated)
c. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options,
and Protocols? YES//' answer NO (unless otherwise indicated)
5. If you have any unreleased supplementary reports from July 23, 2003
until the present, the install will abort. To print the unreleased
supplementary reports, you can print the install file.
Here's an example:
Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option: utilities
Select Utilities Option: install File Print
Select INSTALL NAME: lr*5.2*317 Loaded from Distribution 8/25/06@14:37:36
=================
DEVICE: HOME// ;;1000 UCX/TELNET
PACKAGE: LR*5.2*317 Aug 25, 2006 2:39 pm PAGE 1
COMPLETED ELAPSED
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSTALLED BY: IRM,PERSON
NATIONAL PACKAGE: LAB SERVICE
INSTALL STARTED:
*************************************************************************
ROUTINES:
PRE-INIT CHECK POINTS:
XPD PREINSTALL STARTED
XPD PREINSTALL COMPLETED
FILES:
LAB DATA
VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology (AP) Modifications/Enhancements patch
POST-INIT CHECK POINTS:
XPD POSTINSTALL STARTED
XPD POSTINSTALL COMPLETED
MESSAGES:
Sending transport global loaded alert to mail group G.LMI
Unreleased supplemental report(s) from July 23,2003 until present- must
LR*5.2*317 addresses two patient safety issues (PSI) reported in PSI-04-025
be released before install.
Name: TEST,PATIENT Accession: NSP 04 2
--- Install Environment Check FAILED
---
LR*5.2*317 Build will not be installed
that arose from the release and implementation of the VistA Laboratory
Aug 25, 2006@14:38:55
Select Utilities Option:
**NOTE: Routine LR317 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
Anatomic Pathology Electronic Signature Patch LR*5.2*259.
The patient safety issues are described as follows:
1. Users that should not be allowed to modify an Anatomic Pathology SF515 or
Autopsy Protocol released report are given access to the Modify released report
SPECIAL NOTE:
[LRAPMRL] option in order to allow the user to add supplementary reports.
2. The original Anatomic Pathology SF515 or Autopsy Protocol report is not
viewable in the Computer Patient Records System (CPRS) during the time a
supplementary report is underway. Personnel are unable to view the report
during this time.
The VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology Electronic Signature Patch
LR*5.2*259 changed the location and the method by which supplementary
reports are added. The Modify released report [LRAPMRL] option is used to add
Installation of this patch MUST be coordinated with Laboratory personnel.
supplementary reports to the original report. Laboratory personnel allowed to
add supplementary reports to Anatomic Pathology released reports must have
access to the Modify released report [LRAPMRL] option. This access opened up
the potential for errors in which the report could be accidentally modified
when a supplementary report was added.
Patch LR*5.2*317 resolves this problem by removing the supplementary report
addition functionality from the Modify released reports [LRAPMRL] option and
placing the functionality back to the Supplementary Report, Anat Path
[LRAPDSR] option for Cytology, Electron Microscopy, and Surgical Pathology
The Pre-Installation instructions within the Installation Section below,
released reports and the Autopsy supplementary report [LRAPAUSR] option for
Autopsy released reports.
Another concern had to do with the addition of a supplementary report to a
released Anatomic Pathology report, which unreleased the original report and
made it unavailable for viewing in Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS).
The time span in which the original report remained unavailable for viewing by
the Providers could be crucial. It was considered a major patient safety issue
if a doctor, who was with a patient, was not able to view the report at that
time.
MUST be followed and completed before installation can begin.
Patch LR*5.2*317 resolves this problem by leaving the original report in
released status during the time a supplementary report is being added. The
original report remains available for viewing in CPRS during this time.
Enhancements to LAB DATA file (#63):
-------------
A new field, RELEASE SUPP REPORT MODIFIED (#.03), has been added to the
SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT SUB-FILE for the anatomic pathology sections
Cytopathology, Electron Microscopy, and Surgical Pathology; and to
-
- 369 SEQ #286
- DATE APPLIED: 2007-09-05 00:38:07
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses several issues in the Lab Service
package.
-
- 331 SEQ #287
- DATE APPLIED: 2007-09-05 00:45:45
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Blood Bank Clearance
HD0000000112457
HD0000000122951
HD0000000131510
HD0000000138475
HD0000000138900
HD0000000142655
HD0000000154545
HD0000000155087
HD0000000160742
HD0000000170863
The IN COMMON ACCESSION field (#15.1) is added to the ACCESSION
HD0000000179768
HD0000000180175
PARTICIPATING TEST SITES:
=========================
ASHEVILLE, NC
CENTRAL TEXAS HCS
CLEVELAND, OH
MARYLAND HCS
NUMBER sub-file (#68.02) of the ACCESSION file (#68).
MILWAUKEE, WI
NORTH CHICAGO, IL
SALISBURY, NC
VA GREATER LOS ANGELES HCS
REMEDY OVERVIEW:
================
1.1. HD0000000071160:
---------------------
A user reported encountering "FileMan DBS call failed during accessioning
in routine LRWLST1" MailMan bulletins during accessioning. The generation
of this bulletin occurs when Laboratory was making a duplicate FileMan DBS
call during accessioning that involved an accession area being 'in common'
with another accession area. This duplicate call would occur when the
accession area has a lower internal entry number in ACCESSION file (#68)
than the accession area it is 'in common' with.
STANDARD DATA DICTIONARY #68.02 -- ACCESSION NUMBER SUB-FILE
1.2. HD0000000071160:
----------------------
During internal software review, the following issues were identified:
a. It was determined that the "AD" CROSS-REFERENCE on ACCESSION field
(#15) in ACCESSION NUMBER sub-file (#68.02) of ACCESSION file (#68)
was not setting the reference to the 'in common' accession correctly
on the accession. The patch will remove this cross-reference from
the data dictionary. See 2b. for storing 'in common' accession
reference.
STORED IN ^LRO(68,D0,1,D1,1,
b. Field IN COMMON ACCESSION (#15.1) in ACCESSION NUMBER sub-file
(#68.02) of ACCESSION file (#68) is added to the data dictionary
to store the reference to the 'in common' accession when this
relationship exists. Routine LRWLST11 will update this field when
appropriate.
STANDARD DATA DICTIONARY #68.02 -- ACCESSION NUMBER SUB-FILE
STORED IN ^LRO(68,D0,1,D1,1,
DATA NAME GLOBAL DATA
ELEMENT TITLE LOCATION TYPE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
68.02,15 ACCESSION .2;1 FREE TEXT
PRINTABLE ACCESSION
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!
($L(X)<7) X
LAST EDITED: MAR 03, 2005
DATA NAME GLOBAL DATA
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE ACCESSION, e.g., CH 0428 125
DESCRIPTION: The printable form of the Accession is
stored here.
68.02,15.1 IN COMMON ACCESSION AD;1 FREE TEXT
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<7) X
LAST EDITED: MAR 03, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 7-15 characters in length
ELEMENT TITLE LOCATION TYPE
DESCRIPTION: When this accession area is 'in common'
with another accession area the printable
form of the 'in common' accession is stored
here.
c. Field LOG (#.001) in ACCESSION NUMBER sub-file (#68.02) of ACCESSION
file (#68) is modified to increase the upper limit of accession
numbers from 9999 to 999999.
STANDARD DATA DICTIONARY #68.02 -- ACCESSION NUMBER SUB-FILE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
STORED IN ^LRO(68,D0,1,D1,1,
DATA NAME GLOBAL DATA
ELEMENT TITLE LOCATION TYPE
--------------------------------------------------------------------
68.02,.001 LOG NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>999999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
LAST EDITED: MAR 14, 2005
====================
HELP-PROMPT: Type a number between 1 and 999999, 0 Decimal
Digits
DESCRIPTION: The numeric part of the accession.
d. The functionality to allow the user to force an accession to a
specific number could cause a 'stack overflow' error due to how the
M NEW command was implemented. Coding changes to LRWLST1 will only
NEW certain variables once.
68.02,15 ACCESSION .2;1 FREE TEXT
e. Direct READs in routine LRWLST1 have been replaced with FileMan
supported DIR reader API calls.
2. HD0000000093193:
-------------------
A user reported an <UNDEFINED>WN1A^LRWLST1 error when accessioning. This
would occur when attempting to force an accession number for an accession
area that did not have any accessions for the current accession day.
Routine LRWLST1 will now handle displaying a default accession number 1
when there are no existing accessions for the current accession day.
3. HD0000000102626:
-------------------
A user reported a <SUBSCRIPT>GRID+21^LR7OGMG error when using the CPRS Lab
Reports tab to display recent laboratory results. This would occur when
there are three or more tests on an accession, at least two of the tests
were performed at different laboratories and a third test had a 'pending'
result and therefore no performing laboratory designated. The software
PRINTABLE ACCESSION
was attempting to determine the performing laboratory for the pending
test. Routine LR7OGMG will now ignore tests that do not have a performing
laboratory when constructing the list of performing laboratories
associated with an accession's test results.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
-------------------------
The install time for this patch is less than 5 minute. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!
Suggested time to install: non-peak requirement hours.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
problems loading and/or installing this patch.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
($L(X)<7) X
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
2. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
3. From this menu, you may then elect to use the following options
(when prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*331):
a. Print Transport Global
b. Backup a Transport Global
LAST EDITED: MAR 03, 2005
c. Compare Transport Global to Current System
d. Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
4. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*331'.
When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
HELP-PROMPT: ANSWER MUST BE ACCESSION, e.g., CH 0428 125
Install? YES//' choose 'NO'. Responding 'Yes' to the prompt for
rebuilding menu trees can significantly increase install time.
When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
YES// choose 'NO'.
When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
The install will automatically disable the following options:
DESCRIPTION: The printable form of the Accession is
Accession order then immediately enter data [LR ACC THEN DATA]
Batch data entry (chem, hem, tox, etc.) [LRSTUF]
Bypass normal data entry [LRFAST]
Fast Bypass Data Entry/Verify [LRFASTS]
Special test accessioning [LRNONCOM]
Merge Accessions [LRACC MERGE]
Add tests to a given accession [LRADD TO ACC]
Add tests to an already existing order number. [LRADD TO ORDER]
Lab add test(s) to an existing order [LRADDTST]
stored here.
Delete entire order or individual tests [LRCENDEL]
Remove an accession [LRDELOG]
Referral Patient Multi-purpose Accession [LRLEDI]
Accessioning, standard (Microbiology) [LRMICROLOGIN]
Accessioning tests ordered by ward order entry [LROE]
Lab test order [LROW]
Fast lab test order (IMMEDIATE COLLECT) [LROW IMMED COLLECT]
Fast lab test order (ROUTINE) [LROW ROUTINE]
Fast lab test order (SEND PATIENT) [LROW SEND PAT]
Fast lab test order (WARD COLLECT) [LROW WARD COL]
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*331 contains changes to software
Receipt of routine lab collection from wards [LRPHEXCPT]
Itemized routine lab collection [LRPHITEM]
Manually accession QC, Environmental, etc. [LRQCLOG]
Multipurpose accessioning [LRQUICK]
Delete test from an accession [LRTSTOUT]
Note: Routine LR331 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
INSTALLATION EXAMPLE
====================
Select Installation Option:
Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option: Installation
Select Installation Option: 6 Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*331 Loaded from Distribution Loaded from
Distribution 3/10/05@16:26:40
68.02,15.1 IN COMMON ACCESSION AD;1 FREE TEXT
=> LR*5.2*331
This Distribution was loaded on Mar 10, 2005@16:26:40 with header of
LR*5.2*331
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*331
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*331
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR331
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*331
Incoming Files:
68 ACCESSION (Partial Definition)
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<7) X
Note: You already have the 'ACCESSION' File.
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// NO
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
LAST EDITED: MAR 03, 2005
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET
Install Started for LR*5.2*331 :
Mar 10, 2005@16:27:01
Build Distribution Date: Mar 10, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Answer must be 7-15 characters in length
Installing Routines:
Mar 10, 2005@16:27:01
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR331
*** Pre install started ***
Deleting Field #15 in file #68, ACCESSION
Field will be installed as part of KIDS installation
DESCRIPTION: When this accession area is 'in common'
*** Pre install completed ***
Installing Data Dictionaries:
Mar 10, 2005@16:27:01
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION
Mar 10, 2005@16:27:01
with another accession area the printable
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR331
*** Post install started ***
*** No action required ***
*** Post install completed ***
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
form of the 'in common' accession is stored
Updating Routine file...
Updating KIDS files...
LR*5.2*331 Installed.
Mar 10, 2005@16:27:01
Install Message sent #xxxx
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 2004-058, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
here.
Install Completed
ROUTINE SUMMARY:
================
The following routines are included in this patch. The second line of
each of these routines now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patchlist]**;Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR331 N/A 5261822 331 (Deleted by KIDS)
LR7OGMG 5478031 5490638 187,230,286,290,331
LRWLST1 12664045 11171614 48,65,121,153,261,286,331
LRWLST11 16883055 15996378 121,128,153,202,286,331
The LOG field (#.001) in the ACCESSION NUMBER sub-file (#68.02) of
the ACCESSION file (#68) is modified to increase the upper limit
of accession numbers from 9999 to 999999.
STANDARD DATA DICTIONARY #68.02 -- ACCESSION NUMBER SUB-FILE
STORED IN ^LRO(68,D0,1,D1,1,
DATA NAME GLOBAL DATA
Changes include:
ELEMENT TITLE LOCATION TYPE
--------------------------------------------------------------------
68.02,.001 LOG NUMBER
INPUT TRANSFORM: K:+X'=X!(X>999999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
LAST EDITED: MAR 14, 2005
HELP-PROMPT: Type a number between 1 and 999999, 0 Decimal
Digits
DESCRIPTION: The numeric part of the accession.
All of the above changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank
Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
control functions.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*331 have no effect on Blood
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*331 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
The patch will remove the "AD" cross-reference from the ACCESSION
functions.
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to 0 routines and 1
file identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive 2004-058,
group B listing. The changes have no effect on Blood Bank functionality or
medical device control functions. There is no adverse potential to sites.
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:
There are no validation requirements for this patch.
field (#15) in the ACCESSION NUMBER sub-file (#68.02) in the
MINIMAL TEST CASE SCENARIOS BY OPTION, INCLUSIVE OF ALL CONTROL FUNCTIONS:
There are no test case scenarios for this patch.
============================================================================
Patch Description:
==================
This patch addresses 3 issues in the Laboratory package pertaining to
accessioning.
ACCESSION file (#68).
ASSOCIATED REMEDY TICKETS:
==========================
1. HD0000000071160 - LOCKED ACCESSION AREA
2. HD0000000093193 - <UNDEFINED>WN1A^LRWLST1
3. HD0000000102626 - Error - <SUBSCRIPT>GRID+21^LR7OGMG
Duplicates: HD0000000102632
HD0000000103751
-
- 158 SEQ #112
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-03-26 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Patch LR*5.2*158
-----------------
Routine List
Before After Patch
Routine Check Sum Check Sum List
LRCAPPH 9623897 10294589 1,19,127,136,138,158
LRCAPPH1 7546206 4949612 127,136,138,158
-----------------
Files/Fields
Default PCE Provider/Phlebotomy Workload Capture
File: LABORATORY SITE (#69.9)
Field: PCE DEFAULT PROVIDER (#617)
File: LAB ORDER ENTRY
Field: PCE ENC (#30)
------------------
Installation Instructions:
1. All users may remain on the system.
2. No options need be placed out of order.
3. Install patch during non-peak hours.
4. Laboratory specimens should not be accessioned or verified during
installation of the patch.
5. The Auto-Instruments 'LAB' job does not have to be stopped.
6. Installation time of this patch is less than ten minutes.
7. Journal requires no special attention.
8. No options are contained in this patch
NOIS List (Partial List)
Purpose of the Patch:
===========================
MILW-1196-41783
MOU-1196-31178
SEP-1196-62013
MAD-0297-41389
===========================
Test Site:
Alpha Test Site: Long Beach
------------------
This patch contains two enhancements. (1) Provide a PIMS certified Default
Patch Description:
This patch provides a new field, PCE DEFAULT PROVIDER, in the LABORATORY
SITE (#69) file to support the Laboratory PCE API workload data capture.
The default provider is defined locally based on PCE/PIMS workload
provider screening criteria. It is the responsibility of the LIM to
coordinate with the PCE/PIMS Coordinator to ensure that this field is
properly defined and maintained.
Failure to enter a default provider will cause PCE and Laboratory
Provider to be used for laboratory Patient Care Database workload
phlebotomy workload data NOT TO BE PROCESSED. NONE of the workload data is
lost. No default provider causes the workload data processing software to
stop and wait until the field is properly defined.
The software logic will check the ordering provider for no termination
date and person class for the encounter date. If the ordering provider
fails this check the default provider will be used instead.
A cleanup utility will be provided to deal with previous provider
rejection errors by reprocessing encounters using the default provider
collected via PCE API. (2) Correct excessive counting of laboratory
instead of the ordering provider of record.
---------------------
Second Enhancement:
Laboratory phlebotomy counts were being credited for non patient
specimens. Also other factors were inflating phlebotomy workload. A code
change now screens all workload to ensure that only patients from the
Patient (#2) file are processed. Software logic has been change to capture
1 phlebotomy count for each LAB ORDER with a collection type of Send
Patient (SP), Immediate Collect (I) or Lab Collect (LC).
phlebotomy workload.
The inflated phlebotomy counts coincide with the installation of patch
LR*5.2*138. It is recommended that the manual counts be used for the date
range between this patch and LR*5.2*138 instead of the LMIP generated
totals. After this patch is installed the manual totals should match
auto-captured phlebotomy totals +/- 5%.
-
- 368 SEQ #289
- DATE APPLIED: 2007-09-05 01:25:23
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects an improperly formatted FileMan call.
-
- 364 SEQ #290
- DATE APPLIED: 2007-12-12 22:22:27
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects a problem with 2 CPRS displays which show a
collection time that is not correct.
-
- 363 SEQ #291
- DATE APPLIED: 2007-12-12 23:00:23
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects a problem whereby a partial AP report is
sent to TIU.
-
- 373 SEQ #292
- DATE APPLIED: 2008-02-03 22:33:51
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a general purpose lab patch.
-
- 377 SEQ #293
- DATE APPLIED: 2008-02-03 22:38:47
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch adds a new routine LREGFR2 to support a new constant value of
175 for the eGFR formula. It details the creation of a new delta check
EGFR2 to call the new routine and how to edit the existing Creatinine
record in the LABORATORY TEST file (file # 60) to use the new delta check.
-
- 378 SEQ #294
- DATE APPLIED: 2008-05-26 15:14:09
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects a problem with the Labserver reports
whereby the reports are held up because the subject line
in the MailMan message is too long (greater than 65 characters).
-
- 375 SEQ #295
- DATE APPLIED: 2008-05-26 15:45:40
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects a problem related to "in common" accession
areas when tests with unique accession numbers are involved.
-
- 379 SEQ #296
- DATE APPLIED: 2008-05-26 19:37:23
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects a problem whereby a <SUBSCRIPT> error occurs
in routine LA7ADL because of an inability to get a lock for setting
data into file 68 (Accession file) in routine LRWLST1.
-
- 365
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-04-21 15:49:38
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*365 does not
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
in the Clinical Reports section under the Reports tab of the CPRS GUI or
to a List manager display of the associated report results.
This patch provides action alerts for Anatomic Pathology reports including
Electron Microscopy (EM), Surgical Pathology (SP), Cytology (CY), and
Autopsy (AU) reports. These action alerts are sent automatically to the
ordering provider and the primary care physician (PCP) at the time the
report is released. If requested, alerts may be sent to additional
person(s). These additional alerts are also action alerts. This
functionality is now the same whether electronic signature (ES) is
turned ON or OFF. Before this patch, additional alerts could not be
requested with electronic signature (ES) turned OFF.
The Supplementary report release, anat path [LRAPRS] option now sends
action alerts automatically to the ordering provider and the PCP at the
time the supplementary report is released. If requested, alerts may be
sent to additional person(s). These additional alerts are also action
alerts. These alerts are sent whether electronic signature is turned ON
or OFF.
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
Modified options:
================
NAME: LRAPR
MENU TEXT: Verify/release reports, anat path
TYPE: run routine
LOCK: LRVERIFY
DESCRIPTION: This option is used to verify/release pathology reports.
The user is prompted for the accession number of the report to be
released. If electronic signature is not activated, the user is asked if
the report is to be released, yes or no. If electronic signature has been
made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of
activated, the option is used to electronically sign and store pathology
reports. It also allows CPT coding to be performed regardless of the
release status of the chosen report. Another feature is the ability to
print SNOMED codes for the given accession/report. Action alerts are
sent automatically to the ordering provider and the primary physician or
PCP at the time the report is released. If requested, alerts may be sent
to additional person(s) and/or mail group(s). These additional alerts are
also action alerts.
ROUTINE: LRAPR
installation of this patch.
NAME: LRAPRS
MENU TEXT: Supplementary report release, anat path
TYPE: run routine
DESCRIPTION: Releases supplementary reports for Surgical Pathology,
Cytopathology, Electron Microscopy, or Autopsy. If all supplementary
reports that exist for the chosen accession have already been released or
if no supplementary reports exist for the accession, the user will be
notified. If electronic signature is not activated, the user is asked if
the report is to be released, yes or no. If electronic signature has
been activated, the option is used to sign and store the supplementary
report. Action alerts are sent automatically to the ordering provider and
the primary physician or PCP at the time the supplementary reports are
released. If requested, alerts may be sent to additional person(s)
and/or mail group(s). These additional alerts are also action alerts.
These alerts are sent whether electronic signature is on or off.
ROUTINE: EN^LRAPR
3) This patch provides a new option, Send an AP Alert [LRAP ALERT]
available on the Verify/release menu, anat path [LRAPVR] menu which
allows a pathologist to send an action alert to a provider or other
This patch is being distributed in the OR*3*243 CPRS v27 build.
person(s) or mail group(s) after the case has been released. The use
of this option requires the LRVERIFY key. Before, if they did not answer
YES to the prompt to send an alert after a report was released, an alert
could not be sent unless the case was reopened and re-released.
New Option:
===========
NAME: LRAP ALERT MENU TEXT: Send an AP Alert
TYPE: run routine
LOCK: LRVERIFY
DESCRIPTION: This option allows a pathologist to send an action alert
to a provider or other person(s) or mail group(s) after the case has been
released.
ROUTINE: LRAPALRT
The following option was modified to include the new option, Send an AP
Alert [LRAP ALERT] on the Verify/release menu, anat path [LRAPVR] menu.
Modified Option:
VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology (AP) Alerts and Clinical Patient
================
NAME: LRAPVR
MENU TEXT: Verify/release menu, anat path
TYPE: menu
DESCRIPTION: Anatomic pathology verify and release option menu.
ITEM: LRAPR SYNONYM: RR
DISPLAY ORDER: 1
ITEM: LRAPV SYNONYM: LU
DISPLAY ORDER: 3
ITEM: LRAPRS SYNONYM: RS
Record System (CPRS) Report Changes Patch LR*5.2*365 software
DISPLAY ORDER: 2
ITEM: LRCAPES SYNONYM: CPT
DISPLAY ORDER: 4
ITEM: LRAP ALERT SYNONYM: SA
Associated E3R:
===============
19879
18132
19040
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
release addresses 7 Patient Safety Issues (PSIs). Individual reports
19516
19106
Associated Remedy:
==================
HD0000000087038
HD0000000145148
HD0000000175194
are displayed as one continuous scrolling display. A single row of
HD0000000071165
HD0000000175887
Duplicate Remedy:
=================
HD0000000200282
HD0000000161040
HD0000000117241
HD0000000131803
HD0000000159885
the equal (=) sign is used to separate one report from the next.
Associated PSI:
===============
PSI-05-027
PSI-07-135
PSI-05-001
PSI-06-134
PSI-06-068
PSI-07-031
PSI-07-014
Additionally, the text- "Next SURGICAL PATHOLOGY Specimen..." is
Test Sites:
===========
Charleston, SC - Large
Cleveland, OH - Large
Heartland-East HCS - Large/Integrated
Hudson Valley HCS - Medium/Integrated
Loma Linda, CA - Large
also used to separate reports. However, with multiple reports and
Northern California HCS - Large
Palo Alto HCS - Large/Integrated
Philadelphia, PA - Large
Puget Sound HCS - Large/Integrated
San Diego, CA - Large
Tampa, FL - Large
Software Retrieval
==================
the use of single dashed lines in each report, it can be difficult
VistA Laboratory AP Alerts and CPRS Report Changes Patch LR*5.2*365
software is distributed by PackMan.
Documentation Retrieval
=======================
VistA AP Alerts and CPRS Report Changes Patch LR*5.2*365
User Guide is available at the following Office of Information Field
Offices (OIFOs) ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directories:
OI Field Office FTP Address Directory
to distinguish the separation between AP reports. A new API has been
--------------- ----------- ---------
ALBANY ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
HINES ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
SALT LAKE CITY ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
Documentation Retrieval Formats
===============================
VistA AP Alerts and CPRS Report Changes Patch LR*5.2*365 User
Guide files are exported in the following retrieval formats:
created (EN^LR7OSAP4) for retrieving a detailed report for an
File Name Contents Retrieval Formats
--------- -------- -----------------
LAB_LR_52_365_UG.doc AP Alerts and CPRS Report Changes
Patch LR*5.2*365 User Guide BINARY
LAB_LR_52_365_UG.pdf AP Alerts and CPRS Report Changes
Patch LR*5.2*365 User Guide BINARY
VistA Website Locations:
individual Anatomic Pathology Specimen. This helps resolve the PSI
========================
VistA AP Alerts and CPRS Report Changes Patch LR*5.2*365 User Guide is
accessible in MS Word (.doc) and Portable Document Format
(.pdf) at the following VistA locations:
Laboratory Version 5.2 Home Page
--------------------------------
http://vista.domain.ext/ClinicalSpecialties/lab/
VistA Documentation Library (VDL)
by allowing a package interface, like CPRS, to present each
---------------------------------
www.domain.ext/vdl/
Installation Instructions:
==========================
This patch is being distributed in the OR*3.0*243 CPRS v27 build.
This patch may be installed with users on the system; however, it should
be installed at a non-peak time to minimize disruption to the users.
DIRECTIVE 2004-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
accession and related specimens to the user and then display the
Installation of this patch should take less than 1 minute.
1. Use the INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE option on the PackMan Menu.
2. From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System (KIDS) Menu,
select the Installation menu.
3. From the Installation menu, you may select to use the following
options (when prompted for INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*365):
related report for the accession/specimens.
a. Backup a Transport Global
b. Compare Transport Global to Current System
c. Print Transport Global
d. Verify Checksums in Transport Global
4. Use the Install Package(s) option and select the package LR*5.2*365.
5. When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? YES//', respond YES. Responding "Yes" to this prompt can
significantly increase install time.
6. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//',
respond NO.
7. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//', respond NO.
Note: Routine LR365 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
Routine Information:
Patches OR*3*210 and LR*5.2*311 implemented informational alerts
====================
The second line of each of these routines now looks like:
;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[Patch List]**;Sep 27, 1994
The checksums below are new checksums, and
can be checked with CHECK1^XTSUMBLD.
Routine Name: LR365
Before: n/a After: B3322693 **365**
Routine Name: LR7OSAP2
generated for AP pathology results. Recipients of VA view alerts for
Before: B59162352 After: B59966352 **230,256,259,317,365**
Routine Name: LR7OSAP4
Before: n/a After: B2801060 **365**
Routine Name: LRAPALRT
Before: n/a After: B3310137 **365**
Routine Name: LRAPDA
Before: B76606340 After: B81540087
**72,73,91,121,248,259,295,317,365**
Routine Name: LRAPR
Before: B84430863 After: B88035016 **72,248,259,317,365**
Anatomic Pathology complained that clicking on the alert did not
Routine Name: LRAPRES1
Before: B43595923 After: B43214564 **259,336,369,365**
Routine Name: LRWOMEN
Before: B1458269 After: B1173687 **231,248,311,324,365**
Routine list of preceding patches: 317, 324, 369
open up or display the report to them in the same manner as other
lab alerts are displayed. Once the recipients click on the alert, it
is gone from view. If they did not make a note as to who the patient
was, they can not get the alert back. Providers can easily erase the
alerts without recording the patient's name. A potential malignancy
report could be missed. Problem was identified from complaints of
surgeons and oncologists/hematologists. To correct this issue the
new action alert is provided to display AP reports. The Anatomic
Pathology informational alerts are now modified into action alerts
that upon processing will direct the user to the associated report
in the Clinical Reports section under the Reports tab of the CPRS
GUI or to a List manager display of the associated report results.
This patch provides action alerts for Anatomic Pathology tests
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*365 does
including Electron Microscopy (EM), Surgical Pathology (SP),
Cytology (CY), and Autopsy (AU) results. These action alerts are
sent automatically to the Ordering Provider, Primary Physician, or
Primary Care Provider at the time the report is released. If
requested, alerts may be sent to additional person(s) and
mail group(s). These additional alerts are also action alerts. This
functionality is now the same whether electronic signature (ES) is
turned ON or OFF. Before this patch, additional alerts could not be
requested with electronic signature (ES) turned OFF.
not alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
This patch provides the new Send an AP Alert [LRAP ALERT] option
that is available on the Verify/release menu, anat path [LRAPVR]
which allows a pathologist to send an action alert to a provider,
other individuals, or mail group(s) after the report has been
released. Before this software release if the user did not answer
YES to the prompt to send an alert after a report was released, an
alert could not be sent unless the AP report was reopened and
re-released.
1) PSI-05-027 and PSI-07-135 identified a patient safety issue using the
elements functions.
CPRS Graphic User Interface (GUI) Lab Tab, Laboratory Results- Anatomic
Pathology (AP). The individual reports are displayed as one continuous
scrolling display. A single row of equal (=) signs is used to separate
one report from the next. Additionally, the text- "Next SURGICAL
PATHOLOGY Specimen..." is also used to separate reports. However, with
multiple reports and the use of single dashed lines in each report, it
can be difficult to distinguish the separation between AP reports.
Resolution:
A new API has been created (EN^LR7OSAP4) for retrieving a detailed report
for an individual Anatomic Pathology Specimen. This resolves the
PSI by allowing a package interface, like CPRS, to present each specimen
to the user and then get the report on the specimen.
2) PSI-06-068, PSI-07-014, PSI-05-001, PSI-06-134, and PSI-07-031
identified a patient safety issue with the Anatomic Pathology notification
alerts. Patches OR*3*210 and LR*5.2*311 implemented informational alerts
generated for pathology results. Recipients of VA view alerts for
Anatomic Pathology have complained that clicking on the alert does not
open up or display the report to them in the same manner as other lab
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*365 have no effect on Blood
alerts do (CH subscripted). Once they click on the alert, it's gone from
view. If they didn't make a note as to who the patient was, they can't
get it back. It would be helpful to have an action alert for these
results. Providers can easily erase them without recording the patient's
name. A potential malignancy report could be missed. Problem was
identified from complaints of surgeons and oncologists/hematologists.
Resolution:
The Anatomic Pathology informational alerts are now modified into action
alerts that upon processing will direct the user to the associated report
-
- 384 SEQ #298
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-04-21 16:02:05
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a general purpose lab patch that addresses 2 issues.
It corrects a formatting issue in the option Search for Criticals
(LRSORC). It also resolves an issue in LR7OSUM1 where 2 identical
values are compared and they are evaluated as different because
one of the values has a trailing or leading 0.
-
- 100 SEQ #91
- DATE APPLIED: 1996-06-25 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch to combine multiple alerts for Lab results. It requires
the installation of patch OR*2.5*47.
-
- 150 SEQ #113
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-04-01 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Workload Archiving Patch
-
- 381 SEQ #299
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-04-22 12:39:30
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch resolves an <UNDEF> scenario in the Short Accession List.
-
- 372 SEQ #300
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-04-22 13:04:44
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
Patch LR*5.2*356 made changes to the way Laboratory Test results are
displayed on the Labs Tab of CPRS GUI.
This patch will make further modifications to the reports on the Labs Tab
and Coversheet of CPRS GUI.
-
- 386 SEQ #301
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-04-22 13:04:55
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM general purpose lab patch that addresses 3 issues.
It corrects a problem with the DSS Lab Results Extract whereby results
that are greater than 10 characters long cause the record to be omitted
from the extract. It also addresses a merge problem whereby "ghost"
tests are added to a merged patient because of a failure to cleanup
after the previous merge attempt. The third issue that is addressed
allows for a result that is supposed to be numeric to be entered with
2 decimal points. This should not be allowed.
-
- 385
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-04-22 15:23:06
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
-
- 388 SEQ #303
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-04-23 10:57:25
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM general purpose lab patch that addresses 3 issues.
It corrects a problem with the inability to enter antibiotic
concentrations,
addresses a problem in file #64.1 (Workload Data) whereby incorrect data
gets stored in the file when the order date is different from the
collection
date, and also addresses a problem whereby the draw time designator of
RANDOM is not displayed on the patient report.
-
- 352 SEQ #304
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-04-23 13:44:16
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
-
- 387 SEQ #308
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-06-09 12:02:02
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch will allow the Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS) to
===========================
Documentation is available for the entire VBECS package on the
ANONYMOUS.SOFTWRE directory at one of the following Office of Information
(OI) Field Offices. Sites may retrieve documentation in either the
".PDF" or "DOC" format in one of the following ways:
1. The preferred method is to FTP the files from :
Download.vista.domain.ext
2. Sites may also elect to retrieve documentation directly from a
specific server as follows:
Albany ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext
Hines ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext
Salt Lake City ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext
NOTE: The documentation files listed below will be listed in each of the
VBECS and LR patches that are part of the VBECS package and associate
patches, they only need to be downloaded once.
File Name Retrieval format: Binary
=========== ==========================
REQUIRED PATCHES:
Known Defects and Anomalies.doc
Known Defects and Anomalies.pdf
VBECS Application Interfacing Support Software Installation and User
Configuration Guide.doc
VBECS Application Interfacing Support Software Installation and User
Configuration Guide.pdf
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Installation
Guide.doc
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Installation
Guide.pdf
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Technical
Manual-Security Guide.doc
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Technical
Manual-Security Guide.pdf
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) Version 1.4.0.0 User
Guide Version.doc
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) Version 1.4.0.0 User
Guide Version.pdf
LR*5.2*292
Installation Instructions:
==========================
This patch may be loaded with users on the system. You may wish to
install it during non-peak hours. Installation will take less than 2
minutes.
1. Use the INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE option on the Packman menu. [Note:
TEXT PRINT/DISPLAY option in the PackMan menu will display the
patch text only.]
2. From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu, select
the Installation menu.
3. From this menu, you may elect to use the following options (when
prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*387).
(a) Backup a Transport Global - this option will create a backup
message of any routines exported with the patch. It will NOT
backup any other changes such as DDs or templates.
===========================
(b) Compare Transport Global to Current System - this option will
allow you to view all changes that will be made when the
patch is installed. It compares all components of the patch
(routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
(c) Verify Checksums in Transport Global - this option will allow
you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
transport global.
(d) Print Transport Global - this option will allow you to view the
components of the KIDS build.
4. Use the Install Package(s) option and select the package LR*5.2*387.
5. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
YES//', respond NO.
6. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//', respond NO.
NEW PROTOCOLS:
retrieve data for the Cumulative report from the pre-existing VBECS API's.
N/A
===========================
BLOOD BANK CLEARANCE
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*387 contains changes to software
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 2004-058, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
Changes include:
Routine: LR7OSBR
Routine: LR7OSBR1
All of the above changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank
Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
control functions.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*387 have no effect on Blood
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*387 does not
===========================
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
elements functions.
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to 2 routines and
0 files identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
2004-058, group B listing. The changes have no effect on Blood Bank
functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse
potential to sites.
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:
There are no validation requirements or options to be validated.
MINIMAL TEST CASE SCENARIOS BY OPTION, INCLUSIVE OF ALL CONTROL FUNCTIONS:
There are no validation scenarios necessary with this patch.
===========================
ASSOCIATED NOIS:
N/A
NEW OPTIONS:
===========================
ASSOCIATED E3R:
N/A
===========================
TEST SITES:
CENTRAL TEXAS HCS
HEARTLAND-EAST HCS
NORTH CHICAGO, IL
OKLAHOMA CITY, OK
PHILADELPHIA, PA
SAN DIEGO, CA
Installation Sequence
======================
N/A
The files listed below represent the patches that have either been
released or will be part of the controlled phased release. The first 5
patches have been released and already installed. Patches starting with
number 6 and are prefixed with an (*)
will need to follow the sequence listed below when your phased
installation occurs.
1. OR*3.0*243 (released 8/20/08)
2. XT*7.3*116 (released ????
3. SR*3.0*168 (released ???
4. ECX*3*102 (released 8/25/08)
5. LR*5.2*387 (released ???
6. *LR*5.2*335
7. *LR*5.2*367
8. *VBECS Bundle (consisting of VBECS 1.0 and LR*5.2*325)
9. *VBEC*1.0*1
10. *OR*3.0*212
Documentation Retrieval:
-
- 335
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-06-09 15:33:12
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
LR*5.2*335 is being exported as part of the VBECS package release. The
clinically and historically relevant information. This patch will install
63.01 BLOOD BANK 141 PT CELLS(ser)+ANTI A IS
63.01 BLOOD BANK 142 PT CELLS(sal)+ANTI A IS
63.01 BLOOD BANK 143 PT CELLS+ANTI A SLIDE
63.01 BLOOD BANK 144 PT CELLS(ser)+ANTI B IS
63.01 BLOOD BANK 145 PT CELLS(sal)+ANTI B IS
63.01 BLOOD BANK 146 PT CELLS+ANTI B SLIDE
63.01 BLOOD BANK 147 PT CELLS(ser)+ANTI A,B IS
63.01 BLOOD BANK 148 PT CELLS(ser)+ANTI A,B (RT)
63.01 BLOOD BANK 149 PT CELLS(sal)+ANTI A,B (IS)
63.01 BLOOD BANK 149.1 PT CELLS(sal)+ANTI A,B (RT)
the software necessary to prepare the data for extraction from the VistA
63.01 BLOOD BANK 149.11 PT CELLS+ANTI A,B SLIDE
63.01 BLOOD BANK 149.12 PT SERUM+A1 CELLS
63.01 BLOOD BANK 149.13 PT SERUM+B CELLS
63.01 BLOOD BANK 151 INTERPRETATION OF ABO TESTING
63.01 BLOOD BANK 152 ABO TESTING COMMENT
63.01 BLOOD BANK 153 INTERPRETATION ABO
GROUP(cell)
63.01 BLOOD BANK 154 INTERPRETATION ABO GROUP(ser)
63.011 RBC ANTIGEN PRESENT .01 RBC ANTIGEN PRESENT
63.011 RBC ANTIGEN PRESENT .02 COMMENT
database, and extract the data to text files for transfer to the VBECS
63.0112 RBC ANTIGEN ABSENT .01 RBC ANTIGEN ABSENT
63.0112 RBC ANTIGEN ABSENT .02 COMMENT
63.0114 HLA ANTIGEN ABSENT .01 HLA ANTIGEN ABSENT
63.0114 HLA ANTIGEN ABSENT .02 COMMENT
63.012 ELUATE ANTIBODY .01 ELUATE ANTIBODY
63.013 HLA ANTIGEN PRESENT .01 HLA ANTIGEN PRESENT
63.013 HLA ANTIGEN PRESENT .02 COMMENT
63.014 SCREEN CELL METHOD .01 SCREEN CELL METHOD
63.014 SCREEN CELL METHOD .02 TECHNIQUE
63.014 SCREEN CELL METHOD 1 SCREEN CELL
system. Some of the VistA data will be standardized to nationally
63.015 SCREEN CELL .01 SCREEN CELL
63.015 SCREEN CELL .02 SOURCE
63.015 SCREEN CELL .03 INTERPRETATION
63.015 SCREEN CELL .04 IS
63.015 SCREEN CELL .05 37 C
63.015 SCREEN CELL .06 AHG
63.015 SCREEN CELL .07 CONTROL CELL
63.015 SCREEN CELL .08 ROOM TEMP
63.015 SCREEN CELL .09 12-18 C
63.015 SCREEN CELL .1 4 C
recognized Blood Bank definitions during the extraction. Logical checks
63.018 RBC TYPING METHOD .01 RBC TYPING METHOD
63.018 RBC TYPING METHOD .02 TECHNIQUE
63.018 RBC TYPING METHOD 1 ANTISERUM
63.019 ANTISERUM .01 ANTISERUM
63.019 ANTISERUM .02 LOT #
63.019 ANTISERUM .03 INTERPRETATION
63.019 ANTISERUM .04 IS
63.019 ANTISERUM .05 37 C
63.019 ANTISERUM .06 AHG
63.019 ANTISERUM .07 CONTROL CELL
in the software will ensure data integrity. Once the data on the VistA
63.019 ANTISERUM .08 ROOM TEMP
63.019 ANTISERUM .09 12-18 C
63.019 ANTISERUM .1 4 C
63.199 SPECIMEN COMMENT .01 SPECIMEN COMMENT
63.46 SERUM ANTIBODY .01 SERUM ANTIBODY
63.46 SERUM ANTIBODY .02 ANTIBODY COMMENT
63.48 ANTIBODY SCREEN COMMENT .01 ANTIBODY SCREEN COMMENT
65.50 Entire File
66.20 Entire File
66.50 Entire File
side have been evaluated and converted to the new database, specific
66.90 Entire File
The following options are placed out of order:
Option Name Option Text
=======================================================================
LRBLAD Print data change audits
LRBLAR Remove data change audits
LRBLDA Donor collection/deferral edit
LRBLDAWARD Acknowledge donor award by deletion
LRBLDC Donor collection/processing
VistA Blood Bank options will be deactivated (placed out of order) so
LRBLDCP Collection disposition/component preparation
LRBLDCU Cumulative donations and awards
LRBLDCX Edit donor consent
LRBLDD Donor demographics
LRBLDDAT ABO/Rh testing of donor units
LRBLDEDIT Blood donor group/type edit
LRBLDEF Permanent deferral/special comments
LRBLDK Remove ex-donors
LRBLDLG Donor registration
LRBLDLT Enter/edit donor letters
that the legacy database cannot be altered. These options are listed
LRBLDMV Move a blood donation
LRBLDO Old blood donor records
LRBLDPH Donor phenotyping
LRBLDR Donor history, physical and consent form
LRBLDRR Test review/Component labeling/release
LRBLDT Lab tests(not ABO/Rh) on donor units
LRBLDUC Donor unit ABO/Rh recheck
LRBLIDN Disposition -not transfused
LRBLIDR Disposition -relocation
LRBLILA Unit CAUTION tag labels
below under "The following options are placed out of order." More details
LRBLILR Log-in regular (invoices)
LRBLILS Enter blood inventory typing charges
LRBLISH Shipping invoices for blood components
LRBLIUC Unit ABO/Rh confirmation
LRBLIUP Unit phenotyping
LRBLIUR Units release to stock (cancel) by patient
LRBLIW Inventory ABO/Rh testing worksheet
LRBLJM Edit pooled blood product
LRBLJTR Transfer unit to new division
LRBLPC Request/select/xmatch blood components
installation of this patch will be controlled by a phase release. An
can be found in the "Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation,
LRBLPCS Blood component requests
LRBLPED Pediatric unit preparation
LRBLPEDIT Patient ABO/Rh edit
LRBLPER Previous records
LRBLPET Enter test data
LRBLPH Patient Medication List
LRBLPIC Select units for patients
LRBLPLOGIN Specimen log-in
LRBLPOST File 81 conversion
LRBLPSI Special instructions
Mapping, and Conversion ADPAC Guide" document. The inadvertent or
LRBLPT Blood transfusion results
LRBLPTXR Unknown unit transfusion reaction
LRBLPX Enter crossmatch results
LRBLRIN Supplier invoices (inventory)
LRBLRIS Special typing charges (inventory)
LRBLRIT Supplier transactions (inventory)
LRBLSEB Edit blood product file
LRBLSEC Edit unit - patient fields
LRBLSED Edit unit disposition fields
LRBLSEE Free autologous/directed donor units
unintentional deactivation of these options could cause a disruption in
LRBLSEF Edit blood bank descriptions file
LRBLSEH Edit donor history questions
LRBLSEL Edit unit log-in
LRBLSER Remove units with final disposition
LRBLSET Tests for inclusion in transfusion report
LRBLSEU Edit blood bank utility file
LRBLSF Edit number of lines in a label
LRBLSI Blood bank inventory edit options
LRBLSLL Edit lab letter file
LRBLSMS Maximum surgical blood order edit
Blood Bank operations.
LRBLSNO Edit Corresponding Antigen/Antibody
LRBLSP Blood bank patient edit options
LRBLSPP Edit previous transfusion record
LRBLSRI Remove inappropriate transfusion requests
LRBLSRQ Edit Blood Component Request File
LRBLSSP Edit blood bank site parameters
LRBLST Tests for display on patient look-up
LRBLTTW Test worklist
LRBLTX Tests for transfusion follow-up
LRBLVAL Blood bank validation documentation
RISK ANALYSIS: The changes made by patch LR*5.2*335 affect Blood Bank
software functionality, however the RISK is considered to be low.
Inappropriate use of the "Disable VistA Blood Bank components"
[VBEC BB COMPONENTS DISABLE] option can disable the VistA 5.2
Blood Bank system. This risk is minimal since the "Enable VistA
Blood Bank components" [VBEC BB COMPONENTS ENABLE] option can be
used to restore full operations.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*335 does not
Please read and follow the instructions in the "Blood Bank
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
elements functions.
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to 0 routines and
4 files identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
2004-058, group B listing. The changes have no effect on medical device
control functions.
This is the final step prior to the transfer of Blood Bank operations
to the VBECS system. All future impact will be dealt with through VBECS
development
Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion Installation
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:
No VistA Blood Bank 5.2 options are released with this patch.
However, the options listed above should be tested to ensure that
they have been disabled after the completion of the data conversion.
FILES CREATED DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THIS PATCH:
FILE # NAME
====== ====
and User Guide" before proceeding with the installation.
6000 VBECS SITE PARAMETERS
6001 VBECS DATA INTEGRITY/CONVERSION STATISTICS
6003 VISTA BLOOD BANK RESTRICTED OPTIONS LIST
6005 VBECS MATCHING TABLE
6007 STANDARD VBECS DATA
6009 VBECS FILE & FIELD LEVEL SECURITY
MAIL GROUPS CREATED DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THIS PATCH
MAIL GROUP:
===========
VBECS DATA CONVERSION
ROUTINES INSTALLED DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THIS PATCH:
ROUTINE:
========
VBECDC00
VBECDC01
VBECDC02
VBECDC19
VBECDCDC
VBECDCHX
VBECDCM
VBECDCM0
VBECDCM1
VBECDCM2
VBECDCMP
VBECDCNM
VBECDCR
VBECDCSP
VBECDCST
Implementation Manager will be assigned to your site and will contact
BLOOD BANK CLEARANCE: 1/6/2009
VBECDCU
VBECDCU1
VBECDCU2
VBECDCX
VBECDCX1
OPTIONS CREATED DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THIS PATCH:
Option Name Option Text
=========== ===========
VBEC ANTIBODY/ANTIGEN UTIL. Utilities that manipulate Antibody/Antigen
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*335 contains changes to software
data
VBEC BB COMPONENTS DISABLE Disable VistA Blood Bank components
VBEC BB COMPONENTS ENABLE Enable VistA Blood Bank components
VBEC CONVERSION UTILITIES Utilities used for the data conversion
VBEC DATA CONV. TO HOST FILES Convert VistA Blood Bank data to host files
VBEC DATA CONVERSION STATS Display data conversion statistics
VBEC DATA VALIDATION Run Legacy VistA Blood Bank Data Validation
VBEC DELETE ANTIBODY/ANTIGEN Delete Antibody/Antigen temporary matching
files
VBEC DELETE CONV. STATS Delete data conversion and anomaly check
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 2004-058, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
histories
VBEC DELETE EXTRACTED DATA Delete all Blood Bank Data in Temporary
Globals
VBEC DELETE SYSTEM LEVEL FILES Delete Blood Bank Data in System Level
Files
VBEC DELETE TRANS. REACTION Delete Transfusion Reaction temporary
match files
VBEC INVALID DATA REPORT Invalid Blood Bank Data Report
VBEC MAIN MENU VBECS Data Matching/Conversion Menu
VBEC MATCH ANTIBODY/ANTIGEN Match VistA antibody/antigen data
Changes include:
VBEC MATCH TRANSFUS REACTION Match VistA transfusion reaction data
VBEC POST-CONVERSION UTILITIES Utilities used after the data conversion
has run
VBEC PRE-CONVERSION UTILITIES Utilities used prior to the data conversion
VBEC PRINT SQL/VISTA MATCHES Matched Blood Bank data report
VBEC SITE PARAMETER ENTER/EDIT Enter/Edit Site Parameter Data
VBEC STANDARD ANTIBODIES Standard Antigens and Antibodies Print
VBEC STANDARD TRANS. REACTIONS Standard Transfusion Reactions Print
VBEC TRANS. REACTION UTILITIES Utilities that manipulate Trans. Reaction
data
Access is restricted on the following files:
VBEC UNDO ANTIBODY/ANTIGEN Undo all antibody/antigen matches
VBEC UNDO SINGLE MATCHING Unmatch a single matched VistA record
VBEC UNDO TRANS. REACTIONS Undo all transfusion reaction matches
VBEC UNMATCHED VISTA DATA RPT Unmatched VistA Blood Bank Data Report
VBEC UPDATE ANTIBODY/ANTIGEN Update antibody/antigen records in
matching file
VBEC UPDATE TRANS. REACT. REC Update trans. reaction records in matching
file
Associated Remedy Tickets: None
File # File Name Field # Field Name
==========================
Test Site(s):
==============
HEARTLAND-EAST HCS
PHILADELPHIA, PA
SAN DIEGO, CA
Installation Sequence
======================
===== ========= ======= ==========
The files listed below represent the patches will be part of the
controlled phased release. Follow the sequence listed below when your
phased installation occurs.
1. LR*5.2*335
2. LR*5.2*367
3. VBECS Bundle (consisting of VBEC*1*0 and LR*5.2*325)
4. VBEC*1.0*1
5. OR*3.0*212
62.55 AGGLUTINATION STRENGTH .01 NAME
COMPONENT SUMMARY:
==================
This patch installs ROUTINES, FILES, OPTIONS and a MAIL GROUP. For full
details about the components being imported with this patch, please see
the Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and
Conversion Technical Manual
Documentation Retrieval:
========================
Although this is a controlled, phased released, the user & technical
62.55 AGGLUTINATION STRENGTH 1 WILL STAND FOR
documentation will be available to all sites when the patch is officially
released and the phased implementations start. This will allow sites the
opportunity to retrieve the documents before their phased installation
date
Documentation is available for the VBECS package on the
ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directory at one of the following Office of
Information (OI) Field Offices. Sites may retrieve documentation either
the ".PDF" or "DOC" format in one of the following ways:
63.01 BLOOD BANK .01 DATE/TIME SPECIMEN TAKEN
The preferred method is to FTP the files from:
Download.vista.domain.ext
This transmits files from the first available FTP server. Sites may also
elect to retrieve documentation directly from a specific server as
follows:
Albany ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext
Hines ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext
Salt Lake City ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext
your POC for VBECS and will provide your site with the location of the
63.01 BLOOD BANK .03 DATE REPORT COMPLETED
NOTE: The documentation files listed below will be listed in each of the
VBECS and LR patches that are part of the VBECS package and associate
patches, they only need to be downloaded once.
File Name Retrieval format: Binary
=========== ==========================
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
ADPAC Guide.doc
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
ADPAC Guide.pdf
63.01 BLOOD BANK .04 ENTERING PERSON
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
Installation and User Guide.doc
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
Installation and User Guide.pdf
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
Technical Manual.doc
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
Technical Manual.pdf
VBECS Data Conversion Recommended Validation Method.xls
VBECS Application Interfacing Support Software Installation and User
63.01 BLOOD BANK .05 SPECIMEN
Configuration Guide.doc
VBECS Application Interfacing Support Software Installation and User
Configuration Guide.pdf
VBECS Implementation Process.xls
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Installation
Guide.doc
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Installation
Guide.pdf
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Technical
Manual-Security Guide.doc
63.01 BLOOD BANK .055 COLLECTION SAMPLE
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Technical
Manual-Security Guide.pdf
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 User Guide.doc
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 User Guide.pdf
Known Defects and Anomalies.doc
Known Defects and Anomalies.pdf
Installation Information:
==========================
63.01 BLOOD BANK .06 ACCESSION NUMBER
This patch is exported as part of the VBECS Blood Bank System and allows
the conversion of limited existing Blood Bank data from VistA to VBECS.
Please refer to the "Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation,
Mapping, and Conversion Installation and User Guide" for installation
information. The files listed below may be obtained via FTP. The
installation of VBECS and its related patches are being handled as a
controlled release. The implementation manager will contact you with the
location of the KIDS Host Files prior to your scheduled installation
date. The documentation files will be available for download in advance
of installation through the anonymous download site as shown below.
63.01 BLOOD BANK .07 PHYSICIAN
Installation Files:
===================
The following files are exported for LR*5.2*335:
LR_52_335.KID
VBECSBATCH.COM
LR_52_335.KID and VBECSBATCH.COM files will be made available by the
Implementation Manager prior to your site's implementation schedule along
63.01 BLOOD BANK .08 WARD
with instruction to retrieve.
Installation Instructions:
==========================
This patch may be loaded with users on the system.
Installation will take less than 5 minutes.
1) Use the 'LOAD A DISTRIBUTION' option on the KIDS Installation
menu. The Host File name is LR_52_335.KID. Answer YES to the
question: "Want to Continue with Load? YES//"
63.01 BLOOD BANK .09 PHLEBOTOMIST
2) From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu,
select the Installation menu.
3) From this menu, you may elect to use the following options
(when prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*335).
a) Backup a Transport Global - this option will create a backup
message of any routines exported with the patch. It will NOT
backup any other changes such as DDs or templates.
b) Compare Transport Global to Current System - this option will
allow you to view all changes that will be made when the patch
is installed. It compares all components of the patch
63.01 BLOOD BANK .1 DATE/TIME RECEIVED
(routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
c) Verify Checksums in Transport Global - this option will allow
you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
transport global.
d) Print Transport Global - this option will allow you to view the
components of the KIDS build.
4) Use the Install Package(s) option and select the package
LR*5.2*335.
5) When prompted "Enter the Coordinator for Mail Group 'VBECS DATA
CONVERSION':" Enter the name of the person who will manage the
63.01 BLOOD BANK .12 ACCESSION LINK
VBECS DATA CONVERSION mailgroup.
6) When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion
of Install? YES// respond YES
7) When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
YES//', respond NO.
8) When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//', respond NO.
KIDS Host Files prior to your scheduled installation date installation
63.01 BLOOD BANK .99 SPECIMEN COMMENT
63.01 BLOOD BANK 2.1 DIRECT AHG(POLYSPECIFIC)
63.01 BLOOD BANK 2.2 DIRECT AHG(5 min incub)
63.01 BLOOD BANK 2.3 DIRECT AHG CC
63.01 BLOOD BANK 2.4 ANTI-IgG
63.01 BLOOD BANK 2.5 ANTI-IgG CC
63.01 BLOOD BANK 2.6 ANTI-COMPLEMENT
63.01 BLOOD BANK 2.7 ANTI-COMPLEMENT (5 min incub)
63.01 BLOOD BANK 2.8 ANTI-COMPLEMENT CC
63.01 BLOOD BANK 2.9 DIRECT AHG INTERPRETATION
Sequence.
63.01 BLOOD BANK 2.91 DIRECT AHG TEST COMMENT
63.01 BLOOD BANK 3 ELUATE ANTIBODY
63.01 BLOOD BANK 4 SCREEN CELL METHOD
63.01 BLOOD BANK 6 ANTIBODY SCREEN
INTERPRETATION
63.01 BLOOD BANK 6.1 RBC ANTIGEN PRESENT
63.01 BLOOD BANK 6.2 RBC ANTIGEN ABSENT
63.01 BLOOD BANK 6.3 HLA ANTIGEN PRESENT
63.01 BLOOD BANK 6.4 HLA ANTIGEN ABSENT
63.01 BLOOD BANK 7 SERUM ANTIBODY
63.01 BLOOD BANK 8 ANTIBODY SCREEN COMMENT
63.01 BLOOD BANK 9 RBC TYPING METHOD
63.01 BLOOD BANK 10 ABO INTERPRETATION
63.01 BLOOD BANK 10.2 ABO TYPING TECH
63.01 BLOOD BANK 10.3 ABO TESTING COMMENT
63.01 BLOOD BANK 11 RH INTERPRETATION
63.01 BLOOD BANK 11.2 RH TYPING TECH
63.01 BLOOD BANK 11.3 RH TESTING COMMENT
63.01 BLOOD BANK 121 PT CELLS+ANTI D (sal)
63.01 BLOOD BANK 122 PT CELLS+RH CTRL (sal)
Select elements of VistA data must be transferred to the VBECS Blood Bank
63.01 BLOOD BANK 123 PT CELLS(sal)+ANTI D(hp IS)
63.01 BLOOD BANK 124 PT CELLS(ser)+ANTI D(hp IS)
63.01 BLOOD BANK 125 PT CELLS+ANTI D (hp 37)
63.01 BLOOD BANK 126 PT CELLS+ANTI D (hp AHG)
63.01 BLOOD BANK 127 PT CELLS+ANTI D SLIDE (hp)
63.01 BLOOD BANK 128 PT CELLS(sal)+RH CTRL (hp IS)
63.01 BLOOD BANK 129 PT CELLS(ser)+RH CTRL(hp IS)
63.01 BLOOD BANK 129.1 PT CELLS+RH CTRL (hp 37)
63.01 BLOOD BANK 129.11 PT CELLS+RH CTRL (hp AHG)
63.01 BLOOD BANK 129.12 PT CELLS+RH CTRL SLIDE (hp)
system prior to its initial operation. This will preserve patient related
63.01 BLOOD BANK 131 INTERPRETATION OF RH TESTING
63.01 BLOOD BANK 132 RH TEST COMMENT
63.01 BLOOD BANK 133 PT Cells(sal)+Anti D(mod) IS
63.01 BLOOD BANK 134 PT Cells(ser)+Anti D(mod) IS
63.01 BLOOD BANK 135 PT Cells+Anti D(mod) 37
63.01 BLOOD BANK 136 PT Cells+Anti D(mod) AHG
63.01 BLOOD BANK 138 PT Cells(sal)+RH Ctrl(sal) IS
63.01 BLOOD BANK 139 PT Cells(ser)+RH Ctrl(sal) IS
63.01 BLOOD BANK 139.1 PT Cells+RH Ctrl(sal) 37
63.01 BLOOD BANK 139.11 PT Cells+RH Ctrl(sal) AHG
-
- 367
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-06-09 15:33:51
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
The installation of LR*5.2*367 will be controlled by phase release to
the accession for the specified test and the associated Computerized
opportunity to retrieve the documents before their phased installation
date
Documentation is available for the entire VBECS package on the
ANONYMOUS.SOFTWRE directory at one of the following Office of Information
(OI) Field Offices. Sites may retrieve documentation either the ".PDF"
or "DOC" format in one of the following ways:
The preferred method is to FTP the files from :
Patient Record System (CPRS) order
download.vista.domain.ext
This transmits files from the first available FTP server. Sites may also
elect to retrieve documentation directly from a
specific server as follows:
Albany ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext
Hines ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext
Salt Lake City ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext
NOTE: The documentation files listed below will be listed in each of the
VBECS and LR patches that are part of the VBECS package and associate
patches, they only need to be downloaded once.
File Name: Retrieval format: Binary
========== ==========================
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
ADPAC Guide.doc
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
ADPAC Guide.pdf
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
ROUTINE: LR7OVB
Installation and User Guide.doc
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
Installation and User Guide.pdf
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
Technical Manual.doc
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
Technical Manual.pdf
VBECS Data Conversion Recommended Validation Method.xls
VBECS Application Interfacing Support Software Installation and User
Configuration Guide.doc
========
VBECS Application Interfacing Support Software Installation and User
Configuration Guide.pdf
VBECS Implementation Process.xls
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Installation
Guide.doc
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Installation
Guide.pdf
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Technical
Manual-Security Guide.doc
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Technical
Manual-Security Guide.pdf
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 User Guide.doc
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 User Guide.pdf
Known Defects and Anomalies.doc
Known Defects and Anomalies.pdf
Installation Files:
===================
LR_52_367.KID
OPTIONS: None
The host file LR_52_367 will be made available by the Implementation
Manager prior to your site's implementation schedule along with
instruction to retrieve.
Installation Instructions:
==========================
This patch may be loaded with users on the system.
Installation will take less than 5 minutes.
========
The installation of VBECS and its related patches are being handled as a
controlled release. The implementation manager will contact you with the
location of the KIDS Host Files prior to your scheduled installation date.
1) Use the 'LOAD A DISTRIBUTION' option on the KIDS Installation
menu. The Host File name is LR_52_367.KID . Answer YES to the
question: "Want to Continue with Load? YES//"
2) From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu,
select the Installation menu.
3) From this menu, you may elect to use the following options
(when prompted for the INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*367).
a) Backup a Transport Global - this option will create a backup
message of any routines exported with the patch. It will NOT
backup any other changes such as DDs or templates.
b) Compare Transport Global to Current System - this option will
allow you to view all changes that will be made when the patch
is installed. It compares all components of the patch
(routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
PROTOCOL: LR7O VBECS RECEIVE
c) Verify Checksums in Transport Global - this option will allow
you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
transport global.
d) Print Transport Global - this option will allow you to view the
components of the KIDS build.
4) Use the Install Package(s) option and select the package
LR*5.2*367.
5) When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
YES//', respond NO.
6) When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
support the new blood bank software Vista Blood Establishment Computer
=========
Protocols? YES//', respond NO.
BLOOD BANK CLEARANCE
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*367 does not
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
DIRECTIVE 2004-053 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*367 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
System, VBECS. An Implementation Manager will be assigned to your site
elements functions.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*367 have no effect on Blood
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of
installation of this patch.
and will contact your POC for VBECS and will provide your site with the
ASSOCIATED Remedy Tickets: None
==========================
ASSOCIATED NSR/E3R: None
===================
XINDEX Warnings:
================
XINDEX displays the following warning. The referenced routine (^ORMVBEC)
will be installed with patch OR*3*212. This patch is part of the
location of the KIDS Host Files prior to your scheduled installation date.
controlled release of VBECS and will be installed as part of the VBECS
system installation.
LR7OVB * * 105 Lines, 4318 Bytes, Checksum: B19945746
COMPLETE+38 F - Reference to routine '^ORMVBEC'. That isn't in this
UCI.
--- Routine Detail ---
***** ERRORS & WARNINGS IN LR7OVB *****
COMPLETE+38 F - Reference to routine '^ORMVBEC'. That isn't in this
UCI.
***** INDEX OF LR7OVB *****
TEST SITES:
===========
HEARTLAND-EAST HCS
PHILADELPHIA, PA
SAN DIEGO, CA
This patch will allow the VistA Blood Establishment Computer System
REQUIRED BUILDS: None
================
Installation Information:
==========================
This patch LR*5.2*367 is being exported as part of the VBECS package
release. This installation of these patches will be controlled by phase
release. An Implementation Manager will be assigned to your site and will
contact your POC for VBECS and will provide your site with the location
(VBECS) to use HL7 order update messages to complete orders created
of the KIDS Host Files prior to your scheduled installation date
Installation Sequence
Installation Sequence
======================
The files listed below represent the patches will be part of the
controlled phased release. Follow the sequence listed below when your
phased installation occurs.
1. LR*5.2*335
through the Blood Bank Accession Area. The functionality will complete
2. LR*5.2*367
3. VBECS Bundle (consisting of VBEC*1*0 and LR*5.2*325)
4. VBEC*1.0*1
5. OR*3.0*212
Documentation Retrieval:
========================
Although this is a controlled, phased released, the user & technical
documentation will be available to all sites when the patch is officially
released and the phased implementations start. This will allow sites the
-
- 325
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-06-09 15:34:57
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
LR*5.2*325 is being exported as part of the VBECS_BUNDLE_1.KID package
ROUTINES:
Guide.pdf
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Technical
Manual-Security Guide.doc
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Technical
Manual-Security Guide.pdf
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 User Guide.doc
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 User Guide.pdf
Known Defects and Anomalies.doc
Known Defects and Anomalies.pdf
=========
Installation Instructions:
==========================
This patch is exported as part of VBECS_BUNDLE_1.KID. Please refer to
VBEC*1*0 install instructions for installation sequence information.
LR325
LRCAPBB
LRCAPBV
LRCAPBV1
Options: None
========
release. The installation of this bundle will be controlled by phase
Protocols: None
==========
Remote Procedures: None
===============
Files: None
======
release. An Implementation Manager will be assigned to your site and
Associated ICRs: None
===============
Associated Remedy: None
==================
Associated NSR/E3R: None
will contact your POC for VBECS and will provide your site with the
==============
Installation Sequence
=====================
The files listed below represent the patches will be part of the
controlled phased release. Follow the sequence listed below when your
phased installation occurs.
location of the KIDS Host Files prior to your scheduled installation date
1. LR*5.2*335
2. LR*5.2*367
3. VBECS Bundle (consisting of VBEC*1*0 and LR*5.2*325)
4. VBEC*1.0*1
5. OR*3.0*212
Documentation Retrieval:
Although the software installation will be phased, the documentation will
be available for the entire VBECS package on the ANONYMOUS.SOFTWRE
Installation Sequence. The VBECS BUNDLE is a host file that consists of
directory or at one of the following Office of Information (OI) Field
Offices. Sites may retrieve documentation either the ".PDF" or "DOC"
format in one of the following ways:
1. The preferred method is to FTP the files from :
Download.vista.domain.ext
2. Sites may also elect to retrieve documentation directly from a
specific server as follows:
Albany ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext
both VBEC*1*0 and LR*5.2*325. Installation of the VBECS BUNDLE will
Hines ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext
Salt Lake City ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext
NOTE: The documentation files listed below will be listed in each of the
VBECS patches that are part of the VBECS package and associate patches,
they only need to be downloaded once.
File Name Retrieval format: Binary
========= =========================
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
automatically install both VBEC*1*0 and LR*5.2*325
ADPAC Guide.doc
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
ADPAC Guide.pdf
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
Installation and User Guide.doc
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
Installation and User Guide.pdf
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
Technical Manual.doc
Blood Bank Pre-Implementation Data Validation, Mapping, and Conversion
Technical Manual.pdf
VBECS Data Conversion Recommended Validation Method.xls
VBECS Application Interfacing Support Software Installation and User
Configuration Guide.doc
VBECS Application Interfacing Support Software Installation and User
Configuration Guide.pdf
VBECS Implementation Process.xls
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Installation
Guide.doc
VistA Blood Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 1.4.0.0 Installation
-
- 160 SEQ #114
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-04-21 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
MISCELLANEOUS- HOUSEKEEPING
-includes fix for wrong lab sample when a UA is ordered
-
- 309 SEQ #309
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-06-17 16:50:42
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
BLOOD BANK
63.09,20 DESCRIPTION Delete
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
==========================
This patch can be installed with users on the system. It is recommended
to disable the Anatomic Pathology [LRAP] option at the "DISABLE Scheduled
Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?" prompt.
Install Time - less than 5 minutes.
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
2. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS), select
the 'Installation' menu.
3. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
4. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
All of the above changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Backup a Transport Global
5. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu and
select the package 'LR*5.2*309'.
6. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//
choose 'NO'.
Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
7. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//', disable the Anatomic Pathology [LRAP] option.
INSTALLATION EXAMPLE:
=====================
Example #1 without data:
========================
control functions.
Select Installation Option: install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*309 Loaded from Distribution
8/5/08@14:25:46
=> LR*5.2*309
This Distribution was loaded on Aug 05, 2008@14:25:46 with header of
LR*5.2*309
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*309
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*309
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR309
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*309
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*309 have no effect on Blood
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? NO//
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES//
Enter options you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order': LRAP
1 LRAP Anatomic pathology
2 LRAP ADD Add patient(s) to report print queue
3 LRAP ALERT Send an AP Alert
4 LRAP DELETE Delete report print queue
5 LRAP ESIG SWITCH Turn Electronic Signature On/Off
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
Press <RETURN> to see more, '^' to exit this list, OR
CHOOSE 1-5: 1 LRAP Anatomic pathology
Enter options you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order':
Enter protocols you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order':
Delay Install (Minutes): (0-60): 0//
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// ;;1000 UCX/TELNET
Install Started for LR*5.2*309 :
Aug 05, 2008@14:26:27
Build Distribution Date: Aug 01, 2008
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*309 does not
Installing Routines:
Aug 05, 2008@14:26:27
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR309
*** Post install started ***
Searching for data in DESCRIPTION field (#20) in CYTOPATHOLOGY sub-file
(#63.09) in LAB DATA file (#63).
==========
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
LR*5.2*309
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Search finished
No Data found in ^LR(D0,"CY",D1,"WP",0)
*** Post install completed ***
elements functions.
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
Updating Routine file...
Updating KIDS files...
LR*5.2*309 Installed.
Aug 05, 2008@14:26:27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+------------------------------------------------------------+
100% | 25 50 75 |
Complete +------------------------------------------------------------+
Install Completed
Example #2 with data:
=====================
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to 0 routines
Select Installation Option: install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*309 Loaded from Distribution
8/5/08@10:06:42
=> LR*5.2*309
This Distribution was loaded on Aug 05, 2008@10:06:42 with header of
LR*5.2*309
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*309
and 1 files identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*309
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR309
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*309
2004-058, group B listing. The changes have no effect on Blood Bank
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? NO//
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES//
Enter options you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order': LRAP
1 LRAP Anatomic pathology
2 LRAP ADD Add patient(s) to report print queue
3 LRAP ALERT Send an AP Alert
4 LRAP DELETE Delete report print queue
functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse
5 LRAP ESIG SWITCH Turn Electronic Signature On/Off
Press <RETURN> to see more, '^' to exit this list, OR
CHOOSE 1-5: 1 LRAP Anatomic pathology
Enter options you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order':
Enter protocols you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order':
Delay Install (Minutes): (0-60): 0//
potential to sites.
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// ;;1000 UCX/TELNET
Install Started for LR*5.2*309 :
Aug 05, 2008@10:07:55
Build Distribution Date: Aug 01, 2008
Installing Routines:
Aug 05, 2008@10:07:55
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR309
*** Post install started ***
Searching for data in DESCRIPTION field (#20) in CYTOPATHOLOGY sub-file
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:
(#63.09) in LAB DATA file (#63).
Search finished
Data entries have been found in ^LR(D0,"CY",D1,"WP",0)
The data found is sent in a mail message to all users
who hold the security keys LRLIASON and LRAPSUPER.
The data will automatically be purged from the
^XTMP("LR309", global in 180 days.
LR*5.2*309
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Data deleted from DESCRIPTION field (#20) in CYTOPATHOLOGY sub-file
(#63.09) in LAB DATA file (#63).
*** Post install completed ***
There are no Validation requirements or options to be validated
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
Updating Routine file...
Updating KIDS files...
LR*5.2*309 Installed.
Aug 05, 2008@10:07:56
in this patch.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+------------------------------------------------------------+
100% | 25 50 75 |
Complete +------------------------------------------------------------+
Install Completed
Routine Information:
====================
The second line of each of these routines now looks like:
;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[Patch List]**;Sep 27, 1994;Build 21
The checksums below are new checksums, and
can be checked with CHECK1^XTSUMBLD.
Routine Name: LR309
MINIMAL TEST CASE SCENARIOS BY OPTION, INCLUSIVE OF ALL CONTROL
Before: n/a After: B56461511 **309**
Routine Name: LRAUAW
Before: B5818727 After: B5111264 **72,115,121,309**
Routine list of preceding patches: 121
FUNCTIONS:
There are no Test Case Scenarios associated with this patch.
DESCRIPTION:
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*309 contains changes to
============
This patch removes one field, the DESCRIPTION field (#20), in the
LAB DATA file (#63) CYTOPATHOLOGY sub-file (#63.09), and a reference to
this field in routine ^LRAUAW.
Although it is highly unlikely that data exists in the DESCRIPTION
field (#20), the patch also checks for data that may have been entered in
the field. Any data that is found is moved to the ^XTMP("LR309")
global and stored for 180 days before it is purged. If data is found,
the installation routine also generates and sends a mail message to the
software controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 2004-058, titled VISTA
holders of security keys LRLIASON and LRAPSUPER to be used as a source
document to determine how the data should be handled if at all.
The message contains the LR*5.2*309 Data Report which lists the data
found, the accession number, the patient's name, social security number
and gender.
DATA DICTIONARY CHANGES:
========================
The following is a list of the Data Dictionary entry in LAB DATA file
(#63) that will be deleted by this patch:
BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE. Changes include:
63.09,20 DESCRIPTION WP;0 WORD-PROCESSING #63.91
DESCRIPTION:
Word processing field for description
MODIFICATION OF THE LRAUAW ROUTINE:
===================================
Patch LR*5.2*309 also makes changes to the LRAUAW routine to remove a
reference to the DESCRIPTION field (#20) of the CYTOPATHOLOGY sub-file
(#63.09) in the LAB DATA file (#63). The change will be transparent to
the user.
NEW SERVICE REQUEST (NSR):
==========================
N/A.
ASSOCIATED E3R:
===============
File Field Action
N/A.
ASSOCIATED NOIS:
================
N/A.
ASSOCIATED REMEDY TICKETS:
==========================
HD0000000093288
TEST SITES:
===========
Altoona, PA - small
Wilmington, DE - medium
Biloxi, MS - large
SOFTWARE RETRIEVAL:
====================
This patch is distributed by KIDS as a Packman message.
-
- 394 SEQ #310
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-06-23 10:36:24
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
-
- 392 SEQ #311
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-09-14 13:59:02
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM general purpose lab patch that addresses 2 issues.
1. When printing an autopsy report through option "Entries by dates,
patient and accession number", an <UNDEFINED> error occurs.
2. There are 3 indicators for DRAW TIMES related to antibiotics: PEAK,
TROUGH, and RANDOM. The designator "RANDOM" does not appear on
a report under the LABS tab in CPRS GUI, as do the designators
"PEAK" and "TROUGH".
-
- 315 SEQ #312
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-09-28 11:32:21
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
BLOOD BANK Clearance:
LRBLPCSS
Old call: D NEW^TIUPNAPI(.LRTIUPTR,DFN,DUZ,LRNTIME,LRTITLE,,,,DUZ)
New call:
D NEW^TIUPNAPI(.LRTIUPTR,DFN,DUZ,LRNTIME,LRTITLE,,,,DUZ,,1)
where 1 is the new parameter.
When the new parameter is set to 1 the following functionality is
evoked:
a. Triggers the TIU API to abort creation and storage of the AP
Report in TIU if the electronic signature fails.
LRBLS
b. An error message provides detailed information on the aborted
storage of the AP Report in TIU when an electronic signature fails. The
error message is:
*** Report is being processed for storage in TIU. One moment please.
***
*** Signature in TIU failed. ***
Possible causes:
1. Report contains 3 sequential characters matching those defined
in the BLANK CHARACTER STRING field (#1.06), TIU PARAMETERS file
(#8925.99)
which are @@@.
To correct this situation use a data entry option to remove
All of the above changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank
these characters from this report.
2. There is some other TIU document setup problem.
Report this situation to the Laboratory ADP Coordinator.
*** Report storage in TIU failed. ***
Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
2). The patch updates routine: LREPI3 and LREPI5 to point to the correct
ICD9 code for LEGIONNAIRES' DISEASE. Changed from 482.80 to 482.84
3). API Updates:
------------
a. The ICD DIAGNOSIS file (#80) has unsupported fields: (#3) DIAGNOSIS
and (#10) DESCRIPTION. The following APIs have been provided
to retrieve these fields:
$$ICDDX^ICDCODE and $$ICDD^ICDCODE.
The Lab Service routines affected are as follows:
control functions.
LR7OB63C, LR7OB63D, LR7OSAP1, LRAPCUM1, LRAPQAT1, LRAPT3, LRAUSICD,
LRBEBA, LRBEBA2, LRBLJPP1, LRBLPC1, LREPI1A, LREPI3, LRSPRPT1,
LRSPSICD and LRPXAPIU.
b. The ICD OPERATION/PROCEDURE file (#80.1) has unsupported fields:
(#4) OPERATION/PROCEDURE and (#10) DESCRIPTION. The following API
has been provided to retrieve these fields:
$$ICDOP^ICDCODE
The Lab Service routines affected are as follows:
LRBLPC1, LRBLJPP1 and LRAPQAT1.
c. The CPT file (#81) has an unsupported field: (#2) SHORT NAME.
The following APIs have been provided to retrieve the field:
$$CPT^ICPTCOD and $$CPTD^ICPTCOD.
The Lab Service routines affected are as follows:
LRBEECPT, LRBLPCSS and LRBLS.
Associated E3R:
===============
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*315 have limited effect on
N/A
Associated NOIS / Remedy Ticket:
================================
HVH-0804-11491 / HD0000000070948
Duplicates:
UNY-0904-11549 / HD0000000071019
MUS-1004-71347 / HD0000000071048
N/A / HD0000000098477
Blood Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is low.
N/A / HD0000000226508
N/A / HD0OOOOOO275681
Test Sites:
===========
Canandaigua Health Care System (HCS)- Large/Integrated
Durham VAMC- Large
Lexington VAMC - Medium
Wilmington VAMROC - Medium
Software Retrieval
==================
AP Report Causes Unsigned CPRS Alert and New CPT APIs patch LR*5.2*315
software is distributed by Packman.
Documentation Retrieval
=======================
Veterans Health Information Systems and Architecture (VistA) Laboratory
Anatomic Pathology (AP) Report Causes Unsigned Computerized Patient Record
=====================
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*315 does not
System (CPRS) Alert and New Current Procedural Terminology (CPT)
Application Programming Interface (APIs) Patch LR*5.2*315 User Guide is
available at the following Office of Information Field Offices (OIFOs)
ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directories:
OI Field Office FTP Address Directory
--------------- ----------- ---------
ALBANY ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
HINES ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
SALT LAKE CITY ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE]
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
Documentation Retrieval Formats
===============================
VistA Laboratory AP Report Causes Unsigned CPRS Alert and New CPT APIs
Patch LR*5.2*315 User Guide files are exported in the following retrieval
formats:
File Name Contents Retrieval Formats
--------- -------- -----------------
elements functions.
LAB_52_315_UG.doc VistA Laboratory AP Report BINARY
Causes Unsigned CPRS Alert
and New CPT APIs Patch
LR*5.2*315 User Guide
LAB_52_315_UG.pdf VistA Laboratory AP Report BINARY
Causes Unsigned CPRS Alert
and New CPT APIs Patch
LR*5.2*315 User Guide
VistA Website Locations:
========================
VistA Laboratory AP Report Causes Unsigned CPRS Alert and New CPT APIs
Patch LR*5.2*315 User Guide is accessible in MS Word (.DOC) format and
Portable Document Format (.PDF) at the following VistA locations:
Laboratory Version 5.2 Home Page
--------------------------------
http://vista.domain.ext/ClinicalSpecialties/lab/
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to 4 routines and
VistA Documentation Library (VDL)
---------------------------------
www.domain.ext/vdl/
Installation Instructions:
==========================
This patch may be loaded with users on the system. You may wish to
install it during non-peak hours. Installation will take less than 1
minute. It is recommended to disable the Anatomic Pathology [LRAP] option
0 files identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
at the "DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?" prompt.
1. Use the INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE option on the Packman Menu.
2. From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System (KIDS) Menu,
select the Installation menu.
3. From the Installation menu, you may select to use the following
options (when prompted for INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*315):
2004-058, group A listing.
a. Backup a Transport Global
b. Compare Transport Global to Current System
c. Print Transport Global
d. Verify Checksums in Transport Global
4. Use the Install Package(s) option and select the package LR*5.2*315.
5. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? NO//',
respond NO.
6. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//', Anatomic Pathology [LRAP] option.
Note: Routine LR315 will be deleted after successful patch installation.
Installation Example:
=====================
Select Installation Option: 6 Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*315 Loaded from Distribution
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION:
10/18/08@16:48:47
=> LR*5.2*315
This Distribution was loaded on Oct 18, 2008@16:48:47 with header of
LR*5.2*315
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*315
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*315
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR315
---
Sending install started alert to mail group G.LMI
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*315
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*315 contains changes to software
OPTION: (EF-MS) Maximum surgical blood order edit [LRBLSMS]
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? NO//
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES//
Enter options you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order': LRAP
1 LRAP Anatomic pathology
2 LRAP ADD Add patient(s) to report print queue
3 LRAP DELETE Delete report print queue
4 LRAP ESIG SWITCH Turn Electronic Signature On/Off
5 LRAP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE Print all reports on queue
Press <RETURN> to see more, '^' to exit this list, OR
CHOOSE 1-5: 1 LRAP Anatomic pathology
Enter options you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order':
Enter protocols you wish to mark as 'Out Of Order':
Delay Install (Minutes): (0-60): 0//
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
NORMAL:
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// ;;1000 UCX/TELNET
Install Started for LR*5.2*315 :
Oct 18, 2008@16:49:53
Build Distribution Date: Oct 18, 2008
Installing Routines:
Oct 18, 2008@16:49:53
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR315
*** Pre install started ***
1. Enter a valid entry from the Current Procedure Terminology
LR*5.2*315
-------------------------------------------------------------------
*** Pre install completed ***
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR315
*** Post install started ***
File (#81) at the "Select OPERATION" prompt.
*** Post install completed ***
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
Updating Routine file...
2. Verify that the text displayed is the correct text for the
Updating KIDS files...
LR*5.2*315 Installed.
Oct 18, 2008@16:49:53
Install Message sent #87004
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+------------------------------------------------------------+
100% | 25 50 75 |
Complete +------------------------------------------------------------+
procedure selected.
Install Completed
3. Press "Enter" at the "Selection OK ? YES//" prompt
4. Verify that the "Select BLOOD COMPONENT REQUEST:" prompt is
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 2004-058, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
displayed.
5. Enter "^" at the "Select BLOOD COMPONENT REQUEST:" prompt and "Enter"
at the "Select OPERATION:" prompt to exit.
**EXPECTED OUTCOME:
The correct text is displayed for the procedure selected.
EXCEPTIONAL:
N/A for coding changes made
Changes include:
BOUNDARY:
This scenario applies to all sites.
STRESS:
Repeat this scenario for 3 different procedures.
---
OPTION: (UR-TX) Transfusion follow-up tests [LRBLTXA]
NORMAL:
Routines:
1. Enter a valid start date at the "Start with Date TODAY//" prompt.
2. Press "Enter" at the "Go to Date TODAY//" prompt.
4. Verify that the descriptive text listed for the ICD 9 codes is
accurate.
**EXPECTED OUTCOME:
The correct text is displayed for the ICD 9 code displayed.
EXCEPTIONAL:
---------
N/A for coding changes made
BOUNDARY:
This scenario applies to all sites.
STRESS:
N/A.
---
MINIMAL TEST CASE SCENARIOS BY OPTION, INCLUSIVE OF ALL CONTROL FUNCTIONS:
LRBLJPP1
There are no test case scenarios for this patch.
Description:
============
1). This patch corrects the following problem which can occur when an
Anatomic Pathology (AP) report is released:
PROBLEM (HVH-0804-11491/HD0000000070948): When an AP report is released
containing 3 sequential characters defined in the BLANK CHARACTER STRING
field (#1.06), of the TIU PARAMETERS file (#8925.99), the Text
LRBLPC1
Integration Utility (TIU) electronic signature fails without giving
notification to the user. The AP report is successfully created and
stored in TIU, but is marked in TIU as an unsigned document, which in
turn, may generate an alert in Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS).
RESOLUTION: This patch adds a new parameter to the code that
calls the TIU API, NEW^TIUPNAPI. This TIU API is called at the time the
AP report is released; it creates and stores the AP report in the TIU
DOCUMENT file (#8925).
-
- 398 SEQ #313
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-10-01 16:20:16
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch will modify routine LRPHLIST (collection label print)
to allow the print job to be queued to a printer through TASKMAN.
-
- 395 SEQ #314
- DATE APPLIED: 2009-11-02 17:08:46
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM general purpose lab patch that addresses 3 issues.
It corrects a problem with the inability to enter antibiotic
concentrations,
addresses a problem in file #64.1 (Workload Data) whereby incorrect data
gets stored in the file when the order date is different from the
collection
date, and also addresses a problem whereby the draw time designator of
RANDOM is not displayed on the patient report.
-
- 397 SEQ #315
- DATE APPLIED: 2010-01-05 16:59:24
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM general purpose lab patch that addresses 3 issues.
1. Turnaround time report for AP yields incorrect calculation of days
sometimes when holiday occurs mid-week.
2. Alerts are being sent for patients from REFERRAL file (#67).
3. Modifying released pathology reports leads to incorrectly
stored data.
-
- 396 SEQ #316
- DATE APPLIED: 2010-01-05 17:00:12
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM general purpose lab patch that addresses 3 issues.
It corrects a problem with the inability to enter antibiotic
concentrations,
addresses a problem with the WorkLoad Report whereby data from yearly
accession areas is not picked up, and modifies a comment that is
automatically generated when a test is cancelled after a result has been
entered.
-
- 399 SEQ #317
- DATE APPLIED: 2010-07-08 11:49:52
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM general purpose lab patch that addresses 2 issues.
The error also occurs when there is no RESULT NLT CODE on file
and the user <returns> through this prompt.
1. The DSS Laboratory Extract gets a <SYNTAX> error when FileMan
attempts to set an entry into the LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT FILE
(# 64.036) when the entry has a text test result containing
a semi-colon (;).
2. A <SUBSCRIPT> error occurs when a user enters an "^" at the
RESULT NLT CODE prompt in option LR LOINC UNMAP/DELETE DEFAULT.
-
- 402 SEQ #318
- DATE APPLIED: 2010-10-20 12:32:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM general purpose lab patch that addresses 2 issues.
1. The option MODIFY AN EXISTING DATA NAME allows for the modification
of the input parameters for data elements that are not DATA NAMEs,
leading to, in some cases, a corrupted database.
2. The option LRENTER (Enter/verify/modify data (manual)) sometimes
prompts the user to select an accession area twice.
-
- 165 SEQ #115
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-05-28 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
MISSING COLLECTION TYPE PROMPT
-
- 403 SEQ #319
- DATE APPLIED: 2010-12-14 14:26:30
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
-
- 401
- DATE APPLIED: 2011-03-09 15:13:29
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch contains changes to the VBECS Blood Bank package. Refer to the
patch listed in the Forum patch module for more details.
-
- 407 SEQ #321
- DATE APPLIED: 2011-05-09 16:18:49
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM lab patch that addresses 2 LOINC mapping issues.
confused and prompts one to "unmap" when one is in the "map"
option.
1. When exiting the option "Map Lab Tests to LOINC Codes" after no
matches are found related to an affirmative response to the
prompt "Do you want to see possible LOINC code matches?", an
<UNDEFINED> error results.
2. The option to map a default LOINC code and the option to unmap a
default LOINC code use the same routines. Sometimes the code gets
-
- 406 SEQ #322
- DATE APPLIED: 2011-05-11 10:24:36
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses Patient Safety Issue PSPO #1384 which involves
critical lab test result alerts. When a lab test result is verified
and that result lies outside the normal boundaries defined for the
test, alerts are generated that are sent to the physicians who are
responsible for the patient's care. In some cases these alerts are
not being generated.
-
- 408 SEQ #323
- DATE APPLIED: 2011-07-18 14:53:12
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
-
- 410 SEQ #324
- DATE APPLIED: 2011-10-27 10:47:15
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM lab patch that addresses a minor DD change, a change
2. The option descriptions for option LR WKLD REQUEST and option LR
WKLD SERVICE are reversed.
3. During extraction of lab data for the Decision Support Software
(DSS) it was discovered that some lab test names included a tilde
character (~) or an exclamation point (!) which caused the record
parser to incorrectly identify the end of the record and thus
skip pertinent data.
to 2 menu options, and a modification to the DSS extract for LAB.
1. The DELETE cross-reference code for field #10 (Cancelled By) of
the TEST multiple of the SPECIMEN subfile (#69.03) of the LAB
ORDERS file (#69) has faulty syntax which leads to a <SUBSCRIPT>
error when a deletion of an entry in the CANCELLED BY field
occurs.
-
- 405 SEQ #325
- DATE APPLIED: 2012-01-09 11:53:34
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
BLOOD BANK STATEMENT
BLOOD BANK STATEMENT
25 ORDER LABEL TESTS NEW
30 EXCLUDE URGENCY NEW
32 GREETING NEW
40 WELCOME TO NEW
42 YOUR HOST IS NEW
44 HOST TITLE NEW
45 SPACER LABEL PRINTER NEW
50 ATLERNATIVE LABEL ROUTINE NEW
51 NUMBER OF SCAN RE-TRY NEW
52 DELETE SAME DAY DUPLICATES NEW
====================
54 BINGO BOARD DEVICE NEW
HOWDY SPECIMEN TIMES BY UID FILE(#69.87): This file is used to capture and
retain the specimen demographics.
FILE # FIELD # FIELD NAME NEW/MODIFIED item(s)
-------- --------- ----------------- --------------------
69.87 .01 SPECIMEN UID NEW
2 INITIAL SCAN TIME NEW
4 TIME LABELS PRINTED NEW
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*405 does not
6 COLLECTOR NEW
8 COLLECTION TIME NEW
10 LAB ARRIVAL TIME NEW
12 RECEIVER NEW
The following is a list of menu options included in this patch:
==============================================================
Option Name Type New/Modified
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
----------- ---- ------------
HOWDY BCE MAIN MENU menu NEW
HOWDY MAIN MENU menu NEW
LRHY BCE LABEL PRINT action NEW
LRHY PATIENT CARD SCAN run routine NEW
LRHY PATIENT CARD SCAN (BCE) run routine NEW
LRHY PATIENT WAIT TIME run routine NEW
LRHY PHLEBOTOMY LOG run routine NEW
LRHY SCAN SPECIMENS INTO LAB action NEW
LRHY SITE FILE EDIT run routine NEW
DIRECTIVE 2004-058 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
LRHY TRACK COLLECTION run routine NEW
Summary of new entries in the Options (File #19):
================================================
1. LRHY PATIENT CARD SCAN
This option initiates the Howdy process using the greeting from Howdy site
file & prints labels.
2. LRHY PHLEBOTOMY LOG
This is the log used to track the collector's phlebotomy performance
times.
3. LRHY SCAN SPECIMENS INTO LAB
This option allows the Receiver to scan collected specimen labels to
capture Lab Receipt Time.
4. LRHY TRACK COLLECTION
This option is used to display patient specimen collection demographics.
5. LRHY PATIENT WAIT TIME
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*405 does not
This option displays how long a Patient waits to have a sample drawn.
6. LRHY SITE FILE EDIT
This option enables the Keyholder to edit the Howdy site file.
7. LRHY BCE PT CARD SCAN
This option enables Howdy to scan the Patient's VIC card when the Patient
arrives at the phlebotomy area.
8. LRHY PRINT BCE PPID LABEL
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
Bar Code Expansion (BCE) Compatible - This is the option the collector
uses when verifying Positive Patient Identification (PPID) at time of
collection. Each collecting station will have a dedicated PC, scanner and
bar code label printer. Howdy will recognize this person as the collector
and date and time of collection. The collector will scan the patient's
VIC card, armband or can type their SSN on their keyboard. The patient's
demographics appear on the screen with the current accessioned orders.
The collector then verifies each specimen in the presence of the patient
to assure PPID. The labels then print and specimens are labeled
accordingly.
elements functions.
9. HOWDY MAIN MENU
This option provides access to the traditional Howdy Main Menu.
10. HOWDY BCE MAIN MENU
This option provides access to the Howdy BCE Main Menu.
Documentation Retrieval:
=======================
Documentation describing the functionality introduced by this patch is
available in the [ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE] directories at the following
Internet addresses:
Preferred or Specific Server Internet address
---------------------------- -------------------------
First available ftp server download.vista.domain.ext <-- preferred
Albany ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext
Hines ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext
Salt Lake City ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext
====================
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*405 have no effect on Blood
Below is a list of the documentation files related to this patch and
available via the FTP sites listed above.
Document File Description File Name FTP Mode
------------------------------- ------------- --------------
Howdy Computerized Login Process LR_52_405_UM.PDF binary
User Manual
Howdy Computerized Login Process LR_52_405_TM.PDF binary
Technical Manual
Howdy Computerized Login Process LR_52_405_IG.PDF binary
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
Installation Guide
Howdy Computerized Login Process LR_52_405_RN.PDF binary
Release Notes
After this patch is released, the updated manuals may also be retrieved
from the Internet at http://www.domain.ext/vdl
Test Sites:
==========
To be determined.
VISTA Software Application Requirements:
=======================================
Prior to installing VistA Howdy Computerized Phlebotomy Login
Process, the following required software applications must be installed:
Software Applications Versions:
--------------------- --------
Kernel 8.0
VistA Laboratory 5.2
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
VA FileMan 22.0
VA Mailman 7.1 or greater
Kernel Toolkit 7.3
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
=========================
The install time for this patch should take less than 5 minutes. It is
best if this patch is installed outside of normal working hours.
NOTE: MailMan and Kernel patches must be current on the target system
made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of
to avoid problems loading and installing this patch.
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of your PackMan menu to load
the KIDS distribution onto your system.
2. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
From this menu you may choose the following options prior to
installing this patch:
installation of this patch.
- Backup a Transport Global - this option creates a backup message
of any routines exported with the patch. It does NOT backup any other
changes, such as data dictionaries or templates.
- Compare Transport Global to Current System - this option allows
you to view all changes that are made when the patch is installed. It
compares all components of the patch (routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
- Verify Checksums in Transport Global - this option allows you to
ensure the integrity of the routine that is in the transport global.
3. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu.
When prompted for INSTALL NAME, enter: LR*5.2*405.
Install Questions for LR*5.2*405:
When prompted "Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? NO//", respond NO. Responding "Yes" to the prompt for
Howdy Computerized Phlebotomy Login Process (Howdy) is an automated
rebuilding menu trees can significantly increase install time.
When prompted "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? NO//",
respond NO.
When prompted "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? NO//", respond NO.
4. Verify that the installation of the patch completed correctly by
using the Kernel Installation & Distribution System [XPD MAIN]
laboratory check-in application used in Veterans Health Information
options:
KIDS 'Utilities...' [XPD UTILITY] option 'Install File Print' [XPD
PRINT INSTALL FILE] and selecting this patch (LR*5.2*405).
Systems and Technology Architecture (VistA) Laboratory system to
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*405 does not
provide phlebotomy labs with the ability to:
1. Read the Veteran Information Card (VIC) and instruct the patient
to wait until called to the phlebotomy area.
2. Search the VistA database for any phlebotomy orders pending on
the patient.
3. Process lab orders and print specimen labels.
4. Verify that the correct lab specimens are drawn from the correct
patient.
5. Calculate and provide timeliness reports for Phlebotomy Lab
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
performance.
6. Provide barcode technology for patient identification and
positive specimen identification.
7. Capture accurate collection and lab receipt times that allows the
laboratory users to track outpatient lab samples from collection to
verification.
8. Assist in accomplishing the VA strategic plan, which specifies
that 90% of laboratory specimens will be collected utilizing barcode
technology.
DIRECTIVE 2004-058 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
The Howdy bar code technology allows the lab personnel to use scanners to
verify a veteran's identity and to track drawn sample(s) until the
results are entered into the VistA Laboratory system.
Howdy addresses privacy issues. The scanning of the VIC feature eliminates
a hand-written log book for sign in, where the patient's name and SSN can
be viewed.
This patch addresses the following Remedy Ticket(s):
===================================================
N/A
This patch addresses the following Electronic Error & Enhancement Report
(E3R):
========================================================================
E3R Entry #: 15882 20037 19545
19477 19221 19091
18805 1270 6247
8772 8807 9239
9496 9808 12301
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*405 does not
12981 13485 13638
13714 13865 14981
15124 15186 15249
15632 15715 16053
17038 17126 17923
This patch addresses the following Patient Safety Issues (PSIs):
===============================================================
N/A
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
Data Dictionary Changes:
=======================
This patch installs the following two new files:
HOWDY SITE FILE (#69.86): This file is used to run the Howdy software
and to reflect the site's business rules.
FILE # FIELD # FIELD NAME NEW/MODIFIED item(s)
-------- --------- ----------------- --------------------
69.86 .01 NAME NEW
elements functions.
2 LAB TEST (TO EXCLUDE) NEW
4 COLLECTION SAMPLE (TO EXCLUDE) NEW
6 SITE SPECIMEN (TO EXCLUDE) NEW
8 COLLECTION TYPES (TO EXCLUDE) NEW
10 PRINTERS NEW
11 ORDER LABEL ROUTINE NEW
12 FW ORDER LABELS NEW
16 EXCLUDE CLINICS NEW
18 CHECK FOR FUTURE ORDERS NEW
20 CHECK FOR PAST ORDERS NEW
-
- 413 SEQ #326
- DATE APPLIED: 2012-02-27 14:30:30
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that addresses 3 issues related to the
will create a situation whereby that provider will not be able to
verify/electronically sign Anatomic Pathology reports. This happens
even if the date is a future date.
3. If more than one Special Studies is included in an Anatomic
Pathology report, the text of the subsequent Special Studies
is not stored properly in the TIU document and thus doesn't display
in CPRS.
Anatomic Pathology area of the Lab package.
1. When using option LRAPMOD (Print path modifications) an
<UNDEFINED> error is encountered.
2. Any date in the EXPIRATION DATE FIELD (#3) of the PERSON CLASS
multiple (#200.05) of the NEW PERSON file (#200) for a provider
-
- 411 SEQ #327
- DATE APPLIED: 2012-08-29 10:32:32
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that addresses 3 issues in the Lab package.
3. <UNDEFINED> error occurs when trying to delete old user-defined
patient/test lists.
1. When trying to accession an order user gets the message "TEST
NAME does not have an appropriate accession area. Order xxxxx IS
NOT ACCESSIONED."
2. The option GROUP DATA REVIEW (LRGVP) does not always show the
proper report routing location.
-
- 415 SEQ #329
- DATE APPLIED: 2012-08-29 12:22:41
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that addresses a problem in the Lab package
related to accessioning with in-common accession areas. When an
"in-common" accession area is added to an existing accession area, it
is possible that data in file #68 (ACCESSION) will be overlaid and 2
patients will have the same accession number.
-
- 140 SEQ #118
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-07-09 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
-
- 419 SEQ #328
- DATE APPLIED: 2012-08-29 12:22:51
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that addresses Patient Safety issue PSPO #2070.
A lab test ordered through CPRS (Computerized Patient Record System) can
be placed on an order for the wrong patient in file #69(LAB ORDER ENTRY).
-
- 382
- DATE APPLIED: 2012-09-24 15:25:28
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
Description
Computer System (VBECS). VBECS must be installed prior to installing
Install Questions for LR*5.2*382
Incoming Mail Groups:
Enter the Coordinator for Mail Group 'LRADT INTERFACE ADMIN':
Enter TCP/IP address of LRADT LOGICAL LINK: 0.0.0.0
Enter TCP Port of LRADT LOGICAL LINK: (1-9999999): 1234
this patch.
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? NO//
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? NO//
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// UCX TELNET SESSION
Install Started for LR*5.2*382 :
May 27, 2008@23:06:32
Build Distribution Date: May 27, 2008
Installing Routines:
May 27, 2008@23:06:32
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing MAIL GROUP
Included in this patch is one routine, LRADT, that builds the ADT HL7
LR*5.2*382
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Installing HL LOGICAL LINK
Installing HL7 APPLICATION PARAMETER
Installing PROTOCOL
messages, one HL LOGICAL LINK file (#870) entry named LRADT, two HL7
May 27, 2008@23:06:32
Running Post-Install Routine: EN^LR382
Updating Routine file...
Updating KIDS files...
LR*5.2*382 Installed.
May 27, 2008@23:06:33
APPLICATION PARAMETER file (#771) entries named LRADT and LRADT TRIGGER,
Install Message sent #10850169
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+------------------------------------------------------------+
100% | 25 50 75 |
Complete +------------------------------------------------------------+
Install Completed
and the following PROTOCOL file (#101) entries:
LRADT TRIGGER, LRADT-GMRA TRIGGER
LRADT-A01 SERVER, LRADT-A01 CLIENT, VBECS-A01 CLIENT
===========
LRADT-A02 SERVER, LRADT-A02 CLIENT, VBECS-A02 CLIENT
LRADT-A03 SERVER, LRADT-A03 CLIENT, VBECS-A03 CLIENT
LRADT-A04 SERVER, LRADT-A04 CLIENT, VBECS-A04 CLIENT
LRADT-A08 SERVER, LRADT-A08 CLIENT
LRADT-A11 SERVER, LRADT-A11 CLIENT, VBECS-A11 CLIENT
LRADT-A12 SERVER, LRADT-A12 CLIENT, VBECS-A12 CLIENT
LRADT-A13 SERVER, LRADT-A13 CLIENT, VBECS-A13 CLIENT
The LRADT TRIGGER protocol is associated with existing VAFC ADT
event protocols. The LRADT-GMRA TRIGGER protocol is associated with GMRA
protocols triggered when patient allergies are signed or marked
entered in error.
Each TRIGGER protocol invokes routine LRADT to build the appropriate ADT
message, which then transmits the message using the CLIENT/SERVER
protocol pair associated with the ADT event.
Test Sites
==========
External Commercial Off the Shelf (COTS) applications and Vista
Installation Instructions
=========================
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
2. From the Kernel Installation & Distribution System menu, select
the Installation menu.
applications that interface with the Laboratory application may
3. From this menu, select the option Load a Distribution. When prompted
for a file name, type in the directory where you have stored the host
file, followed by the file name.
4. From this menu, you may select to use the following options
(when prompted for INSTALL NAME, enter LR*5.2*382.
a. Compare Transport Global to Current System - this option will
allow you to view all changes that will be made when the patch
additionally require patient information contained in ADT HL7
is installed. It compares all components of the patch (routines,
DDs, templates, etc.).
b. Verify Checksums in Transport Global - this option will ensure
the integrity of the routines that are in the transport global.
5. Use the Install Package(s) option and at the INSTALL NAME prompt,
enter LR*5.2*382.
6. When prompted to enter a coordinator for the LRADT INTERFACE ADMIN
mail group, enter the person or persons who will be responsible for
messages. This patch contains the components necessary to transmit
these mail groups.
7. At the prompt "TCP/IP address, enter the address of the system that
will be receiving the ADT messages created by LAB ADT interface.
8. At the prompt "Port", enter the port associated with the TCP/IP
address of the third party system that will be receiving the ADT
messages created by the LAB ADT interface.
9. When prompted "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//"
patient information, within ADT HL7 messages, to two different receiving
respond NO.
10. When prompted "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//" respond NO.
Example Installation:
=====================
Select Installation Option: INSTall Package(s)
systems: a third party COTS system and the Vista Blood Establishment
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*382 Loaded from Distribution
5/27/08@23:06:14
=> PATCH 382 ;Created on May 27, 2008@11:25:30
This Distribution was loaded on May 27, 2008@23:06:14 with header of
PATCH 382 MAY 275 ;Created on May 27, 2008@11:25:30
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*382
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*382
-
- 412
- DATE APPLIED: 2012-09-24 15:25:57
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is being released in conjunction with VBEC*1*27. Install patch
VBEC*1*27 to install the routines associated with this patch.
-
- 334
- DATE APPLIED: 2012-09-24 15:42:53
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
BLOOD BANK CLEARANCE
elements functions.
59 SHORTNAME SHORTNAME field (#81)
Those local terms not included in the installed files should be formally
requested by notifying the National Laboratory Test Coordinator using the
form provided on the VistA Laboratory Documentation Web Page.
http://vista.domain.ext/clinicalspecialties/lab/
Forward your completed request form to the Exchange distribution group:
VHAISD LAB NLT_LOINC
===========================
OPTIONS:
NEW OPTION:
Print LOINC Code Status [LR LOINC STATUS PRINT]
This patch will provide an option to list LOINC deprecated terms. The
option will also provide a list of currently mapped/linked laboratory
tests that are linked to LOINC deprecated terms. This new option is
located on the LOINC Mapping Utility Menu [LR LOINC UTILITY] menu.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*334 have no effect on Blood
MODIFIED OPTION:
Map Lab Tests to LOINC Codes [LR LOINC MAP]
This option has been modified to permit the use of suffixed WKLD CODE
in the NATIONAL VA LAB CODE (#64) field, of the LABORATORY TEST (#60)
file. This modified option is located on the LOINC Main Menu [LRLOINC]
menu.
=========================
DATA DICTIONARY MODIFICATIONS:
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
The screen has been removed from "NATIONAL VA LAB CODE" (#64) field, of
the "LABORATORY TEST" (#60) file. This will permit the use of suffixed
WKLD CODE in the NATIONAL VA LAB CODE (#64) field, of the LABORATORY
TEST(#60) file.
A cross-reference has been created on the "STATUS" (#20) field of the
"LAB LOINC" (#95.3) file.
The patch creates the following fields in the LAB LOINC (#95.3) file:
VALIDATION REQUIREMENT BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
MASTER ENTRY FOR VUID field (#99.98), VUID field (#99.99), and EFFECTIVE
DATE/TIME field multiple (#99.991) with an Effective DATE/TIME field
(95.3099,.01) and STATUS field (95.3099,.02) which includes a date/time
stamp and a status of 'active' or 'inactive' in the files being
standardized.
This patch also modifies data dictionaries to prevent future modification
to these files at a local site.
Routine Summary:
made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of
================
The following is a list of the routine(s) included in this patch. The
second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
Routine Checksum checksum
installation of this patch.
Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
======= ============ =========== ==========
LR334 N/A 4244176 334 (deleted by patch)
LR334P N/A 3802010 334
LR334PO N/A 9206370 334
LR334POA N/A 2989047 334
LR7OU5 13182116 12982551 127,201,272,334
LRLNCC 2634007 2869430 232,280,334
LRLNCST N/A 5628677 334
======================
ASSOCIATED NOIS:
===============
N/A
ASSOCIATED E3R:
==============
N/A
TEST SITES:
==========
Biloxi VAMC, MS
Boston HCS, MA
El Paso HCS, TX
North Chicago VAMC, IL
Salt Lake VAMC, UT
San Antonio VAMC, TX
Shreveport VAMC, LA
Tucson VAMC, AZ
ENHANCEMENTS:
Required Builds:
==========================
LR*5.2*272
LR*5.2*302
LR*5.2*232
LR*5.2*280
XU*8.0*299
XT*7.3*93
HDI*1.0*1
====================
Installation Instructions:
=========================
The patch LR*5.2*334 KIDS build file named LR_52_334.KID is stored in the
ASCII format.
LAB_52_p334_IMPG.doc; VistA National Laboratory Test (NLT)/Logical
Observation Identifier Naming Codes (LOINC) V2.14 Update Implementation
Guide Patch LR*5.2*334 Version 5.2 - stored in a BINARY format.
Map Lab Tests to LOINC Codes [LR LOINC MAP]
LAB_52_p334_IMPG.pdf; VistA National Laboratory Test (NLT)/Logical
Observation Identifier Naming Codes (LOINC) V2.14 Update Implementation
Guide Patch LR*5.2*334 Version 5.2 - stored in a BINARY format.
All files can be obtained from the following Office of Information
Field Offices (OIFOs) ANONYMOUS SOFTWARE directories. All sites are
encouraged to use the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) capability. Use the
FTP address "download.vista.domain.ext" (without the quotes) to connect
to the first available FTP server were the files are located.
This option has been modified to permit the use of suffixed WKLD CODE
OIFO FTP Address Directory
Albany ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext anonymous.software
Hines ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext anonymous.software
Salt Lake ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext anonymous.software
All users may remain on the system. Installation time is less than 30
minutes.
Note: The patch should be installed during off peak hours.
in the NATIONAL VA LAB CODE (#64) field, of the LABORATORY TEST (#60)
No laboratory background jobs need to be stopped. No options need to be
placed out of service.
LABORATORY USERS MUST NOT ACCESSION SPECIMENS OR ENTER/VERIFY RESULTS
DURING THE INSTALLATION because several reference files are being deleted
and replaced with this patch.
============================
From the Kernel Installation & Distribution System (KIDS) menu
file. This modified option is located on the LOINC Main Menu [LRLOINC]
1. Use the 'Load a Distribution' option to load the
LR_52_334.KID file onto your system.
2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global
on your system. You now need to use KIDS to install
the Transport global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use
the following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
menu
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
3. Users may remain on the system, but installation
should be done at off peak hours.
4. Installation time is less than 30 minutes during off
peak hours and less than 45 minutes during peak hours.
5. Installation of this patch requires no additional
memory space.
6. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
option
'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*334'
and proceed with the install.
7. Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install?
YES// respond 'YES'
Note: Answering yes can significantly increase install time.
8. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONS during the
install? YES//' respond NO.
9. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE scheduled Options, Menu
Print LOINC Code Status [LR LOINC STATUS PRINT]
Options, and Protocols? YES//' respond NO.
================
Example of install:
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*334
Loaded from Distribution 10/13/05@14:50:38
=> NLT/LOINC v2.14 Update ;Created on Oct 13, 2005@13:46:31
This Distribution was loaded on Oct 13, 2005@14:50:38 with header of
This patch will provide an option to list LOINC deprecated terms. The
NLT/LOINC v2.14 Update ;Created on Oct 13, 2005@13:46:31
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*334
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*334
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR334
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Sending install loaded alert to mail group G.LMI
option will also provide a list of currently mapped/linked laboratory
Install Questions for LR*5.2*334
Incoming Files:
60 LABORATORY TEST (Partial Definition)
Note: You already have the 'LABORATORY TEST' File.
64 WKLD CODE
Note: You already have the 'WKLD CODE' File.
tests that are linked to LOINC deprecated terms. This new option is
64.061 LAB ELECTRONIC CODES (including data)
Note: You already have the 'LAB ELECTRONIC CODES' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
64.062 LAB ELECTRONIC SUBTYPES (including data)
Note: You already have the 'LAB ELECTRONIC SUBTYPES' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
64.2 WKLD SUFFIX CODES (including data)
Note: You already have the 'WKLD SUFFIX CODES' File.
located on the LOINC Mapping Utility Menu [LR LOINC UTILITY] menu.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
64.22 WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT (including data)
Note: You already have the 'WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
64.3 WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER (including data)
Note: You already have the 'WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
64.81 LAB NLT/CPT CODES (including data)
Note: You already have the 'LAB NLT/CPT CODES' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
95.3 LAB LOINC (including data)
Note: You already have the 'LAB LOINC' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
95.31 LAB LOINC COMPONENT (including data)
Note: You already have the 'LAB LOINC COMPONENT' File.
I will OVERWRITE your data with mine.
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES//YES
Note: Answering yes can significantly increase install time.
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
This patch will support "Veterans Health Administration Unique
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// UCX/TELNET
Install Started for LR*5.2*334 :
Oct 13, 2005@15:07:27
Build Distribution Date: Oct 13, 2005
Installing Routines:
Identifiers (VUID) standard. This patch will provide the necessary LAB
Oct 13, 2005@15:07:27
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR334
. *** Preinstall completed ***
Installing Data Dictionaries:
Oct 13, 2005@15:07:27
Installing Data:
LOINC (#95.3) file data dictionary modifications in support of Data
Oct 13, 2005@15:17:30
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION
Oct 13, 2005@15:17:30
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR334 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .
Standardization (DS) and the maintenance of those standards by Enterprise
. Building List Of Added NLT CODEs
.
. Sending message to LMI Mail Group.
.
. List Of Added WKLD CODEs Complete
..........................................................................
.....
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
Reference Terminology (ERT).
. Updating Routine file...
Updating KIDS files...
LR*5.2*334 Installed.
Oct 13, 2005@15:20:24
Install Message sent #XXXXX
Call MENU rebuild
Starting Menu Rebuild: Oct 13, 2005@15:20:26
Collecting primary menus in the New Person file...
. Primary menus found in the New Person file
. ------------------------------------------
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*334 does not
LAB LOINC (#95.3) file protection has been significantly enhanced to
DIUSER VA FileMan 1 06/04/92 10/05/05
Building secondary menu trees....
Merging.... done.
Menu Rebuild Complete: Oct 13, 2005@15:20:40
Install Completed
prevent field editing of the file. All fields will be populated by the DS
LIM: Review description for LR*5.2*334 use KIDS:Utilities: Build File
Print
POST INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:
=============================
Review installed LOINC codes to ensure that codes with the status of
Deprecated (DEL) are not used in your current mapping of LOINC codes. In
some cases, deprecated LOINC codes [LAB LOINC (#95.3) file, MAP TO (#21)
authority, there are no fields in this file that are site editable.
field] will have the suggested replacement LOINC code populated.
Note:
If your site is a HOST LEDI site, changing of any LOINC or NLT codes
should be coordinated with the collection site to ensure that both sites
agree in LOINC and NLT mappings.
Note:
Please refer to the VistA NLT/LOINC V2.14 UPDATE Patch LR*5.2*334
Implementation Guide which provides the Laboratory Information
Manager (LIM) a task-oriented approaches with step-by-step
instructions and examples for mapping LOINC V2.14 codes.
LAB LOINC (#95.3) file contents will be updated to the Regenstrief issued
LOINC version 2.14.
This patch will update the WKLD CODE (#64) file and several laboratory
standardized files associated with National Laboratory Test (NLT) package
and Logical Observation Identifier Naming Codes (LOINC) coding. (See list
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA
below)
File # File Name Method
64.061 LAB ELECTRONIC CODES Replaced
64.062 LAB ELECTRONIC SUBTYPES Replaced
64.2 WKLD SUFFIX CODES Replaced
64.22 WKLD ITEM FOR COUNT Replaced
64.3 WKLD INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURER Replaced
64.81 LAB NLT/CPT CODES Replaced
DIRECTIVE 2004-058 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
95.3 LAB LOINC Replaced
95.31 LAB LOINC COMPONENT Replaced
64 WKLD CODE Updated
============================
LOINC Copyright acknowledgement:
LOINC was Copyrighted 1995, 1996, 1997, by Regenstrief Institute and the
Logical Observation Identifier Names and Codes (LOINC) Committee. All
rights reserved. LOINC is a trademark of the Regenstrief Institute.
Contact information:
LOINC
C/o Regenstrief Institute
1001 West 10th Street, RHC-5
Indianapolis, Indiana 46202 USA
========================
VistA Laboratory Package LAB LOINC (#95.3) file does not support all of
the fields contained in the LOINC database. Refer to the LOINC user's
manual for more field details. The following fields are imported and
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*334 does not
supported within VistA. The field "(#X)" refers to the field in the LAB
LOINC (#95.3) file were the data is stored.
# Loinc Term VistA name
1 LOINC_NUM CODE field (#.01) + CHECK DIGIT field (#15)
2 COMPONENT COMPONENT field (#1)+LAB LOINC COMPONENT file
(95.31)
3 PROPERTY PROPERTY field (#2)
4 TIME_ASPCT TIME ASPECT field (#3)
5 SYSTEM SYSTEM field (#4)
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
6 SCALE_TYP SCALE TYPE field (#5)
7 METHOD_TYP METHOD TYPE field (#6)
9 CLASS CLASSTYPE field (#41)
10 SOURCE SOURCE field (#8)
14 DT_LAST_CH DATE LAST CHANGED field (#22)
15 CHNG_REAS CHANGE REASON field (#24)
16 CHNG_TYPE CHANGE TYPE field (#23)
19 STATUS STATUS field (#20)
20 MAP_TO MAP TO field (#21)
23 VA_CD VA CODE field (#34
-
- 350
- DATE APPLIED: 2012-09-24 15:45:53
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
Refer to National Patch Module.
-
- 420 SEQ #333
- DATE APPLIED: 2012-11-01 11:57:40
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
-
- 418 SEQ #334
- DATE APPLIED: 2012-12-14 11:33:46
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that addresses 3 LOINC-related issues in the Lab
when it should only print individual tests (atomic tests).
package.
1. Option LR LOINC LOOKUP won't accept default.
2. Option LR LOINC PRINT RESULT NLT prints MI (Microbiology) and BB
(Blood Bank) tests when it should only print CH (Chemistry) tests.
3. Option LR LOINC PRINT RESULT NLT prints profiles (cosmic tests)
-
- 423 SEQ #335
- DATE APPLIED: 2013-04-10 17:42:21
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
2. Laboratory-related locking issues when doing accessioning
This patch is a VM patch that addresses 2 issues in the Lab package.
1. In building the collection list, if an order fails to accession,
sometimes subsequent orders fail to accession for the same reason
even though the subsequent orders are ok.
-
- 426 SEQ #336
- DATE APPLIED: 2013-04-22 10:45:03
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
INPUT TRANSFORM ERROR IS CAUSING DATA VERIFICATION ERROR.
-
- 417 SEQ #337
- DATE APPLIED: 2013-06-14 09:07:29
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that addresses 7 HOWDY-related issues in the Lab
3. MI subscripted (Microbiology) tests will not accession in HOWDY
if the MI test is on its own order and the site/specimen is not
urine.
4. The option LRHY PATIENT WAIT TIME reports inaccurate times.
5. True accession number not appearing on LRHY PATIENT WAIT TIME
report.
package.
6. <SUBSCRIPT> error in option LRHY TRACK COLLECTION.
7. Invalid link in HOWDY document.
1. Option LRHY PPOC LABEL PRINT does not print an accession label
when only one accession is selected from a group of 2 or more
accessions.
2. Option LRHY PPOC LABEL PRINT has sequence numbers, accession
numbers, and collection samples running together on the screen.
-
- 143 SEQ #119
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-07-17 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
LR*5.2*143 Patch Description:
File Installed:
guidelines:
Each sendout test should be coded with an appropriate specific WKLD Code
prefix. If there is not an appropriate specific WKLD Code available,
submit a request for WKLD Code addition(s) to the P&LMS Informatics Manage
at the Dallas CIOFO. Forms are available in Patch LR*5.2*138 for making
these requests.
Each sendout test should have a .8XXX suffix. All nationally recognized
sendout laboratories have a suffix code numbers in the range of
LAB DSS LAR EXTRACT ^LAR(64.036)
.8000-.8999. Each sendout test should be assigned an .8XXX suffix
indicating the laboratory that the specimen was sent for analysis. If the
same sendout test is sent to two or more laboratories, one method, is to
have a separate test for each sendout laboratory. Separate test for each
sendout laboratory will allow different normal ranges and specimen
requirements and test cost. At the very least the sendout tests should be
coded to include the ordered test and the sendout laboratory whenever
possible. In certain situations, sendout testing represents a significant
percentage of total patient care cost. This cost requires better tracking
to determine patient's overall treatment cost.
The Lab DSS API (routine LRCAPDSS) will be enhanced by patch LR*5.2*143 to
extract all sendout tests based on the .8XXX suffix. It is not necessary
to set the DSS Feeder Key to 'YES'.
Example
CEA done at VA Milwaukee
86617.8694 CEA~VA MILWAUKEE
CEA done at Smith Kline Beecham
86617.8001 CEA~SMITH KLINE BEECHAM
==================
With the new Lab DSS API enhancement, WKLD Codes conforming to any of the
following patterns will be extracted and passed to the DSS Workload API.
WKLD CODE marked as Billable Procedure [LMIP Unit] (Austin Database)
WKLD CODE with the suffix of .9999 (DSS ACC)
WKLD CODE with the suffix of .8XXX (Sendout laboratory destination )
WKLD CODE with the DSS Feeder Key (#14) field in the WKLD CODE file (#64)
marked YES
Note:
National Laboratory Tests (NLT)and WKLD Codes can be considered to be the
same codes. NLT is the name of the VistA Package responsible for
distributing and updating WKLD Code files.
Installation Instructions:
NOTE: This patch is invoked by patch ECX*2*18 and does not function
independently. There are no laboratory options associated with the patch.
1. All users may remain on the system.
DSS Clinical Data Extract API
2. No options need be placed out of order.
3. Install patch during non-peak hours.
4. This patch has no effect on routine laboratory operations.
5. The Auto-Instruments 'LAB' job(s) does not have to be stopped.
6. Installation time of this patch is less than ten minutes.
7. Journalling requires no special attention.
===========================
NOIS List
None
==================
DSS Program Office Request
===========================
Test Sites:
Alpha Test Site: Long Beach
Beta Test Sites : Portland, Murfreesboro
----------------
Functionality:
The Laboratory Clinical Extraction API replaces the earlier clinical data
ROUTINE SUMMARY:
extraction software that utilized the LABORATORY SITE file (#69) and the
ACCESSION file (#68). In an earlier guideline, DSS requested that the LIM
adjust the purge date for these two files to retain 300 days of data. This
request could not be done by numerous sites because of the lack of disk
storage capacity. Patch LR*5.2*143 will relieve the sites from retaining
300 days of ORDERS and ACCESSION, and the normal PURGE OLD ORDERS AND
ACCESSION option date range can be restored.
Implementation:
The DSS LAR Data (Patch LR*5.2*143 and the companion DSS patch ECX*2*18)
extract utilizes the LAB DATA file (#63) and does not require the LAB
ORDERS file (#69) or the ACCESSION file (#68). Implementation of the DSS
LAR API DOES require that the LIM link the 12 DSS LAR tests in the DSS LAB
TEST file (#727.2) to all local corresponding tests in the LABORATORY
TESTS file (#60). For DSS purposes, these corresponding laboratory tests
must be linked to the WKLD CODE file and must be individually orderable
(atomic) tests. The link between LABORATORY TESTS file and the WKLD CODE
file is accomplished by assigning a WKLD CODE. The NATIONAL LABORATORY
TEST field (#64) of the LABORATORY TESTS file (#60) provides this linkage.
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
The NATIONAL LABORATORY TEST field is not used by LMIP data capture
software and will not effect LMIP counts. Patch LR*5.2*127 provided a
menu, "National Laboratory Test" [LR70 60-64], to link the LABORATORY
TESTS file to the WKLD CODE file.
NOTE: When linking the DSS LAR tests to local laboratory tests, only
atomic Laboratory Tests are selectable. Panel tests are NOT permitted to
be linked to any DSS survey test.
The DSS LAR extract also requires the LIM to identify all specimens that
LRCAPDAR NA 5854094 143
are derived from blood or urine, i.e., plasma, serum, clean catch. The LAB
DSS LAR API will use these specimens to screen patient's results in the
LAB DATA file and extract information for the 12 DSS tests.
The local DSS Coordinator will seek the LIM's assistance to identify tests
and specimens. This should require less than 30 minutes to complete. The
LIM is not required to actually initiate the data extraction. This will be
done by the local DSS Coordinator.
The LIM SHOULD coordinate the purging/archiving of the LAB DATA and the
LRCAPDSS 5467821 5610986 127,143
WKLD DATA files with the DSS Coordinator.
The data for the DSS LAR extract will be stored during processing in a new
file LAB DSS LAR (#64.036) and the data is stored in the global
^LAR(64.036). This global will be purged by the calling DSS option when
the data has been transferred to the DSS laboratory clinical database.
Normally this file will be empty. The design and functionality are the
same used by the WKLD LOG file (#64.03) for the DSS LAB extract. Neither
the LIM nor the Laboratory Package is responsible for purging data from
the WKLD LOG file (#64.03) or the LAB DSS LAR file (#64.036).
==================
------------------------------------------------------------
Laboratory Management Index Program (LMIP) and DSS sendout tests setup and
referral lab identification guidelines:
LMIP and DSS are reviewing data collected for laboratory sendout testing.
The collected data indicates that a consistent nation wide coding method
for capturing sendout tests is not being used. Each site should review
the WKLD Codes for sendout tests to assure that it follows these
-
- 429 SEQ #338
- DATE APPLIED: 2013-09-18 11:39:44
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that replaces a direct read of file #80 (ICD
Diagnosis) with a call to a standard API ($$ICDDX^ICDCODE) in the form
LREPI9.
-
- 432 SEQ #339
- DATE APPLIED: 2013-09-30 10:10:59
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This is general maintenance patch for the laboratory
package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses
issues related to screening for file #44 (Hospital
Location) and an accessioning issue.
-
- 427
- DATE APPLIED: 2013-09-30 10:18:08
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
-
- 425 SEQ #341
- DATE APPLIED: 2013-09-30 10:19:10
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
The following Lab changes or enhancements are included in this build:
1) CPRS API for Lab to call when a test is modified
2) Changes to identify File 60 changes that impact CPRS Quick Orders
3) National Lab Release: Hospital Location Change Management Tool
4) National Lab Release: Lab Test File 60 Audit Tool
5) National Lab Release: Inactivation of Collection Samples File Entries
6) National Lab Release: Inactivation of Topography File Entries
7) National Lab Release: Lapsed Orders
-
- 436 SEQ #342
- DATE APPLIED: 2014-01-14 15:18:02
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses the following issue(s):
1. When printing a CAPTIONED template report in VA FileMan with the
printing of computed fields turned on for the ACCESSION (#68) file all of
the values printed for the HOSPITAL ID (#.09) computed field will be the
same. It will print a different value for each different AREA (#.01) and
use that value for all patients with accessions in that AREA (#.01)
-
- 430 SEQ #343
- DATE APPLIED: 2014-02-21 10:13:09
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a general maintenance patch for the laboratory
package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses
issues with the Howdy software relating to exclusionary
functionality and also issues with the Howdy Wait Time
report and the Howdy Track Collection report.
-
- 435 SEQ #344
- DATE APPLIED: 2014-03-03 14:38:28
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that addresses issues in the lab package
related to the VHIC 4.0 card.
-
- 416 SEQ #345
- DATE APPLIED: 2014-03-03 14:38:38
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that addresses 3 issues in the Lab package.
3. Autopsy reports not viewable in CPRS.
1. Option LRCENLKUP (Review By Order Number) gives misleading
information when 1 sample of a multi-sample order is not
collected.
2. The option LRAPFICH (Print final path reports by accession number)
prints the wrong year on the SNOMED CODE LISTING which is printed
at the end of the pathology report for some AP accessions.
-
- 433 SEQ #346
- DATE APPLIED: 2014-03-04 12:10:14
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
Lab Version 5.2 Patch 433 - Anatomical Pathology Image Framework
LRUDEL new value = 25303229
Routines:
LR7OB63D new value = 29564352
LRAPED new value = 33912945
LRAPEDC new value = 5938079
LRAPLG1 new value = 169348471
LRAPRES new value = 188361634
-
- 424 SEQ #347
- DATE APPLIED: 2014-03-06 10:04:32
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch will resolve the following issues in the Laboratory package:
-Lab test accessioned without appropriate accession area
-<SUBSCRIPT> error when using Enter/verify data (auto instrument) option
-<UNDEFINED> error when editing Autopsy Acc #
-LOINC code not appearing in panel tests
-
- 164 SEQ #120
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-07-28 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
-
- 434 SEQ #348
- DATE APPLIED: 2014-03-19 11:29:07
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that addresses 2 issues in the Lab package.
1. Incomplete test definition leads to "ghost" tests showing up in
CPRS (Computerized Patient Record System).
2. Panel tests sometimes get wrong urgency stored in file
#68 (ACCESSION) when ordered with an atomic test with a higher
urgency than the panel test.
-
- 440 SEQ #349
- DATE APPLIED: 2014-07-09 15:33:22
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that addresses 3 issues in the Lab package:
1. Some data in file 69 is overlaid (wiped out) during
accessioning.
2. A DC'ed test (discontinued) was accessioned.
3. Some panel tests not going to PCE.
-
- 428 SEQ #350
- DATE APPLIED: 2014-08-07 10:08:02
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
1. Cannot add NHCU station number to Associated Division in File #68
2. AP Edit Log-In option handles patient location edit incorrect
-
- 422 SEQ #351
- DATE APPLIED: 2014-08-18 12:03:22
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
-
- 421 SEQ #352
- DATE APPLIED: 2014-08-18 12:03:30
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch will modify routine LRPHLIST (collection label print)
to allow the print job to be queued to a printer through TASKMAN.
-
- 437 SEQ #353
- DATE APPLIED: 2014-09-10 10:59:54
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that addresses 3 issues in the Lab package.
1. Execute code does not perform correctly when a lab test is added
to a previously verified accession.
2. Convert delta checks to new format.
3. <STORE> error when array fills up in micro
-
- 441 SEQ #354
- DATE APPLIED: 2014-10-31 15:56:42
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
-
- 446 SEQ #355
- DATE APPLIED: 2014-12-08 16:57:29
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that addresses 3 issues in the Lab package:
1. Semi-colon in lab test name prevents results entry.
2. Confusing times in phlebotomy log.
3. No warnings when panel test can't be accessioned.
-
- 444 SEQ #356
- DATE APPLIED: 2015-01-08 10:19:35
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that addresses 5 issues in the Lab package:
4. Howdy accessioning sometimes generates an <UNDEFINED> error.
5. Accession labels sometimes don't print in Howdy.
1. Properly defined tests on an order not accessioning when one
test is not properly defined.
2. Improperly defined test causes subsequent tests/orders to not
be accessioned.
3. No warnings when panel test can't be accessioned.
-
- 439 SEQ #357
- DATE APPLIED: 2015-01-08 16:10:47
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that addresses 2 issues in the Lab package.
1. Results can be entered on a test that is being cancelled.
2. Problems with a date/time stamp in LRUMDP.
-
- 171 SEQ #121
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-07-28 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Patch LR*5.2*171 is a complete replacement for patch LR*5.2*140.
reverse video. The control characters caused erratic
printing in which the printer had to be powered off
and on to clear the problem.
2. The problem of Incorrectly reported as comments not
stored when the combined text strings are greater than 68
characters has been resolved. In addition a date/time stamp
and DUZ ID of the person making the change has been added
to each incorrectly reported as comment.
If you have not already installed Patch LR*5.2*140, do not install it.
3. Data names in the LAB DATA file (#63) have been limited to 50
characters.
4. The option Review Data Names [LR REVIEW DATA NAMES] will
permit the user to review the data base for entries > 50
characters.
Reference NOIS: KAN-0395-40200
MAN-O694-10052
E3R E3R #9370
Test Site(s): Muskogee, OK
Asheville, NC
Lexington, KY
Loma Linda, CA
This patch corrects these issues and also the following issues.
Patch LR*5.2*140 corrected the following issues:
1. When using the Enter/Verify/Modify data (manual) [LRENTER] option to
edit more than one result on a verified accession, an undefined
variable DIE occurred.
2. When using the Enter/Verify/Modify data (manual) [LRENTER]
to edit a result,the user is allowed to edit the results
without entering their initials.
Reference NOIS: NYN-0797-10830
MAN-0797-10794
Test Site(s): Manchester, NH
New York, NY
Durham, NC
Installation:
1. The problem of erratic printing from the Group data
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the Transport global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
review (verified & EM) [LRGVP] option has been resolved.
3. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Install Package(s) 'LR*5.2*171'
4. Assign the option Review Data Names [LR REVIEW DATA NAMES] to
appropriate lab person(s).
5. Remove the Environment Check Routine, LR171, from your system.
Tests that were STAT or had critical results are
displayed with control characters that produce the
-
- 438 SEQ #358
- DATE APPLIED: 2015-02-23 12:45:51
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
The patch addresses three (3) issues:
the verification of results marked as Not Performed.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
problems loading and/or installing this patch.
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
3. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
4. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify
that all routines have the correct checksums.
5. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Backup a Transport Global
Associated NSR(s):
To preserve a copy of the routines exported in this patch prior to
installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport Global' option
at this time. You may also compare the routines in your production
account to the routines in the patch by using the 'Compare a
Transport Global to Current System' option.
6. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*438'.
------------------
If prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES//,
choose 'NO'.
If prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and
Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
N/A
Associated Remedy ticket(s):
==========================
1. INC000000500271 - MRSA testing on death
2. INC000000069164 - LRGEN missing results
- INC000000069285 (d)
- INC000000069419 (d)
- INC000000180798 (d)
- INC000000069205 (d)
3. INC000000937699 - Group Verify ignoring NP
Associated NSR(s):
==================
N/A
1. Users report being unable to perform MRSA testing on deceased
Participating Test Sites:
=========================
TBD
Remedy Overview:
================
1. INC000000500271 - MRSA Testing on Death
Problem:
patients but they are allowed to proceed through the accessioning process
--------
Laboratory staff indicates that they are not able to perform MRSA testing
on patients who are deceased. The application will not allow them to
accession specimens or enter results for the MRSA test on deceased
patients. Further, the user is allowed to progress through the
accessioning session without an early warning that an order has been
canceled.
Resolution:
-----------
without an early warning that the test has been cancelled.
To avoid having MRSA tests cancelled at either patient death or
discharge, the desired test should be added as an Exempt Orderable Item
for the Death and/or Discharge event in the Delayed Orders/Auto-DC Set-up
function.
Additionally, the routine LROE is modified to provide clear, early
feedback to the user that a test has been cancelled and will not be
accessioned.
2. INC000000069164 - LRGEN Missing Results
2. LRGEN skips rows of results when the SITE/SPECIMEN prompt is
Problem:
--------
The defect occurs when using the LRGEN option (General report for
selected tests) and when there are more than six (6) analytes on the
selected tests. When the SITE/SPECIMEN prompt is answered with the
default (ANY), the application only displays the first set of headings
and results - that is: it only properly displays the first six results
and skips the remaining results. This typically occurs on the results
for the last date of service. Though no results are displayed,
answered with the default (ANY) and it frequently displays/prints
unnecessary headers are displayed or printed.
Resolution:
-----------
Multiple modifications and the addition of a function to routine LRGEN1,
correct the missing results and unnecessary header issues.
3. INC000000937699 - Group Verify Ignoring NP
Problem:
unnecessary headers.
--------
When Group Verify (GA) is used to verify results for a Work Load Area
that contains accessions that have tests that have been marked as Not
Performed on a prior date, the option can erroneously verify results that
may have been entered for the accession.
Resolution:
-----------
A modification to routine LRGV2 prevents the verification of any results
that may be associated with Not Performed test(s).
3. Under certain circumstances, the Group Verify (GA) option allows
Components:
===========
N/A
Installation Instructions:
==========================
The install time for this patch is less than 2 minutes. This patch can
be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
-
- 449 SEQ #359
- DATE APPLIED: 2015-03-03 10:38:03
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that addresses 3 issues in the Lab package:
1. Time ignored in searching date/time period.
2. Units can be wrong in Search options.
3. EGRF issue related to patient sex.
-
- 448 SEQ #360
- DATE APPLIED: 2015-03-16 16:09:13
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that addresses 2 issues related to CPT coding
(Current Procedural Terminology) in the Laboratory package:
1. Problems with ES Display List selections.
2. Active CPT codes in file 64 are rejected as inactive.
-
- 445 SEQ #361
- DATE APPLIED: 2015-03-23 11:02:31
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
The patch addresses four (4) issues:
un-queued output to P-Message, a Cache NOT OPEN error occurs.
1. Clinical Reminder programs are referencing an incorrect subfield
when retrieving a lab test pointer.
2. When printing Future Labels, a Unique Identifier (UID) for an
unrelated order can occasionally print on the label.
3. In certain circumstances, lab results are not transmitted to the
Health Data Repository (HDR).
4. When the Infection Control Survey Report is run specifying
-
- 442
- DATE APPLIED: 2015-09-16 11:10:11
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
-
- 450 SEQ #363
- DATE APPLIED: 2015-09-29 14:10:44
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
The patch addresses three (3) issues:
1. Under certain conditions, the Anatomic Pathology option LRAPKILL
(Delete accession #, anat path) gives the user ambiguous feedback
about whether the delete of the accession was successful.
2. The ORDERED TESTS BY PHY option misses AP and Howdy tests when an
Accessioning Division is specified.
3. Orders generated in CPRS and rejected in VBECS can be accessioned
in VistA Lab.
-
- 459 SEQ #364
- DATE APPLIED: 2015-10-15 12:22:49
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is a VM patch that addresses 2 issues in the Lab package.
1. Lab results search routine expands start/end search times.
2. QC labels print with accession labels.
-
- 455 SEQ #365
- DATE APPLIED: 2015-11-03 10:41:22
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
-
- 453 SEQ #366
- DATE APPLIED: 2016-01-05 13:03:03
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses four (4) issues:
laboratory, and ordering provider are displaying in CPRS Laboratory
progress notes for a patient's ordered test even though results are not
verified for that test.
4. Multiple updates to Microbiology preliminary comments sent by the
Laboratory Electronic Data Interchange (LEDI) host site are not stored
by the LEDI collecting site in the patient's record if the STORE
DUPLICATE COMMENTS (#2.2) sub-field of the PROFILE (#50) field in the
LOAD/WORKLIST (#68.2) file is set to "YES".
1. The shipping manifest identifier is not shown on the Incomplete Status
List (LRWRKINC) when printing the extended display.
2. The test status may not be correctly reflected on the Incomplete
Status List (LRWRKINC).
3. Information such as report release date and time, performing
-
- 457 SEQ #367
- DATE APPLIED: 2016-03-23 11:53:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a general maintenance patch for the laboratory
package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses
issues with the Howdy software relating to exclusionary
functionality for clinics, deleting of same day duplicate
tests and some other minor Howdy issues.
-
- 172 SEQ #122
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-08-08 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Printer does not set-up properly when running cume reports manually.
Adding LRPARAM to LRAC resolves this problem.
-
- 460 SEQ #368
- DATE APPLIED: 2016-04-18 15:15:01
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a general maintenance patch for the laboratory
package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses
issues with the collection times on the order report, CPT
code entry in AP, and the SNOMED extract.
-
- 466 SEQ #369
- DATE APPLIED: 2016-05-10 15:41:09
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a general maintenance patch for the laboratory
package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses
issues with accessioned lab tests marked as uncollected,
and with accessioning creating erroneous nodes in the Laboratory
Order Entry file (#69).
-
- 458
- DATE APPLIED: 2016-08-03 14:18:17
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
Associated Patches:(v)LR*5.2*446 <<= must be installed BEFORE `LR*5.2*458'
===========
Hines ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext
Salt Lake City ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext
File Name Contents Retrieval Format
------------------ -------------------- ----------------
LAB_AUTORELEASE_1_0.KID Host File containing ASCII
KIDS software distribution
The VistA Documentation Library (VDL) web site will also contain
The build for this patch is distributed as part of a multi-package build
LR_52_458_LA_52_88 Release Notes Binary
for LR*5.2*458 and LA*5.2*88
Lab AutoRelease 1.0 User Guide Binary
Lab AutoRelease 1.0 Technical Manual Binary
Lab UI HL V1.6 Upgrade Installation Binary
and User Guide LA*5.2*66
that contains LR*5.2*458 and LA*5.2*88 and contains functionality to
Lab UI HL V1.6 Upgrade Interface Binary
Specifications Document
This website is usually updated within 1-3 days of the patch release date.
The VDL web address for Laboratory Universal Interface user documentation
is: http://www.domain.ext/vdl/application.asp?appid=120
Installation Instructions
=========================
enable Auto Verification and Auto Release of normal lab results.
This patch, LR*5.2*458, is part of a combined build for Autoverification
Enhancement patch. This patch may be loaded with users on the system.
You may want to install it during non-peak hours. Installation will take
less than 10 minutes.
Refer to the LR_52_458_LA_52_88 Release Notes referenced above for
complete instructions on install and post installation configuration.
1. DOWNLOAD HOST KIDS FILE
----------------------
Initially developed at the Kansas City VAMC, this new process involves
Download the KIDS file LAB_AUTORELEASE_1_0.KID from the
ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directory of Albany, Hines, or the Salt Lake
OIFO to the appropriate directory on your system.
2. LOAD DISTRIBUTION
-----------------
Use the 'LOAD A DISTRIBUTION' option on the KIDS
INSTALLATION menu, and enter: the directory onto which you
have downloaded the host file, followed by
LAB_AUTORELEASE_1_0.KID, the host file name.
automatic review and release of test results based on lab-established set
3. START UP KIDS
-------------
Start up the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu [XPD
MAIN]:
Edits and Distribution ...
Utilities ...
Installation ...
Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option:
of boundaries, also referred as rules, rule sets, and algorithms. Lab
INStallation
---
Load a Distribution
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Install Package(s)
Restart Install of Package(s)
Unload a Distribution
Backup a Transport Global
results that are in a "normal" range, as pre-determined by the
4. Select Installation Option:
--------------------------
a. Use the Load a Distribution and select Host File:
LAB_AUTORELEASE_1_0.KID
NOTE: The following are OPTIONAL - (When prompted for the INSTALL
NAME, enter LA*5.2*88):
b. Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup
laboratory, will transmit directly from the middleware to VistA lab files
message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not
backup any other changes such as DD's or templates.
c. Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option will
allow you to view all changes that will be made when this patch is
installed. It compares all components of this patch m (routines,
DD's, templates, etc.).
d. Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will allow you
to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the transport
global.
e. Print Transport Global
and on to Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS) without the
5. Select Installation Option: Install Package(s) **This is the step
to start the installation of this KIDS patch:
--------------------------
**This is the step to start the installation of this KIDS patch:
a. Choose the Install Package(s) option to start the patch install.
b. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
YES//' answer NO
c. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options,
and Protocols? YES//' answer NO.
intermediate step of requiring a lab technologist to manually review and
Routine Information:
====================
The second line of each of these routines now looks like:
;;5.2;AUTOMATED LAB INSTRUMENTS;**[Patch List]**;Sep 27, 1994;Build 10
The checksums below are new checksums, and can be checked with
sign off on these normal lab results. This process will eliminate the
CHECK1^XTSUMBLD.
Routine Name: LR458
Before: n/a After: B3643881 **458** DELETED AFTER INSTALL
Routine Name: LRDIQ
Before: B5636912 After: B6385366 **86,153,263,290,458**
Routine Name: LRGP2
Before: B20236690 After: B21346835 **153,221,263,290,350,446,458**
Routine Name: LRLISTPS
Before: n/a After: B17691343 **458**
need for a qualified technologist to manually approve all "normal"
Routine Name: LRNIGHT
Before: B6404812 After: B7575682 **291,350,458**
Routine Name: LRVER5
Before: B147369024 After: B148324560 **42,153,283,286,350,458**
Routine Name: LRVR3
Before: B71492279 After: B108418700 **42,121,153,286,291,350,458**
Routine Name: LRVRAR
Before: n/a After: B69670046 **458**
Routine Name: LRVRARU
Before: n/a After: B32878283 **458**
results before those results are filed in VistA Lab files and available
Routine list of preceding patches: 446
for clinicians to view in CPRS.
Each VAMC site will determine which instruments will use this
functionality as it can set up on an instrument by instrument basis.
Essentially VistA Lab instruments are set up as either being available
for auto verification or not available for auto verification. If an
Subject: LABORATORY AUTO VERICATION & AUTO RELEASE
instrument is set up for auto verification, then a lab result passing the
rule set will be filed by the middleware in VistA lab files and available
in CPRS and a lab result that cannot pass the rule set will be held in
the middleware system for review by a lab technologist.
In support of this auto verification and auto release functionality, this
patch will add two new application proxy users. LRLAB AUTO RELEASE is
used to indicate that the results in VistA Lab were released by an
automated Lab process without human interventions. LRLAB, AUTO VERIFY is
used to indicate that the results were "approved" by an automated process
using a rules based system.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Patch Components
================
Files & Fields Associated:
File Name (Number) Field Name (Number) New/Modified/Deleted
Category: ROUTINE
------------------ ------------------- --------------------
LOAD/WORK LIST (#68.2) PROFILE (#68.23), AUTO RELEASE (#2.4) New
Parameter Definitions Associated:
Parameter Definition Name New/Modified/Deleted
------------------------- --------------------
LR WORKLIST DATA CLEANUP New
Parameter Template New/Modified/Deleted
ENHANCEMENT
------------------------- --------------------
LR PKG Modified
Input Templates Associated:
Input Template New/Modified/Deleted
---------------------------------- --------------------
LRLLDFT New
Options Associated:
DATA DICTIONARY
Option Name Type New/Modified/Deleted
----------- ---- --------------------
Summary List (Patient) [LRLISTPS] Routine New
New Service Requests (NSRs):
==============================
NSR# 20131009: Employ laboratory autoverification in the Veterans Health
Administration.
Test Sites:
===========
Kansas City VAMC (Alpha)
Tucson (Beta)
Tampa (Beta)
Iowa City (Beta)
Fresno (Beta)
Description:
Software and Documentation Retrieval Information
==============================
VistA Laboratory patch LR*5.2*458 software is distributed by Host File,
along with LA*5.2*88. Software is available on the ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
directory at one of the following Office of Information (OI) Field
Offices. The preferred method is to retrieve the file using Secure File
Transfer Protocol (SFTP) from: download.vista.domain.ext, which transmits
files from the first available FTP server. Sites may also select to retrieve
documentation directly from a specific server as follows:
Albany ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext
-
- 467 SEQ #371
- DATE APPLIED: 2016-09-02 13:50:42
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a general maintenance patch for the laboratory
package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses
issues with Howdy:
1. INC000001085378 - Draw time: 0
2. INC000001056020 - Processed tests showing as "active"
3. I7997705FY16 - Tests accessioned from excluded locations
-
- 451
- DATE APPLIED: 2016-10-06 13:00:34
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
included in this patch.
-
- 473 SEQ #373
- DATE APPLIED: 2016-10-28 15:06:51
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a general maintenance patch for the laboratory
package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses
issues with an incomplete audit log-in and with batch result
entry of microbiology results:
1. I8246369FY16 - Incomplete audit log-in
2. I6575449FY16 - <UNDEFINED> error in micro results entry (batch)
-
- 465 SEQ #374
- DATE APPLIED: 2016-12-01 15:48:38
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see forum for a complete description of patch LR*5.2*465
-
- 462 SEQ #375
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-01-06 11:54:45
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
Nov 23, 2016 - V14 - The following defect was corrected by a modification
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*462 have no effect on Blood
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of
installation of this patch.
Oct 5, 2016 - V12 - This release enhances the "Delete accession #, anat
Patch Components:
-----------------
Files & Fields Associated:
File Name (Number) Field Name (Number) New/Modified/Deleted
------------------ ------------------- --------------------
LABORATORY TEST CPRS SCREEN New
path" option to update CPRS status to discontinued.
(#60) (#21661)
LABORATORY SITE CPRS AP DIALOG ON New
(#69.9) (#21661)
LAB ORDER ENTRY SUBSCRIPT New
(#69) (#21661.71)
CPRS AP SCREEN New
(#21661.72)
SURGEON/PHYSICIAN New
(#21661.73)
SURGERY CASE # New
(#21661.74)
SPECIMEN SUBMITTED New
BY (#21661.811)
BREIF CLINICAL New
HISTORY
(#21661.813)
PREOPERATIVE New
DIAGNOSIS
(#21661.814)
OPERATIVE FINDINGS New
Corrects - Defect 373204 -
(#21661.815)
POST OPERATIVE New
FINDINGS
(#21661.816)
LR CPRS PARAMETERS New
(#69.71)
VLE ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY - VistA LR462/OR405 SURGERY CASE DOES NOT DISPLAY
Forms Associated:
Form Name File # New/Modified/Deleted
--------- ------ --------------------
N/A
Mail Groups Associated:
Mail Group Name New/Modified/Deleted
ON PATIENT DURING SPECIMEN LOGIN IN VISTA
--------------- --------------------
N/A
Options Associated:
Option Name Type New/Modified/Deleted
----------- ---- --------------------
LRXOSX menu Modified
LR7OAP CPRS 60 EDIT edit New
LR7OAP CPRS 60 PRINT run routine New
LR7OAP CPRS DIALOG MENU menu New
LR7OAP CPRS DIALOG PRINT print New
Protocols Associated:
Protocol Name New/Modified/Deleted
------------- --------------------
N/A
Security Keys Associated:
Security Key Name
-----------------
N/A
Fix - M error when the accession has been cancelled using the "Delete
Templates Associated:
Template Name Type File Name (Number) New/Modified/Deleted
------------- ---- ------------------ --------------------
LR7OAPKP DIALOG PRINT LR CPRS PARAMETERS New
SCREENS (#69.71)
LR7OAP CPRS 60 INPUT LABORATORY TEST New
EDIT (#60)
to CRE863^LRAPLG1 routine that will restore the NOW// default instead of
accession #, anat path"option and then a user tries to utilize the "Delete
Additional Information:
N/A
New Service Requests (NSRs):
----------------------------
#20140511
entire order or individual test" option for the same order number. -
The Anatomic Pathology (AP) laboratory service needs a mechanism for
clinicians to provide required patient-specific, procedure-specific, and
specimen-specific information to facilitate specimen processing by
pathologists. This mechanism must be in place for use by the specimen
labeling application in order to generate a primary specimen label that
positively identifies the specimen and accurately associates it with the
patient.
Patient Safety Issues (PSIs):
-----------------------------
there was a typo in the legacy code in the LROS routine.
N/A
Remedy Ticket(s) & Overview:
----------------------------
N/A
Problem:
-------
N/A
Resolution:
----------
N/A
Test Sites:
----------
AP Dialogs w/OR*3.0*405:
North Florida/South Georgia VHCS
Fresno
Northern California
Do no harm testing:
Richmond
Documentation Retrieval Instructions:
-------------------------------------
Updated documentation describing the new functionality introduced by this
patch is available.
Sept 14, 2016 - V11 - Fixes 'no routine' error in APSUB^ORMBLDLR that was
The preferred method is to FTP the files from
ftp://download.vista.domain.ext/.
This transmits the files from the first available FTP server. Sites may
also elect to retrieve software directly from a specific server as
follows:
Albany ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext <ftp://ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext>
Hines ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext <ftp://ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext>
Salt Lake City ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext <ftp://ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext>
still calling LR7OAPMG which was changed with V10 to LR7OAPKM. Problem
Documentation can also be found on the VA Software Documentation Library
at: http://www4.domain.ext/vdl/
Title File Name FTP Mode
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
N/A
Patch Installation:
found by developer once CPRS32 v16 GUI was available. The routine
Pre/Post Installation Overview:
-------------------------------
This patch will install new fields to the LABORATORY TEST (#60), LAB
ORDER ENTRY (#69) and LABORATORY SITE PARAMETERS (#69.9) files. It will
also install a new file, LR CPRS SCREEN (#69.71), four new "LR7OAP"
options, a print template for the LR CPRS SCREEN file and an edit
template for the LABORATORY TEST file.
LR7OAPMG has been added back into this build and will be removed at a
Pre-Installation Instructions:
------------------------------
This patch may be installed with users on the system although it is
strongly recommended that it be installed during non-peak hours when
LAB usage is at a minimum.
Installation Instructions:
--------------------------
This installation will install the components necessary to support the
later date.
CPRS AP Order Dialog functionality released with OR*3.0*405.
1. Choose the PackMan message containing this patch.
2. Choose the INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE PackMan option.
3. From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu, select
the Installation Menu. From this menu, you may elect to use the
following options. When prompted for the INSTALL NAME enter the patch
LR*5.2*462:
presenting a date and time.
a. Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup
message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not
backup any other changes such as DDs or templates.
b. Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option will
allow you to view all changes that will be made when this patch
is installed. It compares all components of this patch
(routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
c. Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will allow
you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
transport global.
Sept 8 - V10 - Fixes the following defects:
4. From the Installation Menu, select the Install Package(s) option and
choose the patch to install.
5. When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? NO//'
Respond: NO
6. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
NO//'
Defect # 373205 Surgeon Physician not displaying in VistA
Respond: NO
7. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options,
and Protocols? NO//'
Respond: NO
8. If prompted 'Delay Install (Minutes): (0 - 60): 0//' respond 0.
Post-Installation Instructions:
When submitted by is blank - the Surgeon does not display.
-------------------------------
N/A
Defect # 373204
The surgery case look up fails during log
Sept 1, 2016 - V9 - Fixes Undefined varible.
Defect # - 371975 - Undefined variable when login the specimen in VistA
if Surgeon/Physician is not selected in CPRS.
AUG 25, 2016 - V8 - Fixes default bleed over problems with the
Pathologist and Submitted by fields in AP.
AUG 12, 2016 - V7 - Fixes defect 357639:
Defect: 357639 - VLE ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY - DURING SPECIMEN LOGIN IN VISTA,
PATHOLOGIST FIELD POPULATES NAME OF SURGEON USED FOR A PRIOR ORDER
423457: LI log in, anatomic path field of DATE/TIME SPECIMEN RECEIVED
JULY 17, 2016 - V6 packman created and sent to forum - corrects problem
in LRPLG1 routine.
JULY 15, 2016 - V5 packman created and sent to forum - corrects hard
errors found by QA
JULY 15, 2016 - V4 packman created and sent to forum
JUNE 30, 2016 - V1 packman created and sent to forum
JUNE 29, 2016 - V1 kids file to QA for do no harm testing
The build for this patch is distributed in support of the VLE
Anatomic Pathology order dialog enhancements. It contains a modification
should default to NOW//
to the LABORATORY TEST (#60), LAB ORDER ENTRY (#69), LABORATORY SITE
(#69.9) and adds the new file LR CPRS PARAMETERS (#69.71).
1- Anatomic Pathology specimen log-in option has been modified to
prompt the user for an order number. This order number will be created
by CPRS after patches OR*3.0*405 and LR*5.2*469 are installed.
2- If a user enters an order number, the process deviates from the
current Log-in,anat path option in that it displays any data entered via
CPRS AP order dialog. The fields presented could include any of the
following:
a. SURGEON/PHYSICIAN
b. SPECIMEN SUBMITTED BY
c. SURGERY CASE #
d. SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION/SPECIMEN (multiple)
e. BRIEF CLINCAL DESCRIPTION
f. PREOPERATIVE DIAGNOSIS
g. OPERATIVE FINDINGS
h. POSTOPERATIVE DIAGNOSIS
3- If Surgical Case(s) are found for this patient in the last 7 days
they will be presented to the user for selection. If a case is selected
Oct 6, 2016 - V13 - Added the following as required patches:
the data from the Surgical Case will be displayed and the user will be
asked if they wish to include this in the appropriate field in the
Anatomic Pathology accession.
4- If Surgical Case information is added to Anatomic Pathology
fields it will display first and followed by the information obtained
from the CPRS order.
5- All other data entry/edit actions will be done via existing
Anatomic Pathology options.
LR*5.2*259,291,350,422,433,450
Blood Bank Review:
==================
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*462 does not
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by ProPath
standard titled: BBM Team Review of VistA Patches.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*462 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
functions.
-
- 469 SEQ #376
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-01-12 14:55:17
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
Sept 30, 2016 - V9 - fixes defect #371947 by changing the values for the
specimen from the Specimen Description; she also pointed out that there is
Option Name Type New/Modified/Deleted
---------- ----- --------------------
N/A
Protocols Associated:
Protocol Name New/Modified/Deleted
a character limitation in Specimen Description. Dev state that there is a
------------- --------------------
N/A
Security Keys Associated:
Security Key Name
-----------------
N/A
"switch" in the configuration to turn it on.
Templates Associated:
Template Name Type File Name (Number) New/Modified/Deleted
------------- ----- ------------------ --------------------
N/A
Additional Information:
N/A
New Service Requests (NSRs):
--------------------------------------------
#20140511
The Anatomic Pathology (AP) laboratory service needs a mechanism for
clinicians to provide required patient-specific, procedure-specific, and
specimen-specific information to facilitate specimen processing by
Sept 14, 2016 - V8 - contains modifications to the LR AP DIALOG CONFIG
pathologists. This mechanism must be in place for use by the specimen
labeling application in order to generate a primary specimen label that
positively identifies the specimen and accurately associates it with the
patient.
Patient Safety Issues (PSIs):
---------------------------------------
N/A
file in the following way:
Remedy Ticket(s) & Overview:
--------------------------------------------
N/A
Problem:
------------
N/A
Resolution:
Each specimen of each orderable item within LR AP DIALOG CONFIG has
--------------
N/A
Test Sites:
---------------
AP Dialogs w/OR*3.0*405:
North Florida/South Georgia VHCS
Fresno
Northern California
had the field HIDE FROM DESCRIPTION nullified so that the GUI will
Documentation Retrieval Instructions:
--------------------------------------------------
Updated documentation describing the new functionality introduced by this
patch is available.
The preferred method is to FTP the files from
ftp://download.vista.domain.ext/.
This transmits the files from the first available FTP server. Sites may
also elect to retrieve software directly from a specific server as
follows:
move the specimen name into the specimen description when building
Albany ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext <ftp://ftp.fo-albany.domain.ext>
Hines ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext <ftp://ftp.fo-hines.domain.ext>
Salt Lake City ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext <ftp://ftp.fo-slc.domain.ext>
Documentation can also be found on the VA Software Documentation Library
at: http://www4.domain.ext/vdl/
Title File Name FTP Mode
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
the specimen description.
TBD
Patch Installation:
Pre/Post Installation Overview:
------------------------------------------
The environment check will ensure that the following ORDERABLE ITEMS and
TOPOGRAPHY entries are an exact name match before patch LR*5.2*469 will
be allowed to install. This matching is critical due to the dependency of
the configuration in LR AP DIALOG CONFIG file by ORDERABLE ITEM and
HIDE FROM DESCRIPTION field (#.02) of the SPECIMEN multiple (#3) of the
TOPOGRAPHY.
Orderable Item search Criteria:
First check is for an exact name match
If multiples found the check will fail
If one or more match the name but none have a display group of
anatomic pathology the check will fail
If there is one exact name match with a display group of
Anatomic Pathology the check will be successful
AUG 12, 2016 - V7 packman created and sent to forum - contains modified
Specimen search Criteria:
First check to see if SCT code has been assigned to any specimen
If no association is found the check will fail
Find all specimen entries in the environment check that have an
SCT code assigned
Find all specimens with an exact name match
If SCT code is found for only one specimen check is successful
If an exact name matches the SCT code the check is successful
If multiple specimen with matching SCT code and matching names
the check will fail
aorderable item and specimen lookups
ORDERABLE ITEMs checked:
BONE MARROW
BRONCHIAL CYTOLOGY
BRONCHIAL BIOPSY
DERMATOLOGY
FINE NEEDLE ASPIRATE
AUG 1, 2016 - V6 packman created and sent to forum - fixes unresolved
GENERAL FLUID
TISSUE EXAM
GASTROINTESTINAL ENDOSCOPY
GYNECOLOGY (PAP SMEAR)
URINE
UROLOGY,PROSTATE
UROLOGY,BLADDER/URETER
RENAL BIOPSY
TOPOGRAPHY(specimens) - SNOMED CT ID codes checked:
pointers problem on install due to order dialog prompts that will not be
ABDOMEN - 113345001
ADRENAL GLAND - 23451007
ANAL CANAL - 34381000
APPENDIX - 66754008
ASCENDING COLON - 9040008
BILE DUCT CYTOLOGIC MATERIAL - 110928002
BILE DUCT MUCOUS MEMBRANE - 7035006
BILIARY TRACT - 34707002
BODY OF PANCREAS - 40133006
BONE - 3138006
populated until OR*3.0*405 is installed.
BONE MARROW - 14016003
BREAST - 76752008
BRONCHIAL CYTOLOGIC MATERIAL - 110912007
BRONCHUS - 955009
CARDIAC INCISURE OF STOMACH - 5459006
CARDIAC OSTIUM OF STOMACH - 63853002
CARDIO-ESOPHAGEAL JUNCTION - 25271004
CECUM - 32713005
CEREBROSPINAL FLUID CYTOLOGIC MATERIAL - 110969006
CERVICAL CYTOLOGIC MATERIAL - 110949001
JULY 21, 2016 - V5 packman created and sent to forum
CHORIONIC VILLI - 2049008
COLON - 71854001
DESCENDING COLON - 32622004
DUODENUM - 38848004
ESOPHAGUS - 32849002
ESOPHAGUS, LOWER THIRD - 67173009
ESOPHAGUS, MIDDLE THIRD - 19000002
ESOPHAGUS, UPPER THIRD - 54738009
GASTRIC FUNDUS - 414003
GASTRIC JUICE - 31773000
JULY 18, 2016 - V4 packman created and sent to forum
GREATER CURVATURE OF STOMACH - 89382009
HEAD OF PANCREAS - 64163001
ILEUM - 34516001
JEJUNUM - 21306003
KIDNEY - 64033007
LEFT COLIC FLEXURE - 72592005
LEFT TESTIS - 63239009
LESSER CURVATURE OF STOMACH - 80085006
LIVER - 10200004
LUNG - 39607008
JULY 15, 2016 - V3 packman created and sent to forum
LYMPH NODE - 59441001
MEDIASTINUM - 72410000
NECK, LEFT SIDE - 170583000
NECK, RIGHT SIDE - 170303002
PANCREAS - 15776009
PAROTID GLAND - 45289007
PELVIS - 12921003
PERIRENAL TISSUE - 47145004
PERITONEAL CYTOLOGIC MATERIAL - 110944006
PERITONEUM - 15425007
JUNE 30, 2016 - V1 packman created and sent to forum
PLEURAL CYTOLOGIC MATERIAL - 110913002
PROSTATE - 41216001
PYLORIC ANTRUM - 66051006
PYLORUS - 280119005
RECTOSIGMOID JUNCTION - 49832006
RECTUM - 34402009
RENAL PELVIS - 25990002
RETROPERITONEUM - 82849001
RIGHT COLIC FLEXURE - 48338005
RIGHT TESTIS - 15598003
LR AP DIALOG CONFIG file (#69.73) has been deleted in which the previous
JUNE 29, 2016 - V1 kids file to QA for do no harm testing
SALIVARY GLAND - 385294005
SIGMOID COLON - 60184004
SKIN - 39937001
SMALL INTESTINE - 30315005
SOFT TISSUES - 87784001
SPLEEN - 78961009
STOMACH - 69695003
SUBLINGUAL GLAND - 88481005
SUBPHRENIC FOSSA - 243974009
SYNOVIAL CYTOLOGIC MATERIAL - 110895009
TAIL OF PANCREAS - 73239005
THYROID GLAND - 69748006
TISSUE - 85756007
TRANSVERSE COLON - 485005
URETER - 87953007
URINARY BLADDER - 89837001
URINE - 78014005
VAS DEFERENS - 57671007
VERTEBRA - 51282000
The build for this patch is distributed in support of the VLE
Pre-Installation Instructions:
-------------------------------------
This patch may be installed with users on the system although it is
recommended that it be installed during non-peak hours to minimize
potential disruption to users. This patch should take less than 5
minutes
to install
1. The Laboratory ADPAC will need to create thirteen new lab tests to
support the CPRS AP DIALOG functionality. These tests must be set up
Anatomic Pathology order dialog enhancements. It contains the new file LR
with a collection sample of AP SPECIMEN.
If the COLLECTION SAMPLE file does not have an AP SPECIMEN entry
refer to Section 2.2 of the following document:
LEDI IV Installation Guide (Lab_Ledi_IV_Install_Guide.pd)
2. Add thirteen new tests to the LABORATORY TEST file. Below are
examples of what the AP tests should look like in the LABORATORY TEST
File (#60) once the entries have been created.
AP DIALOG CONFIG (#69.73).
NOTE: Use the appropriate Institution(s) entries for your facility.
WARNING: Make sure there are no other entries in the LABORATORY TEST file
that have the same name or synonym even though the subscript is
different.
For example: If there is an existing Bone Marrow with Subscript of
'Cytology' then you may rename the test to 'Bone Marrow (Cytology)'.
Also if there is a synonym of 'Bone Marrow' then you may rename it to
'Bone Marrow (CY)'.
Set all tests up and TYPE NEITHER. When CPRS v32 is available you can
set the TYPE to BOTH.
Workload code configuration should be done in compliance with your
current Laboratory practices.
The PRINT NAME is not important and can be whatever you wish it to be.
1- The LR AP DIALOG CONFIG(#69.73) file is used to support the
The ACCESSION AREA should be whatever is in use at your facility as long
as it is appropriate for the subscript of the test.
LABORATORY TESTS (#60)
NAME: BONE MARROW TYPE: NEITHER
SUBSCRIPT: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
PRINT NAME: BMARROW
COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER ACCESSION AREA: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
building and functioning of the CPRS AP DIALOG for the following thirteen
SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
NOTE: Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Surgical Pathology Tissue Exam
CPRS SCREEN: 118-BONE MARROW
NAME: BRONCHIAL BIOPSY TYPE: NEITHER
SUBSCRIPT: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
PRINT NAME: BROBIOSP
tests/orderable items:
COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER ACCESSION AREA: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
NOTE: Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Surgical Pathology Tissue Exam
CPRS SCREEN: 109-BRONCHIAL BIOPSY
NAME: BRONCHIAL CYTOLOGY TYPE: NEITHER
SUBSCRIPT: CYTOLOGY HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
BONE MARROW
REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
PRINT NAME: BRONC-CY
COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER ACCESSION AREA: CYTOPATHOLOGY
SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
NOTE: Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Report Cytology
CPRS SCREEN: 102-BRONCHIAL CYTOLOGY
values were YES
BRONCHIAL BIOPSY
NAME: DERMATOLOGY TYPE: NEITHER
SUBSCRIPT: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
PRINT NAME: DERMATOL
COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER ACCESSION AREA: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
NOTE: Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Surgical Pathology Tissue Exam
CPRS SCREEN: 124-DERMATOLOGY
BRONCHIAL CYTOLOGY
NAME: FINE NEEDLE ASPIRATE TYPE: NEITHER
SUBSCRIPT: CYTOLOGY HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
PRINT NAME: FNA
COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER ACCESSION AREA: CYTOPATHOLOGY
SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
NOTE: Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement
DERMATOLOGY
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Report Cytology
CPRS SCREEN: 103-FINE NEEDLE ASPIRATE
NAME: GENERAL FLUID TYPE: NEITHER
SUBSCRIPT: CYTOLOGY HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
PRINT NAME: GENFLUID
COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER ACCESSION AREA: CYTOPATHOLOGY
FINE NEEDLE ASPIRATE
SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
NOTE: Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Report Cytology
CPRS SCREEN: 125-GENERAL FLUID
NAME: TISSUE EXAM TYPE: NEITHER
SUBSCRIPT: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
PRINT NAME: GENSURG
GASTROINTESTINAL ENDOSCOPY
COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER ACCESSION AREA: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
NOTE: Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Surgical Pathology Tissue Exam
CPRS SCREEN: 116-TISSUE EXAM
NAME: GASTROINTESTINAL ENDOSCOPY TYPE: NEITHER
SUBSCRIPT: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
GENERAL FLUID
REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
PRINT NAME: GI-EDNO
COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER ACCESSION AREA: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
NOTE: Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Surgical Pathology Tissue Exam
CPRS SCREEN: 119-GASTROINTESTINAL ENDOSCOPY
GYNECOLOGY (PAP SMEAR)
NAME: GYNECOLOGY (PAP SMEAR) TYPE: NEITHER
SUBSCRIPT: CYTOLOGY HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
PRINT NAME: GYN-PAP
COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER ACCESSION AREA: CYTOPATHOLOGY
SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
NOTE: Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Report Cytology
CPRS SCREEN: 126-GYNECOLOGY (PAP SMEAR)
RENAL BIOPSY
NAME: URINE TYPE: NEITHER
SUBSCRIPT: CYTOLOGY HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
PRINT NAME: URCYTO
COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER ACCESSION AREA: CYTOPATHOLOGY
SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
NOTE: Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement
TISSUE EXAM
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Report Cytology
CPRS SCREEN: 127-URINE
NAME: UROLOGY,BLADDER/URETER TYPE: NEITHER
SUBSCRIPT: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
PRINT NAME: UROBLURE
COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER ACCESSION AREA: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
URINE
SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
NOTE: Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Surgical Pathology Tissue Exam
CPRS SCREEN: 123-UROLOGY,BLADDER/URETER
NAME: UROLOGY,PROSTATE TYPE: NEITHER
SUBSCRIPT: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
PRINT NAME: UROPROST
UROLOGY,BLADDER/URETER
COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER ACCESSION AREA: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
NOTE: Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Surgical Pathology Tissue Exam
CPRS SCREEN: 121-UROLOGY,PROSTATE
NAME: RENAL BIOPSY TYPE: NEITHER
SUBSCRIPT: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY HIGHEST URGENCY ALLOWED: STAT
UROLOGY,PROSTATE
REQUIRED COMMENT: ORDER COMMENT COMBINE TEST DURING ORDER: NO
PRINT NAME: RENAL BX
COLLECTION SAMPLE: AP SPECIMEN
INSTITUTION: CAMP MASTER ACCESSION AREA: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
SITE NOTES DATE: MAY 03, 2016
NOTE: Test added in support of the VLE-AP order dialog enhancement
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE: Surgical Pathology Tissue Exam
CPRS SCREEN: 128-RENAL BIOPSY
2- The LR AP DIALOG CONFIG file was created to support the new LR
3. Confirm the ORDERABLE ITEMS were created properly in file 101.43.
The number seen in the ID field will point to the internal entry
number for the test
in your LABORATORY TEST file.
ORDERABLE ITEMS (#101.43):
NAME: BONE MARROW ID: 719;99LRT
DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY PACKAGE NAME: BONE MARROW
SET: LAB
OTHER LAB AP TESTS order dialog which will be released with OR*3.0*405.
SET: AP
LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY TYPE: neither
NAME: BRONCHIAL BIOPSY ID: 5125;99LRT
DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY PACKAGE NAME: BRONCHIAL BIOPSY
SET: LAB
SET: AP
LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY TYPE: neither
NAME: BRONCHIAL CYTOLOGY ID: 5126;99LRT
DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY PACKAGE NAME: BRONCHIAL CYTOLOGY
SET: LAB
SET: AP
LAB SECTION: CYTOLOGY TYPE: neither
NAME: DERMATOLOGY ID: 5127;99LRT
DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY PACKAGE NAME: DERMATOLOGY
SET: LAB
SET: AP
LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY TYPE: neither
NAME: FINE NEEDLE ASPIRATE ID: 5128;99LRT
DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY PACKAGE NAME: FINE NEEDLE ASPIRATE
SET: LAB
SET: AP
LAB SECTION: CYTOLOGY TYPE: neither
Blood Bank Review:
NAME: GENERAL FLUID ID: 5131;99LRT
DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY PACKAGE NAME: GENERAL FLUID
SET: LAB
SET: AP
LAB SECTION: CYTOLOGY TYPE: neither
NAME: TISSUE EXAM ID: 5133;99LRT
==================
DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY PACKAGE NAME: TISSUE EXAM
SET: LAB
SET: AP
LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY TYPE: neither
NAME: GASTROINTESTINAL ENDOSCOPY ID: 5129;99LRT
DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY PACKAGE NAME: GASTROINTESTINAL
ENDOSCOPY
SET: LAB
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*469 does not
SET: AP
LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY TYPE: neither
NAME: GYNECOLOGY (PAP SMEAR) ID: 5132;99LRT
DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY PACKAGE NAME: GYNECOLOGY (PAP
SMEAR)
SET: LAB
SET: AP
LAB SECTION: CYTOLOGY TYPE: neither
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by ProPath
NAME: URINE ID: 5137;99LRT
DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY PACKAGE NAME: URINE
SET: LAB
SET: AP
LAB SECTION: CYTOLOGY TYPE: neither
NAME: UROLOGY,BLADDER/URETER ID: 5134;99LRT
Defect #371947 - During Sprint 12 Review demo the SMEs asked if the
standard titled: BBM Team Review of VistA Patches.
DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY PACKAGE NAME:
UROLOGY,BLADDER/URETER
SET: LAB
SET: AP
LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY TYPE: neither
NAME: UROLOGY,PROSTATE ID: 5135;99LRT
DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY PACKAGE NAME: UROLOGY,PROSTATE
SET: LAB
SET: AP
LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY TYPE: neither
NAME: RENAL BIOPSY ID: 5136;99LRT
DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY PACKAGE NAME: RENAL BIOPSY
SET: LAB
SET: AP
LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY TYPE: neither
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*469 does not
4. Edit the ORDERABLE ITEM file (#101.43) and change the DISPLAY GROUP
to ANATOMIC APTHOLOGY. This edit will remove the LAB entry from
the SET field.
Select OPTION: eNTER OR EDIT FILE ENTRIES
INPUT TO WHAT FILE: ORDERABLE ITEMS//
EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// DISPLAY GROUP
THEN EDIT FIELD:
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
Select ORDERABLE ITEMS NAME: BONE MARROW
DISPLAY GROUP: LABORATORY// ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY
Select ORDERABLE ITEMS NAME:
Review of Orderable Item:
NAME: BONE MARROW ID: 719;99LRT
DISPLAY GROUP: ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY PACKAGE NAME: BONE MARROW
SET: AP
functions.
LAB SECTION: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY TYPE: neither
5. EDIT OF DISPLAY GROUPS FILE (#100.98): Editing the DISPLAY
GROUPS file (#100.98) will display the Anatomic Pathology orders under
Anatomic Pathology Display Group instead of the Laboratory Display
group within the CPRS Order tab. The following steps will need to be
performed.
Coordinate these changes with your Clinical Coordinator.
a. Edit ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY display group and add SP, CY and EM
display groups as Members.
INPUT TO WHAT FILE: DISPLAY GROUP//
EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL//
Select DISPLAY GROUP NAME: anatOMIC PATHOLOGY
NAME: ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY//
Select MEMBER: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
Are you adding 'SURGICAL PATHOLOGY' as a new MEMBER (the 1ST for
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*469 have no effect on Blood
this DISPLAY GROUP)? No// Y (Yes)
MEMBER SEQUENCE: 1//
Select MEMBER: CYTOLOGY
Are you adding 'CYTOLOGY' as a new MEMBER (the 2ND for this
DISPLAY GROUP)? No // Y (Yes)
MEMBER SEQUENCE: 2//
Select MEMBER: ELECTRON MICROSCOPY
Are you adding 'ELECTRON MICROSCOPY' as a new MEMBER (the 3RD for
this DISPLAY GROUP)? No// Y (Yes)
MEMBER SEQUENCE: 3//
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
Select MEMBER:
MIXED NAME: Anat. Path.//
SHORT NAME: AP//
DEFAULT DIALOG: [leave blank]
b.Delete the AP display groups (SP,CYand EM) from the LABORATORY
display group entry.
Select DISPLAY GROUP NAME: lab LABORATORY
NAME: LABORATORY//
Select MEMBER: CYTOLOGY// @
SURE YOU WANT TO DELETE THE ENTIRE MEMBER? Y (Yes)
Select MEMBER: AUTOPSY// SURGICAL PATHOLOGY
...OK? Yes// (Yes)
MEMBER: SURGICAL PATHOLOGY// @
SURE YOU WANT TO DELETE THE ENTIRE MEMBER? Y (Yes)
Select MEMBER: ELECT RON MICROSCOPY
...OK? Yes// (Yes)
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
MEMBER: ELECTRON MICROSCOPY// @
SURE YOU WANT TO DELETE THE ENTIRE MEMBER? Y (Yes)
Select MEMBER: ?
Answer with MEMBER, or SEQUENCE
Choose from:
1 CHEMISTRY
2 HEMATOLOGY
3 MICROBIOLOGY
4 BLOOD BANK
5 ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY
specimen could automatically populate in the Specimen Description [field]
made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of
8 AUTOPSY
You may enter a new MEMBER, if you wish
Enter a display group. A display group that is an ancestor
may not also be a member.
Answer with DISPLAY GROUP NAME
Do you want the entire 59-Entry DISPLAY GROUP List?
You may enter a new DISPLAY GROUP, if you wish
ANSWER MUST BE 3-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
installation of this patch.
Select MEMBER:
MIXED NAME: Lab//
SHORT NAME: LAB//
DEFAULT DIALOG: LR OTHER LAB TESTS//
c. Add ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY display group to the ALL SERVICES display
group.
Select DISPLAY GROUP NAME: ALL SERVICES
NAME: ALL SERVICES//
Select MEMBER: CLINIC SCHEDULING// ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY
Are you adding 'ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY' as a new MEMBER (the 21ST for
this DISPLAY GROUP)? No// Y (Yes)
MEMBER SEQUENCE: 21//
Select MEMBER:
MIXED NAME: All//
SHORT NAME: ALL//
DEFAULT DIALOG:
6. REVIEW ORWOR CATEGORY SEQUENCE PARAMETER: Review the 'Anatomic
Pathology' display group is set in ORWOR CATEGORY SEQUENCE parameter
at the Package level as sequence number 74 which will enable the
Anatomic Pathology order to sort ahead of other Laboratory orders on
the CPRS Orders tab. If ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY is not present or not in
sequence 74 have the IRM edit the package level.
Note: If this parameter contains values for the User or System levels
edit these entries and add ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY as a sequence
number just before the LABORATORY entry.
Select OPTION NAME: XPAR MENU TOOLS General Parameter Tools
Patch Components:
LV List Values for a Selected Parameter
LE List Values for a Selected Entity
LP List Values for a Selected Package
LT List Values for a Selected Template
EP Edit Parameter Values
ET Edit Parameter Values with Template
EK Edit Parameter Definition Keyword
--------------------------
Select General Parameter Tools <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: LV List Values for
a Selected Parameter
Select PARAMETER DEFINITION NAME: ORWOR CATEGORY SEQUENCE Orders
Category Sequence
Values for ORWOR CATEGORY SEQUENCE
Parameter Instance Value
-----------------------------------------------------------------
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 10 M.A.S.
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 20 ALLERGIES
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 30 VITALS/MEASUREMENTS
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 35 ACTIVITY
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 40 NURSING
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 50 DIETETICS
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 59 CLINIC INFUSIONS
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 60 IV MEDICATIONS
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 65 OUTPATIENT MEDICATIONS
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 68 NON-VA MEDICATIONS
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 69 CLINIC MEDICATIONS
Files & Fields Associated:
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 70 INPATIENT MEDICATIONS
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 74 ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 75 LABORATORY
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 80 IMAGING
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 90 CONSULTS
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 100 PROCEDURES
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 110 SURGERY
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 120 OTHER HOSPITAL SERVICES
Enter RETURN to continue or '^' to exit:
Parameter Instance Value
-----------------------------------------------------------------
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 130 SUPPLIES/DEVICES
PKG: ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPOR 135 CLINIC SCHEDULING
Enter RETURN to continue or '^' to exit:
LV List Values for a Selected Parameter
File Name (Number) Field Name (Number) New/Modified/Deleted
LE List Values for a Selected Entity
LP List Values for a Selected Package
LT List Values for a Selected Template
EP Edit Parameter Values
ET Edit Parameter Values with Template
EK Edit Parameter Definition Keyword
Select General Parameter Tools <TEST ACCOUNT> Option:
Installation Instructions:
as that would be important. The specimen is usually a part of the
------------------ ------------------- --------------------
------------------------------
This installation will add the LR AP DIALOG CONFIG file (#69.73) and
configure it for the Order Dialogs and Specimens listed in the environment
check.
1. Choose the PackMan message containing this patch.
2. Choose the INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE PackMan option.
3. From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu, select
LR AP DIALOG CONFIG New
the Installation Menu. From this menu, you may elect to use the
following options. When prompted for the INSTALL NAME enter the patch
LR*5.2*469:
a. Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup
message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not
backup any other changes such as DDs or templates.
b. Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option will
allow you to view all changes that will be made when this patch
is installed. It compares all components of this patch
(routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
(#69.73)
c. Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will allow
you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
transport global.
4. From the Installation Menu, select the Install Package(s) option and
choose the patch to install.
5. When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? NO//'
Respond: NO
6. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
NO//'
Respond: NO
7. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options,
and Protocols? NO//'
Respond: NO
8. If prompted 'Delay Install (Minutes): (0 - 60): 0//' respond 0.
Post-Installation Instructions:
---------------------------------------
N/A
Forms Associated:
Form Name File # New/Modified/Deleted
--------- ------ --------------------
N/A
description. Stuti replied that a decision was made to remove the
Mail Groups Associated:
Mail Group Name New/Modified/Deleted
--------------- --------------------
N/A
Options Associated:
-
- 475 SEQ #377
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-01-23 13:48:13
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
-
- 163
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-08-19 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Build Patch Description LR*5.2*163
will have assigned CPT codes. This will cause a 2 to 4 fold increase
in the workload Patient Care Encounter (PCE) Application Programmer
Interface (API) traffic.
The workload API is dependent on orderable tests being linked to a NLT
code. National Laboratory File menu [LR70 60-64] option has sub-menu
options to link the LABORATORY TEST file (#60) entries to NLT codes.
2. The routine LRCAPAMP that is used by the Recompile Phase 1 LMIP
data [LR WKLD LMIP 1 REPEAT] option was not resetting all file entries.
In certain situations, workload data could be lost.
NOTE: Remember to recompile each division individually before repeating
any additional data compiling.
3. The Workload code list [LRCAPD] option has been enhanced to
display CPT codes and additional fields to be used by Laboratory
Electronic Data Interchange (LEDI). NOTE: It is recommended that a
new list be generated with this option.
4. The Edit or Print WKLD CODES [LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] option
This patch upgrades the National Laboratory Test (NLT) codes. The
now allows the user to edit all fields for any WKLD CODE in the file.
This option should be restricted to the Laboratory Information
Manager's (LIM's) menu.
5. The Add a new WKLD code to file [LRCAP CODE ADD] option now
prompts for test cost and price.
7. The PRICE field (#8) has been added to the WKLD CODE file (#64).
8. Any conversion errors are stored in the LAB NLT/CPD CODE (#64.81).
following enhancements are provided. The CPT/HCPCS CODES Version 6.0
If no errors are generated during the CPT code linkage, this file will
be empty after install is completed.
9. The PCE/VSIT ON field (#615) in LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) will
be set to "PCE/VSIT ONLY" which transmits CPT codes only to the workload
API. No Clinic Stop Code data will be transmitted.
10 When using the Manual Linking of file 60 64 [LR7O 60-64 MANUAL]
option to change an NLT code assigned to a test in the LABORATORY TEST
file (#60), a FileMan error "??" would occur. This resulted in the
is a required package for this patch.
previous associated test in WKLD CODE file (#64) not being deleted. The
routine LR7OU4 corrects this error.
1. All existing Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) codes in the
WKLD CODE file (#64) will be removed. The 1997 CPT codes will be
linked to existing codes. After installation, all relevant WKLD CODES
-
- 463 SEQ #378
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-01-23 14:07:05
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
Upload new Etiology entries into file (61.2)
-
- 474
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-01-23 14:12:09
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
Associated Patch: LA*5.2*90; which will be installed first as a part of
middleware, sites will be able to switch from using class III interfaces
Parameter Name New/Modified/Deleted
-------------- --------------------
LR MI UI RELEASE DEFAULT NEW
Additional Information:
N/A
New Service Requests (NSRs):
to a UI standard interface. New functionality will be applied that will
----------------------------
NSR #20131213
Carbapenem Resistant Enterobacteriaceae (CRE) Naming Conventions
Electronic Interfacing of Automated Identification and Susceptibility
Testing Instruments
NSR #20140801
Tracking Multi-Drug Resistant Organisms
Patient Safety Issues (PSIs):
-----------------------------
allow for an "MI" subscripted test to be added to the VistA Auto
N/A
Remedy Ticket(s) & Overview:
----------------------------
N/A
Problem:
-------
Instrument file (#64.2). There will also be enhanced result processing and
N/A
Resolution:
----------
N/A
Test Sites:
----------
Tampa (alpha)
Iowa City
verify/release functions (see LA*5.2*90 patch descriptions for additional
Lexington
Software and Documentation Retrieval Information
==============================
VistA Laboratory patch LR*5.2*474 software is distributed by Host File,
along with LA*5.2*90.
The preferred method is to retrieve files from download.vista.domain.ext.
This transmits the files from the first available server. Sites may
also elect to retrieve files directly from a specific server.
details).
Sites may retrieve the software and/or documentation directly using
Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) from the ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directory
at the following OI Field Offices:
Albany: fo-albany.domain.ext
Hines: fo-hines.domain.ext
Salt Lake City: fo-slc.domain.ext
File Name Contents Retrieval Format
------------------ -------------------- ----------------
LAB_MICRO_INTERFACE_ Host File containing ASCII
RELEASE_1_0.KID KIDS software distribution
LAB_MICRO_INTERFACE_RELEASE_1_0_DOCS.ZIP, which contains both .pdf and
.doc formatted file of the following documents. Retrieval format is
BINARY:
Lab Micro Interface Release 1.0 User Guide
Lab Micro Interface Release 1.0 Technical Manual and Security Guide
The build for this patch is distributed in support of the VistA
Lab Micro Deployment, Installation, Back-Out, and Rollback
Guide
The VistA Documentation Library (VDL) web site will also contain the
above referenced documents. This website is usually updated within 1-3
days of the patch release date. The VDL web address for Laboratory
Universal Interface user documentation is:
http://www.domain.ext/vdl/application.asp?appid=120
Note: These previously released documents contain configuration and
Laboratory Enhancement (VLE) Microbiology/Data Innovations interface
mapping information that is useful to the implementation of the Universal
Interface for Microbiology tests.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEDI IV Installation Guide LAB_LEDI_IV_IG.PDF binary
LEDI IV User Manual LAB_LEDI_IV_UM.PDF binary
LEDI IV Update AP/MICRO LEDI_IV__AP__MICRO_ binary
Configuration Guide CONFIGURATION_GUIDE.PDF binary
Patch Installation:
utilizing the Laboratory Universal Interface.
-------------------
Pre/Post Installation Overview:
-------------------------------
This patch, LR*5.2*474 is part of a combined build for the Laboratory
Microbiology Interface Enhancement patch.
This patch install must be coordinated with the Laboratory ADPAC to
ensure that all Lab Interface related activities are halted.
this combined build.
This installation will modify the Enter/verify data (auto instrument)
option for the Microbiology Universal Interface process by providing the
following release options:
Select RELEASE action: Edit (full)// ?
Entering 0 will abort review/release.
Entering 1 will allow release 'as is' with no editing.
Entering 2 will allow you to enter/edit comments then release.
The patch provide new functionality provides for the Enter/Verify data
Entering 3 will allow you to enter full edit, similar to 'Results entry'
option.
Selections 1-3 will allow editing of status and approved date/time.
Select one of the following:
0 Quit
1 Release
2 Comments/Release
(Auto Instrument) option which will allow the technologist with the
3 Edit (full)
Pre-Installation Instructions:
------------------------------
Ensure that all Lab Interface activity has been halted !!
This would include:
-Editing of an Auto Instrument file entry,
-Turn off the Auto Downloading process to prevent the building and
authority to release three release actions.
downloading
of a Load/Worklist to the Instrument Manager.
-Shut down all LA7UI logical links and any other HL7 process (HLZTCP or
HLLP processes)
to prevent the processing of result messages from the IM.
This patch may be installed with users on the system as long as the above
process controls have been followed.
Installation Instructions:
--------------------------
This patch may be installed with users on the system although it is
recommended that it be installed during non-peak hours to minimize
potential disruption to users. This patch should take less than 5
minutes to install.
1. DOWNLOAD HOST KIDS FILE
----------------------
Download the KIDS file LAB_MICRO_INTERFACE_RELEASE_1_0.KID from
the ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directory of Albany, Hines, or the Salt
Lake OIFO to the appropriate directory on your system.
2. LOAD DISTRIBUTION
-----------------
Use the 'LOAD A DISTRIBUTION' option on the KIDS
INSTALLATION menu, and enter: the directory onto which you
have downloaded the host file, followed by
LAB_MICRO_INTERFACE_RELEASE_1_0.KID, the host file name.
Blood Bank Review:
3. START UP KIDS
-------------
Start up the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu
[XPD MAIN]:
Edits and Distribution ...
Utilities ...
Installation ...
Select Kernel Installation & Distribution System Option:
==================
Installation
-------------
Load a Distribution
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Install Package(s)
Restart Install of Package(s)
Unload a Distribution
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*474 does not
Backup a Transport Global
4. Select Installation Option:
---------------------------
a. Use the Load a Distribution and select Host File:
LAB_MICRO_INTERFACE_RELEASE_1_0.KID
b. Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup
message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not
backup any other changes such as DDs or templates.
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by ProPath
c. Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option will
allow you to view all changes that will be made when this patch
is installed. It compares all components of this patch
(routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
d. Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will allow
you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
transport global.
5. When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
standard titled: BBM Team Review of VistA Patches.
Install? NO//'
Respond: NO
6. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
NO//'
Respond: NO
7. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options,
and Protocols? NO//'
Respond: NO
8. If prompted 'Delay Install (Minutes): (0 - 60): 0//'
Respond: 0.
Post-Installation Instructions:
-------------------------------
ADPAC and Microbiology Tech instructions:
1. After data has been received from the Data Innovations for an
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*474 does not
automated Microbiology instrument, the releasing Microbiology Technologist
will be presented with the following options:
Select RELEASE action: Edit (full)// ?
Entering 0 will abort review/release.
Entering 1 will allow release 'as is' with no editing.
Entering 2 will allow you to enter/edit comments then release.
Entering 3 will allow you to enter full edit, similar to 'Results entry'
option.
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
Selections 1-3 will allow editing of status and approved date/time.
Select one of the following:
0 Quit
1 Release
2 Comments/Release
3 Edit (full)
Select RELEASE action: Edit (full)// 0 Quit
functions.
Do you want to PURGE these results? NO//
2. A new parameter LR MI UI RELEASE DEFAULT is included with this
patch and it provides the VAMC site the ability to set the release default
at the package and user levels.
Example configuration:
Select OE/RR interface parameters <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: Select Lab
liaison menu <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: OE/RR interface parameters
EH Edit HOSPITAL SITE parameters
AS Edit a lab administration schedule
IL Inquire to a Lab administration schedule
CC Update CPRS Parameters ...
Select OE/RR interface parameters <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: CC Update CPRS
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*474 have no effect on Blood
Parameters
PA Update CPRS with Lab order parameters
SI Update CPRS with Single Lab test
UP Update CPRS with all Lab test parameters
DO Domain Level Parameter Edit
LO Location Level Parameter Edit
PP Package Level Parameter Edit
UL Display Lab User Parameters
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
Select Update CPRS Parameters <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: PP Package Level
Parameter Edit
Lab Package Level Parameters for Package: LAB SERVICE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Collect on Monday YES
Collect on Tuesday YES
Collect on Wednesday YES
Collect on Thursday YES
Collect on Friday YES
Collect on Saturday YES
Collect on Sunday YES
Lab Collects on Holidays YES
Lab Collect Days Allowed in Future 7
Maximum Days for Continuous Orders
Default manual verify method
Default load/work list verify method
Display Provider in Micro Result Entry
Default Micro Instrument Release Action VITEK Edit (full)
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
Prompt CPRS Alert in Micro Result Entry Don't Ask
Prompt CPRS Alert in CH Result Entry
EGFR Creatinine IDMS-traceable Method
EGFR Patient's Age Cutoff
EGFR Result Cutoff
Send an alert after AP release
Default AP Report Selection Prompt
Ask Performing Lab AP YES
Ask Performing Lab Micro YES
Print SNOMED Code System SNOMED I
The build for this patch is distributed as part of a multi-package build
made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of
Document Surgery Package Case Info NO
Chemistry GUI Report Right Margin
Microbiology GUI Report Right Margin
AP GUI Report Right Margin
Method of Assigning AP Accession Number
Default Accessioning Specimen
Default Accessioning Collection Sample
Default Accessioning Lab Test
Exclude removed tests from building
Use default accession dates
installation of this patch.
Print Reporting/Printing Facility None
Days to keep of instrument data 1 2
Lab STS Default Mapping Files Directory
Lab STS Default Mapping Filespec *.TXT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLLECT MONDAY: YES//
COLLECT TUESDAY: YES//
COLLECT WEDNESDAY: YES//
COLLECT THURSDAY: YES//
COLLECT FRIDAY: YES//
COLLECT SATURDAY: YES//
COLLECT SUNDAY: YES//
IGNORE HOLIDAYS: YES//
LAB COLLECT DAYS ALLOWED IN FUTURE: 7//
MAXIMUM DAYS FOR CONTINUOUS ORDERS:
Default manual verify method:
For Default load/work list verify method -
Select Accession Area:
Display Provider in Micro Result Entry:
For Default Micro Instrument Release Action -
Select Load/Work List: VITEK
Load/Work List: VITEK// VITEK VITEK
Default load/work list verify method: Edit (full)//
For Default Micro Instrument Release Action -
Select Load/Work List:
NOTE: This parameter will allow the default release action to be
Patch Components:
Load/Work List specific.
3. Setting the default release action for a user:
Select Information-help menu <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: PP General Lab User
Parameters
Lab User Level Parameters for User: TECH,MICRO
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------
Default lab label printer
Display previous comments for test
Default Performing Laboratory
Ask Performing Lab AP
Ask Performing Lab Micro
Display Provider in Micro Result Entry
Prompt CPRS Alert in CH Result Entry
Prompt CPRS Alert in Micro Result Entry
Default Micro Instrument Release Action VITEK Release
Default AP Report Selection Prompt
None
Send an alert after AP release
Default Accessioning Specimen
Default Accessioning Collection Sample
Default Accessioning Lab Test
Exclude removed tests from building
Use default accession dates
Lab Messaging - Parse HL7 Messages
Lab Messaging - Display using Browser
Lab Messaging - Show Identifiers
Chemistry GUI Report Right Margin
Microbiology GUI Report Right Margin 132
AP GUI Report Right Margin 240
Lab STS Default Mapping Files Directory
Lab STS Default Mapping Filespec
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
For Default lab label printer -
Select Division:
For Display previous comments for test -
Files & Fields Associated:
Select Laboratory Test:
Default Performing Laboratory:
Ask Performing Lab AP:
Ask Performing Lab for MICRO:
Display Provider in Micro Result Entry:
Send CPRS Alert in CH Result Entry:
Send CPRS Alert in Micro Result Entry:
For Default Micro Instrument Release Action -
Select Load/Work List: VITEK
Are you adding VITEK as a new Load/Work List? Yes// YES
Load/Work List: VITEK// VITEK VITEK
Default load/work list verify method: Release
For Default Micro Instrument Release Action -
Select Load/Work List:
NOTE: This parameter will allow the default release action to be
Load/Work List specific.
AP Report Selection Default: ^
that contains LA*5.2*90 and LR*5.2*474. The build contains functionality
File Name (Number) Field Name (Number) New/Modified/Deleted
------------------ ------------------- --------------------
N/A
Forms Associated:
Form Name File # New/Modified/Deleted
--------- ------ --------------------
N/A
that will allow Microbiology instrumentation to utilize the Lab Universal
Mail Groups Associated:
Mail Group Name New/Modified/Deleted
--------------- --------------------
N/A
Options Associated:
Interface.
Option Name Type New/Modified/Deleted
----------- ---- --------------------
N/A
Protocols Associated:
Protocol Name New/Modified/Deleted
------------- --------------------
N/A
Security Keys Associated:
Security Key Name
-----------------
N/A
By utilizing the Universal Interface and Instrument Manager (IM)
Templates Associated:
Template Name Type File Name (Number) New/Modified/Deleted
------------- ---- ------------------ --------------------
LR USER PARAMETER TEMPLATE NEW
FILE (8989.52)
LR PKG PARAMETER TEMPLATE NEW
FILE (8989.52)
Parameters Associated:
-
- 464 SEQ #380
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-01-23 14:38:17
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
The NSR20140715 Surgical Pathology Report Enhancements for Readability
care provider, I need to view the Laboratory Surgical Pathology Report
columns in-line, so the report is legible and I can provide timely care
for the patient.
intake modifies the Laboratory Surgical Pathology report by lining up the
columns so that the report is more legible.
This intake has been implemented locally at the Kansas City, Kansas VAMC.
The NSR for this intake addresses the following requirement:
* VHBAO: NEED502503 Surgical Pathology Report Enhancement: As a health
-
- 482 SEQ #381
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-02-03 15:44:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
Subject: ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY ORDER DIALOG ENHANCEMENT - FIX FOR AUTOPSY
Associated Patches: LR*5.2*462
pathologists. This mechanism must be in place for use by the specimen
labeling application in order to generate a primary specimen label that
positively identifies the specimen and accurately associates it with the
patient.
Patient Safety Issues (PSIs):
-----------------------------
N/A
Remedy Ticket(s) & Overview:
----------------------------
N/A
Problem:
-------
N/A
Resolution:
The build for this patch is distributed in support of the VistA Lab
----------
N/A
Test Sites:
----------
AP Dialogs w/OR*3.0*405:
North Florida/South Georgia Veterans Health System (Gainesville, FL)
Central California VA Health Care System (Fresno, CA)
VA Northern California Health Care System
Edward Hines Jr. VA Hospital
Enhancement (VLE) Anatomic Pathology order dialog enhancements. This
Philadelphia VA Medical Center
Documentation Retrieval Instructions:
-------------------------------------
Software being released as a host file and/or documentation describing
the new functionality introduced by this patch are available.
The preferred method is to retrieve files from download.vista.domain.ext.
This transmits the files from the first available server. Sites may
patch is to fix an error to released patch LR*5.2*462 [ANATOMIC PATHOLOGY
also elect to retrieve files directly from a specific server.
Sites may retrieve the software and/or documentation directly using
Secure
File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) from the ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE directory at
the following OI Field Offices:
Albany: fo-albany.domain.ext
Hines: fo-hines.domain.ext
Salt Lake City: fo-slc.domain.ext
ORDER DIALOG ENHANCEMENT]. It resolves the error generated when using the
Documentation can also be found on the VA Software Documentation Library
at:
http://www4.domain.ext/vdl/
Title File Name FTP Mode
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
VistA laboratory Enhancements AP_VIP_Deployment_Installation_ Binary
(VLE) Anatomic Pathlogy (AP) Roll Back_Back-Out_Guide.DOC
Order Dialogs
option "Verify/release reports, anat path" [LRAPR] to verify/release an
VistA laboratory Enhancements AP_VIP_Deployment_Installation_ Binary
(VLE) Anatomic Pathlogy (AP) Roll Back_Back-Out_Guide.PDF
Order Dialogs
Patch Installation:
Pre/Post Installation Overview:
-------------------------------
Autopsy (AU) accession. This patch is being released as an emergency
This patch is a fix for an Autopsy error that is triggered when users
'Verify/Release Autopsy report in VistA.
Pre-Installation Instructions:
------------------------------
This patch may be installed with users on the system although it is
strongly recommended that it be installed during non-peak hours when
LAB usage is at a minimum.
patch with a compliance date of Feb 5, 2017 to coincide with the
Installation Instructions:
--------------------------
This patch may be installed with users on the system although it is
recommended that it be installed during non-peak hours to minimize
potential disruption to users. This patch should take less than 5
minutes to install.
This installation will install the components necessary to support the
CPRS AP Order Dialog functionality released with OR*3.0*405.
LR*5.2*462 compliance date of Feb 5, 2017
1. Choose the PackMan message containing this patch.
2. Choose the INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE PackMan option.
3. From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu, select
the Installation Menu. From this menu, you may elect to use the
following options. When prompted for the INSTALL NAME enter the patch
LR*5.2*462:
a. Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup
message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not
ERROR
backup any other changes such as DDs or templates.
b. Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option will
allow you to view all changes that will be made when this patch
is installed. It compares all components of this patch
(routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
c. Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will allow
you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
transport global.
4. From the Installation Menu, select the Install Package(s) option and
Defect Addressed - 451608
choose the patch to install.
5. When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? NO//'
Respond: NO
6. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
NO//'
Respond: NO
7. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options,
and Protocols? NO//'
Respond: NO
8. If prompted 'Delay Install (Minutes): (0 - 60): 0//' respond 0.
Post-Installation Instructions:
-------------------------------
N/A
The patch contains two routine, no option or menus.
Routine Information:
====================
The second line of each of these routines now looks like:
;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[Patch List]**;Sep 27, 1994;Build 1
The checksums below are new checksums, and
can be checked with CHECK1^XTSUMBLD.
Routine Name: LR482
Before: n/a After: B4627709 **482**
Routine Name: LRAPRES1
Before: B70400068 After: B71690317 **259,336,369,365,397,413,350,
462,482**
Routine list of preceding patches: 462
Blood Bank Review:
==================
All of the above changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank
Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
control functions.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*482 have no effect on Blood
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*482 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
elements functions.
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to routines and
files identified in ProPath standard titled: BBM Team Review of VistA
Category: PATCH FOR A PATCH
Patches, group B listing. The changes have no effect on Blood Bank
functionality or medical device control functions. There is no adverse
potential to sites.
Patch Components:
-----------------
N/A
EMERGENCY PATCH
Forms Associated:
Form Name File # New/Modified/Deleted
--------- ------ --------------------
N/A
Mail Groups Associated:
Mail Group Name New/Modified/Deleted
--------------- --------------------
N/A
Options Associated:
N/A
Description:
Protocols Associated:
Protocol Name New/Modified/Deleted
------------- --------------------
N/A
Security Keys Associated:
===========
Security Key Name
-----------------
N/A
Templates Associated:
N/A
Additional Information:
N/A
New Service Requests (NSRs):
----------------------------
#20140511
The Anatomic Pathology (AP) laboratory service needs a mechanism for
clinicians to provide required patient-specific, procedure-specific, and
specimen-specific information to facilitate specimen processing by
-
- 470 SEQ #382
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-02-03 15:47:25
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a general maintenance patch for the laboratory
to transmit to HDR
2. INC000000775621 - Lab order merging leads to incorrect
status of file 100 orders
package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses
issues with some patients test results not getting transmitted
to the HDR (Health Data Repository) and with some lab orders
that have the wrong status in file #100 (ORDER).
ASSOCIATED REMEDY TICKET:
========================
1. INC000001243211 - Failure of merged lab collect orders
-
- 468 SEQ #383
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-03-13 14:37:15
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
See National Patch Module for details.
-
- 479 SEQ #385
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-03-28 15:42:06
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch contains corrections that address issues related to the
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by
------------- --------------------
N/A
Security Keys Associated:
Security Key Name
-----------------
N/A
ProPath standard titled: BBM Team Review of VistA Patches.
Templates Associated:
Template Name Type File Name (Number) New/Modified/Deleted
------------- ----- ------------------ --------------------
N/A
Additional Information:
N/A
New Service Requests (NSRs):
--------------------------------------------
#20140511
The Anatomic Pathology (AP) laboratory service needs a mechanism for
clinicians to provide required patient-specific, procedure-specific, and
specimen-specific information to facilitate specimen processing by
pathologists. This mechanism must be in place for use by the specimen
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*479 have no effect on Blood
labeling application in order to generate a primary specimen label that
positively identifies the specimen and accurately associates it with the
patient.
Patient Safety Issues (PSIs):
---------------------------------------
N/A
CA SDM Ticket(s) & Overview:
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
--------------------------------------------
N/A
Test Sites:
---------------
AP Dialogs w/OR*3.0*405:
North Florida/South Georgia Veterans Health System (Gainesville, FL)
Edward Hines Jr. VA Hospital
Philadelphia VA Medical Center
Problem:
-------
Sub files 60.0216611,.01 (AOE CPRS SCREEN) and 60.12166,.01 (AOE SCREEN)
in the LABORAOTRY TEST file (#60) were erroneously released with the
distribution of patch LR*5.2*462.
Resolution:
-----------
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
These two fields will be removed from the data dictionary with the LR479
post-install routine.
Problem:
--------
Sub file 69.321661,.01 (VFD AOE) in the LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69) was
erroneously released with the distribution of patch LR*5.2*462.
Resoultion:
-----------
made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of
This field will be removed form the data dictionary with the LR479
post-install routine.
Problem:
--------
Specimen Login in VistA does not assign correct accession number when
using the new accession process added to the AP Specimen Log In option
with patch LR*5.2*462. The order number entered at this point was created
using the new AP Order Dialog in CPRS. The accession area assigned to the
Laboratory test in file 60 was not being honored and only SURGICAL
installation of this patch.
PATHOLOGY (SP) and CYTOLOGY (CY) accession areas were being utilized.
Resolution:
-----------
Routine modifications were made to honor the correct accession area as
defined in the Laboratory test file in association with the division
of the user accessioning the order.
Problem:
--------
Practitioner field in CPRS displays '0' if Surgeon/Physician is blank in
VistA - Backdoor order only.
Resolution:
-----------
Routine modifications were made to correct the storage of a zero when no
Surgeon/Physician was entered during the accessioning process.
Problem:
--------
VistA Lab Enhancements (VLE) released patches LR*5.2*462 and LR*5.2*469.
Patch Components:
Lock login process of AP Orders via Accessioning menu - Post Release
LR479.
Resolution:
-----------
Option Accessioning tests ordered by ward order entry [LROE] has been
modified to not allow Anatomic Pathology orders to be processed. The
user will see the following message before exiting the option:
This is an Anatomic Path order
--------------------------
Must use 'Log-in, anat path' Option to accession this Order
Problem:
--------
AP Backdoor order from VistA displays Send Patient to Lab as default
Collection Status.
Resolution:
-----------
Routine modifications were made to change the default from SP Send
Patient to WC Ward Collect.
Problem:
--------
Backdoor AP Order from VistA does not display patient location in CPRS.
Resolution:
-----------
Routine modifications were made to pass the correct pointer to CPRS so
Files & Fields Associated:
that the ordering location will be reflected correctly.
Problem:
--------
Error <SUBSCRIPT>AP+2^LRXREF is being triggered during AP Specimen
Log-in accessioning of orders created in CPRS. There was code in the
routine that was trying to continue the accessioning process even if the
test being accessioned did not have an accession area defined that
matched the division of the accessioning person. The default lookup was
expecting to find an SP for Surgical Pathology or a CY for Cytopathology
accession area abbreviations. If a site has changed these abbreviations
to something other than SP and CY the <SUBSCRIPT> error would be
triggered.
Resolution:
-----------
Routine modifications were made to remove the default accession area
logic and replace it with code that will exit the user with the following
message:
File Name (Number) Field Name (Number) New/Modified/Deleted
[ TISSUE EXAM] DOES NOT HAVE AN APPROPRIATE ACCESSION AREA DEFINED
Log-in Aborted
Problem:
--------
The VLE AP project is unable to acquire an ICR with $$DEFAULT^ORWLRAP1.
Resolution:
-----------
------------------ ------------------- --------------------
This API was removed from the input transform of the .01 field of file
69.73.
DD: 69.73:.01
Problem:
--------
The builder blocks had three misspellings (erosioin,technnique and SLide)
for selectable values.
LR AP DIALOG CONFIG 69.73,.01 ORDERABLE ITEM Modified
Resolution:
-----------
The patch has a post install sub-routine SPELL^LR479 that will search for
strings that equal "erosioin", "technnique" or "SLide" within the 69.73
file and set them to "erosion" and "technique" respectively.
Routine: LR479
Problem:
(#69.73)
--------
For the Urology,Prostate dialog Right Testis specimen the builder block
"Submission Type" should be "Specimen Type" and "Specimen Submission"
should be "Submission Type".
Resolution:
-----------
The patch has a post install sub-routine TITLE^LR479 that will search for
a builder block with a value of "Orchiectomy" and if the builder block
title reads "Submission Type" it will be changed to "Specimen Type" and
69.73,.02 ALLOW OTHER Modified
the second builder block title will be set to "Submission Type".
Routine: LR479
Documentation Retrieval Instructions:
-------------------------------------
Software will be released via a PackMan message.
The preferred method is to retrieve files from download.vista.domain.ext.
This transmits the files from the first available server. Sites may
The description of the issues can be reviewed in the Problem and
SPECIMENS
also elect to retrieve files directly from a specific server.
Sites may retrieve the software and/or documentation directly using
Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) from the ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
directory at the following OI Field Offices:
Albany: fo-albany.domain.ext
Hines: fo-hines.domain.ext
Salt Lake City: fo-slc.domain.ext
69.73,.03 RESTRICT Modified
Title/File Name FTP Mode
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
N/A
Documentation can also be found on the VA Software Documentation Library
at:
http://www4.domain.ext/vdl/
Patch Installation:
MULTIPLE SPECIMENS
Pre/Post Installation Overview:
-------------------------------
N/A
Pre-Installation Instructions:
------------------------------
N/A
69.73,1 ORDER PROMPTS Modified
Installation Instructions:
--------------------------
This patch may be installed with users on the system although it is
strongly recommended that it be installed during non-peak hours when
LAB usage is at a minimum. This patch should take less than 5 minutes to
install.
This installation will install the components necessary to support the
CPRS AP Order Dialog future functionality that is being released with
OR*3.0*405.
69.731,.02 HIDE Modified
1. Choose the PackMan message containing this patch.
2. Choose the INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE PackMan option.
3. From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu, select
the Installation Menu. From this menu, you may elect to use the
following options. When prompted for the INSTALL NAME enter the
patch LR*5.2*479:
a. Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup
69.731,.03 REQUIRED Modified
message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not
backup any other changes such as DDs or templates.
b. Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option will
allow you to view all changes that will be made when this patch
is installed. It compares all components of this patch
(routines, DDs, templates, etc.).
c. Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will allow
you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
transport global.
69.731,.04 DEFAULT Modified
4. From the Installation Menu, select the Install Package(s) option and
choose the patch to install.
5. When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? NO//'
Respond: NO
6. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
NO//'
Respond: NO
69.73,2 PAGES Modified
7. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options,
and Protocols? NO//'
Respond: NO
8. If prompted 'Delay Install (Minutes): (0 - 60): 0//' respond 0.
Post-Installation Instructions:
-------------------------------
69.732,.01 PAGE# Modified
N/A
Back-Out Procedure:
-------------------
The build does not make any changes that would affect the operational
state of the software and platform settings.
1. Back-Out Strategy
During installation, if the option to back up routines was run as
directed, 'Backup a Transport Global', then routines have the ability
69.732,.02 PAGENAME Modified
to be restored from the "backup" MailMan message that was generated.
However, the KIDS installation process does not perform a restore of
other VistA components, such as data dictionary, cross-reference, and
template changes, etc.
Prior to attempting a back-out of the software, please contact the VA
Help Desk at 1-855-673-4357 for support or assistance.
a. Back-Out Considerations
The LIM and the Chief of Pathology have the authority to order
the
Resolution sections of this patch description.
69.732,.03 HID Modified
back-out.
b. Back-Out Criteria
Criteria for a back-out includes, but are not limited, to the
following:
i. Failed baseline testing.
ii. Non-recoverable software error.
c. Back-Out Risks
No back-out risks have been determined at this time.
69.732,.04 REUIRED Modified
d. Authority for Back-Out
The LIM, the Lab Manager, and the Chief of Pathology have the
authority to request and approve the back-out and accept the
risks.
2. Rollback Procedure
The LR*5.2*479 build as well as any installed dependent patch changes
that follow these releases need to be taken out in reverse of the
order in which they were installed; routines and data dictionary
modifications and populated data must also be rolled back in reverse
69.732,.06 W TITLE Modified
order.
Please contact the VA Help Desk at 1-855-763-4357 for support or
assistance regarding roll-back procedures.
a. Rollback Considerations
No rollback considerations have been determined at this time.
b. Rollback Criteria
The only criteria for a rollback that has been determined at this
time is that the installation failed baseline testing.
69.732,1 BULDER BLOCK Modified
c. Rollback Risks
The only risk determined at this time is the possibility of
downtime which would only effect the users of the Laboratory
package.
d. Authority for Rollback
The LIM, the Lab Manager, and the Chief of Pathology have the
authority to require the rollback and accept the risks.
69.7321,.0 PG BLOCK TITLE Modified
e. Rollback Procedure
The need for a rollback is highly unlikely, however if it is
required, please contact the Product Support team for
assistance. The rollback procedure will require Lab downtime and
a reinstall of any previous KIDS versions.
Example of Captured Installation:
==================================
69.7321,.2 REQUIRED Modified
Enter message action (in IN basket): Ignore// Xtract KIDS
Select PackMan function: 6 INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE
Line 389 Message #412245 Unloading KIDS Distribution LR*5.2*479
LR*5.2*479
Want to Continue with Load? YES// YES
Loading Distribution...
69.7321,03 LIST Modified
LR*5.2*479
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR479
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Sending install loaded alert to mail group G.LMI
69.7321.04 DEFAULT Modified
Select PackMan function:
Enter message action (in IN basket): Ignore//
Select Installation <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: 5 Backup a Transport Global
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*479 2/21/17@10:44:12
=> LR*5.2*479
69.7321,1 VALUES Modified
This Distribution was loaded on Feb 21, 2017@10:44:12 with header of
LR*5.2*479
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*479
Subject: Backup of LR*5.2*479 install on Feb 21, 2017
Replace
Loading Routines for LR*5.2*479.........
Send mail to: BELSCHWINDER,MICHAEL// BELSCHWINDER,MICHAEL
Select basket to send to: IN//
And Send to:
69.73211,.01 VALUE Modified
Select Installation <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: 4 Compare Transport Global to
Current System
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*479 2/21/17@10:44:12
=> LR*5.2*479
This Distribution was loaded on Feb 21, 2017@10:44:12 with header of
LR*5.2*479
It consisted of the following Install(s):
69.73211,.02 ASSOCIATE WITH Modified
LR*5.2*479
Select one of the following:
1 Full Comparison
2 Second line of Routines only
3 Routines only
4 Old style Routine compare
Type of Compare: 1 Full Comparison
69.73211,.03 SPECIAL Modified
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET PORT
Report is displayed....
Select Installation <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: 2 Verify Checksums in
Transport Global
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*479 2/21/17@10:44:12
=> LR*5.2*479
69.73,3 SPECIMEN Modified
This Distribution was loaded on Feb 21, 2017@10:44:12 with header of
LR*5.2*479
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*479
Want each Routine Listed with Checksums: Yes// YES
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET PORT
PACKAGE: LR*5.2*479 Feb 21, 2017 10:53 am
69.733,.01 SPECIMEN Modified
PAGE 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LR479 Calculated 18225928
LR7OFAO Calculated 52676862
LRAP Calculated 25554526
LRAPKOE Calculated 175040482
LRAPLG Calculated 12446427
LRAPLG1 Calculated 181849693
69.733,.02 HIDE FROM Modified
LROE Calculated 39978878
LRUWLF Calculated 11960061
LRXREF Calculated 76007577
9 Routines checked, 0 failed.
Select Installation <TEST ACCOUNT> Option: 6 Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*479 2/21/17@10:44:12
=> LR*5.2*479
Description
This Distribution was loaded on Feb 21, 2017@10:44:12 with header of
LR*5.2*479
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*479
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*479
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR479
--- Environment Check is Ok
69.733,.03 Description Modified
Sending install loaded alert to mail group G.LMI
Install Questions for LR*5.2*479
Incoming Files:
69.73 LR AP DIALOG CONFIG (Partial Definition)
POSITION
Note: You already have the 'LR AP DIALOG CONFIG' File.
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? NO//
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? NO//
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? NO//
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
69.733,1 BUILDER BLOCK Modified
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// ;;9999 TELNET PORT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Install Started for LR*5.2*479 :
Feb 21, 2017@10:55:15
69.7331,.02 INACTIVATE Modified
Build Distribution Date: Feb 17, 2017
Installing Routines:
Feb 21, 2017@10:55:15
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR479
*** Preinstall completed ***
Blood Bank Review:
69.7331,.03 REQUIRED Modified
Installing Data Dictionaries:
Feb 21, 2017@10:55:15
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION
Feb 21, 2017@10:55:16
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR479
69.7331,.04 DEFAULT Modified
Correcting Spelling Errors
Correcting Builder Block Title Names
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
69.7331,.05 Description Modified
Removing Obsolete fields from LABORATORY TEST (#60) File
Remove Obsolete fields from LAB ORDER ENTRY (#69) File
Sending install completion alert to mail group G.LMI
Updating Routine file...
POSITION
Updating KIDS files...
LR*5.2*479 Installed.
Feb 21, 2017@10:55:16
Not a production UCI
LR*5.2*479
69.7331,1 VALUES Modified
Install Completed
69.73311,.01 VALUES Modified
69.73311,.02 SPECIAL Modified
69.733,2.1 COLLECTION Modified
SAMPLE HIDE
69.733,2.2 COLLECTION Modified
==================
SAMPLE DEFAULT
Forms Associated:
Form Name File # New/Modified/Deleted
--------- ------ --------------------
N/A
Mail Groups Associated:
Mail Group Name New/Modified/Deleted
--------------- --------------------
N/A
Options Associated:
Option Name Type New/Modified/Deleted
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*479 does not
---------- ----- --------------------
LR7OAP CPRS DIALOG MENU Modified
MENU
LR7OAP CPRS DIALOG PRINT Modified
PRINT
Protocols Associated:
Protocol Name New/Modified/Deleted
-
- 480 SEQ #386
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-04-03 14:31:53
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses the following issue:
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
File Name Contents Retrieval Format
------------------ -------------------- ----------------
LAB_MICRO_INTERFACE_RELEASE_1_0_DOCS.ZIP binary
This zip file contains the following documents in both .docx and .pdf
VLE Micro_Lab_Micro_Interface_Release_1.0_Technical_Manual
VLE Micro_Lab_Micro_Interface_Release_1.0_User_Guide
VLE Micro_Deployment_Installation_Roll Back_Back Out_Guide
elements functions.
The VistA Documentation Library (VDL) web site will also contain the
above referenced documents. This website is usually updated within 1-3
days of the patch release date. The VDL web address for Laboratory
Universal Interface user documentation is:
http://www.domain.ext/vdl/application.asp?appid=120
Pre/Post Installation Overview
------------------------------
There are no Pre/Post installation routines associated with this
patch.
Pre-Installation Instructions
-----------------------------
This patch may be installed with users on the system although it is
recommended that it be installed during non-peak hours to minimize
potential disruption to users. This patch should take less than one
minute to install.
NOTE: Kernel patches must be current on the target system to avoid
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*480 have no effect on Blood
problems loading and/or installing this patch.
==================== Installation Instructions ====================
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
3. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
4. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify
that all routines have the correct checksums.
5. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Backup a Transport Global
If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this
patch prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a
Transport Global' option at this time. You may also compare the
routines in your production account to the routines in the patch
by using the 'Compare a Transport Global to Current System'
option.
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
6. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*480.
When Prompted "Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
NO//", respond NO.
When Prompted "Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options,
and Protocols? NO//", respond NO.
made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of
Post-Installation Instructions
------------------------------
There are no post-installation tasks.
installation of this patch.
- Microbiology accession is being removed from the 'Incomplete
Remedy Ticket Overview:
==========================
N/A
New Service Requests (NSR)s):
==================
N/A
Participating Test Sites:
=========================
test status report (LRWRKINC)' option when a PRELIMINARY result is
James A. Haley Veterans Hospital
Iowa City VA Healthcare System
Lexington VA Medical Center
Problem:
--------
When releasing a microbiology preliminary report using the new
Universal Interface release options the status of the accession was being
set to complete and was then no longer available on the Incomplete Test
Status list report.
released when using the Universal Interface Microbiology release options.
Resolution:
-----------
The patch modifies LRVR0 at ACCEPT+68 and adds the following three lines
of code:
;
; If Lab UI interface then prompt user for accession test
complete date /time in EC3^LRMIEDZ2 call.
I LRINTYPE=1 S LRFIFO=0
Routine: LRVR0
Problem:
--------
When a retransmission of microbiology results are received the accepting
of the retransmission values was causing the existing
organism, comments and susceptibilities to be deleted. This is expected
functionality when handling verified microbiology reports
from external reference laboratories.
However when handling result transmission from a Universal Interface
microbiology instrument the user before the report is
verified can enter additional information that needs to be preserved.
Resolution:
-----------
The patch modifies the handling of existing results based on the type of
interface. LEDI types of interfaces will continue to
remove previous information prior to storing new information from the
Blood Bank Review:
reference laboratory. Universal Interfaces type interfaces
will maintain existing information entered by Laboratory or received via
prior transmissions and merge the new transmission with
the existing data before presenting to lab user for review.
Routine: LRVRMI2A modified labels N9A, N12A, N17
Routine: LRVRMI4A modified labels N3A, N6A, N6B
==================
Software and Documentation Retrieval Instructions:
----------------------------------------------------
Software being released as a Packman message and/or documentation
describing the new functionality introduced by this patch are available.
The preferred method is to retrieve files from download.vista.domain.ext.
This transmits the files from the first available server. Sites may
also elect to retrieve files directly from a specific server.
Sites may retrieve the software and/or documentation directly using
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*480 does not
Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) from the ANONYMOUS.SOFTWARE
directory at the following OI Field Offices:
Albany: fo-albany.domain.ext
Hines: fo-hines.domain.ext
Salt Lake City: fo-slc.domain.ext
Documentation can also be found on the VA Software Documentation Library
at: http://www4.domain.ext/vdl/
-
- 483 SEQ #387
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-04-03 15:45:45
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
Blood Bank Review:
Problem:
--------
With the release of patch LR*5.2*479 the second line of the routine
LRAPKOE mistakenly contained a reference to patch LR*5.2*469.
Resolution:
-----------
This patch will correct the second line of the routine as follows:
Second line as released with LR*5.2*479:
;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**462,469,479**;Sep 27, 1994;Build 8
==================
Second line after the install of LR*5.2*483:
;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**462,479,483**;Sep 27, 1994;
Routine: LRAPKOE
Software Retrieval Instructions:
-------------------------------------
Software will be released via a PackMan message.
Patch Installation:
Pre/Post Installation Overview:
-------------------------------
N/A
Pre-Installation Instructions:
------------------------------
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*483 does not
N/A
Installation Instructions:
--------------------------
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by
ProPath standard titled: BBM Team Review of VistA Patches.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*483 have no effect on Blood
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
This patch contains only a correction to the second line of the routine
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of
installation of this patch.
Patch Components:
--------------------------
Files & Fields Associated:
File Name (Number) Field Name (Number) New/Modified/Deleted
LRAPKOE. The second line erroneously listed patch LR*5.2*469 when it was
------------------ ------------------- --------------------
N/A
Forms Associated:
Form Name File # New/Modified/Deleted
--------- ------ --------------------
N/A
released with LR*5.2*479. This reference to LR*5.2*469 will be removed as
Mail Groups Associated:
Mail Group Name New/Modified/Deleted
--------------- --------------------
N/A
Options Associated:
LRAPKOE was NOT released as part of LR*5.2*469. There are no other changes
Option Name Type New/Modified/Deleted
---------- ----- --------------------
N/A
Protocols Associated:
Protocol Name New/Modified/Deleted
------------- --------------------
N/A
to the functionality in LRAPKOE.
Security Keys Associated:
Security Key Name
-----------------
N/A
Templates Associated:
Template Name Type File Name (Number) New/Modified/Deleted
------------- ----- ------------------ --------------------
N/A
Additional Information:
N/A
Patch LR*5.2*479 should be installed on schedule.
New Service Requests (NSRs):
--------------------------------------------
N/A
Patient Safety Issues (PSIs):
---------------------------------------
N/A
CA SDM Ticket(s) & Overview:
--------------------------------------------
N/A
Test Sites:
---------------
N/A
-
- 477
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-06-01 18:06:06
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
included in this patch.
-
- 177 SEQ #124
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-08-27 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Fixes the undefined in LRWU5.
-
- 484 SEQ #389
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-06-29 17:38:30
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see FORUM for full patch description and installation instructions.
-
- 485 SEQ #390
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-09-29 16:24:47
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses one (1) VistA Laboratory Anatomic Pathology issue:
I13556053FY17: Multiple orders associated with one Anatomic Pathology
accession
-
- 488 SEQ #391
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-09-29 16:25:44
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses two (2) VistA Laboratory issues related to override
reference ranges:
1. Override Reference Ranges Not Displaying on Reports
2. Option LRENTER Prompt Answer of "YES" Treated as "NO"
-
- 478 SEQ #392
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-09-29 16:35:26
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a general maintenance patch for the laboratory
package by the Vista Maintenance team that addresses an
issue with the search criteria associated with the Howdy
Patient Wait Time report.
ASSOCIATED SERVICE DESK TICKET:
==============================
1. R11469217FY17 - Entries outside entered search criteria
included on Patient Wait Time report
-
- 493
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-10-05 14:36:36
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
included in this patch.
-
- 491 SEQ #394
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-11-27 12:23:21
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses two (2) VistA Laboratory issues related to the
deletion of Howdy duplicate test orders:
1. Duplicate test is deleted in VistA but active in CPRS
2. Error occurs when orders have more than one duplicate test
-
- 492 SEQ #395
- DATE APPLIED: 2017-11-27 14:27:07
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses three (3) VistA Laboratory issues related to
3. The Lab Order Entry (#69) file Lab Arrival Date/Time (#20) field is
erroneously set during collection list generation.
phlebotomy collection list logic:
1. Test orders that roll over from one collection list to another may
appear to be ordered twice in CPRS even though they are only ordered once.
2. Merged orders created by collection list generation sometimes do not
have correct CPRS start date/times.
-
- 497 SEQ #396
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-01-29 16:20:16
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses one (1) VistA Laboratory issue related to Interim
Report option description updates and an update to the VistA Laboratory
User Manual.
-
- 496 SEQ #397
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-01-30 15:13:36
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses one (1) VistA Laboratory issue related to a software
error that occurs during Anatomic Pathology data entry of inactive CPT
codes which have replacement CPT codes.
-
- 486 SEQ #398
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-02-27 14:00:41
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses two (2) VistA Laboratory issues:
1) LEDI Microbiology Results Endless Loop Issue
2) Lapsed/Canceled Orders and Added Test Issue
-
- 119 SEQ #94
- DATE APPLIED: 1996-07-15 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Note: Patch LR*5.2*105 Must be installed BEFORE this patch is loaded.
NOIS # SEP-0496-60804
Reporting Site: Sepulveda, Ca
Testing Site: Sepulveda, Ca
LRCAPAM1 routine corrects BLOOD INVENTORY workload not being counted in
Non-Patient category for LMIP reports.
LRCAPFDS routine corrects NULL SUBSCRIPT error occurs when the user
selects a WKLD CODE LAB SECTION that does not have any WKLD CODES
assigned.
NOIS # DAY-0496-40011
Reporting Site: Dayton, OH
Test Site(s) Long Beach, CA
ROUTINE SUMMARY:
=================
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
LRCAPAM1 14052207 14337228 105,119
LRCAPAM3 12790683 13513963 42,119
Patch Description:
LRCAPAM4 12581527 13198299 42,105,119
LRCAPFDS 6562403 7918114 105,119
LRCAPMA1 5952535 5952535 105,119
LRCAPV2 8714919 8714919 105,119
Options Effected by Patch:
Edit or Print WKLD CODES [LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT]
PHASE 1: Move data from 64.1 to 67.9. [LR WKLD LMIP 1]
PHASE 3: Print of data to be sent to NDB. [LR WKLD LMIP 3]
Routine LRCAPV2 and LRCAPMA1 were exported in patch LR*5.2*105 with
PHASE 4: Create E-mail message for NDB. [LR WKLD LMIP 4]
Installation Instructions:
==================
Note: Patch LR*5.2*105 MUST be installed before this patch is installed.
This patch also contains patches to patch LR*5.2*105.
1. User may remain on the system.
2. No options need be placed out of order.
incorrect second lines.
3. Install patch during non-peak hours.
4. Laboratory specimens should not accessioned or verified during
installation of the patch.
5. Install this patch using Kernel Installation and Distribution System
(KIDS).
NOIS List
NOIS # DAY-0496-40011
NOIS # SEP-0496-60804
Routines LRCAPAM3 and LRCAPAM4 corrects consolidated institutions Phase 3
and Phase 4 reports not recognizing site numbers which have alpha
characters as apart of the site number.
-
- 121
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-08-28 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
-
- 495 SEQ #399
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-03-01 14:18:03
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
See National Patch Module for details.
-
- 461 SEQ #400
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-03-01 15:30:39
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses two (2) issues:
1. Accessions which have been merged to other accessions or marked as
"not performed" may be resulted even though these accessions are
cancelled.
2. Anatomic Pathology labels do not print while using the option
REFERRAL PATIENT MULTI-PURPOSE option for accessioning orders.
-
- 494 SEQ #401
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-03-02 13:59:26
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses one (1) VistA Laboratory issue related to the
processing of workload transactions received from VBECS (VistA Blood
Establishment Computer Software). Incorrect Lab Order Entry (#69) file
entries are sometimes created.
-
- 471 SEQ #402
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-04-03 15:46:22
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
The patch addresses two (2) issues:
parameters used in the call are improper.
1. When the legacy CPRS List Manager option CPRS Ward Clerk
Menu [OR OR/RR MENU WARD CLERK] is used to call Lab
package routines (SET1^LRGEN) to display Lab Results by
Test, a program error (UNDEFINED) is encountered.
2. The VistA routine ^LRX performs a FileMan database server
call ($$GET1^DID) to retrieve a global reference. The
-
- 490 SEQ #403
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-04-03 16:56:27
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
The patch addresses two (2) issues:
unrelease a verified provisional report, the prompt to "Unrelease
Report" is not displayed.
1. When a user goes to the Multipurpose accessioning option [LRQUICK]
in the Accessioning menu option [LR IN], the variable LRORDR may
still be set and causes the accessioning routine to erroneously
assume that specimen collection will be by Ward Collect.
2. When Anatomic Pathology Electronic Signatures are turned off and
the Verify/release reports, anat path [LRAPR] option is selected to
-
- 502
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-04-03 17:17:55
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
included in this patch.
-
- 503 SEQ #405
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-06-01 14:01:49
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses two (2) VistA Laboratory issues:
(1) Statistical reports might list inaccurate information for monthly
accession areas.
(2) Inactive providers are displayed during Anatomic Pathology Log-In.
-
- 476 SEQ #406
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-06-01 15:04:28
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This build exports changes to the field #1 of the Execute Code
file (#62.07) and affects the option RB Results Entry (Batch)
for Microbiology.
Also a new FileMan function is exported for reporting on lab
results for patients with a given specimen type, a lab test, and looking
back over a specified number of days.
The Forum patch description offers more details and the NSRs involved.
-
- 454 SEQ #407
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-07-06 13:22:59
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses one (1) issue in the Lab package:
Prevent error which can occur when incorrect facility identifier is
received from the Point of Care (POC) interface.
-
- 500 SEQ #408
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-07-06 14:38:52
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
See National Patch Module for details.
-
- 156 SEQ #126
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-11-18 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
There is a problem of unknown origin where 7 nines (9999999) are getting
stored in the LAB DATA file (# 63), the ACCESSION file (# 68),
and the Cumulative Reports Global (^LAC("LRAC"). This patch replaces the
these erroneous data nodes with the laboratory inverse date. Initial search
of the database is extensive and will take up to two hours. This is a one
time occurrence. A background task should be scheduled to run daily to clean
up any new occurrences.
-
- 505 SEQ #409
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-09-04 15:39:45
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
NOTIFY TIER 2 OF FILE 60 UNDEF IF PRESENT
-
- 507 SEQ #410
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-09-07 13:00:32
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
The patch addresses one (1) issue:
1. When a lab panel (cosmic) test is set up so the atomic tests in
the panel split to separate accession areas (e.g.: one Chemistry
and one Toxicology), results of the ordered panel test do not
display all of the results of the atomic tests in the panel when
viewed in CPRS from the Orders tab or from the Cover Sheet.
-
- 499 SEQ #411
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-10-04 16:21:23
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses two (2) VistA Laboratory issues related to accession
labels being skipped or the printing process generating duplicate labels
endlessly as well as results being verified when the user has no initials
on file in the New Person (#200) file.
-
- 511
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-11-01 16:21:38
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
included in this patch.
-
- 498 SEQ #413
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-11-02 15:32:33
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses the following one (1) VistA Laboratory issue: When a
LEDI Host facility adds a new lab test to an accessioned order shipped
from a Collection facility the UID is improperly assigned with the
ordering site's UID instead of the host site's UID.
-
- 510 SEQ #414
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-11-02 15:56:30
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
-
- 509 SEQ #415
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-12-06 15:59:45
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
The patch addresses four (4) issues:
2. When USING AP Log-in, anat path [option LRAPLG], an <UNDEFINED> error
occurs in the NEXT subroutine of routine LRAPKOE when logging in a
case for a deceased veteran ordered in CPRS.
3. In AP Log-in, anat path [option LRAPLG], the PATHOLOGIST prompt is a
required entry. The pathologist who will read the case is usually
not known at the time the case is logged into the laboratory. The
process should be modified to make entry of PATHOLOGIST optional.
4. The routine (LRAPKOE) that processes Anatomic Pathology orders entered
in CPRS needs to be modified to call VistA Imaging to add the case to
the MAG PATH CASELIST file (#2005.42) to support Telepathology and to
generate the HL7 message that is sent to digital pathology systems.
1. Emerging Pathogen Initiative (EPI) data is collected in VistA and
forwarded to the Austin Information Technology Center (AITC) for
national roll-up monthly. Part of the collected data has to do with
Clinical Reminders related to Hepatitis C. The Clinical Reminder data
is formatted into the DSP segment of a HL7 record for delivery to the
AITC. The data is currently being formatted improperly.
-
- 508 SEQ #416
- DATE APPLIED: 2018-12-06 16:17:53
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch will update the DESCRIPTION field (#6) in file #62.07 with the
with LRSPEC=360.
When the patch is installed, it saves the existing DESCRIPTION field
contents and the Execute codes in the installation log for later review
if desired. The log can be used to manually restore local changes found
and not restored by this patch.
This patch also modifies the routine LRMISTF by adding the
preliminary comment fields for Bacteriology, TB Bacteriology, and
Mycology with corresponding expansion codes so that the canned messages
from the LAB DESCRIPTIONS file (#62.5) appear during Results Entry
Preliminary Comments field for Bacteriology, TB Bacteriology, and
(Batch).
Mycology.
Also, it will clean up obsolete codes in the EXECUTE CODE field #1 of
the EXECUTE CODE file (#62.07), that were discovered after the release of
LR*5.2*476. The obsolete execute codes were not introduced by LR*5.2*476
because it was found that many sites have the codes before LR*5.2*476
was installed. In a nutshell, Mycology will be cleaned up of obsolete
field #19.2; in Bacteriology, the expression LRSPEC=68 will be replaced
-
- 504 SEQ #417
- DATE APPLIED: 2019-03-01 15:40:37
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
R18600337FY18: Missing Anatomic Pathology Alerts
----------
The root cause of this issue is not yet known. In the meantime, this
patch provides an option which will search for missing Anatomic
Pathology alerts as well as other issues known to occur along with
missing alerts such as fields in the ORDERS (#100) file which are set
incorrectly.
Refer to the FORUM patch description for detailed information on alerts
and MailMan messages which are generated after the search option
R19264009FY18 (d)
completes.
Problem:
-------
Alerts might not be generated after Anatomic Pathology cases are verified.
Resolution:
-
- 513 SEQ #418
- DATE APPLIED: 2019-04-01 16:59:15
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
Problem with option Results entry (batch) [LRMISTUF]
-
- 169 SEQ #127
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-11-27 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Build Description LR*5.2*169
companion DSS patch ECX*2*26) extract utilizes the LAB DATA file (#63)
and does not require the LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69) or the ACCESSION
file (#68). Implementation of the DSS LAR Application Programmer
Interface (API) DOES require that the Laboratory Information Manager
(LIM) link the 12 DSS LAR tests in the DSS LAB TESTS file (#727.2) to
all local corresponding tests in the LABORATORY TEST file (#60).
Linking of DSS clinical tests has NO EFFECT ON WORKLOAD DATA CAPTURE.
You should link the atomic test in LABORATORY TEST (#60) file that is
used to report the result.
For DSS purposes, these corresponding laboratory tests must be linked
to the WKLD CODE file (#64) and must be individually orderable (atomic)
tests. The link between LABORATORY TEST file (#60) and the WKLD CODE
file (#64) is accomplished by assigning a WKLD CODE. The NATIONAL
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE field (#64) of the LABORATORY TEST file (#60)
provides this linkage.
The NATIONAL VA LAB CODE field (#64) is not used by LMIP data capture
software and will not effect LMIP counts. Patch LR*5.2*127 provided a
Functionality:
menu, National Laboratory File [LR7O 60-64], to link the LABORATORY
TEST file (#60) to the WKLD CODE file (#64).
NOTE: When linking the DSS LAR tests to local laboratory tests, only
atomic Laboratory Tests are selectable. Panel tests are NOT permitted to
be linked to any DSS survey test.
The DSS LAR extract also requires the LIM to identify all specimens
that are derived from blood or urine, i.e., plasma, serum, clean
catch. The LAB DSS LAR API will use these specimens to screen patient's
This patch corrects the <UNDEF> error at TEST+3^LRCAPDAR ^(64).
results in the LAB DATA file (#63) and extract information for the 12
DSS tests.
The local DSS Coordinator will seek the LIM's assistance to identify
tests and specimens. This should require less than 30 minutes to
complete. The LIM is not required to actually initiate the data
extraction. This step will be completed by the local DSS Coordinator.
The program has been modified to accept the new file structure put in
place by the Decision Support System Extracts (DSS) patch ECX*2*18.
Implementation:
The DSS Laboratory Results (LAR) EXTRACT (patch LR*5.2*169 and the
-
- 514 SEQ #419
- DATE APPLIED: 2019-04-02 16:49:10
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses one (1) issue:
Anatomic Pathology Log-In does not require that the patient's sex must
match the SEX SPECIFIC (#2.5) field in the TOPOGRAPHY FIELD (#61) file for
specimens (if the sex specific field is defined).
-
- 515
- DATE APPLIED: 2019-04-02 17:14:57
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
included in this patch.
-
- 516 SEQ #421
- DATE APPLIED: 2019-05-01 15:02:36
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
LAB TEST NOT DISPLAYED IN CPRS MOST RECENT VIEW
-
- 512 SEQ #422
- DATE APPLIED: 2019-05-01 16:44:57
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses one (1) VistA Laboratory issue:
The status for a lab order in CPRS displays as "active" when the status
should display as "complete".
-
- 520 SEQ #423
- DATE APPLIED: 2019-05-30 12:33:24
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
CANCELED LAB TEST PROBLEM
-
- 517 SEQ #424
- DATE APPLIED: 2019-06-04 18:15:55
- APPLIED BY: USER,FIFTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch will prevent an error in CPRS that is occuring when a user is
placing a lab test order that has had a site/specimen deleted from the
lab test setup.
-
- 523 SEQ #425
- DATE APPLIED: 2019-07-08 21:58:11
- APPLIED BY: USER,SIXTYFIVE
- DESCRIPTION:
Most Recent report in CPRS buttons greyed out
-
- 525
- DATE APPLIED: 2019-09-30 11:28:56
- APPLIED BY: USER,SIXTYFIVE
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
included in this patch.
-
- 519 SEQ #428
- DATE APPLIED: 2019-10-16 16:23:13
- APPLIED BY: USER,SIXTYFIVE
- DESCRIPTION:
The patch addresses three (3) issues:
2. Data corruption might occur in the data dictionary for file 63.04 if
one or more users are adding or editing data names for Laboratory
tests.
3. A VistA software error might be generated during execution of option
"Group verify (EA, EL, EW)" if results are being printed.
1. When a lab panel (cosmic) test is set up so the atomic tests in the
panel split to separate accession areas (e.g. one Chemistry and one
Toxicology), results of the ordered panel test do not display all of
the results of the atomic tests in the panel when viewed in the
Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS) from the Orders tab or
from the Cover Sheet.
-
- 526 SEQ #429
- DATE APPLIED: 2019-12-06 14:52:47
- APPLIED BY: USER,SIXTYFIVE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses one (1) issue:
A Social Work package Integration Control Registration (ICR) of 1528 is
being retired.
-
- 90 SEQ #128
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-11-27 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch contains a Description of problems, their associated Risk
Analysis, routines, input templates and DD's for the VistA Blood Bank
software. It is accompanied by two additional INFORMATION ONLY patches,
LR*5.2*92 (Validation Scenarios) and LR*5.2*147 (Documentation Changes).
See the individual patch messages from the Forum Patch Module for complete
information on these patches:
-
- 528 SEQ #430
- DATE APPLIED: 2019-12-06 14:54:39
- APPLIED BY: USER,SIXTYFIVE
- DESCRIPTION:
The patch addresses one (1) issue:
1. When the Itemized routine lab collection [LRPHITEM] option is used,
a previously deleted order marked as Not Performed can be entered
as collected. This sets the Lab Arrival Time (#69.01,20) in the
LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69) for the accession to the curent system
time even when the order was cancelled.
-
- 531 SEQ #431
- DATE APPLIED: 2020-01-22 11:15:28
- APPLIED BY: USER,SIXTYFIVE
- DESCRIPTION:
LRCONJAM AND CUMULATIVE HEADER ISSUES
-
- 534 SEQ #432
- DATE APPLIED: 2020-02-11 09:59:43
- APPLIED BY: USER,SIXTYFIVE
- DESCRIPTION:
The patch addresses one (1) issue:
1. Patch LR*5.2*519 dealt with the proper display of lab results on
panels with multiple ACCESSION AREAs. The new code in the patch
revealed that the LAB DATA FILE (#63) at some sites may contain
orphan zero nodes. These zero nodes are global records (i.e.:
^LR(D0,CH,D1,0)) that have no results. Encountering these orphan
nodes in the database when rendering results for the same patient
causes a SUBSCRIPT error.
-
- 524 SEQ #433
- DATE APPLIED: 2020-03-24 16:49:26
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTY
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses three (3) issues:
option might delete the "not performed" status of the test.
1. An atomic test which is a component of a panel might appear on the
pending list even though the test is verified.
2. A lab panel might appear on the pending list even though all components
have been verified.
3. If a test is marked as "not performed", the LRVR result verification
-
- 533 SEQ #434
- DATE APPLIED: 2020-04-10 15:55:48
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTY
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses two (2) issues:
1. Microbiology reports might not display the accurate status of a test.
2. Unverified Microbiology results are visible in CPRS reports during
results verification sessions.
-
- 532
- DATE APPLIED: 2020-06-01 16:08:48
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTY
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
included in this patch.
-
- 535 SEQ #436
- DATE APPLIED: 2020-09-23 10:47:45
- APPLIED BY: USER,SIXTYFIVE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch is being released in conjunction with VBEC 2.3.2 Rev F.
Items addressed in VBECS 2.3.2 Rev F are listed in the VistA Blood
the components of the KIDS build.
ii. Compare Transport Global to Current System - This option
will allow you to view all changes that will be made when
this patch is installed. It compares all of the components
of this patch, such as routines, DDs, templates, etc.
D. Select the Install Package(s) option and choose the patch to
install.
i. If prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion
Establishment Computer Software (VBECS) 2.3.2 Rev F Release Notes.
of Install? NO//', answer No
ii. When prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
NO//', answer No
iii. When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu
Options, and Protocols? NO//', answer No
Post-Installation Instructions:
N/A
Back-Out/Roll Back Plan:
------------------------
This patch consists of one routine. During the VistA Installation
Procedure the installer should back up the modified routines by the
use of the 'Backup a Transport Global' action (step 2B in
the Installations Instructions).
If rollback/backout is required, the installer can restore the routines
using the MailMan message that were saved prior to installing the
Associated ticket(s):
patch.
If assistance is needed to rollback/backout the patch, please log a
Service Now ticket.
=====================
N/A
Associated NSR(s):
==================
N/A
Patient Safety Issues (PSIs):
============================
N/A
Participating Test Sites:
=========================
TBD
A full description of patch changes and implementation process are
Defect Tracking System Ticket(s) & Overview:
============================================
N/A
Additional Information:
-----------------------
Blood Bank Team Coordination:
-----------------------------
included in the VBECS 2.3.2 Rev F Release Notes.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*535 does not
contain any changes to the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by
ProPath standard titled: BBM Team Review of VistA Patches.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*535 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
elements functions.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*535 have no adverse effect on
Blood Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: Because of the nature of the changes
made, no specific validation requirements exist as a result of
installation of this patch.
Software and Documentation Retrieval Instructions:
--------------------------------------------------
Documentation describing the new functionality introduced by this patch
The Test and Production accounts will be installed separately. There is
is available on the VA Software Documentation Library at:
http://www.domain.ext/vdl/application.asp?appid=182
Refer to the VBECS 2.3.2 Rev F Release Notes for a list of the user
documentation associated with this revision letter patch.
Additional VBECS information can be accessed on the VBECS SharePoint site
at: https://dvagov.sharepoint.com/sites/oitepmovbecs
no downtime associated with this patch installation. Refer to the VBECS
Patch Installation:
-------------------
Pre-Installation Instructions:
This patch may be installed with users on the system although it is
recommended that it be installed during non-peak hours to minimize
potential disruption to users. This patch should take less than 5
minutes to install.
No options need to be disabled during installation.
2.3.2 Rev F Release Notes for further installation details.
Installation Instructions:
1. Choose the PackMan message containing this build. Then select the
INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE PackMan option to load the build.
2. From the Kernel Installation and Distribution System Menu, select the
Installation Menu. From this menu,
A. Select the Verify Checksums in Transport Global option to confirm
the integrity of the routines that are in the transport global.
When prompted for the INSTALL NAME enter the patch name LR*5.2*535.
B. Select the Backup a Transport Global option to create a backup
message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not
backup any other changes such as DDs or templates.
C. You may also elect to use the following options:
i. Print Transport Global - This option will allow you to view
-
- 539
- DATE APPLIED: 2020-09-23 16:03:33
- APPLIED BY: USER,SIXTYFIVE
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
included in this patch.
-
- 538 SEQ #438
- DATE APPLIED: 2020-09-23 16:10:15
- APPLIED BY: USER,SIXTYFIVE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses two (2) issues:
1. A panel might remain on the "Incomplete test status list" if it was
ordered twice as Lab Collect.
2. Building a Load/Worklist for a yearly accession area will cause a
corrupted entry in the ACCESSION (#68) file.
-
- 527 SEQ #439
- DATE APPLIED: 2020-09-23 16:18:09
- APPLIED BY: USER,SIXTYFIVE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses four (4) issues:
test.
4. The "NIGHTLY WKLD CODE CHECK REPORT" contains orders which have been
purged from the environment.
1. The CPRS status of an order might not be correct when panel
components are deleted using option LRTSTOUT.
2. Service correction comments are not displaying on canceled orders.
3. A VistA software error might occur during background processing
involving the LABORATORY TEST (#60) file due to an incompletely filed
-
- 174 SEQ #131
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-11-27 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Fixes undefined for the option Reprint cumulative on a given patient [LRAC PT].
-
- 540 SEQ #440
- DATE APPLIED: 2020-10-08 08:58:49
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses the following issue:
Any provider who is defined with the "MOHS" person class should be allowed
to electronically sign Anatomic Pathology cases.
-
- 537 SEQ #441
- DATE APPLIED: 2020-11-12 17:52:40
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses one (1) issue:
Workload is not captured for Class I Microbiology interfaces.
-
- 536 SEQ #442
- DATE APPLIED: 2021-02-11 13:07:10
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses four (4) issues:
4. If a session times out while entering Microbiology sensitivity results,
the user may not be aware that the sensitivity results were not stored.
1. Microbiology reports might not display the accurate status of a test.
2. Unverified Microbiology results are visible in CPRS reports.
3. VistA reports might not list an accurate status for Microbiology
accessions.
-
- 542b
- DATE APPLIED: 2021-05-04 00:00:00
- DESCRIPTION:
Backup of LR*5.2*542 on May 04, 2021
Warning: Installing this backup patch message will install older versions
of routines and Build Components (options, protocols, templates, etc.).
Please verify with the Development Team that it is safe to install.
-
- 542
- DATE APPLIED: 2021-05-04 15:55:31
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
included in this patch.
-
- 543b
- DATE APPLIED: 2021-05-25 00:00:00
- DESCRIPTION:
Backup of LR*5.2*543 on May 25, 2021
Warning: Installing this backup patch message will install older versions
of routines and Build Components (options, protocols, templates, etc.).
Please verify with the Development Team that it is safe to install.
-
- 543 SEQ #444
- DATE APPLIED: 2021-05-25 10:38:48
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses the following issues:
1. CPRS orderable items might be defined for non-existent Laboratory tests.
2. Canceled Microbiology accessions might appear on Laboratory statistical
reports as pending and not canceled.
-
- 545b
- DATE APPLIED: 2021-06-29 00:00:00
- DESCRIPTION:
Backup of LR*5.2*545 on Jun 29, 2021
Warning: Installing this backup patch message will install older versions
of routines and Build Components (options, protocols, templates, etc.).
Please verify with the Development Team that it is safe to install.
-
- 545 SEQ #446
- DATE APPLIED: 2021-06-29 16:10:48
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses the following issues:
If a test is canceled from an accession or merged to another accession
after the accession has been resulted on an instrument, it is possible to
verify a result on the canceled or merged test using option "Enter/verify
data (auto instrument) (LRVR)".
-
- 544
- DATE APPLIED: 2021-07-01 11:28:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch updates the contents of the LR AP DIALOG CONFIG File (#69.73)
in preparation for Anatomic Pathology order dialogs in CPRS v32A.
-
- 162 SEQ #132
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-11-27 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Workload Archiving Patch
and the Purge Lab Monthly Workloads file 67.9 [LRAR PURGE 67.9] option
queued options.
2) The ARCHIVE TASK NUMBER field (#18) in the LAB ARCHIVAL ACTIVITY file
(#95.11) is now deleted upon completion of the task. The Write Data
to Off-line Media options, [LRAR WRITE MEDIA 67.99999] and [LRAR WRITE
MEDIA 64.19999], then check for data in this field as a test of
completion of archive.
3) For information:
When archiving the LAB MONTHLY WORKLOADS file (#67.9), the date range
selected for archiving must be in entire month chunks due to the file
structure of File 67.9.
For instance if you select a date range from March 1, 1994 to
April 1,1994, you will archive the entire months of March and April.
This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the VISTA
BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 97-033 titled VISTA BLOOD BANK
SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
Reference NOIS: HIN-0297-41349
*************************NOTE*************************************
Reporting Site: Hines, IL
Test Site(s): Hines, IL
Minneapolis, MN
Patches LR*5.2*59 and LR*5.2*150 MUST be installed prior to
installing this patch.
*******************************************************************
1) This patch makes the Purge Wkld Data file 64.1 [LRAR PURGE 64.1] option
-
- 541b
- DATE APPLIED: 2021-07-20 00:00:00
- DESCRIPTION:
Backup of LR*5.2*541 on Jul 20, 2021
Warning: Installing this backup patch message will install older versions
of routines and Build Components (options, protocols, templates, etc.).
Please verify with the Development Team that it is safe to install.
-
- 541 SEQ #448
- DATE APPLIED: 2021-07-20 11:08:05
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses the following issues:
1. An error will occur when canceling a component test in partially
verified panels on referral orders.
2. Some workflows for verification of Microbiology interfaced results will
cause the CPRS order status to remain at "active" instead of changing
to "complete".
3. An invalid collection date/time could be entered when manually
accessioning an order.
-
- 549 SEQ #449
- DATE APPLIED: 2021-09-20 13:14:39
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
Defect Tracking System Ticket(s) & Overview:
Two errors are recurring and preventing microbiology reports
from being generated:
- If the zero node is missing in this sub-file, an undefined
error occurs in LST+3.
- If the organism pointer to file #61.2 is null in the first
piece of the zero node, a subscript error occurs at the end
of LST+4
Resolution:
----------
===========================================
For sites to be able to find and report Corrupted Organism nodes
to their regional support group, an update to the nightly LAB
Cleanup routine is implemented. This update will search for
Corrupted Organism nodes and send a mailman message to the LMI
mailman group.
1. INC17480746 Frequent M Errors at multiple sites: LST^LR7OSMZ2
Problem:
-------
We are seeing errors in LST^LR7OSMZ2 at multiple sites due to
Corrupted Organism nodes in the MI section of the ^LR global.
-
- 550
- DATE APPLIED: 2021-10-04 13:54:04
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
included in this patch.
-
- 547 SEQ #451
- DATE APPLIED: 2021-10-12 11:31:06
- APPLIED BY: USER,SEVENTEEN
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses the following issues:
displaying any results during the time that the Laboratory is editing
the results.
3. This patch also includes a documentation update for another issue.
No code changes are required for that issue.
1. Laboratory users may not be aware that accessing a previously verified
accession in Microbiology results entry causes the "RPT DATE APPROVED"
field to be removed. If the users exit without entering a new "RPT DATE
APPROVED", the results are not viewable in CPRS.
2. It has been causing confusion for physicians and other users when a
Microbiology report previously contained results but is now not
-
- 552 SEQ #452
- DATE APPLIED: 2022-03-01 14:49:12
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYFOUR
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses the following issues:
3. Accessions which roll over from the previous day to "today" will not
build to a Load/Worklist if the HOLD-OVER SORT URGENCY (#300) field in
the LABORATORY SITE (#69.9) file is defined as "zero".
1. Non-numeric data entries may be defined as minimum and maximum values
as well as number of decimal places for numeric data names.
2. An error might occur during generation of the Epidemiology report if
the LAB OOS encounter is edited for the addition of one or more CPT
codes. In addition, a logic error was found during testing of this
patch for the date range being searched.
-
- 554 SEQ #453
- DATE APPLIED: 2022-03-29 14:12:59
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYSIX
- DESCRIPTION:
Defect Tracking System Ticket(s) & Overview:
SCAN TIME, TIME SPECIMEN COLLECTED and TIME SCANED INTO LAB from
approximately 10 years ago. Entries in the HOWDY SPECIMEN TIMES BY UID
file #69.87 are never deleted. After 10 years, when lab accessions (UIDs)
are no longer unique, data for current UIDs can no longer be added to
file #69.87, because the software checks for the presence of the UID and
does not allow duplicates.
The site that reported the issue is using the option LRHY TRACK
COLLECTION to produce a report of patient specimens collected via Howdy.
That report retrieves data from the HOWDY SPECIMEN TIMES BY UID file
===========================================
(#69.87). The site gave several examples of accessions (UIDs) that are
showing data from 2011. Lab accession numbers (UIDs) are only unique for
10 years. Many of the entries in this site's file #69.87 are > 9 years
old, and thus have UIDs that are no longer unique and are the source of
this data error on the report.
The option that creates the entries in file #69.87 is LRHY PHLEBOTOMY
LOG. The routine for that option checks to see if the UID entered in the
option is already in file #69.87. If it is, the option does not add the
UID to the file again. Because the only UID from 10 years ago is in the
file, the current UID cannot be added, and this is the real source of the
problem.
There should really be a utility added, perhaps called from LRNIGHT, that
checks file #69.87 for entries >9 years old and deletes those entries
from the file. Note that this will eventually affect all VA sites that
use Howdy, and specifically those that use the LRHY PHLEBOTOMY LOG option.
Resolution:
1. INC20231002 - CTX Incorrect Information in VistA Track Collection
----------
Logic is added to the NIGHTLY LAB CLEANUP process. The routine LRNIGHT
will run LRHOWDY^LRWU9A in the background. LRHOWDY^LRWU9A will delete
records that are more than 9 years old from file #69.87.
Technical Resolution:
---------------------
Within the SUBTASKS section of routine LRNIGHT, code is added to job off
LRHOWDY^LRWU9A to background processing.
Entry point LRHOWDY is added to routine LRWU9A.
LRHOWDY loops through the SCAN index of file #69.87 and deletes records
that are greater than 9 years old, time is not considered so a record
that was scanned anytime today exactly 9 years ago is not deleted, the
record must have been scanned over 9 years ago to be purged.
Problem:
-------
Incorrect information is being populated in the VistA Track Collection on
several patients. It is displaying incorrect information for the WALK-UP
-
- 556
- DATE APPLIED: 2022-06-13 15:31:34
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYSIX
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
included in this patch.
-
- 558 SEQ #455
- DATE APPLIED: 2022-06-16 11:33:03
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYSIX
- DESCRIPTION:
The patch addresses one (1) issue:
1. When using the Lab liaison menu option Add a new data name
[LRWU5] or Modify an existing data name [LRWU6], one cannot enter a
value less than one (1) at the Minimum value query. It displays the
Help text (The smallest result value) and represents the Minimum value
query.
-
- 557 SEQ #456
- DATE APPLIED: 2022-06-30 17:06:53
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYSIX
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses the following issue:
If duplicate VBECS orders are ordered as "Lab Collect", the process of
rejecting the duplicate order in VBECS and completing the other order
will cause the completed order to not have a status of "complete" in
VistA and CPRS.
-
- 186 SEQ #133
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-12-22 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
At Open M sites a Merge of a global into itself causes an error. A check has
Reference NOIS: PRE-0797-60641
Reporting Sites: Prescott, AZ
Testing Sites: Prescott, AZ
ROUTINE SUMMARY:
=================
The second line of the routine now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
been added to make sure the global values are different before doing the merge.
Checksum Values
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
LROR6A 15782769 16122062 24,100,128,186
Installation Instructions:
==========================
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS package in this message onto your
system.
2. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped, they should
be removed from the mapped set at this time.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the Transport
global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
4. Users may remain on the system, but installation should be done
at off peak hours.
5. No options need to be placed out of service.
6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak hours
and less than 5 minutes during peak hours.
7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory space.
8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the option
'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*186' and proceed
with the install.
This patch should also be installed at non-Open M sites, even though they are
9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should be
returned to the mapped set once the installation has run to
completion.
not getting the error.
This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the
VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 97-033 titled VISTA
BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
-
- 555 SEQ #457
- DATE APPLIED: 2022-08-11 15:15:02
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYSIX
- DESCRIPTION:
The patch addresses one (1) issue:
1. When using auto-verification and not releasing all tests on a
panel at the same time, the statement "ALL COMPLETED" Is not
DISPLAYED when using the LOOKUP ACCESSION option [LR LOOKUP
ACCESSION]. This omission does not happen if all results are
released at once, it is only a problem when some results are
auto verified and then the rest released at a later time.
-
- 559 SEQ #458
- DATE APPLIED: 2022-09-15 15:46:52
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYSIX
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses two issues:
2. The option "Set a new starting accession number" does not set a new
starting number for monthly accession areas.
1. An invalid "seconds" value for an accession's collection date/time
might be stored when using option "Accessioning tests ordered by ward
order entry (LROE)". This has caused problems downstream when
transmitting information to Corporate Data Warehouse (CDW.). Research
of the issue uncovered the fact that when used a certain way, the
option will add ten seconds to the collection date/time entered by the
user.
-
- 553
- DATE APPLIED: 2022-09-20 22:14:58
- APPLIED BY: USER,NINETY
-
- 561 SEQ #460
- DATE APPLIED: 2022-11-22 08:38:28
- APPLIED BY: USER,NINETY
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses one issue:
A Microbiology result status might be marked as "completed" when it is
not complete.
-
- 560
- DATE APPLIED: 2023-01-18 16:08:14
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYNINE
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
included in this patch.
-
- 562 SEQ #462
- DATE APPLIED: 2023-05-23 10:59:10
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYNINE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses one issue:
A test might not display a status of "Results received" at a LEDI
collecting site after results have been received.
-
- 563
- DATE APPLIED: 2023-08-17 12:53:47
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYNINE
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
included in this patch.
-
- 565 SEQ #464
- DATE APPLIED: 2023-09-01 14:08:35
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYNINE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses two issues:
1. The entry for "TRIMETHOPRIM/SULFAMETHOXAZOLE" is incorrectly spelled as
"TRIMETHAPRIM/SULFAMETHOXAZOLE" in the ORGANISM SUB-FIELD FILE (#63.3)
file as well as in the ANTIMICROBIAL SUSCEPTIBILITY (#62.06) file.
2. The Lookup Accession report will show an inaccurate status for a panel
if the full accession is specified and if the panel was not partially
verified on the original accession date.
-
- 567
- DATE APPLIED: 2024-02-21 10:01:20
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYNINE
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
included in this patch.
-
- 568 SEQ #467
- DATE APPLIED: 2024-05-06 12:01:07
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYNINE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch along with LA*5.2*104 addresses one issue:
VistA Laboratory (POC) Point of Care interface logic might incorrectly
determine the reporting facility for POC results.
-
- 182 SEQ #134
- DATE APPLIED: 1997-12-31 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch fixes problems encountered when user enter comments on
lab specimens during accessioning.
-
- 569
- DATE APPLIED: 2024-07-26 10:43:46
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYNINE
- DESCRIPTION:
Multidivisional sites have requested the ability to fine-tune the list of
orderable lab tests displayed to a user. This patch adds a flag field to
the ACCESSION AREA multiple-valued field (#6) in the LABORATORY TEST file
(#60) that when set for an accession area at a site, will block users
signed in to that site from seeing that test in the list of orderable
items.
Refer to the patch description for full details.
-
- 566 SEQ #469
- DATE APPLIED: 2024-08-08 17:27:14
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYNINE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch addresses three issues:
which contain at least one profile, an error might occur.
1. The status in CPRS might be incorrect for one or more tests if
accessions were merged.
2. The Incomplete test status report (LRWRKINC) might display inaccurate
information if the user specified a past date instead of today.
3. When merging is performed on an Emergency Room patient's accessions
-
- 571
- DATE APPLIED: 2024-08-08 17:33:30
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYNINE
- DESCRIPTION:
Please see the National Patch Module for details of the enhancements
included in this patch.
-
- 572 SEQ #471
- DATE APPLIED: 2024-09-30 18:02:33
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYNINE
- DESCRIPTION:
1. INC31264131 - Option LROS (Order/test status) Report Issue with
Partially Verified.
-
- 573 SEQ #472
- DATE APPLIED: 2024-10-30 12:36:12
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYNINE
- DESCRIPTION:
The patch addresses one (1) issue:
the order still needs to be collected and processed.
When the order is accessioned by Howdy, no error message is displayed on
the screen and there is no way for the lab to know the order was needed.
1. In certain situations, tests that are showing as collected do not
have an accession number. This happens when the user that accessions the
test is logged into a division that is not defined in the LAB TEST FILE
(#60) for that test with an ACCESSION AREA. When the user uses the option
Accession tests ordered by ward order entry [LROE] there is a message
that displays, but it is easily missed by the user causing lab tests to
be presumed accessioned by the provider when the lab does not know that
-
- 574 SEQ #473
- DATE APPLIED: 2024-11-15 14:32:56
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYNINE
- DESCRIPTION:
Please review FORUM's Patch Module description and installation
instructions before installing this patch.
-
- 575 SEQ #474
- DATE APPLIED: 2024-11-15 14:33:51
- APPLIED BY: USER,EIGHTYNINE
- DESCRIPTION:
Please review FORUM's Patch Module description and installation
instructions before installing this patch.
-
- 173 SEQ #135
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-02-05 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects a variety of problems with Anatomic Pathology reports.
See the Description on the Forum patch module for full information on
this patch.
-
- 198 SEQ #137
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-03-18 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch fixes the undefined error that occurs when non package
(X) variable is killed by VADPT.
-
- 125 SEQ #96
- DATE APPLIED: 1996-08-20 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
ARCHIVE NOT FINDING A PATIENT
-
- 153
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-03-18 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Please refer to the 'LABORATORY ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHANGE (LEDI) Patch
LA*5.2*27 and patch LR*5.2*153 INSTALLATION GUIDE.
-
- 203
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-04-17 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Reference NOIS: None
============
4) At the prompt DEVICE: select a valid printer name or print the report
to the screen.
Examine the report to verify that all instances of the date are
formatted to include all four digits of the year.
Repeat steps 1 through 4 above with the following exceptions.
During step 2) answer NO.
During step 3) answer NO.
In accordance with the evaluation performed using established policies
Examine the report to verify that all instances of the date are
formatted to include all four digits of the year.
OPTION: Blood bank consultation reports [LRBLCN]
This option is available for those sites wishing to use VistA to
generate a Chartable Consultative report on patients who after Blood
Bank serological testing are found to have either an allo-antibody or a
positive Direct Coombs. If this option is used at a site, then a sample
and VHA Directive 97-033, documented on the patch change control summary
report should be printed for each type of Consultative report generated
and then reviewed to determine that all dates print using a 4 digit year
format. This will need to be completed by a user with the LRBLSUPER key
performing the following steps:
1) Select the option Blood bank consultation reports [LRBLCN].
2) At the prompt Select CONSULTATION: type in a "?". You will see a
listing of each type of consultative report used at your facility.
ANTIBODY or DIRECT COOMBS TEST REPORT.
3) At the prompt Select Patient Name: choose a name of a patient that
and consultation with the FDA on 3/3/1998, this patch does not need to be
is known to have an identified allo antibody or positive Direct
Coombs test, whichever is appropriate.
4) At the prompt DEVICE: select a valid printer name or print the
report to the screen.
Examine the report to verify that all instances of the date are
formatted to include all four digits of the year.
Repeat steps 1-4 as necessary to provide an example of each
type of consultative report generated at your facility.
submitted to the FDA for approval. Changes only involve print routines
OPTION: Print units with final disposition [LRBLRUF]
This option is designed for a site to print a permanent hard copy of the
BLOOD INVENTORY file (#65) prior to the use of the option Remove units
with final disposition [LRBLSER] to purge the BLOOD INVENTORY file (#65)
for a specified date range. This functionality is provided for those
sites who may have a need or desire to not keep all BLOOD INVENTORY data
on line indefinitely. It is not recommended that this option be run on
a routine basis. However, if necessary the option is available.
and have no affect on safety critical requirements and has no associated
Because of the implications of generating this report, it is recommended
that if a site wishes to verify that the printing of dates uses a 4
digit year that this verification be done in a test environment. This
report should be locked with the LRBLSUPER key so will need to have a
user with that key perform the testing if performed.
To verify the correct date format on these reports perform the following
steps:
1) Select the option Print units with final disposition [LRBLRUF].
risks.
2) If this option has been used in the past you may be prompted with the
following. *** ANSWER NO AT THE PROMPT TO DELETE THE LIST ***
There is a list of units printed by USER,PREVIOUS
They should be deleted before printing another list. OK ? YES// N
(NO)
3) At the prompt Start with Date TODAY// choose a date far enough in
the past so that there will be unit with a final disposition entered.
4) At the prompt Go to Date TODAY// choose a date more recent than
the Start with Date.
5) At the DEVICE: prompt, choose a valid printer name.
Examine the report to verify that all instances of the date are
formatted to include all four digits of the year.
-----------------------------------------------
Software Availability:
This patch is available from one of the CIO Field Offices listed below.
All VAMC's are encouraged to use their FTP capability to obtain the
A COPY OF THIS PATCH MESSAGE MUST BE FORWARDED TO THE BLOOD BANK
software from the appropriate directory
CIO Field Office FTP Address Directory
---------------- ------------- -----------------
Hines 152.129.1.110 anonymous.software
Albany 152.127.1.5 anonymous.software
Salt Lake 152.131.2.1 anonymous.software
File Name:LAB_Y2K.KID
SUPERVISOR AND THE LABORATORY INFORMATION MANAGER (LIM).
Y2K routine changes included with this patch:
Routine Line Tag Purpose of change
------- --------- -----------------
LRBLJPA1 R+2 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
R+5 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
Y Expand date format to print a 4 digit year.
H+3 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
LRBLPBR1 T Expand date format to print a 4 digit year.
N+3 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
L+1 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
R Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
LRUCN ASK+1 Expand date format to print a 4 digit year.
H Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
During initial evaluation of LRBL namespaced routines it was reported
that 26 routines would need renovation to be Y2K compliant. After
further evaluation, it was determined that only two LRBL namespaced
routines would need to be modified. The routines originally reported but
not modified are:
LRUDEL LRBLDEX1 LRBLDEX2 LRBLJPA LRBLJPA2
LRBLJPP LRBLJTS LRBLJTS1 LRBLPC LRBLPC1
LRBLPR LRBLPR1 LRBLPRA LRBLPT LRBLPT1
LRBLPTR1 LRBLPUS LRBLPX LRBLPX1 LRBLRCT
LRBLSET LRBLTA LRBLTA1 LRBLTXA
PROBLEM:
Installation Instructions:
=========================
Note: This build contains LR*5.2*201 and LA*5.2*42 therefore, the
environment for installation must satisfy all three patches. There are
special considerations made for Automated instruments which are
not directly associated with Blood Bank.
1. The following patches must be installed prior to installation of this
patch: LR*5.2*153, LA*5.2*27, LA*5.2*37, DI*21.0*44, XU*8.0*71.
2. From the Kernel Installation and Distribution Systems (KIDS)
Menu, select the Installation Menu [XPD INSTALLATION MENU]:
Select INSTALLATION OPTION
Select Installation Option: Load a Distribution
Enter a Host File: LAB_Y2K.KID
Dialog:
KIDS Distribution saved on Mar 23, 1998@13:22:30
With the upcoming turn of the century (Y2K) the Office of the Chief
Comment: LR*5.2*203 LR*5.2*201 LA*5.2*42 Y2K Enhancements 3-23-98
This Distribution contains Transport Globals for the following
Package(s):
LR*5.2*203
LR*5.2*201
LA*5.2*42
Information Office Technical Services has issued a guidelines document
Want to Continue with Load? YES//
Loading Distribution...
It is strongly recommended to do a KIDS Backup before installing
the build.
3. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped, they should
be removed from the mapped set at this time.
for VISTA Software Y2K requirements. This guideline lays out the core
4. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the option
'Verify Checksums in Transport Global' and verify that all routines
have the correct checksum.
5. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, you may use the option
'Print Transport Global' to view what will be installed on your system
prior to the Install.
6. Users can remain on the system. Installation should take less than
ten minutes during non-peak hours.
essentials to meet or exceed OMB, GAO and congressional requirements for
7. Primary Laboratory Options should be placed out of service
and Laboratory Users should be off the system. Disable the menu
option Laboratory [LRMENU] or the local equivalent during the
install.
Routine LAB or lab automated instruments interface thru the LSI
should be stopped.
If the site has direct-connect interfaces for lab automated
Year 2000 requirements. The VISTA Blood Bank Software v 5.2 was
instruments, these should be stopped.
The HL7 background job (HLLP) for the Lab Universal Interface
should be stopped.
The routine LA7UIIN to process incoming HL7 messages should be
not be running. This routine will shutdown automatically after 5
minutes if no messages have been received.
If using auto download for Lab automated instruments, the routine
evaluated and found to have no existing problems as far as date storage
LA7ADL should be stopped. Use the option 'Start/Stop Auto Download
Background Job' [LA7 ADL START/STOP].
if no
8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the option
'Install Package(s)' Select the package LR*5.2*203 and proceed with
install.
9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 3, they should be
returned to the mapped set once the installation has run to
Reporting Site: N/A
and evaluation. The date in all instances is already stored internally
completion.
10. After installation is complete, remove the routines LR201 and LA42
from your system.
in a format which allows the definite determination of proper century.
The Y2K guidelines document states that applications are required to
expand the external date displays on reports or forms which can be
considered legally binding documents between the VA and the veteran, an
agent of the veteran, or a service- or product- provider to the VA.
Using this statement as a guideline it was determined that the reports
generated by the following options were to be modified to display the
date using a 4 digit year format rather than the traditional dd/mm/yr
format currently used:
Print single BB patient report [LRBLP PRINT SINGLE]
Print all BB patient reports on print queue [LRBLP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE]
Blood bank consultation reports [LRBLCN] **> Locked with LRBLSUPER
Print units with final disposition [LRBLRUF] **> Locked with LRBLSUPER
RISK ANALYSIS: Since the coding changes only affect the format of the
year printed on the report and have no functionality changes, the risk
Test Site(s)--Alpha Platform w/ DSM OS: Milwaukee, Brockton
is NONE.
EFFECT ON FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS/ INTENDED USES: Problem does not
involve a software safety critical requirement and does NOT change the
scope of a design safeguard or intended use.
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: There is no potential impact on the sites
from the installation of LR*5.2*203.
VALIDATION TESTING REQUIREMENTS: Although the changes do not involve
North Chicago
any requirements or functional specifications, it is necessary to
perform the following steps in order to confirm that the Patient
chartable reports are printing dates using a 4 digit year format:
OPTION: Print single BB patient report [LRBLP PRINT SINGLE]
This option should generate a chartable patient report where the date
format uses a 4 digit year regardless of whether the work was done
before or after installation of the patch. To verify this:
1) Select the option Print single BB patient report [LRBLP PRINT
SINGLE].
2) At the prompt Select Patient Name: type in a name of a patient who
has previous Blood Bank results.
3) At the prompt Print component requests ? NO// press the ENTER key
to accept NO as the response.
4) At the prompt DEVICE: select a valid printer name or print the report
to the screen.
Examine the report to verify that all instances of the date are
formatted to include all four digits of the year.
Repeat steps 1 through 4 above with the following exception:
During step 3) answer YES to print component requests.
Examine the report to verify that all instances of the date are
formatted to include all four digits of the year.
OPTION: Print all BB patient reports on print queue [LRBLP PRINT ALL
ON QUEUE]
DESCRIPTION:
This option is used to print a batch of chartable patient reports. The
format of the individual patient reports should be identical to the
reports printed using the option Print single BB patient report [LRBLP
PRINT SINGLE]. To verify the correct date format on these reports
perform the following steps:
1) Select the option Print all BB patient reports on print queue [LRBLP
PRINT ALL ON QUEUE].
2) At the prompt Save reports for reprinting ? NO// answer YES.
3) At the prompt Print component requests ? NO/ answer YES.
-
- 201
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-04-17 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
PATCH DESIGNATION: LR*5.2*201 PACKAGE: LAB SERVICE
^DD(69.91,0,"ID",2) = W:$D(^("0")) " ",$$FMTE^XLFDT($P(^("0"),U,3),"5Z")
New Data Dictionary:
^DD(68,.097,0)= NON LAB ACCESSION AREA^S^1:YES;0:NO;^0;21^Q
Routine Listing:
Name Line Tag Description
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LR5XCNV OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XCNV0 OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XCNV1 OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XCNV3 OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XCNV4 OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XCNV5 OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XCNV8 OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XCNV9 OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XCNVA OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
PATCH DESCRIPTION:
LR5XCNVD OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XCNVP OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XCNVU OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XCNVX OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XOK OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XOK3 OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XOK31 OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XOK5 OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XOK51 OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XOK8 OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
This is the Year 2000 (Y2K) compliance patch containing the changes
LR5XOK81 OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XOK9 OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XOK91 OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XOKA OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XOKA1 OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XOKU OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XTIM2 OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR5XTIME OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LR7OSBR1 T dd/mm/yyyy
L+1 formatting for the extra 2 century
necessary to accommodate the year 2000. 2 digit (YY) year dates are
characters.
L+2 formatting for the extra 2 century
characters.
R+1 formatting for the extra 2 century
characters.
LR7OSOS DATE dd/mm/yyyy
LR7OSUM3 UDT+7 dd/mm/yyyy
LR7OSUM6 LRUDT+3 dd/mm/yyyy
WR+5 formatting for the extra 2 century
characters.
replaced with 4 digit (CCYY) century year dates in laboratory routines
WR1+1 formatting for the extra 2 century
characters.
LR7OU5 DQ+1 Update the LRAFUNC1 to XLFDT call.
LR7OU64 CHECK+4 Update the LRAFUNC to XLFSTR call.
DQ+2 Update the LRAFUNC1 to XLFDT call.
LR7OU641 DQ+1 Update the LRAFUNC1 to XLFDT call.
LRABG1 LRABG1+35:36 Set 4-digit date.
LRAC3 LRAC3+32 dd/mm/yyyy
LRAC3+43 dd/mm/yyyy
LRAC4 Y2K New TMP file structure
for patients' permanent clinical record. 2 digit year dates are replaced
BS1 dd/mm/yyyy
LRACK STA+1 2 digit to 4 digit date
STA+3 ""
LRACM1 DIC dd/mm/yyyy
LRACM1+33 dd/mm/yyyy
LRACM1+41 dd/mm/yyyy
+1
LRACM3 LRACM3+19 dd/mm/yyyy
LRACS QUE+2 Ancillary to cumes.
LRACS2 LRACS2+3 2 digit to 4 digit date
in other laboratory routines where space was available. Because of the
LRACS3 LRIFN+2 Ancillary to cumes.
LRACSUM LRACSUM+43 Ancillary to cumes.
LRACSUM3 LRACSUM3+31 2 digit to 4 digit
LRACSUM3+37 2 digit to 4 digit
LRACSUM4 Y2K Ancillary to cumes.
LRACSUM6 LRACSUM6+4 2 digit to 4 digit
LRACSUM6+7 Display format
LRACSUM6+16 dd/mm/yyyy
lack of space, labels are still printed with 2 digit year dates.
LRAPAUA W1 Rename variable T to LRAUDT, expand to
4 digit year
END Kill new variable.
LRAPAUL PRT+1 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
DT Expand to 4 digit year.
H+1 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
QUE Fix syntax problem with DBS call exported
with LR*5.2*173
LRAPBK SH+3 Rename variable LRW(1) to LRSPDT, expand
to 4 digit year.
SH+7 Rename variable LRW(1) to LRSPDT.
LRAPDPT AP Expand to 4 digit year.
AU Expand to 4 digit year.
LRAPF F+5 Strip off seconds from Admission date
(set in another routine).
LRAPJNC W Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
L+1 Rename variable H(4) to LRDTINT.
S+1 Rename variable H(5) to LRDTEXT, expand
to 4 digit year.
S+2 Rename variables H(4) and H(5) to LRDTINT
VERSION: 5.2 PATCH NUMBER: 201
Warning:
and LRDTEXT.
A Rename variable H(4) to LRDTINT.
H+1 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
END Kill new variables.
LRAPL W+2 Rename variable S(1) to LRSPECDT.
P Rename variable S(1) to LRSPECDT and
expand to 4 digit year.
END Kill new variable.
LRAPLG GETP Expand to 4 digit year, format output
to accommodate 4 digit year.
Local label routines that call DD^LRX or DT^LRX will need to be modified
LRAPPF1 EN+1 Expand to 4 digit year.
EN+4 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
LRAPQ W Expand to 4 digit year.
W+2 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
H+2 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
LRAPQAT1 L Expand to 4 digit year.
AU+1 Change direct global reads to ^DGPM( to
using call INP^VADPT.
A Assign local variable names to output
variables from INP^VADPT.
to call DDOLD^LRX or DTOLD^LRX to print 2-digit dates.
LRAPQOR W Expand to 4 digit year, format output to
accommodate 4 digit year.
H+2 Display format
LRAPQOR1 D Expand to 4 digit year.
W Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
W2 Expand to 4 digit year.
H1 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
LRAPS1 EN Expand to 4 digit year.
EN+3 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
M Additional change to accommodate patch
LR*5.2*203.
LRAPSEM2 A Expand to 4 digit year. Format output
to accommodate 4 digit year.
H+2 Display format
LRAPSL SET Expand to 4 digit year.
LRAPTT B Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
S+4 Expand to 4 digit year.
LRAPTT1 LRAPTT1+4 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
LRAPV I Rename variable Z to LRDATE.
1 Rename variable Z to LRDATE.
Patch LR*5.2*201 VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE V5.2
W Rename variable Z to LRDATE, expand to 4
digit year.
2+1 Rename variable Z to LRDATE.
H1 Rename variable Z to LRDATE.
LRAPWE T+2 Expand to 4 digit year.
LRAUSTA FIX Expand to 4 digit year.
WRT Rename variable M to LRSENIOR.
Rename variable M(2) to LRESIDEN.
WRT+2 Rename variable R(1) to LRAUDT.
Rename variable R(2) to LRAUCOMP.
DEVICE PRODUCT LABELING STATEMENT
Rename variable R(3) to LRFAD.
Rename variable W(15) to LRPAD.
Change LRPAD to the correct data piece.
WRT+3 Reference new variable names, format
output to accommodate 4 digit year.
WRT+4 Reference new variable name.
WRT+5 Reference new variable name.
H+1 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year
END Kill new variables before exit routine.
LRCAP64 LRCAP64+25 Replaced call to LRAFUNC1 date/time
LRCAP64+27 function to Kernel date/time calls.
LRCAP64+30 ""
LRCAP64+32 ""
LRCAP64+35 ""
LRCAP64+45 ""
LRCAP67 LRCAP67+19 Replaced call to LRAFUNC1 date/time
LRCAP67+23 function to Kernel date/time calls.
LRCAPA12 LRCAPA12+64 Display 4-digit date.
LRCAPACC LRCAPACC+53 Display 4-digit date.
LRCAPAM1 LRCAPAM1+11 Replaced call to LRAFUNC1 date/time
March 10, 1998
LRCAPAM1+12 function to Kernel date/time calls.
LRCAPAM1+15 ""
LRCAPAM2 LRCAPAM2+10 ""
LRCAPAM2+19 ""
LRCAPAM2+29 ""
LRCAPAM3 LRCAPAM3+11 ""
LRCAPAM3+18 ""
LRCAPAM3+21 ""
LRCAPAM3+29 ""
LRCAPAM3+30 ""
LRCAPAM3+55 ""
LRCAPAM3+81 ""
LRCAPAM4 LRCAPAM4+29 ""
LRCAPAM4+74 ""
LRCAPAM6 LRCAPAM6+10 ""
LRCAPAM8 LRCAPAM8+6 ""
LRCAPAM8+7 ""
LRCAPAM9 LRCAPAM9+5 ""
LRCAPAMP LRCAPAMP+13 ""
LRCAPBB LRCAPBB+7 ""
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*201 contains changes to software
LRCAPD2 LRCAPD2+39 ""
LRCAPDSS LRCAPDSS+17 ""
LRCAPDSS+26 ""
LRCAPMR LRCAPMR+29 ""
LRCAPMR+36 ""
LRCAPMR2 LRCAPMR2+65 ""
LRCAPR1A LRCAPR1A+7 ""
LRCAPR1A+8 ""
LRCAPR3 LRCAPR3+14 ""
LRCAPR3+23 ""
PATCH SUBJECT: Y2K LABORATORY (LR) PATCH
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 97-033, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
LRCAPV1S LRCAPV1S+4 ""
LRCAPV1S+5 ""
LRCENDE1 ZAP Prevent complete accession deletion.
LRDPA1 LRDPA1+16 Changed to Kernel Date/Time call
LREXPD LREXPD+20 ""
LRFAST AMIS +1 Replaced $$NOW^LRAFUNC1 with $$NOW^XLFDT.
LRGEN LRGEN+7 Cleanup Variable
LRGEN1 LRGEN1+20 Display 4-digit date.
LRGEN1+27 Display 4-digit date.
LRLIST LRLIST+5 Replaced call to LRAFUNC1 date/time
VERSION 5.2. The following routines listed as part of Group B in the
LRLIST+86 function to Kernel date/time calls.
LRLISTE LRLISTE+4 ""
LRLISTE+49 ""
LRLSTWRL LRLSTWRL+12 ""
LRMISEZ2 LRMISEZ2+26 dd/mm/yyyy
LRMISEZ4 LRMISEZ4+17 dd/mm/yyyy
LROE TASK Variable LRLBL is no longer killed.
LROLOVER EN+4 Changed to Kernel date/time call.
OVER+2 Enhanced $D statement
ROLLAH+3 Set LRAD to correct date/time
directive were modified to be Y2K compliant:
ROLLAH+13 Add $G( statement prevent undefined.
LRORD1 LEDI+1 Added $L statement for alpha characters
in UID.
LRORDIM EN+4 Changed $$DOW^LRAFUNC1 to $$DOW^XLFDT.
EN+22 Changed $$NOW^LRAFUNC1 to $$NOW^XLFDT.
CHK+1 Changed $$DOW^LRAFUNC1 to $$DOW^XLFDT.
DATE+3 Changed $$CFMTDH^LRAFUNC1 to $$FMTH^XLFDT.
DATE+7 Changed $$CDHTFM^LRAFUNC1 to
$$HTFM^XLFDT.
LRORDK KILL+7 Variable LRLABLIO is no longer killed.
LRU, LRUA, LRUPT.
LRPARAM LRPARAM+13 Replaced call to LRAFUNC1 date/time
function to Kernel date/time calls.
LRPEND LRPEND+10 ""
LRPEND+37 ""
LRQC LRQC+3 Changed to display 4-digit year date.
LRRP5 DATE+3 Changed to display 4 digit year date.
INIT+2 ""
LRRP6 LRRP6+38 dd/mm/yyyy
LRRP6+42
LRRP6A1 LRRP6A1+15 dd/mm/yyyy
LRRP6B1 LRRP6B1+12 dd/mm/yyyy
LRSMAC LRSMAC+39 Replaced call to LRAFUNC1 date/time
function to Kernel date/time calls.
LROW2RP DATE Added an "F" to the %DT flags for 'date of
order prompt.
LRSORA2 PRTEST+5 Changed to display 4-digit year date.
LRSORC1A PRINT+23 Formatting for the extra 2 century
characters.
PRNTST+9
COM+8
These are shared routines that are used by Blood Bank as well as general
LRSORD1A PRINT+23 Formatting for the extra 2 century
characters.
PRNTST+9
COM+8
LRSTOPC OBSOLETE ROUTINE - deleted
LRTOCOST LRTOCOST+5 Replaced call to LRAFUNC1 date/time
function to
LRTOCOST+7 Kernel date/time calls.
LRTOCOST+8 ""
LRTOCOST+56 ""
Laboratory software. They were modified to display a date using a 4
LRTOCOST+74 ""
LRTSTSET LRTSTSET+25 ""
LRTT5 LRTT5+38 ""
LRTT5+54 ""
LRTT5R1 LRTT5R1+27 ""
LRU T Added description of functionality to line
tag.
A Added description of functionality to line
tag, expand to 4 digit year.
D Added description of functionality to line
digit century year format and formatting was changed when necessary to
tag, expand to 4 digit year.
DA Added description of functionality to line
tag, expand to 4 digit year.
DT Checks if LRSS="BB". If not, expands to 4
digit year. Selected Blood Bank internal
displays are not modified due to current
FDA constraints.
V+3 Kill new variables.
LRUA LRUA+3 Change call to D^LRU to newly created line
tag DATE.
accommodate the extra two characters in the year.
LRUA+8 Change call to D^LRU to newly created line
tag DATE.
DATE New line tag, returns date/time in 4 digit
year format.
LRUDEL D Change call to D^LRU to newly created line
tag DATE.
REST+5 Change call to D^LRU to newly created line
tag DATE.
REST+6 Change call to D^LRU to newly created line
tag DATE.
DATE New line tag, returns date in eye-readable
month format w/ 4 digit year.
LRUER P Rename variable T to LRDATE.
P+2 Rename variable T to LRDATE, format output
to accommodate 4 digit year.
H+1 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
H1 Rename variable T to LRDATE, format output
to accommodate 4 digit year.
LRUMD W+1 Rename variable T(1) to LRDATE, expand to 4
digit year.
PRIORITY: MANDATORY STATUS OF PATCH: UNDER DEVELOPMENT
The above change has been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank Developer and
W+3 Rename variable T(1) to LRDATE.
LRUMDM W+3 Rename variable from T(1) to LRDATE, expand
to 4 digit year.
W+5 Rename variable from T(1) to LRDATE, format
output to accommodate 4 digit year.
LRUMDP W+1 Rename variable from T(1) to LRDATE, expand
to 4 digit year.
W+2 Rename variable from T(1) to LRDATE.
LRUP LRUP+3 Update the LRAFUNC1 to XLFDT call.
LRUPT FIX+2 Rename variable from Y to LRDATE, expand to
found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE version 5.2
4 digit year.
FIX+4 Rename variable from Y to LRDATE, format
output to accommodate 4 digit year.
A Rename variable from Y to LRDATE, format
output to accommodate 4 digit year.
LIST+3 Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
MORE+1 Rename variable Y to LRDATE, format output
to accommodate 4 digit year.
HDR Format output to accommodate 4 digit year.
LRUTL STF+7 Update the LRAFUNC1 to XLFDT call.
control functions.
LRUTT W+1 Expand to 4 digit year, format output to
accommodate 4 digit year.
LRVER1 LRVER1+19 Replaced call to LRAFUNC1 date/time
function to
Kernel date/time calls.
LRVER2 LRVER2+13 Display 4-digit date.
LRVER2+27 ""
LRVR2 LRVR2+13 Display 4-digit date.
LRVR2+25 ""
LRVR2+26 Changed to Kernel Date/time call
LRWLST12 C3 Changed $$CDHTFM^LRAFUNC1 to $$HTFM^XLFDT.
LRWRKIN1 X+16 Adjust column display to accommodate
displaying
X+24 4-digit year.
LRWRKINC HED+5 Adjust column header to accommodate
displaying
HED+11 4-digit year.
LRWU4 LRWU4+2 Set Kernel variable DT using approved call
LRWU4+3 $$DT^XLFDT.
AC2+2 Added "P" to %DT variable, assume past
PROBLEM: With the upcoming turn of the century (Y2K) the Office of the
dates.
AC4+2 Display accession date with 4-digit year.
LRX DD Changed to display 4-digit year date.
DT+3 Used Kernel Date/Time call.
DDOLD Provide backward compatible format for
labels.
DTOLD Provide call to return 2 digit date.
Y2K Call to return dd/mm/yyyy Date/Time
Reference NOIS: N/A
Chief Information Office Technical Services has issued a guidelines
Reporting Site: N/A
Testing Site(s): Milwaukee, WI - Brockton/West Roxbury, MA
North Chicago, Il
ROUTINE SUMMARY:
=================
document for VISTA Software Y2K requirements. This guideline lays out
The second line of the routine now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
the core essentials to meet or exceed OMB, GAO and congressional
requirements for Year 2000 requirements. Laboratory software has been
modified to meet or exceed these guidelines.
DATE PATCH FIRST ENTERED: JAN 27, 1998
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*201 have no effect on Blood
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*201 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
elements functions.
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to a routine
identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive 97-033. The
changes have no effect in Blood Bank functionality or medical device
control functions. There is no adverse potential to sites.
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validation
scenarios to be completed by sites after installing LR*5.2*201.
-----------------------------------------------
Software Availability:
This patch is available from one of the CIO Field Offices listed below.
All VAMC's are encouraged to use their FTP capability to obtain the
software from the appropriate directory
CIO Field Office FTP Address Directory
---------------- ------------- -----------------
Hines 152.129.1.110 anonymous.software
Albany 152.127.1.5 anonymous.software
CATEGORY OF PATCH: ROUTINE
Salt Lake 152.131.2.1 anonymous.software
File Name:LAB_Y2K.KID
Note: This patch is issued as a part of a KIDS Distribution in which
the Transport Global contains all three Laboratory Y2K patches.
The install order and patches are:
LR*5.2*203 Blood Bank
LR*5.2*201 Laboratory Service
and LA*5.2*42 Automated Instruments.
CATEGORY OF PATCH: DATA DICTIONARY
Data dictionary changes include:
Modified the write "ID" nodes for:
^DD(62.3,0,"ID",.02) = W:$D(^("0")) " ",$$FMTE^XLFDT($P(^("0"),U,2),"5Z")
^DD(67,0,"ID",.03) = W " ",$$FMTE^XLFDT($P(^(0),U,3),"5Z")
^DD(67.1,0,"ID",3) = W:$D(^("0")) " ",$$FMTE^XLFDT($P(^("0"),U,3),"5Z")
-
- 155 SEQ #141
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-04-17 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Reference NOIS: HIN-0297-40272, DEN-0697-51422
This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET
LR*5.2*155
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Install Started for LR*5.2*155 :
Mar 26, 1998@14:02:16
VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA Directive 97-033 titled VISTA
Installing Routines:
Mar 26, 1998@14:02:17
Updating Routine file...
Updating KIDS files...
LR*5.2*155 Installed.
Mar 26, 1998@14:02:18
BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
1. HIN-0297-40272
Two problems were discovered with the QA functions for the Autopsy
Accession Area.
# 1: The user wasn't prompted to enter any QA codes while
executing the option QA codes entry/edit [LRAPQACD] and
choosing the Autopsy Accession Area.
# 2: When using the option QA outcome review cases [LRAPQOR], not
all of the information was printing. Prior to patch LR*5.2*72,
the actual Autopsy accession # and date of autopsy would print
on the 2nd part of the report.
2. It was reported that after patch LR*5.2*72 that the report format
for Autopsy data review [LRAPAURV] did not accommodate the new
Reporting Site: Hines, Long Beach
accession # format.
ROUTINE SUMMARY:
=================
The second line of the routine now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Values
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
============ ============ =========== ==========
LRAPQACD 1985498 1982867 72,85,155
LRAPQOR2 5647114 5107599 155
LRAURV 8143951 8364694 155
Installation Instructions:
=================
Test Site(s) Hines, Madison, Long Beach
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS package in this message onto your system.
2. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the option
'Verify Checksums in Transport Global' and verify that all routines
have the correct checksum.
3. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, you may use the option
'Print Transport Global' to view what will be installed on your
system prior to the Install.
4. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped, they should
be removed from the mapped set at this time.
5. Users can remain on the system. Patch installation should take less
than 5 minutes. No options need to be placed out of service.
Install during non-peak times.
6. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the option
'Install Package(s)' Select the package LR*5.2*155 and proceed with
DESCRIPTION:
install.
7. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 4, they should be
returned to the mapped set once the installation has run to
completion.
Below is an example of the dialogue seen during the KIDS load.
Select Installation Option: INStall Package(s)
============
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*155 Loaded from Distribution
3/26/98@13:49
:39
=> LR*5.2*155
This Distribution was loaded on Mar 26, 1998@13:49:39 with header of
LR*5.2*155
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*155
LR*5.2*155
Install Questions for LR*5.2*155
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
-
- 191 SEQ #142
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-04-28 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 208 SEQ #143
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-04-28 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch fixes comment problems during receipt of specimens from wards.
-
- 189 SEQ #144
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-04-28 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 205 SEQ #145
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-05-27 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Required for special processing of file 63 for Patient Merge.
-
- 210
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-07-12 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*210 contains changes to software
Gliadin Ab IgG 84140.3103 89635.0000
Gliadin Ab Panel 82435.3103 89637.0000
Specimen Collection Time 82373.3103 89359.0000
Rh (D) Typing 86087.0000 86088.0000
CD62L 86601.0000 86682.0000
CDw124 86670.0000 86683.0000
Rh Typing 86714.0000 86712.0000
Plateletpheresis 86728.0000 86739.0000
Drug Dependant Ab 89110.0000 84466.0000 X*Drug Dependant
HLA DR 89079.0000 89569.0000
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 97-033, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
Glaidin Ab IgA 84295.0000 84028.0000 X*Glaidin Ab
X*Hepatitis C RNA 97485.0000 87419.0000
HIV Viral Load Ultra 98497.0000 87423.0000
Smooth Muscle Ab 98589.0000 87379.0000
Norchlordiazeposide 81030.0000 81411.0000
Reference NOIS: N/A
Reporting Site: N/A
VERSION 5.2. Change includes:
Testing Site(s): Long Beach, CA, Milwaukee, WI, Brockton, MA
-----------------------------------------------
Software Availability:
This patch is available from one of the CIO Field Offices listed below.
All VAMC's are encouraged to use their FTP capability to obtain the
software from the appropriate directory.
CIO Field Office FTP Address Directory
LROS was modified to display the Patient Care Encounter (PCE) visit
---------------- ------------- -----------------
Hines 152.129.1.110 anonymous.software
Albany 152.127.1.5 anonymous.software
Salt Lake 152.131.2.1 anonymous.software
File Name:LR52_210.KID
ROUTINE SUMMARY:
=================
number when one exists.
The second line of the routine now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Values
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- -----------
LR210 NA 13528777 210
LRCE 12940981 13197719 28,76,103,121
153,210
LROS 14491271 14423120 121,153,210
Installation Instructions:
==========================
The Laboratory Information Manager (LIM) should be informed of/coordinate
the installation this patch. This patch contains important codes required
for Laboratory Management Index Program (LMIP) reporting and Laboratory
Electronic Data Interchange (LEDI) implementation.
The above change has been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank Developer and
All users may remain on the system. Laboratory users should be idle (no
accessioning or verifying). The LAB interface routine does not need to
be stopped. The Universal Interface does not need to be stopped. The
Health Level Seven Lower Level Protocols (HL7 LLPs) do not need to be
stopped.
The installation of this patch takes less than 10 minutes.
1. START FROM KERNEL
found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE version 5.2
From the KERNEL Installation and Distribution Systems (KIDS)
Menu, select the Installation menu [XPD INSTALLATION MENU]:
Installation
Edits and Distribution ...
Utilities ...
Installation ...
2. SELECT INSTALLATION OPTION
Select Installation Option: Load a Distribution
Enter a Host File: LR52_210.KID
control functions.
This Distribution contains Transport Globals for the following
Package(s): LR*5.2*210
Want to RUN the Environment Check Routine? YES//
LR*5.2*210
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR210
Use INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*210 to install the Distribution.
NOTE: The following are OPTIONAL:
a. Backup a Transport Global - This option will create a backup
message of any routines exported with this patch. It will not
backup any other changes, such as DDs or templates.
b. Compare Transport Global to Current System - This is not
recommended. The reported data is misleading.
c. Verify Checksums in Transport Global - This option will allow
you to ensure the integrity of the routines that are in the
transport global.
Description:
PROBLEM: Sites have requested a means to verify CPT code capture. It
3. Use the install name LR*5.2*210
Note: If installation is successful, remove the routine LR210 from your
system.
4. No routine mapping adjustments are required
Routine Information:
====================
was determined that displaying the PCE visit number when viewing the
Routine Name:
- LRCE
Routine Name:
- LROS
Routine Name:
- LR210
Order/Test Status for a patient would assist sites in verifying their
==========================================================================
data.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*210 have no effect on Blood
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*210 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical
============
elements functions.
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to a routine
identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive 97-033. The
changes have no effect in Blood Bank functionality or medical device
control functions. There is no adverse potential to sites.
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validation
scenarios to be completed by sites after installing LR*5.2*210.
=============================
This patch is the regular release of additional National Laboratory Test
Codes (WKLD CODES). It contains the requested additional prefix and
suffix codes required to identify ordered test and test results.
LR*5.2*210 Patch Description:
This patch contains updates of WKLD CODES stored in WKLD CODE file (#64).
These codes are also known as National Laboratory Test codes. The added
codes represent those codes requested, by various sources, to identify
Patch LR*5.2*210 VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE V5.2 DEVICE PRODUCT LABELING
ordered tests and results. If you wish to print the new additional WKLD
CODES, use FileMan Print sorted by numbers. Begin with number 2990, end
with 99999. Select caption print for the print fields.
This patch contains updates of suffix codes stored in WKLD SUFFIX CODES
file (#64.2). These codes were requested, by various sources, to identify
methods used to determine results of ordered tests.
This patch contains updates of manufacturers stored in WKLD INSTRUMENT
MANUFACTURER file (#64.3). This file is a reference file used to group
STATEMENT
WKLD CODE SUFFIX codes by manufacturer.
In addition to new NLT Codes the options Order/test status [LROS] and
Review by order number [LRCENLKUP] have been enhanced to display the
Visit number returned by the PCE interface for Laboratory CPT code
capture. The number displayed corresponds to the internal entry number
for the VISIT (#9000010) file. This number maybe useful when verifying
Laboratory CPT workload capture. The VISIT file pointer is free text and
each individual pointer number is separated by a semi-colon. CPT workload
is only captured for patients seen on outpatient status. CPT codes are
captured for ordered tests only. There is no relationship between
accessioned/verified and CPT workload capture. CPT workload capture is
based on entries in the LAB ORDER ENTRY (#69) file ONLY.
Ordered tests must be linked via NATIONAL VA LAB CODE field (#64) of the
LABORATORY TEST file (#60). All CPT codes associated with the linked NLT
Code will be passed to the PCE interface.
The new print option NLT Monthly Workload Detail [LR CAP ELROY] is also
provided. This FileMan print option allows the user to select
April 10, 1998
institution/division, date range and NLT codes. The report will print
sub-total by NLT code with grand total for the report period. This report
maybe useful when reviewing data stored in LAB MONTHLY WORKLOADS file
(#67.9) for workload trends by specific NLT Codes.
Note: When selecting Institution use literal name (i.e. Long Beach), not
station number (.i.e. 600).
NOTE: Data is stored in the LAB MONTHLY WORKLOADS file by month only.
There aren't any daily totals stored in this file.
The Post install procedure will make some corrections to your database if
appropriate. This is a list of possible corrections required by your
systems. If corrections are made, they will be displayed during the
install. They are also stored in the Install file for review.
If the install is successful please remove the routine LR210 from your
system.
NLT Name Old Number New Number New Name
Gliadin Ab IgA 84295.3103 89589.0000
-
- 193 SEQ #147
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-07-25 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 127 SEQ #97
- DATE APPLIED: 1996-09-20 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
additional logic which determines if the PCE package is active. If the PCE
package is not active, no CPT codes will be passed regardless of the entry
in the PCE/VSIT ON field.
11.This patch provides utilities for linking ORDERABLE tests in
LABORATORY TEST (#60) file to WKLD CODE (#64) file. This linkage differs
from LMIP file setup. CPT Procedure coding is a rather non specific
identification of ORDERED tests. CPT codes identifies procedures ordered
by the provider. LMIP coding identifies procedures and method of analysis
used to collect management data. These coding system are used for two
different purposes and should not be confused.
The National Laboratory File [LR7O 60-64] menu under the LIM workload menu
There are two routines which provide this functionality, LR7OU4 and
LR7OU5.
Example of the Semi-automated option:
Select OPTION NAME: LRMENU Laboratory DHCP Menu
Select Laboratory DHCP Menu Option: Supervisor menu
[LR LIM/WKLD] has options to link file Laboratory Test (#60) to WKLD CODE
Select Supervisor menu Option: Lab liaison menu
Select Lab liaison menu Option: National Laboratory File
Select National Laboratory File Option: ?
1 Semi-automatic Linking of file 60 to 64
2 Manual Linking of file 60 to 64
(#64) file. The options you will use are:
Enter ?? for more options, ??? for brief descriptions, ?OPTION for help
text.
Select National Laboratory File Option: 1 Semi-automatic Linking of file
60 to 64
This option will look for potential matches between file 64 (NLT) and
file 60.
You will be allowed to create a permanent link between matching entries
Semi-automatic Linking of file 60 to 64 [LR7O 60-64 AUTO]
in these files. Tests with the type of NEITHER will be omitted during link
phase.
ONLY GENERIC NLT CODES CAN BE LINKED TO LAB TEST
Those LAB TEST already linked to the NLT file will also be omitted.
Manual Linking of file 60 to 64 [LR7O 60-64 MANUAL]
Ready to proceed? YES
Would you like a list of WKLD CODES from LABORATORY TEST file? No//
Do you want to automatically link entries when there is an exact
match
on the NAME in both files
? No// Y
(Yes)
These options should be run in this order listed to reduce linking time.
Did not find a exact name match for Lab Test 1,25-DIHYDROXYVIT D3
Want to use a Verify WKLD code instead?
Vitamin D 1 25 Dihydroxy 83998.0000
Select Verify WKLD if appropriate: VIT
60 = 1,25-DIHYDROXYVIT D3
It may be beneficial to obtain a report of Laboratory Tests with Accession
64 = Vitamin D 1 25 Dihydroxy 83998.0000
o----LINKED----o
Did not find a exact name match for Lab Test ABO/RH TYPING
Want to use a Verify WKLD code instead?
ABO Cell Serum and Rh(D) 86082.0000
Select Verify WKLD if appropriate AB
and Verify WKLD CODES listed. Each of the above options has the capability
60 = ABO/RH TYPING
64 = ABO Cell Serum and Rh(D) 86082.0000
o----LINKED----o
60 = ACETALDEHYDE
64 = Acetaldehyde 81502.0000
of producing this report.
60 = ACETAMINOPHEN
64 = Acetaminophen 81068.0000
o----LINKED----o
60 = ACETONE
64 = Acetone 81504.0000
o----LINKED----o
DESCRIPTION:
60 = ACETYLCHOLINE RECEPTOR
64 = Acetylcholine receptor 89080.0000
o----LINKED----o
60 = ACTH
64 = ACTH 82020.0000
o----LINKED----o
Coordinate the task of linking tests with the Laboratory LIM so it is
Did not find a exact name match for Lab Test AFB CULTURE & SMEAR
Want to use a Accession WKLD code instead?
Accession Specimen Mycol Cult 87800.0000
Select Accession WKLD if appropriate ^
================================================================
Example of the PCE ^TMP("LRPXAPI") which is built by the LRCAPPH1 routine.
completed before the scheduled start of collection of CPT codes for
^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"ENCOUNTER",1,"ENC D/T") = 2960709.140053
^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"ENCOUNTER",1,"ENCOUNTER TYPE") = A
^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"ENCOUNTER",1,"HOS LOC") = 41
^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"ENCOUNTER",1,"INSTITUTION") = 5000
^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"ENCOUNTER",1,"PATIENT") = 230
^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"ENCOUNTER",1,"SERVICE CATEGORY") = X
^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"PROCEDURE",1,"ENC PROVIDER") = 31
^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"PROCEDURE",1,"PROCEDURE") = 12345
^TMP("LRPXAPI",545275466,"PROCEDURE",1,"QTY") = 1
laboratory activity (October 1, 1996). Only those tests that can be
ROUTINE SUMMARY:
=================
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
LR7OU4 NA 12072536 127
LR7OU5 NA 13069620 127
LRCAPDSS NA 5467821 127
LRCAPFDS 6562403 8630651 105,119,127
ordered by clinicians on patients need to be linked.
LRCAPPH 9417286 10523848 1,19,127
LRCAPPH1 NA 3477475 127
LRCAPV1A 2080378 2090945 105,127
This is the PCE/API patch which will be replacing the current method of
recording clinic stop codes with CPT codes. This patch creates several new
fields and one new file LAB NLT/CPT CODES (#64.81).
The primary purpose of this patch (LR*5.2*127) is to convert from
1. A new field in LABORATORY TEST file(#60) named NATIONAL VA LAB
CODE (#64). This new field links orderable tests in file #60 with generic
WKLD CODES (a.k.a. NLT) (#64). Generic codes are those NLT codes ending in
four (4) zeros. Utilities (options) are provided for linking LABORATORY
TEST (#60) file to WKLD CODE (#64) file. The new PCE/API uses this linkage
to determine what CPT codes should be passed to the PCE/API. Orderable
tests in LABORATORY TEST file should have a linkage to WKLD CODE.
2. Modified field PCE/VSIT ON (#615) in file LABORATORY SITE
(#69.9) will control which reporting method should used. Field
functionality change: The TRANSMIT CLINIC STOP CODES (#614) field in the
reporting Laboratory clinic stop codes, to reporting CPT codes for ordered
LABORATORY SITE (#69.9) file is no longer used to control reporting of
clinic stop codes. The PCE package has replaced the clinic stop codes with
CPT codes for each test collected. You should now use PCE/VSIT ON (#615)
in LABORATORY SITE (#69.9) file to control both clinic stop code and CPT
code transmission. Patch LR*5.2*127 automatically sets the PCE/VSIT ON
field to report both clinic stop and CPT codes. It is expected that
beginning with Oct. 1, 1996 VA DHCP will begin reporting workload using
CPT codes. Logic has been built into the software to determine when to
start reporting CPT codes to the PCE package. The TRANSMIT CLINIC STOP
CODES (#614) field will be retired in a future version.
tests done on patients. The Laboratory Package will capture and send CPT
3. A new field PCE COUNTED (#11) has been added to file LAB ORDER
ENTRY (#69). This field prevents an order from being counted more than
once.
4. The field CPT CODE (#18) has been modified in WKLD CODE
file(#64). This field's name has been changed to CODE and is a multiple.
The CODE entries can be of different types. Each code has optional fields
of RELEASE DATE (#2) and INACTIVE DATE (#3). These fields can be used to
screen codes based on dates entered. There is another field REPLACEMENT
CODE (#4) which is used for local record keeping. The software logic does
not use the REPLACEMENT CODE field.
codes via PCE/API. There is an install deadline involved (10/1/96) in
5. This patch also adds CPT codes to WKLD CODE FILE (#64) during
the post install phase.
6. Additional Fields have added to WKLD LOG FILE (#64.03). These
fields are not directly related to PCE/API. These fields are used to
support Laboratory Extract for DSS. Additional fields have been added to
WKLD LOG FILE (#64.03) to support laboratory extract of LMIP codes for
DSS. These files are not used by the Laboratory PCE/API. WKLD LOG FILE is
being upgraded to support DSS API and is used exclusively by DSS and there
is no direct user interaction. WKLD LOG FILE is a temporary storage file
for LMIP codes for DSS extracts. A new routine ,'LRCAPDSS' provides DSS
order to support PCE functionality requirements.
with a API to extract laboratory workload data in batch mode. If the site
is currently using WKLD LOG FILE for local purposes, this practice should
be terminated. WKLD LOG FILE IS USED EXCLUSIVELY TO SUPPORT DSS DATA
EXTRACTION.
7. This patch also contains a new file LAB NLT/CPT CODES (#64.81).
This file is only used to transport data to upgrade existing WKLD CODES
(NLT) test codes already released to the field. This file is used by the
Post Install routine to add CPT codes to WKLD CODE (#64) file. Entries are
automatically purged from 64.81 file if the linking process was
successful. If there is an error during the linking process, a message is
stored in #64.81 and the entry is not purge. A FileMan print of #64.81
file will display those codes which were not linked. If there are no
errors, file #64.81 will be empty after the post install routine runs to
completion.
Any new WKLD CODES released will already have assigned CPT Procedure
and are distributed via national releases of NLT package. CPT coding of
WKLD CODES is done by Health Administration Head Quarters and should not
be changed locally.
8 Option Edit or Print WKLD CODES [LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] has been
enhanced to allow printing of WKLD CODES which have CPT code linkages.
Creating links between file LABORATORY TEST (#60) and WKLD CODE (#64)
Modifications to routine LRCAPFDS provided this new functionality.
9. Routine LRCAPV1A has been modified to allow the user to enter a
synonym for newly created WKLD CODES using the option; 'Add a new WKLD
code to file [LRCAP CODE ADD].
10. This patch contains a new routine LRCAPPH1 and the modified
routine LRCAPPH. These routines gather the needed data and creates the
PCE/API CPT linkage. 'LRCAPPH' has been change to look at the modified
field PCE/VSIT ON (#615) in file LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) to determine
which reporting method should used. The user can inactivate reporting,
report only CPT codes or report both CPT and Clinic Stop Codes. There is
-
- 200 SEQ #148
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-07-25 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 192 SEQ #149
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-07-25 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 195 SEQ #150
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-08-31 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 188 SEQ #151
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-08-31 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 175 SEQ #152
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-08-31 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Installation for all sites.
-
- 161 SEQ #153
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-09-23 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to
printers. This patch supports 1x2, 15/16X3, and 10 part 2.4x4
formats used on the Intermec printers, did not use all of the space.
This resulted in a shortened test list. The label software has been
adjusted to use the full amount of space available for the test list.
This varies with the different label sizes and formats.
The list of tests will be formatted such that a ";" separates each
test abbreviation. If all of the accession tests can not print on the
label due to lack of space then the list will be truncated. Truncation
will be indicated by the characters "..." at the end of the label test
list.
NOIS ASH-1095-33536, BAY-0796-30672, MRN-0296-41708, WBP-0795-22054
label stock.
16. Fixed the location not printing on 1x2 and 10 part labels.
NOIS ASH-0795-30288, FHM-0396-50465, SHR-0696-70850
17. Fixed an undefined error, variables LRAN and LRACC, when printing
future collection labels.
NOIS MAN-0196-11087
18. Changed the setting of variables LRBAR0/LRBAR1 to values returned by
a supported call to KERNEL (PSET^%ZISP) for bar code on (IOBARON)/bar
code off (IOBAROFF) characteristics.
NOIS SPO-0696-50319
19. Provided the ability to designate label type and label routine on a
printer by printer basis. See the section on the POST-INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS item #1.
NOIS AMA-0297-71215
20. To conform to VistA Programming Standards and Conventions (SAC),
The following changes have been made:
2. Support exists for the following bar code symbologies:
a. W * was changed to W $C() in the label routines.
NOIS FNC-0697-31993
b. Routine LRLABLD was changed to use an approved DBIA (#2469) when
determining a user's default lab label printer. If a printer is
associated with the user's home device by entering a printer in
the LAB LABEL PRINTER field (#101) in the DEVICE (#3.5) file, then
this printer becomes the default label printer instead of LABLABEL.
It had been using a direct global read of global %ZIS.
Code 39
c. Routine LRPHLIST was changed to use the supported DBIA #10091 call.
If the user has no institution defined in the NEW PERSON (#200) file,
this call is used to determine the user's default institution,
It had been using a direct global read of global XMB.
21. The Print future collection labels option [LRUFCL] was not determining
the collection sample correctly. The collection sample is now derived
from the COLLECTION SAMPLE field (#3) in the SPECIMEN # multiple
field (#1) of the LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69).
Code 39 with check digit
22. Lab routine selection:
a. The label routine selection is backward compatible with previous
logic. The software determines a label routine by the value of the
LABEL TYPE field (#302) in the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9).
b. If a site defines label devices in the LABEL DEVICE multiple field
(#360) of the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), the label routine will
be determined as follows:
Code 128 bar code
If an accession area is not defined (test/future order labels) then
the accession area designated by DEFAULT ACCESSION AREA field (#.06)
within LABEL DEVICE multiple field (#360) of the LABORATORY SITE
file (#69.9) for following selection logic is used.
If an alternate label routine for the accession area is designated
then the label routine designated by fields ALTERNATE LABEL
ENTRY (#5.2) and ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE (#5.3) of the
ACCESSION file (#68) is used.
Otherwise if site has designated an alternate label routine for the
device then the label routine designated by fields ALTERNATE LABEL
ENTRY (#.04) and ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE (#.05) within LABEL DEVICE
multiple field (#360) of the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) is used.
Otherwise if the printer is designated as an Intermec 4100 by the
PRINTER TYPE field (#.02) of the LABEL DEVICE multiple field (#360)
of the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), the label routine is determined
by the LABEL STOCK field (#.03) of the LABEL DEVICE multiple field
The bar code symbology used can be designated on an accession area
(#360) of LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) as follows:
1 15/16X3 --> routine LRLABELC
2 1X2 --> routine LRLABELA
3 2.5X4 10 PART --> routine LRLABELB
c. If none of the conditions checked in b. above apply then the label
routine designated in a. above is used.
basis. See the BAR CODE PRINT field (#5) in the ACCESSION file (#68).
23. Intermec 4100 label format assignments:
F0 - Reserved by manufacturer
F1 - Presently not used (Unavailable on 4100BA models)
F2 - Presently not used (Unavailable on 4100BA models)
F3 - 1x2 Plain Label (Old Style)
F4 - 1x2 Code 39 Label (Old Style)
F5 - 1x2 Code 39/128 - UID
F6 - Presently not used
F7 - 15/16x3 Plain Label (Old Style)
the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 97-033
The set of codes for this field has been expanded to allow designating
F8 - 15/16x3 Code 39 (Old Style)
F9 - 15/16x3 Code 39/128 - UID
F10 - Presently not used
F11 - Presently not used
F12 - 10 Part Code 39 (Old Style)
F13 - 10 Part Code 39/128 - UID
F14 - Presently not used - Reserved for LEDI shipping labels
F15 - Presently not used - Reserved for LEDI shipping labels
F16 - Presently not used - Reserved for LEDI shipping labels
F17 - Presently not used - Reserved for LEDI shipping labels
a specific symbology. See item #23 below for the effect of this field
F18 - Presently not used - Reserved for LEDI shipping labels
F19 - Presently not used - Reserved for LEDI shipping labels
Note: Formats F4, F8, and F12 print the bar code with a check digit.
24. Intermec format selection:
Note: This is based on the printer being designated as Intermec printer,
that is when the PRINTER TYPE field (#.02) in the LABEL DEVICE
multiple field (#360) of the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9)
equals 1 and the value of the BAR CODE PRINT field (#5) in the
when using the Intermec label printers.
ACCESSION file (#68) is as listed in the below table:
Intermec 4100
1x2 label 15/16X3 10 part label
0 F3 F7 F12
1 F4 F8 F12
BAR CODE 2 F5 F9 F13
PRINT 3 F5 F9 F13
4 F5 F9 F13
BAR CODE PRINT set of code: 0 - NONE
1 - YES (Code 39 with check digit)
2 - Code39
3 - Code39 with check digit
4 - Code128
NOTE: The site will need to program the Intermec 4100 printer for those
formats which will be used based on label stock and bar code
symbology selected.
3. Support exists for bar coding the short/long identifier on labels.
Example: Site is using 1x2 labels and has specified BAR CODE
PRINT of 0,1, or 4 for various accession areas.
The Intermec 4100 printer would need to be
downloaded with formats F3, F4, and F5.
Associated NOIS
---------------
AMA-0297-71215
ASH-0795-30288
The label software will now check the field TYPE OF ACCESSION NUMBER
ASH-1095-33536
BAN-1097-11647
BAY-0796-30672
BIG-0596-71566
BRK-0696-11519
BUF-0695-13329
DAY-0497-42491
FHM-0396-50465
FNC-0697-31993
GRJ-0395-50211
(#.092) to determine the identifier to bar code. If a short identifier
GRJ-1095-52265
GRJ-0796-50216
MAN-0196-10924
MAN-0196-11087
MRN-0296-41708
PRO-0196-10343
PRO-1096-11923
SHR-0696-70850
SPO-0696-50319
WBP-0795-22054
(accession number) is selected it will be formatted as determined in
Test Sites
----------
Asheville VAMC
Bath VAMC
Dayton VAMC
Loma Linda VAMC
Long Beach VAMC
item #4 below. If it is a long identifier the Laboratory Unique
Manchester VAMC
Milwaukee VAMC
North Chicago VAMC
----------------------------
ROUTINE SUMMARY
---------------
The following is a list of routines included in this patch. The second
Identifier (UID) will be printed. Formats in the Intermec label routines
line of each routine now looks like:
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ----------
LR161 N/A 2465270 161
LRBARA 3774911 6240751 161
titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
have been adjusted to handle the increased length of the bar code
LRBARB 6451096 18545310 161
LRBARC N/A 4506131 161
LRBARCF N/A 4094580 161
LRLABEL 1668195 826314 161
LRLABEL1 2827443 978058 161
LRLABEL2 1294781 590501 161
LRLABEL3 1905479 847432 161
LRLABEL5 2457165 1079193 161
LRLABEL6 3490879 3114683 161
LRLABELA 1935828 2536685 161
printed.
LRLABELB 4990488 6023279 161
LRLABELC N/A 1616954 161
LRLABELF 7055278 5776749 121,161
LRLABLD 10046912 8089099 65,161
LRLABLD0 9258958 9351158 1,65,121,161
LRLABLDS 5030406 4835286 161
LRLABLIO 7032106 5515879 107,161
LRLABXOL 5526784 2794683 11,121,161
LRLABXT 5435171 6060326 80,161
LRPHLIS1 14289685 12110295 1,161
NOIS PRO-1096-11923, MAN-0196-10924, BRK-0696-11519
LRPHLIST 13349268 12051480 161
FILE SECURITY
-------------
There are four new fields added by this patch which have FileMan Write
Access equal to "@". This is required for security purposes. To edit these
fields requires the user to have FileMan Programmers Access. The fields
affected are:
- ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY (#5.2) and ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE (#5.3) of the
ACCESSION file (#68).
- ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY (#.04) and ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE (#.05) within
LABEL DEVICE multiple field (#360) of the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9).
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
-------------------------
4. The ability to designate the length of a short identifier (accession
The install time for this patch is less than 5 minutes. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
However the following conditions apply:
- Label printing should not be occurring
NOTE: MailMan and KERNEL patches must be current on the target system to
avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
number) when it is selected to be bar coded on an accession label is
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC). The LIM/ADPAC needs to perform the
file setup as explained in the post-installation instructions if
applicable.
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
supported. When the accession number is less than the number specified,
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
4. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
5. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
it will be padded with zeros. See the description for the BAR CODE PAD
6. If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this patch
prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport Global'
option at this time. You may also compare the routine in your
production account to the routine in the patch by using the 'Compare
a Transport Global to Current System' option. These options can
both be found under the 'Installation' menu.
7. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*161'. When prompted 'Want to
field (#5.1) in the ACCESSION file (#68) for additional information and
DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES//',
choose 'NO'.
8. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
9. Routine LR161 can be deleted after successful patch installation.
*****************************************************************************
Below is an example of the dialogue seen during the KIDS install:
examples.
Select Installation Option: 6 Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*161 Loaded from Distribution
5/2/97@17:11:20
=> LR*5.2*161
This Distribution was loaded on May 02, 1997@17:11:20 with header of
LR*5.2*161
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*161
LR*5.2*161
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR161
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*161
5. Support for local label routines on a printer or accession area basis
Incoming Files:
62.05 URGENCY (Partial Definition)
Note: You already have the 'URGENCY' File.
68 ACCESSION (Partial Definition)
Note: You already have the 'ACCESSION' File.
is available. To designate local label routines on a printer by printer
69.9 LABORATORY SITE (Partial Definition)
Note: You already have the 'LABORATORY SITE' File.
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
basis see the section on POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS item #1.
DEVICE: HOME// VIRTUAL TERMINAL
Install Started for LR*5.2*161 :
May 02, 1997@17:14:54
Installing Routines:
May 02, 1997@17:15:09
To designate local label routines on an accession area basis see the
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR161
*** Pre install started ***
--- No actions required for pre install ---
*** Pre install completed ***
Installing Data Dictionaries:
May 02, 1997@17:15:45
section on POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS item #2 and complete the
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION
May 02, 1997@17:15:46
LR*5.2*161
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR161
fields ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY (#5.2) and ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE (#5.3)
*** Post install started ***
--- No actions required for post install ---
*** Post install completed ***
Updating Routine file...
Updating KIDS files...
in the ACCESSION file (#68).
LR*5.2*161 Installed.
May 02, 1997@17:16:09
Install Completed
Select Installation Option:
End of example install
*****************************************************************************
POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
------------------------------
The following actions should be performed by the Lab Information Manager
(LIM) or the person(s) responsible for the maintenance of the files LABORATORY
6. The ability to print test urgencies on a label exists. Sites can
SITE (#69.9) and ACCESSION (#68).
1. If a site is using local label routines or the Intermec 4100 label
printers to print lab labels then perform the following steps.
To define local label routines on a printer by printer basis, complete
fields ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY (#.04) and ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE (#.05).
a. Define printers in the LABEL DEVICE multiple field (#360) in the
LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9).
designate on an individual urgency basis if the urgency is to print.
*** Start of example ***
Select OPTION: 1 ENTER OR EDIT FILE ENTRIES
INPUT TO WHAT FILE: LABORATORY SITE//
EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// LABEL DEVICE (multiple)
EDIT WHICH LABEL DEVICE SUB-FIELD: ALL// ?
Answer with LABEL DEVICE SUB-FIELD, or NUMBER
Choose from:
.01 LABEL DEVICE
The urgency that is printed will be the highest urgency of all the
.02 PRINTER TYPE
.03 LABEL STOCK
.04 ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY (see note on FILE SECURITY)
.05 ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE (see note on FILE SECURITY)
.06 DEFAULT ACCESSION AREA
FOLLOW A FIELD NAME WITH ';"CAPTION"' TO HAVE THE FIELD ASKED AS
'CAPTION: ' OR WITH ';T' TO USE THE FIELD 'TITLE' AS CAPTION
EDIT WHICH LABEL DEVICE SUB-FIELD: ALL//
THEN EDIT FIELD:
tests on the accession. The highest urgency is determined as the
Select LABORATORY SITE SITE NAME: 'name of your site'
Select LABEL DEVICE: IRM DEVELOP INTERMEC
LABEL DEVICE: IRM DEVELOP INTERMEC//
PRINTER TYPE: INTERMEC 4100// ?
Choose from:
0 OTHER
1 INTERMEC 4100
PRINTER TYPE: INTERMEC 4100//
LABEL STOCK: 2.5X4 10 PART// ?
urgency with the lowest internal entry number in the URGENCY file
Choose from:
0 OTHER
1 15/16X3
2 1X2
3 2.5X4 10 PART
LABEL STOCK: 2.5X4 10 PART//
ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY: ?
Answer must be 1-8 uppercase alpha and/or numeric characters in
length. Site can enter an alternate label entry point to be used
instead of the standard lab label routines used by the lab package
(#62.05). Sites can designate a 1-5 character abbreviation that will
when printing labels using this device. Field ALTERNATE LABEL
ROUTINE (#.05) must be completed for the software to use this field.
(see note on FILE SECURITY)
ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY:
ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE: ??
Answer must be 1-8 uppercase alpha and/or numeric characters in
length. Site can enter an alternate label routine to be used
instead of the standard lab label routines used by the lab package
when printing labels using this device.
be printed as the urgency. See the section on POST-INSTALLATION
(see note on FILE SECURITY)
ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE:
DEFAULT ACCESSION AREA: ??
Select accession area to use for default characteristics.
This field is used by the label software when printing test
or future order labels. When printing these types of labels
there is no accession area identified to determine label
characteristics such as type of barcode or accession
area alternate label routine.
INSTRUCTIONS item #3.
The accession area designated for this device will be used
by the software to obtain accession area specific
characteristics when printing labels which are not associated
with any particular accession area. Examples of these
characteristics are barcode type, number of pad digits
for barcode number, and alternate label routine.
*** End of example ***
b. Program the Intermec 4100 label printer with new formats using
the Lab Bar Code Label Formatter option [LR BAR CF] located on
the Lab liaison menu [LRLIAISON]
2. Edit the following fields in the ACCESSION file (#68), to set up the
bar code parameters and/or local label routines for each accession
area.
*** Start of example ***
7. The Reprint accession label(s) option [LRLABXT] has been enhanced to
Select OPTION: 1 ENTER OR EDIT FILE ENTRIES
INPUT TO WHAT FILE: ACCESSION//
EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// 5 BAR CODE PRINT
THEN EDIT FIELD: 5.1 BAR CODE PAD
THEN EDIT FIELD: 5.2 ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY (see note on FILE SECURITY)
THEN EDIT FIELD: 5.3 ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE (see note on FILE SECURITY)
allow printing selected accessions.
Select ACCESSION AREA: CHEMISTRY
BAR CODE PRINT: CODE39 WITH CHECK DIGIT// ??
This field is used by the label print utilities to determine if
bar code labels should be printed for this accession area.
Choose from:
0 NONE
1 YES
2 CODE39
3 CODE39 WITH CHECK DIGIT
This patch will address enhancements and fixes to Lab label printing.
4 CODE128
BAR CODE PRINT: CODE39 WITH CHECK DIGIT//
BAR CODE PAD: ?
Type a Number between 1 and 15, 0 Decimal Digits
Enter the number of zeros ("0") to pad an accession number when
printing a bar code using the accession number. Used when site
needs a minimum length bar code on labels.
Example if need a four digit bar code then enter four.
This would produce the following:
8. The Print future collection labels option [LRUFCL] has been enhanced
Accession number Bar Code
1 0001
12 0012
123 0123
1234 1234
12345 12345
ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY: ?
Answer must be 1-8 uppercase alpha and/or numeric characters
in length.
to allow selection of a range of collection types. The collection type
Site can enter an alternate label entry point to be used instead of
the standard lab label routine entry point defined in file
LABORATORY SITE (#69.9).
This field overrides the label routine settings in file LABORATORY
SITE (#69.9) for this accession area. Field ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE
(#5.3) must be completed for the software to use this field.
See description of field #5.3.
(see note on FILE SECURITY)
ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY:
WARD COLLECT is now selectable. A user can select one or more types
ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE: ?
Answer must be 1-8 uppercase alpha and/or numeric characters
in length.
Site can enter an alternate label routine to be used instead
of the standard lab label routine defined in file LABORATORY
SITE (#69.9).
This field overrides the label routine settings in file LABORATORY
SITE (#69.9) for this accession area. It is used in conjunction
with field ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY (#5.2) for building the
when printing future collection labels.
variable LRLABEL.
(see note on FILE SECURITY)
ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE:
Select ACCESSION AREA:
3. Edit new fields LABEL PRINT (#5) and ABBREVIATION (#6) in the URGENCY
file (#62.05) using FileMan's Enter/Edit option.
Select OPTION: 1 ENTER OR EDIT FILE ENTRIES
INPUT TO WHAT FILE: URGENCY//
EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// 5 LABEL PRINT
THEN EDIT FIELD: 6 ABBREVIATION
THEN EDIT FIELD:
Select URGENCY: ROUTINE
LABEL PRINT: YES// ?
9. Fixed the null subscript error in array variable LRBAR when the
Select if abbreviation is to be printed.
Choose from:
0 NO
1 YES
2 YES, REVERSE FIELD
LABEL PRINT: YES// ??
Determines if urgency's abbreviation is to be printed on labels.
If "YES, REVERSE FIELD" is selected and label printer supports
reverse field printing, then abbreviation will be printed with
white letters on a black background.
variable LRAA was undefined.
Choose from:
0 NO
1 YES
2 YES, REVERSE FIELD
LABEL PRINT: YES//
ABBREVIATION: ROUT
Select URGENCY:
NOIS GRJ-0395-50211
*** End of example ***
10. Fixed printing of information in the wrong fields on the Intermec 4100
10-part labels. There was an extra carriage return being sent to the
printer which was moving the accession and other information into the
wrong fields.
NOIS BUF-0695-13329
11. Fix an undefined variable error, usually LRAN, when printing test labels.
All standard required lab variables will be defined when printing test
labels.
NOIS BAN-1097-11647, DAY-0497-42491, GRJ-0796-50216
1. The ability to designate label stock on a printer by printer basis
12. Fixed formatting the SSN on the 10-part label. There was an extra
carriage return being sent to the printer which was moving the SSN
into the next field.
NOIS BIG-0596-71566
13. Fixed a problem in the Reprint accession label(s) option [LRLABXT]
in which a user, after selecting the label device, would encounter
a "Device Unavailable" message. This error was caused by the opening,
closing, and reopening of the label device.
is available. This is used for printing with the Intermec label
NOIS PRO-0196-10343
14. Adjusted the label field positioning. Position of the field on label
was near the edge which left little room for variation in label stock
positioning.
NOIS GRJ-1095-52265
15. When the list of tests are printed on accession labels the software
attempts to print as many test abbreviations as will fit within the
dimensions of the label. Some of the label formats, specifically the
-
- 217 SEQ #154
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-09-23 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to
1. When patch LR*5.2*153 was released it contained changes to the code
LRX 14065673 13923654 65,153,201,217
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
-------------------------
The install time for this patch is less than 2 minutes. This patch
can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
However the following conditions apply:
- Accessioning should not be occurring.
Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
in routine LRX used to create the UID. These changes performed a
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
NOTE: MailMan and KERNEL patches must be current on the target system to
avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
check to determine if the UID that was to be created already existed.
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
4. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
5. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
The intent is to prevent the same UID being assigned to two or more
6. If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this patch
prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport Global'
option at this time. You may also compare the routine in your
production account to the routine in the patch by using the 'Compare
a Transport Global to Current System' option. These options can
both be found under the 'Installation' menu.
7. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*217'. When prompted 'Want to
accessions. If the UID already existed then routine LRX created an
DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES//',
choose 'NO'.
8. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
9. Routine LR217 can be deleted after successful patch installation.
*****************************************************************************
Below is an example of the dialogue seen during the KIDS install:
alternate UID substituting the accession area's numeric identifier
Select Installation Option: 6 Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*217 Loaded from Distribution 8/28/98@15:5
7:39
=> LR*5.2*217
This Distribution was loaded on Aug 28, 1998@15:57:39 with header of
LR*5.2*217
It consisted of the following Install(s):
with "00".
LR*5.2*217
LR*5.2*217
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR217
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*217
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET VIRTUAL
The code used to produce an alternate UID was setting a lock on
Install Started for LR*5.2*217 :
Aug 28, 1998@15:58:32
Installing Routines:
Aug 28, 1998@15:58:32
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR217
the global LRO(68,"C",uid) which was not being released.
*** Pre install started ***
--- No actions required for pre install ---
LR*5.2*217
*** Pre install completed ***
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR217
the VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 97-033
This caused other lab users to "hang" until the user with the lock
*** Post install started ***
--- No actions required for post install ---
*** Post install completed ***
Updating Routine file...
Updating KIDS files...
logged off and the lock was released. This condition has been found
LR*5.2*217 Installed.
Aug 28, 1998@15:58:34.
Install Message sent #10909944
Install Completed
Select Installation Option:
to occur under three scenarios.
End of example install
*****************************************************************************
The first is when a site switches the numeric identifier for an
accession area and the identifier has been previously used.
The second is when a site has modified the data dictionary for field
NUMERIC IDENTIFIER (#.4) in the ACCESSION file (#68) to allow more
than one accession area to have the same identifier. The third is
explained in #2 below.
titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
See FileMan's field Description for fields TYPE OF ACCESSION NUMBER
(#.092) and NUMERIC IDENTIFIER (#.4) in the ACCESSION file (#68)
for further information.
Solution: modified code in routine LRX to remove setting lock on
global LRO(68,"C",uid). Since the routine also lock/unlocks
global node LRO(68,"C"), this lock is not neccessary.
NOIS CTX-0798-71641, PAL-0898-60857, PUG-0498-51586, LAS-0798-60721
2. It has been found that under the following conditions the code to
create an accession's UID was being called twice. This resulted in
the UID for the accession being changed to a UID that began with
"00" even if the original UID was unique. This would occur when a
site has accession areas in parallel and the parallel accession
area has a lower internal entry number in the ACCESSION file (#68).
Example: Accession area "B" is in parallel with accession area "A".
Accession area "B" has a lower internal entry number in file
ACCESSION (#68). When building acccessions from an order
the accessions are created based on the internal entry
number in the ACCESSION file (#68). In this example, the
acccession for accession area "B" would be created first.
But since it's in parallel with accession area "A" the
software first creates an accession for accession area "A",
then uses acccession area's "A" accession number for
accession area's "B" accession. Next when the Lab software
attempted to put tests on accession area "A" it detected
that the UID existed and generated the alternate UID using
This patch will address a locking problem concerning the LRO global and
"00" as the NUMERIC IDENTIFIER even though it was the
same accession.
Solution: modified code in routine LRX to only generate an alternate
UID if the UID exists and is not for the same accession.
NOIS PUG-0498-511586
Associated NOIS
--------------
a fix to Laboratory Unique Identifier (UID) creation.
CTX-0798-71641
LAS-0798-60721
PAL-0898-60857
PUG-0498-51586
Test Sites
----------
Central Texas HCS
Las Vegas VAMC
Milwaukee VAMC
Palo Alto VAMC
Puget Sound HCS
----------------------------
ROUTINE SUMMARY
---------------
The following is a list of routines included in this patch. The second
line of each routine now looks like:
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- --------------
LR217 N/A 2463818 217
-
- 202 SEQ #155
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-10-16 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 185 SEQ #156
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-10-16 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects a problem where the comments were missing from
the Long Form Accession List (LRACC1) option.
-
- 187 SEQ #157
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-10-16 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 136 SEQ #99
- DATE APPLIED: 1996-10-11 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Patch LR*5.2*127 is required to be installed.
Routines Before Check Sum After Check Sum Patch List
==================================================================
LRCAPPH 10523848 10492287 1,19,127,136
===================================================================
Note: Patch LR*5.2*127 MUST be installed before this patch is installed.
1. Users may remain on the system.
2. No options need be placed out of order.
3. Install patch during non-peak hours.
4. Laboratory specimens should not be accessioned or verified during
installation of the patch.
5. Auto-instrument LAB routines does not have to be stopped.
NOIS List
MIN-0996-41784
MIA-1096-30234
1) This patch corrects the problem of multiple LRCAPPH jobs running and
the same time when only one is required. This problem appears when the
system has slow response times and LRCAPPH jobs begin to accumulate.
2) This patch also correct a variable used to for system response
monitoring.
-
- 190 SEQ #158
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-10-16 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 176 SEQ #159
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-10-16 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch fixes the problem of not being able to choose the option Interim
4 Interim reports for 1 location (manual queue)
The option Interim report for selected tests [LRRP3] could not be chosen.
This patch resolves this problem by changing the menu text of the option
[LRRP3] from Interim report for selected tests to Interim report for chosen
tests.
Reference NOIS: MAN-0496-12206
Reporting Site: Manchester, NH
report for selected tests [LRRP3] from the Ward Lab Menu.
Test Site(s):
Installation Instructions:
==========================
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS package in this message onto your system.
2. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the Transport global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the following
options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
3. Users may remain on the system, but installation should be done at
off peak hours.
4. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the option
'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*176' and proceed
Before this patch:
with the install.
5. Delete routine LR176.
Select Ward lab menu Option: Interim
1 Interim report
2 Interim report by provider
3 Interim report for selected tests as ordered
-
- 214 SEQ #160
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-11-04 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
See National Patch Module for LR*5.2*214.
-
- 219 SEQ #161
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-11-05 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 211 SEQ #162
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-11-19 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects two problems:
IND-0498-41683) is encountered when attempting to add a patient through
the LRDPA routine. After installing patch LR*5.2*153, general lab users
can no longer add patients to the PATIENT file (#2) even though the
ALLOW LAB TO ADD PATIENTS field (#13) of the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9)
is set to YES. Part of patch LR*5.2*153 was intended to eliminate first
level addition of entries to the Patient file, but provide a second level
entry. Patch LR*5.2*211 restores this second level entry ability.
1. The first problem (as reported by Washington in NOIS # WAS-1297-20917)
is encountered when using the VIC card magnetic stripe to identify
patients within the Lab module. Prior to patch LR*5.2*211, the system
would not recognize the data transmitted from the Veteran's ID Card as a
valid patient identifier. With the installation of patch LR*5.2*211, the
data contained in the magnetic stripe will be interpreted appropriately.
2. The second problem (as reported by Indianapolis in NOIS #
-
- 220 SEQ #163
- DATE APPLIED: 1998-12-29 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 213 SEQ #164
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-02-01 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 227 SEQ #165
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-02-01 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 225 SEQ #166
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-02-10 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
ERD 07/30/1998 09:32 4.0 L 5.0 12 L 13 L 14 L
Patch 225 corrects the output to look like:
ERD a 07/30/1998 09:32 4.0 L 5.0 12 L 13 L 14 L
Patch 201 inadvertently removed the indicator that designated which
comment went with which result on the cumulative reports. This only
affected the horizontally formatted reports. The following is an
example of the output prior to patch 201.
ERD a 07/30/98 09:32 4.0 L 5.0 12 L 13 L 14 L
After patch 201 the output resembled:
-
- 224 SEQ #167
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-02-23 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 59 SEQ #100
- DATE APPLIED: 1996-10-17 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Lab Archiving Enhancement Patch
-
- 226 SEQ #168
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-02-23 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 223 SEQ #169
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-03-03 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 166
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-04-16 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch includes the routines, files and data dictionary changes
to support CPRS version 1. It is included with the CPRS Master build
and should not be installed independent of CPRS. Refer to the CPRS
Installation Guide for installation instructions.
-
- 228 SEQ #171
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-04-20 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 215
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-04-27 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
NLT Mapping to LOINC LR*5.2*215
Veteran Affairs, has agreed to use LOINC to identify test results.
NLT Mapping to the Logical Observation Identifier Names and Codes (LOINC)
has the following features:
Provides a method to communicate across laboratories in support of Clinical
Information Resource Network (CIRN) by mapping VistA lab test to LOINC codes.
Provides sets of universal names and ID codes for identifying laboratory
and clinical test results.
The purpose of the National Laboratory Test (NLT) Mapping to the Logical
Allows the creation of a uniform naming convention for clinical terms.
Allows the merging of clinical data across sites (where terminology may vary
widely.)
Requires the adoption of naming or coding conventions, and the mapping of
local terminology to these conventions.
Maps the WKLD CODE file(#64) file to LOINC codes.
Observation Identifier Names and Codes (LOINC) is to provide the mapping of
Chemistry tests result codes, and the standardization of files used in the
Laboratory Software Package. Standardizing codes allows the movement of
tests results from one computer system to another. This includes sharing
information with both Veterans Health Information Systems and Technology
Architecture (VistA) and Non-VistA computer systems. The LOINC committee
including the largest clinical laboratories in the United States, and
-
- 239 SEQ #173
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-05-10 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
LR*5.2*239 FIX FOR LR*5.2*215
-
- 231 SEQ #175
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-06-02 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch provides a link between Anatomic Pathology and the Women's
Health Program. For full details see the patch message in the Forum Patch
Module.
-
- 234 SEQ #176
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-07-19 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
RECONCILE AUTOPSY DATA DISCREPANCY
Upon investigation, it has been determined that in-patient autopsy numbers for
patients whose treating specialty had changed since they were originally logged
in, were being totaled in the wrong treating specialty, or omitted from the
report all together. This resulted in subtotals not reconciling back to the
grand total. The solution is to create an 'Exceptions List' at the bottom of
the report. This list displays the autopsy accession number, it's current
treating specialty from the FACILITY TREATING SPECIALTY field (#.09) of the
PATIENT MOVEMENT file (#405), and its original treating specialty from the
TREATING SPECIALTY AT DEATH field (#14.6) of the LAB DATA file (#63). It also
displays the total number of exceptions listed. The subtotals by treating
specialty plus the total number of exceptions now reconciles back to the grand
total number of autopsies performed. This also gives the site the necessary
information to update the LAB DATA file (#63) with the current treating
specialty number.
This patch corrects a problem with option [LRAPQOR] QA Outcome Review Cases.
This report's function is to break out by treating specialty, the number of
autopsies performed over a given period of time. On the last page of the
report, it lists the total number of autopsies performed in the given date
range. Under this total, the number of autopsies, subtotaled by treating
specialty, are listed. These subtotals are not reconciling back to the grand
total number of autopsies.
-
- 235 SEQ #177
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-07-19 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 221 SEQ #178
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-07-19 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Patch LR*5.2*221 VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
EKH-0998-40137, GAI-0898-30690, GNH-0498-41065, HAM-0898-21544,
HUN-0798-20942, LEB-1298-22078, LOM-0498-60884, NAS-1098-31373,
OKL-0698-70962, PHI-0598-20045, PHO-1298-60877, SDC-0598-60879,
SLC-0998-50822, WIC-0898-41805, WPB-1198-31834, WAS-1098-31246,
WNY-0998-11152, BAY-0798-31877, FHM-0897-51017, NCH-0596-40125,
CLA-0598-20356, CIN-0998-41790, CMO-0998-41772, COS-0898-41373,
NJH-1298-21603, EKH-0998-40488, GAI-0698-31676, MWV-0598-21363,
SAM-1098-20301, IOW-1298-41014, BAN-0897-11956, PHO-0798-60573,
CHS-0398-42380, MAD-1098-41673,
1. Routines LRCENDEL, LROS, LRTSTJAN, and LRTSTOUT have been modified to
Test Sites:
===========
Long Beach, CA
Milwaukee, WI
Loma Linda, CA
North Chicago, IL
West Palm Beach, FL
Added Cross Reference:
=====================
accommodate the new ordered test status of NOT PERFORMED.
--A new 'AE' MUMPS cross-reference has been created in the LAB ORDER (#69)
file, Subfile SPECIMEN # (#1), subfile TEST (#6), field CANCEL BY (#10).
This X-Ref is used to identify canceled test that must be sent to PCE for
credit. The data can be used by the billing software.
DATA Dictionary Changes:
========================
ACCESSION file (#68):
The *RESULT field (#5) of the Test subfield (#68.04) name has been changed
to DISPOSITION field (#5).
LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69):
A new cross-reference has been created on the CANCEL BY field (#10) of the
TEST subfield (#69.03) to track tests which have disposition of Not
Performed.
LOAD/WORKLIST file (#68.2)
A new UID VERIFICATION field (#2.1) has been added to the LOAD/WORKLIST
file (#68.2), PROFILE multiple (#50).
2. The ACCESSION file (#68), subfile (#68.04), *RESULT field (#5) marked
LAB DATA file (#63)
The LOCATION field (#14.1) in the LAB DATA file (#63) input transform has
changed to conform to FileMan Version 22 variable cleanup.
Changes Made By Patch LR*5.2*221:
=================================
In the past, laboratory users were able to delete all traces of an order
and specimens from various files (database). This would create a
discrepancy between ward-printed documents and laboratory data files. In
addition, if the tests were downloaded to automated instruments or LEDI
for deletion several years ago has been renamed to DISPOSITION field (#5).
Host Laboratory, the result entry could produce corrupt Laboratory patient
records.
It was also possible in certain situations for deleted accession numbers
or order numbers to be assigned to two different patients.
The major component of this patch is to maintain a record of all ordered
procedures, ensuring that integrity of accession numbers is preserved.
This is accomplished in the following manner:
This DISPOSITION field (#5) is used to enter a DISPOSITION status for an
1. Accessioned tests must be either canceled (canc), result entered and
verified (this includes entering test comment) or designated 'Not
Performed' and a reason entered. The date, time, and the person entering
the 'Not Performed' reason will be stored in the laboratory patient
record. In addition, the ACCESSION file (#68), and where appropriate, LAB
ORDER ENTRY file (#69) will be updated to reflect the 'Not Performed'
status. The CPRS order status is changed to completed if 'SERVICE
CORRECTION' is used as the 'Cancellation Reason'.
2. If the site makes use of Interim Reports, in addition to the current
accessioned test that is NOT PERFORMED.
function, the software will also display those accessions that have the
status of 'Not Performed'. The software will not display the 'Not
Performed' tests if there are any results entered but not verified.
3. If it is determined at a later point, that a 'Not Performed' test
should be performed, the software will allow results to be entered and the
'Not Performed' reason can be removed by the user.
4. The new 'Not Performed' test status corrects numerous problems with
Remove An Accession [LRDELOG] option or Delete Entire Order or individual
tests [LRCENDEL] option were being used.
***** CAUTION ****** CAUTION ****** CAUTION
ONCE AN ACCESSION NUMBER HAS BEEN ASSIGNED IT CANNOT BE DELETED!
THIS NEW RESTRICTION MAY CAUSE CONCERN IN CERTAIN AREAS OF THE LAB THAT
MAKE A PRACTICE OF DELETING AN ACCESSION NUMBER AND RE-ASSIGNING IT TO A
DIFFERENT PATIENT IN ORDER TO CORRESPOND TO MANUAL LOG BOOK ENTRIES. THIS
PRACTICE OF RE-ASSIGNING ACCESSION NUMBERS SOMETIMES OCCURS IN HISTOLOGY
AND CYTOLOGY DEPARTMENTS
3. The LAB DATA file (#63), Service field (#14.1) was modified to include
Routine Summary:
================
The second line of the routine now looks like:
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27,1994
Routines: Before After Patch
Check Check List
LR221 N/A 2442952 221
LR7OF5 10004887 10037595 223,221
LR7OMERG 21447925 16402501 121,221
Version 5.2 DEVICE PRODUCT LABELING STATEMENT
an input transform. This modification is consistent with the changes being
LRCAPDSS 6043551 6167016 127,143,201,221
LRCAPF 7808609 9622392 221
LRCAPV1 11760779 12202571 42,119,153,221
LRCAPV1S 4411865 4411858 42,153,201,221
LRCAPV2 8985145 9018506 105,119,153,221
LRCENDE1 11027407 10883548 100,107,121,201,202,221
LRCENDEL 13496869 16365039 100,121,202,221
LREXPD 4933677 4944336 153,201,221
LRGEN1 9235134 7874566 201,221
LRGEN2 14904638 15112799 121,153,221
exported as part of VA FileMan V. 22.
LRGP2 8849923 3525048 153,221
LRLLS 8810252 12800210 116,221
LRNUM 6162203 6523065 153,221
LROE 15763453 14732765 100,121,201,221
LROS 15245747 16807258 121,153,202,210,221
LRPHEXPT 9259926 8575322 43,121,221
LRPHITE1 11566534 11190758 100,121,198,202,208,221
LRPHITE2 3592550 1527153 221
LRPHITE3 2560860 2178370 100,198,208,221
LRPHITEM 13730844 14270617 121,198,208,202,221
LRPHSET1 7250784 7343884 121,191,221
LRRD 8518062 8518201 221
LRRP 11903812 11856365 195,221
LRRP1 7537640 7638502 153,221
LRRP2 13108827 14561533 106,121,221
LRTOCOST 22163690 23554251 153,201,221
LRTSTJAN 16094468 7681779 67,100,121,128,202,221
LRTSTOUT 12155453 19411504 100,121,153,202,221
LRTT5P1 12006801 12297887 153,221
LRVER3 14057782 14311842 42,100,121,140,171,153,221
The above software changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank
LRVER3A 9513672 9561045 1,5,42,100,121,153,190,221
LRVR1 10934986 11269859 42,153,221
LRVR4 11173968 8714660 14,42,121,153,221
LRVRA 6096750 6318899 153,221
LRVRW 9712499 8795650 153,221
LRWD 1493513 1464262 121,221
LRWRKIN1 3732368 9653815 153,201,221
LRWRKINC 12813235 19863974 153,201,221
LRWRKLST 9498844 9455120 1,17,38,153,185,221
Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE V.
Required Patches:
=================
LA*5.2*27
LA*5.2*47 [Note: This is the Automated Instrument portion of LR*5.2*221]
LR*5.2*116
LR*5.2*121
LR*5.2*153
LR*5.2*185
5.2 controlled functions.
LR*5.2*190
LR*5.2*191
LR*5.2*195
LR*5.2*201
LR*5.2*202
LR*5.2*223
Installation Instructions:
==========================
This patch is compatible with OERR 2.5 and both versions of CPRS.
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the
PackMan menu. This option will load the KIDS
package onto your system.
2. Review your mapped set. If the routines are
mapped, they should be removed from the mapped set
at this time.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport
global on your system. You now need to use KIDS to
PROBLEM: A new disposition for accessioned tests called NOT PERFORMED has
install the Transport global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu,
use the following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
4. Users may remain on the system, but installation
should be done during off peak hours and when
been created. This disposition is assigned to a test that is not performed
the Laboratory computer users are idle.
5. No options need to be placed out of service.
6. Installation time is less than 10 minutes during
offpeak hours, and less than 15 minutes during
peak hours which is NOT RECOMMENDED.
7. Installation of this patch does not require any
additional memory space.
8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu,
run the option 'Install Package(s)'. Select the
package 'LR*5.2*221' and proceed with the
for any type of reason. This will replace the past practice of canceling
install.
9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2,
they should be returned to the mapped set once
the installation has run to completion.
Enhancements:
=============
1. The 'Etiology WKLD Code (Force)' [LRCAPF] option has been corrected to
accept WKLD Codes that do not have the suffix code of .0000 (Generic).
NOIS: CHY-0798-51245
=============================================
or deleting tests which had no results entered.
2. The WKLD Code capture routines have been modified not to count tests
marked as 'Not Performed'.
3. The 'Delete entire order or individual tests' [LRCENDEL] option has
been modified to place tests in the status of 'Not Performed' rather than
deleting the test or order from the file (database). Thus preventing
electronic white out of the ordered procedures. This enhancement corrects
problems of undefined errors after tests have been deleted. NOISs:
ALN-1198-11196, ASH-0898-30554, ATG-0698-31312, WNY-0698-11221,
CLA-0598-20635 CMO-1198-41253, DEN-0898-50267, DUB-0898-30615,
FGH-1198-32348, GAI-0698-32344 HAM-1098-21436, LAS-0698-60208,
LEX-0898-41581, LEX-1198-40049, OM-0498-60788, MIN-0798-40025,
MON-0798-51662, MUS-1098-71863, NAS-1098-31373, OKL-0698-71939
SAG-0498-42248, SLC-1198-50813, TAM-0798-30677, AM-1298-31153,
TOG-0898-11351
4. The 'General report for selected tests' [LRGEN] option has been
corrected to display the full year and century with test results properly
aligned when less than 19 tests were requested. There are hosts of
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*221 have no effect on Blood
associated NOIS called. This may not represent a complete list. NOISs:
LEB-1298-22078, TAM-1298-31153, CLA-1198-22013, ALX-1198-71715,
ALX-0898-71684, ASH-0898-30675, BEC-0998-20129, BYN-0598-11025,
DAY-0798-42525, DEN-1098-50461, EKH-0998-40137, GAI-0898-30690,
GNH-0498-41065, HAM-0898-21544, HUN-0798-20942, LEB-1298-22078,
LOM-0498-60884, NAS-1098-31373, OKL-0698-70962, PHI-0598-20045,
PHO-1298-60877, SDC-0598-60879, SLC-0998-50822, WIC-0898-41805,
WPB-1198-31834
5. The 'Group Verify (EA, EL, EW)' [LRGV] option has been enhanced to
Bank Software V. 52 functionality, therefore RISK is none.
store the Result NLT code with the verified results. The user cannot
directly observe this.
6. The Clear instrument/worklist data [LRINSTCLR] option has been
enhanced. The changes to this option implements selective clearing of
instrument data from the LAH global. When entries are made in the LAH
global to store instrument data pending verification, the date of creation
and result updating is now recorded. This date will be used to selectively
remove data from the LAH global based on the date original result was
received or last updated.
The Clear instrument/worklist data [LRINSTCLR] option will now allow
clearing by either of the following ways:
a. Data received before the selected date (optional time) is purged. If
you enter a date only then data received before that date is cleared.
b. If you enter a date/time then data received before that date/time is
cleared.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*221 does not
Example:
If you enter Sept 4, 1998 then data received through Sept 3, 1998 is
cleared. If you enter Sept 4, 1998 @1200 then data through Sept 4, 1998
115959 is cleared.
The following routines support this enhancement:
a. LAGEN - Changes made to set date/time of entry creation and last
update. Last update can be different than creation date if data is
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical element
retransmitted (overlay data = yes) or additional results received.
b. LRLLS - Clear instrument data option that does actual clearing based on
user's parameters. User can purge by date/time or blanket purge when using
option Clear instrument/worklist data [LRINSTCLR].
c. LRVR1 - Verifying routine with changes to setup date/time information
when manual data entry is used during Enter/Verify Automated Instrument
[LRVR] option.
functions.
d. LRVRW - Verifying routine with changes to setup date/time information
when load/work list data entry is used during the Enter/verify data (Work
list) [LRVRW] option.
e. If during the clearing process an entry in LAH is found with no
date/time for creation/update then the current date/time is added to the
entry. This entry is then eligible for clearing the next time the option
is run and it meets the date/time parameter.
7. The routine LRNUM has been modified to control the echo of stored data.
This is not readily apparent to the user.
8. The 'Order/test status' [LROS] option has been enhanced to display
tests having the 'Not Performed' status. Also spacing was increased to
accommodate accession area abbreviation of 5 characters. NOIS:
WAS-1098-31246
9. The 'Itemized routine lab collection' [LRPHITEM] option and 'Receipt of
routine lab collection from wards' [LRPHEXCPT] option has been enhanced to
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to files and
conform to the 'Not Performed' status assignment. Order and accessioned
tests are no longer deleted. NOIS: WNY-0998-11152
10. The 'Interim report' [LRRP2] option has been enhanced to display
orders that contain only 'Not Perform' status and no results entered or
verified.
11. The option 'Turnaround times By Urgency' [LR TAT URGENCY] has been
modified to count only those tests that have been counted for Workload. In
order for a test to be counted it must have WKLD Code assigned and
routines identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
verified results. NOIS: BAY-0798-31877
12. Various non-Microbiology Result Entry options were modified to
accommodate 'Not Performed' test status.
13. The option 'Ward lab menu' [LRWARDM] entry action routine has been
corrected not to set the variable LREND if no ward is selected. If no ward
was selected unpredictable software behavior could result. NOISs:
FHM-0897-51017, NCH-0596-40125, CLA-0598-20356
14. The INCOMPLETE TEST STATUS REPORT [LRWRKINC] option sorting/searching
97-033. The changes have no effect to Blood Bank functionality or medical
capability was enhanced.
Example:
If you answer "YES" to the prompt: Specify detailed sort criteria? No//
Then you will be able to specify:
- If controls should be excluded.
- Specific tests to search for.
- A lab arrival time. This will exclude uncollected specimens,
device control functions. There is no adverse potential to sites.
and specimens with a later arrival time.
- Exclude non-required tests.
- Exclude selected test(s) from report.
- If report is generated for specific test(s) which are
panels, then the user can have the report check the tests that
make up the panel.
15. The 'Incomplete test status report' [LRWRKINC] option has been
modified to honor tests having 'Not Performed' status and not include them
on the incomplete test list.
16. Test that have rolled over can be verified by either the original
accession number or the rolled over accession number and the test will be
marked completed on both accession numbers. NOISs: CIN-0998-41790,
CMO-0998-41772, COS-0898-41373, NJH-1298-21603
17. Correct problem of the Collection List not assigning correct accession
numbers when queued in a multidivisional setting. NOIS: EKH-0998-40488
18. Correct the option 'Interim report by provider' [LRRD] not correctly
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validation
handling providers names with more than 20 characters. NOISs:
GAI-0698-31676, MWV-0598-21363, SAM-1098-20301
19. Merged accessions [LRACC MERGE] will now download to auto-instruments.
Option would not accept partial accession number. Also merged tests
maintain the primary ordered test linkage. NOISs: IOW-1298-41014,
BAN-0897-11956
20. Incorrect data is extracted if the site has the 'COLLECT WKLD LOG FILE
DATA' field (#616) of the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) set to yes during
scenarios to be completed by sites after installing this patch.
DSS Workload extraction procedure. The DSS Package has exclusive rights to
the WKLD LOG file (#64.03). The DSS Coordinator must sanction any local
field use of this file. This patch will set the field to null before
starting to process workload extraction requests. Also the default
provider was being extracted from the incorrect global location. NOIS:
PHO-0798-60573
21. Corrects a typographical error in referencing the XTMP global. NOIS:
TAM-0698-31132
22. The Merge Accessions [LRACC MERG] option has been modified to comply
with NP protocol. The test(s) that are merged into another accession will
have NP designation set and a delete notification is sent to CPRS as a
Discontinued Order. The reverse is true for the accession receiving the
merged test.
23. During verification by automated instrument, using the Enter/verify
data (auto instrument) [LRVR] option, Enter/verify data (Load list)
[LRVRW2] option or Enter/verify data (Work list) [LRVRW] option, the
building of the test list could cause an error when a user selects a
Patch Description:
loadlist profile with many tests. This would create a string too long
error. The lists of tests to be verified are now stored in the TMP global
instead of local arrays. This change will allow the site to place as many
tests as required under a single profile. Collecting sites, using the LEDI
software, will now be able to place all tests sent to a host lab under a
single profile on the worklist. The routines LRGP2 and LRVR1 have been
enhanced to correct this problem. NOISs: CHS-0398-42380,
MAD-1098-41673
Examples:
Accessioning [LR IN] menu
The name of the Delete entire order or individual tests [LRCENDEL] option
and Delete test from an accession [LRTSTOUT] option was not changed. Tests
are no longer deleted but will have a disposition (status) of 'NOT
PERFORMED'. The test(s) will have a complete date assigned and will not
appear in Incomplete Load/Worklist. Both options use the same logic.
Select Accessioning menu Option: del
The VISTA Laboratory software patch LR*5.2*221 contain several
1 Delete entire order or individual tests
2 Delete test from an accession
CHOOSE 1-2: 1 Delete entire order or individual tests
ENTER ORDER NUMBER: 440
Order Test Urgency Status Accession
-Lab Order # 440 Provider: BEAR,GUMMY O.
BLOOD SERUM
UREA NITROGEN ROUTINE Collected 01/05/1999@22:55 CH 0105 4
: ~For Test: UREA NITROGEN
The VISTA Laboratory software patch LR*5.2*221 contain the following
enhancements across several functions and procedures. One major
: ~DEMO NP option
AARDVARK,JIMMY JR. 333-22-2444
Change entire order? No// Y (Yes)
Cancellation Reason: ?
Answer with ORDER REASON NAME, or SYNONYM, or CODE
Do you want the entire ORDER REASON List? Y (Yes)
Choose from:
CLOTTED SPECIMEN
DUPLICATE TESTS
enhancement or change in business practice is the handling of tests that
HEMOLYZED SPECIMEN
INSUFFICIENT SPECIMEN
OTHER CANCEL REASON
PATIENT UNAVAILABLE
REQUESTING PHYSICIAN CANCELLED
SERVICE CORRECTION
*[This next prompt is new - It allows the use of entries in the LAB
DESCRIPTION file (#62.5) that have special screens. The default screens
are GENERAL, ORDER and LAB. If you wish to include additional screens,
will not be done (performed) for various reasons. It is clear that there
enter them here.]
Select NP comment Lab Description screen:
Not Perform Reason : NS
(NO SPECIMEN RECEIVED) [Description file expanded text]
Satisfactory Comment ? Yes// YES
*[This is what a not performed accession/order will look like.]
are legitimate reasons that an ordered procedure will not be performed by
Select Accessioning menu Option: ORDER/Test status
Select Patient Name: AARDVARK,JIMMY JR. 04-04-44 333222444
*** WARNING ***
*** RESTRICTED RECORD ***
DATE to begin review: TODAY// (JAN 05, 1999)
Test Urgency Status Accession
-Lab Order # 440 Provider: BEAR,GUMMY O.
the laboratory service. This enhancement does not prevent the laboratory
BLOOD SERUM
UREA NITROGEN *Canceled by: STALLING,FRANK
: *NP Reason:NO SPECIMEN RECEIVED
: *NP Action:01/05/1999@22:57
: ~For Test: UREA NITROGEN
: ~DEMO NP option
Orders for date: 01/04/1999 OK? Yes// ^
Select Patient Name:
24. Lab Descriptions cancellation comments cannot contain a semicolon ';'.
personnel from following established guidelines.
If semi-colon is entered, it will be converted to a dash '-'.
25. The 'Accessioning test ordered by Ward order entry' [LROE] option now
requires the user to enter a collection date/time. 'NOW' is an acceptable
entry. The default answer to the question 'Do you have the entire order?'
has been removed.
26. A new UID VERIFICATION field (#2.1) has been added to LOAD/WORKLIST
file (#68.2), PROFILE multiple (#50).
Example:
When verifying by Lab Universal Identifier (UID) the site can configure
how accessions are selected.
If "PROFILE ACCESSION AREA ONLY" is selected then only those UIDs which
are from the accession area designated for this profile can be selected.
If "ANY ACCESSION AREA" is selected then a UID from any accession area
can be selected. Note that an accession from a different area should have
This patch provides another status called "Not Performed" (NP). Not
tests that would be in this editing profile.
The routine LRVRA behavior is controlled by the entries in this field.
27. The routine LRVER1 has been enhanced to store LOINC code when tests
are verified manually.
28. The LOCATION (#14.1) field in the LAB DATA file (#63) input transform
has changed to conform to FileMan Version 22 variable cleanup.
Performed is considered a test completion status. The software treats NP
29. The routine LRVR4 has been modified not to expand lab descriptions
when processing instrument comments. This can have undesirable effects -
expands comments when it is not required, makes comments too long and they
will not be stored.
30. Incremental locks have been added to routines LROE and LR7OF5 to
correct CPRS orders not being receipted properly.
31. In the past, those entries in the LAB DESCRIPTION file (#62.5) not
having a screen defined would be expanded when entering comments. This
status the same as verified test except there is no test result. Instead
prevented the use of the same code for two different areas. For example 1+
in microbiology may have a different expansion in blood bank. The software
logic has been enhanced to allow the same code to expand appropriately
depending on the screen. The same code can be used more than once.
The following example displays how to determine which Lab Descriptions
that does not have a screen using the Search and Edit combinations of VA
FileMan 21.0.
Examples:
changes to the BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2 controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE
of storing a result, NP enhancement stores a comment indicating the reason
VA FileMan 21.0
Select OPTION: SEARCH FILE ENTRIES
OUTPUT FROM WHAT FILE: LAB DESCRIPTIONS//
-A- SEARCH FOR LAB DESCRIPTIONS FIELD: SCREEN
-A- CONDITION: NULL
for the NP status.
-B- SEARCH FOR LAB DESCRIPTIONS FIELD:
IF: A// SCREEN NULL
STORE RESULTS OF SEARCH IN TEMPLATE:
SORT BY: NAME//
START WITH NAME: FIRST//
FIRST PRINT FIELD: .01 NAME
THEN PRINT FIELD: EXPANSION
THEN PRINT FIELD:
*************************
Heading (S/C): LAB DESCRIPTIONS SEARCH Replace
DEVICE: TELNET Right Margin: 80//
LAB DESCRIPTIONS SEARCH MAY 10,1999 10:36 PAGE
NAME EXPANSION
-------------------------------------------------
Example:
DV TEST PERFORMED AT DALLAS, TX VAMC LAB
LX TEST PERFORMED AT LEXINGTON, KY VAMC LAB
2 MATCHES FOUND.
Using the results of the search edit those Lab Description(s) missing a
screen.
Select OPTION: ENTER OR EDIT FILE ENTRIES
*CALCIUM Not Performed: 02/11/19999 9:02pm by 104
INPUT TO WHAT FILE: LAB DESCRIPTIONS//
EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// .01 NAME
THEN EDIT FIELD: SCREEN
THEN EDIT FIELD:
Select LAB DESCRIPTIONS NAME: DV TEST PERFORMED AT DALLAS, TX
VAMC LAB
NAME: DV//
SCREEN: ?
Choose from:
*NP Reason: Hemolyzed Specimen
L LAB
E AP EM
S AP SURG
H ALERT
C AP CYTO
M MICRO
G GRAM STAIN
F FUNGUS
T TB
P PARASITE
V VIRUS
Y SPUTUM SCREEN
W SMEAR
A ORDER
D BB DISP
R BB TRANS
X BB TESTING
Z BB COLLECT
I AP GENERAL
J BB AUDIT
You will note that NP comments start with the "*" that differentiate this
K GENERAL
B BB RELEASE
SCREEN: O ORDER
Select LAB DESCRIPTIONS NAME: Repeat ..
YOU SHOULD NOW VERIFY THAT THE LAB DESCRIPTIONS ARE EXPANDING
APPROPRIATELY.
32. The "ORDERED TEST COST BY PROVIDER" [LR ORDERED TESTS BY PHY] option
comment from other types of comments. NP comment and reason is stored in
has been enhanced to allow selection of accessioning division or any given
order. This will allow a report based on where the specimen was
accessioned. The report will be based on the division of the user
accessioning the specimen. If no division is selected, all divisions will
be included on the report.
the LAB Data file (#63) and in the LAB ORDER ENTRY (#69). The CPRS order
97-033.
is marked as 'Discontinued' and displayed on the 'Active Orders' screen
when the LAB ORDER CANCEL notification in CPRS is enabled. If this is not
acceptable then the CPRS order can be marked as Complete when 'SERVICE
CORRECTION' is used as an Order Cancellation Reason.
NP is different than "canc". Canc is a result that is stored in the
patient's clinical record.
This enhancement allows the conveyance of the following information to the
health care provider:
1. The ordered procedure has been given a status of 'Not Performed' and
the reason for the status.
2. It prevents numerous software errors resulting from missing data nodes
in the database.
3. Creates an audit trail of what ultimately happened to all tests ordered
or accessioned.
Associated NOISs:
BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE V.5.2 Changes:
================
CHY-0798-51245, ALN-1198-11196, ASH-0898-30554, ATG-0698-31312,
WNY-0698-11221, CLA-0598-20635 CMO-1198-41253, DEN-0898-50267,
DUB-0898-30615, FGH-1198-32348, GAI-0698-32344, HAM-1098-21436,
LAS-0698-60208, LEX-0898-41581, LEX-1198-40049, COM-0498-60788,
MIN-0798-40025, MON-0798-51662, MUS-1098-71863, NAS-1098-31373,
OKL-0698-71939, SAG-0498-42248, SLC-1198-50813, TAM-0798-30677,
TAM-1298-31153, TOG-0898-11351, LEB-1298-22078, TAM-1298-31153,
CLA-1198-22013, ALX-1198-71715, ALX-0898-71684, ASH-0898-30675,
BEC-0998-20129, BYN-0598-11025, DAY-0798-42525, DEN-1098-50461,
-
- 101 SEQ #101
- DATE APPLIED: 1996-11-07 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
DETAILED WORKLOAD REPORT
-
- 212 SEQ #179
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-07-19 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch corrects issues both with Y2K and also makes the Blood Bank
package compatible with changes being exported with VA FileMan version 22.
For a complete description of the patch contents, see the Description of
the patch in the FORUM Patch Module.
-
- 238 SEQ #180
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-08-03 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 230 SEQ #181
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-10-19 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
See patch LR*5.2*230 in the National Patch Module for a description of
this build.
-
- 229 SEQ #182
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-12-10 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 244 SEQ #183
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-12-10 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 241 SEQ #184
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-12-10 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 247
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-12-10 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Below is a brief description only of changes included in this patch. For
- Resolution: Screen displays associated with the ordering and
- Resolution: Regardless of where in the queue a report is added, if the
report record does not have the provider listed for any reason, the
word "UNKNOWN" will be stuffed as the provider.
NOTE--this issue has only been reported at one site and is not easily
reproducible. The validity of the fix for this will be internally
verified by development under controlled conditions only. This
option does not contain any safety critical functions for the
blood bank.
Problem # 9:
processing of blood components for a patient have been modified to
When using the option Disposition - relocation [LRBLIDR] there were a
variety of reported problems with the lookup for LOCATION to relocate
blood to.
NOIS: IND-1296-40311 BRX-0597-11400 LEB-0199-20568
- Resolution: The lookup routine LRUC was rewritten. It now uses
FileMan utilities to look up valid locations based on the division of
the user at sign-on.
Problem # 10:
During the option Log-in regular (invoices) [LRBLILR], when the user is
always include a 4 digit year, even if no year was previously
presented the screen to edit units just logged in, if a unit had been
accidentally logged in with an expiration date the same date as the log
in, and the expiration date is edited correctly, the unit is still
flagged as expiring today when re-displayed to the user. This was ONLY a
flag problem. The actual expiration date of the unit always reflected
the date correctly as input.
NOIS: LEX-0197-40288
- Resolution: The option has been edited so that the flags for units
expiring the same day work appropriately.
displayed.
Problem # 11:
During the background process of collecting workload for Blood Bank
accessions, result data was being inappropriately stuffed into fields
which had been starred for deletion. This data was then printing on the
Accession area worklist [LRUWL] report.
NOIS: ATG-0895-32603
-Resolution: The collection of workload data no longer stuffs result data
into inappropriate fields.
Problem # 12:
As of April 23, 1999 the VistA BLOOD BANK Software (v 5.2) is classified
as a Medical Device # BK970021 with the FDA. According to VHA Directive
97-033, Section 4. ACTION part b., the CIOFO would embed in the form of a
comment in routines that contain the controlled software a statement that
the routine should not be modified. According to FDA, if a facility
other than the original software manufacturer makes any changes to the
cleared device, including changes to the software components of the
medical device, this software no longer represents the cleared medical
device and the facility making the modification becomes the medical
device manufacturer of a new medical device.
Problem # 2:
- Resolution: Routines classified as Group A in VHA Directive 97-033
will have the following verbiage inserted in the third line:
; Per VHA Directive 97-033, this routine should not be modified.
Medical Device # BK970021
Problem # 13:
The Patient Merge software introduced a problem in the database
that has affected the way some of the Lab routines determine the
LABORATORY REFERENCE field (#2,63) from the PATIENT File (#2).
- Resolution: Routines LRBLPAB and LRBLPD1 have been modified to use the
It was discovered during Y2K testing of the Donor module of the Blood
function $$LRDFN^L7OR1(DFN) to determine a patient's LRDFN. This
function was introduced in LR*5.2*230 as a defensive programming
measure to prevent an undefined error from occurring when attempting to
determine the LRDFN from the ^DPT(DFN,"LR") node.
Problem # 14:
There may be some old post-init or otherwise unnecessary routines at
sites. These will be removed during the KIDS install if they are
present.
-Resolution: If present on a system, routines LRBLFIX, LRBLFX72,
Bank package that when donor collection information is entered into the
LRBLJ, LRBLPOST, LRBLCON and LRBLXREF will be removed as part of the
KIDS Install.
Problem # 15:
It was reported by Milwaukee via a mail message that when a blood bank
specimen is drawn on one day but not actually accessioned until the next
day, under certain circumstances an undefined error would occur when a
tech attempts to assign units which require crossmatch using the option
Select units for patients [LRBLPIC]. Upon further investigation it was
discovered that the option was attempting to update the field COMPLETION
computer, future times are allowed when entering the fields DATE/TIME
TIME (#68.14,1) for workload purposes. It was further determined that
when the error did not occur, the incorrect workload record was being
updated. It is actually inappropriate to update this field as it is set
when the original accession has the ABO/Rh and ABS results entered.
-Resolution: Coding has been changed so that the field COMPLETION DATE
(#68.14,1)is no longer updated as a result of using the option Select
units for patients [LRBLPIC].
Problem # 16:
The patch LR*5.2*72 inadvertently exported a change in the length of the
COLLECTION STARTED (#65.54,4.2) and DATE/TIME COLLECTION COMPLETED
text allowed in the BLOOD PRODUCT File (#66) field SYNONYM (#66.021,.01).
This resulted in sites being restricted to 5 character synonyms for
entries made to this field after installation of that patch.
-Resolution: The data dictionary for this field is being re-exported and
the SYNONYM field (#66.021,.01) field will now be allowed to accept
entries from 1-25 characters.
a full description please see the Patch Description in the Forum Patch
(#65.54,4.3). This posed a problem during testing in the system being
used for Y2K testing. The scenario where a unit is collected on
12-31-1999 but data is not entered until 12-1-2000 and the date/times
being entered as 12-31@0800 defaults to the current year, which is a
future time. This should not be allowed.
NOIS: ISA-1099-13117
- Resolution: The input transforms of the affected fields will be edited
so that no future dates are allowed.
Problem # 3:
Module.
It was reported by a site via an Outlook message that when logging in
units using the option Log-in regular (invoices) [LRBLILR] and the
barcode scanner is used, if a site's supplier uses Expiration Date
barcodes utilizing a 4 digit year, then the display to the user seems to
indicate that the scanner did not interpret the code correctly. The
correct expiration date was in fact being assigned to the unit, however,
the software was interpreting the input as if the user was manually
inputting the expiration date. This could cause some confusion at sites.
- Resolution: The routine which interprets barcodes has been modified so
that the barcode scanner itself is interpreting the expiration date.
Problem # 4:
The input screen for the fields DIVISION in the BLOOD INVENTORY File
(#65,.16) and ASSOCIATED DIVISION in the BLOOD PRODUCT File (#66.1,.01)
incorrectly made the assumption that a site's division was dinumed to the
INSTITUTION File (#4).
NOIS: WPB-1196-31737
- Resolution: The screen in the following input transforms have been
changed to S DIC("S")="I +$G(^DIC(4,+Y,99))=+$P($$SITE^VASITE,U,3)"
D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X"
Problem # 1:
BLOOD INVENTORY File (#65) field DIVISION (#65,.16)
BLOOD PRODUCT File (#66) field ASSOCIATED DIVISION (# 66.1,.01)
Problem # 5:
In a multidivisional site, if the report Patient transfusions &
hematology results [LRBLPCH] crashed for any reason, it could not be
restarted if the name of the Blood Bank accession area was not BLOOD
BANK. This is because in order to restart the crashed report, the option
Delete a user's patient list [LRBLSDPL] needed to be run first. This
option had the accession area hard coded to be BLOOD BANK therefore would
It was determined by the VistA IV&V Y2K testing analysis that several
not always work in a multidivisional site with more than one Blood Bank.
NOIS: BHS-0899-12185
- Resolution: The option Delete a user's patient list [LRBLSDPL] was
modified to determine the accession area for the Blood Bank based on
the user's division at sign-on. Previously, the accession area was
hard-coded to be BLOOD BANK.
NOTE-- the resolution to this problem will not be validated at the sites
as it is not practical to ask sites to force a system crash. The
validity of the fix for this will be internally verified by
development under controlled conditions only. This option does
displays within the Blood Bank software that historically displayed
not contain any safety critical functions for the blood bank.
Problem # 6:
When a unit which was originally scanned during log-in is modified, such
as thawing or irradiating, the unit could no longer be processed using a
scanner. This affected both the Blood Bank as well as the Surgical Risk
Initiative.
NOIS: HIN-1196-40687 ALB-0298-52583
- Resolution: When a unit is modified using the option Disposition -not
transfused [LRBLIDN] and the Unit ID remains the same (i.e. unit not
Month/Day only needed to also display a 4 digit year.
pooled or split) the ^LRD(65,"C", cross-reference is now built if the
scanner was used to process the modification.
Problem # 7:
It was discovered during internal testing by the developer that units
that are modified in error, and the option Edit unit log in [LRBLSEL] is
used to either edit or delete the modified unit, the ^LRD(65,"C",
cross-reference was not being updated appropriately.
- Resolution: Coding was changed to update the ^LRD(65,"C"
cross-reference as appropriate when units are edited.
NOIS: ISP-0899-N0355
Problem # 8:
When executing the option Print all BB patient reports on print queue
[LRBLP PRINT ALL ON QUEUE] if for some reason the first patient blood
bank report added to the print queue doesn't have a PROVIDER the report
bombs with an undefined and none of the reports will print. Also, if a
patient blood bank report added in the middle of the queue doesn't have a
provider, the report will print the provider of the report just
previously added to the queue.
NOIS: ALB-0899-52597
-
- 250 SEQ #186
- DATE APPLIED: 1999-12-20 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 251 SEQ #187
- DATE APPLIED: 2000-01-03 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 242 SEQ #188
- DATE APPLIED: 2000-01-03 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Y2K Waiver Exemption ID#: Y2KWE0040
format. This calculation is now done using verified FileMan utilities.
'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*242' and proceed
with the install.
9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should be
returned to the mapped set once the installation has run to
completion.
2. The Patient Merge software introduced a problem in the database that
has affected the way many of the Lab routines get the Laboratory
Patient identifier (LABORATORY REFERENCE field (#63) in the PATIENT
file (#2) also known as the LRDFN). The Patient Merge developers are
working on a solution for the problem created in the database and the
cause of the problem. Patch LR*5.2*242 is being created as a defensive
measure against this problem and any possible future changes that may
affect the problem global node: ^DPT(DFN,"LR").
This patch may be installed at any time during the Y2K
This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the
VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 97-033 titled VISTA
BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION 5.2.
PROBLEM: The Patient Merge software introduced a problem in the database
that has affected the way many of the Lab routines determine the
LABORATORY REFERENCE field (#2,63) from the PATIENT File (#2). Patch
LR*5.2*242 is created as a defensive measure against this problem and any
Moratorium (including the 12/15/1999 thru 1/15/2000 Y2K lockdown).
possible future changes that may affect the problem global node
^DPT(DFN,"LR").
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*242 have no effect on Blood
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*242 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
functions.
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: Patch LR*5.2*242 contains no changes to
routines identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
97-033. There is no adverse potential to sites.
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validation
scenarios to be completed by sites after installing LR*5.2*242.
Related NOIS: LEX-0599-42692
BHS-0799-12636
This patch corrects two problems:
Test site(s): Oklahoma City, OK
ROUTINE SUMMARY:
================
The following is a list of the routine(s) included in this patch. The
second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
Routine name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
============ ============ =========== ==========
LR7OGU 3794087 3796964 187,242
LRAPQACN 6886068 7049309 72,242
LRAPQAFS 6133966 6306636 72,242
LRAPQAMR 8875869 9048539 72,134,242
LRAPQOR3 3828767 3833155 234,242
LRAPS3 2265857 2247733 242
LREPI2 5563295 5729687 132,157,175,242
1. The Indian Health Service reported a possible Y2K problem. Some of the
LRGEN 6602814 6713858 121,201,202,242
LRMIEDZ2 12615006 12271075 23,104,242
LRMIV2 15350039 15031478 242
LROW2RP 6088048 5879307 121,201,242
LRRP4 3097412 3053252 121,242
LRUQ 5009717 2073981 242
Installation Instructions:
==========================
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu. This
Microbiology and Anatomic Pathology routines were using an unreliable
option will load the KIDS package in this message onto your
system.
2. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped, they should
be removed from the mapped set at this time.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the Transport
global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
following options:
Print Transport Global
method of converting the internal year format to an external 4 digit
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
4. Users may remain on the system, but installation should be done
at off peak hours.
5. No options need to be placed out of service.
6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak hours
and less than 5 minutes during peak hours.
7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory space.
8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the option
-
- 126 SEQ #102
- DATE APPLIED: 1996-11-07 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
FIX FOR PATCH 108
-
- 252 SEQ #189
- DATE APPLIED: 2000-01-25 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Y2K Waiver Exemption ID#: Y2K??????
PROBLEM: Date handling errors were found in the logic of patch
LR*5.2*242. This patch corrects these errors.
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*252 have no effect on Blood
Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*252 does not
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
functions.
This patch may be installed at any time during the Y2K
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: Patch LR*5.2*252 contains no changes to
routines identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive
99-053. There is no adverse potential to sites.
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validation
scenarios to be completed by sites after installing LR*5.2*252.
Related NOIS: MOU-1299-32678
Moratorium (including the 12/15/1999 thru 1/15/2000 Y2K lockdown).
PUG-1299-52743
Test site(s): MOUNTAIN HOME, TN
PUGET SOUND HCS
ROUTINE SUMMARY:
================
The following is a list of the routine(s) included in this patch. The
second line of each of these routine(s) will look like:
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
Routine name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
============ ============ =========== ==========
LR7OGU 3796964 3798654 187,242,252
LRAPQACN 7049309 7049272 72,242,252
LRAPQAFS 6306636 6306592 72,242,252
LRAPQAMR 9048539 9048495 72,134,242,252
This patch corrects date input problems found in patch LR*5.2*242.
Installation Instructions:
==========================
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
your system.
2. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped, they
should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the Transport
global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
4. Users may remain on the system, but installation should be
done at off peak hours.
5. No options need to be placed out of service.
6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the
hours and less than 5 minutes during peak hours.
7. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory
space.
8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the option
'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*252' and
proceed with the install.
9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should
be returned to the mapped set once the installation has run
to completion.
VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA
BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE VERSION.
-
- 253 SEQ #190
- DATE APPLIED: 2000-01-25 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
A Y2K problem was logged in NOIS regarding the reports generated in the
FC FUNCTION code search, SNOMED [LRAPSF]
IC ICD9CM code search [LRAPSI]
AX MULTIAXIAL code search, SNOMED [LRAPSEM]
NOIS calls were logged because data was being omitted from the reports for
year 2000 accessions. Below is an example of the report generated by menu
item '[LRAPSM] MORPHOLOGY code search, SNOMED':
SURGICAL PATHOLOGY (SP) SEARCH(Dec 30, 1999=>Jan 03, 2000)
# = Not VA patient
'[LRAPSEARCH] Search options, anat path' menu. This menu performs searches on
SNOMED TOPOGRAPHY CODE: ALL-- SNOMED MORPHOLOGY CODE: ALL--
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ID SEX AGE ACC # ORGAN/TISSUE MORPHOLOGY
HOBBS,JOHN H 9801 M 63 SP 99 4814 SKIN OF CHEST BASAL CELL CARCI
RX0
SKIN OF HEAD BASAL CELL CARCI
RX0
JENKINS,CLARENCE 3133 M 41 SP 99 4808 TRACHEA HEMORRHAGE
LAMBE,NORMAN B. 5487 M
MONEY,CLAUDE C 4599 M
Anatomic Pathology accessions based on morphology, disease, etiology,
NELSON,DIANE M 4856 F
NELSON,KENNETH R 1674 M 51 SP 99 4820 SKIN OF UPPER E PSORIASIS
OWENS,ERNEST D 5310 M
Notice that some of the names listed show no data in the Age, Acc #,
Organ/tissue, and Morphology columns. These are year 2000 accessions. All
1999 accessions still reported correctly.
It was discovered that the two digit year was being used as a subscript in
the ^TMP global which stores that data temporarily so that it may be
procedure, function, or diagnosis code. The menu is shown below:
printed. The two digit year subscript is extracted from dates in the LAB DATA
file (#63) as follows:
Surgical Pathology: DATE/TIME SPECIMEN RECEIVED field (#.1) of SURGICAL
PATHOLOGY (sub-field #8, Sub-file #63.08)
Cytopathology: DATE/TIME SPECIMEN RECEIVED field (#.1) of
CYTOPATHOLOGY (sub-field #9, Sub-file #63.09)
Electron Microscopy: DATE/TIME SPECIMEN RECEIVED field (#.1) of EM
(sub-field #2, Sub-file #63.02)
Autopsy: AUTOPSY DATE/TIME field (#11)
The year subscript is created by extracting the second and third characters
of the date. For example, if the date is 2991031.0800, the year subscript
will be 99. If the date is 3001031.0800, the year subscript will be 00.
Here is an example:
^TMP(545305223,99,2) = AU 99 2^20^M^WINKERBEAN,FUNKY^5533^10/14^2
^TMP(545305223,99,2,151,0) = BRAIN
^TMP(545305223,99,2,151,41770) = ABSCESS, DRAINING
MC MORPHOLOGY code search, SNOMED [LRAPSM]
^TMP(545305223,"00",1) = AU 00 1^81^M^FULTON,CHESTER E.^5537^1/13^2
^TMP(545305223,"00",1,395,0) = SKIN BETWEEN FOURTH AND FIFTH TOES
^TMP(545305223,"00",1,395,"02060") = SADDLE SHAPE
The second subscript is the two digit year. Subscript "00" was confusing
the code causing it to quit before executing the portion of code that
prints the age, accession number, organ/tissue, and morphology.
The problem has been corrected by including the century indicator when
creating the second subscript. For year 1999, the subscript will be 299.
DC DISEASE code search, SNOMED [LRAPSD]
For year 2000, the subscript will be 300. See below:
^TMP(545305223,299,2) = AU 99 2^20^M^WINKERBEAN,FUNKY^5533^10/14^2
^TMP(545305223,299,2,151,0) = BRAIN
^TMP(545305223,299,2,151,41770) = ABSCESS, DRAINING
^TMP(545305223,300,1) = AU 00 1^81^M^FULTON,CHESTER E.^5537^1/13^2
^TMP(545305223,300,1,395,0) = SKIN BETWEEN FOURTH AND FIFTH TOES
^TMP(545305223,300,1,395,"02060") = SADDLE SHAPE
This change to the ^TMP global structure has corrected the problem.
EC ETIOLOGY code search, SNOMED [LRAPSE]
PC PROCEDURE code search, SNOMED [LRAPSP]
-
- 245 SEQ #191
- DATE APPLIED: 2000-01-25 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 246 SEQ #192
- DATE APPLIED: 2000-01-25 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This is a patch for VISTA Laboratory Software, version 5.2.
A detailed description of this patch is included in the patch
distribution message.
-
- 240 SEQ #193
- DATE APPLIED: 2000-02-29 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch fixes an UNDEF in the routine LRVER1 at line EX2+1. This is a patch
to patch LR*5.2*239.
-
- 206 SEQ #194
- DATE APPLIED: 2000-05-01 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch fixes the following problems in the option Add a new
This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the
VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled
VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
Associated NOIS: NOL-1197-71309
Test Site: Asheville, NC
Montgomery, AL
Muskogee, OK
data name [LRWU5] that allows you to add a new data name to the LAB
New Orleans, LA
Reporting Site: New Orleans, LA
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The second line of the routine now looks like:
DATA file (#63).
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Values
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ----------
LRWU5 13485455 11320832 140,171,177,206
Installation Instructions
=========================
It is recommended that this release be installed during off peak hours.
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto your
system.
2. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped, they should
be removed from the mapped set at this time.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the Transport global.
1. Option does not allow you to enter a value less than zero for the
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
4. Users may remain on system and no options need to be placed out of
service.
5. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak hours
and less than 5 minutes during peak hours.
minimum or maximum value for numeric data names.
6. Installation of this patch requires no additional memory space.
7. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the option
'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*206' and
proceed with the install.
8. When Prompted 'Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install?
YES//', respond NO.
9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they should be
returned to the mapped set once the installation has run to
completion.
2. Option does not allow you to designate decimals for the minimum or
maximum value for numeric data names.
-
- 254 SEQ #195
- DATE APPLIED: 2000-05-25 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
This patch to the Laboratory package does not contain any changes to the
Solution: The code has been validated, brought up to national
standard and released as a Class I national patch.
This patch can be installed as a stand-alone if CareVue package is not
needed, however if CareVue IS NEEDED then patch LA*5.2*53 MUST be
installed.
The laboratory routines LRVER3A and LRMIUT have been modified to work with
this interface. These routines have been locally modified at the sites
and the sites must ensure that precautions are taken to prevent loss of
VISTA BLOOD BANK Software as defined by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053 titled VISTA
local modifications when patches to Laboratory are installed.
Associated NOIS
===============
None
Test Sites
===============
Philadelphia, PA
Martinsburg, WVA
BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
ROUTINE SUMMARY
===============
The following is a list of routines included in this patch. The second
line of each routine now looks like:
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**;;Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD Results
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ----------
LRVER3A 9561045 10780359 1,5,42,100,121,
153,190,221,254
LRMIUT 3226335 3673249 254
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
=========================
The patch is distributed in KIDS format in a PackMan message.
This patch will install the CareVue interface package under the namespace
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan menu.
This option will load the KIDS package in this message onto
your system.
2. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped, they
should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on
your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
LA7D as a Class I national patch.
Transport global.
On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
4. It is recommended that this release be installed during off
peak hours. To prevent a possible problem with the tasking
of the next days laboratory orders, do not install this package
at the same time as the following nightly tasked jobs:
LRTASK ROLLOVER
LRTASK NIGHTLY
LRTASK CONJAM
LRTASK CUM
5. No options need to be placed out of service.
1. Problem: Current CareVue interface is Class III software.
6. Installation time is less than 2 minutes during off peak
hours and less than 5 minutes during peak hours
7. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the
option 'Install Package(s)' Select the package 'LR*5.2*254'
and proceed with the install. When prompted 'Want to
DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols?
YES//', choose 'NO'.
8. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they
should be returned to the mapped set once the installation
has run to completion.
9. Please refer to Patch LA*5.2*53 for further instructions
regarding CareVue.
-
- 243 SEQ #196
- DATE APPLIED: 2000-06-26 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
============
14. The Review by order number [LRCENLKUP] option date displays is
converted to use Kernel date conversion utilities.
15. Edit or Print WKLD CODES [LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] option is enhanced
to print all WKLD CODES, even if they have not been activated. This will
correct the problem of WKLD CODES that have a suffix of .0000 not
printing.
16. Workload Report [LRCAPR1] option has been enhanced to allow the user
to select combinations of LEDI collecting institutions or Hospital
locations.
17. When verifying Microbiology specimens the user is prompted for
additional workload. A screen has been added to allow only a number
between 1 to 25. This is to prevent inadvertent entering of WKLD CODE
number instead of the multiply by number.
Laboratory Menu and Option Changes:
============================
The Laboratory CPT Code Modifier enhancement patch LR*5.2*243 provides the
LIM workload menu [LR LIM/WKLD MENU]
The LIM workload menu [LR LIM/WKLD MENU] is modified to add the new
InActive WKLD CODE File CPT Codes Print [LRCAPCPTI] option.
New Option
InActive WKLD CODE File CPT Codes Print [LRCAPCPTI] option
The new Inactive WKLD CODE File CPT Codes Print [LRCAPCPTI] option scans
Laboratory Version 5.2 software application the ability to transmit
the WKLD CODE file (#64) for code(s) that are no longer allowed or code(s)
that are inactive in the CPT file (#81). The "WKLD CODE - CODE CHECK
REPORT" is then generated displaying all CPT code(s) that are no longer
allowed, code(s) that are inactive and why they are inappropriate,
laboratory test names linked to WKLD code(s) (i.e., laboratory test names
listed on the report will not receive PCE Workload credit), and code(s)
requiring a different entry in the CPT file (#81) in order to capture PCE
Workload data.
The new Inactive WKLD CODE File CPT Codes Print [LRCAPCPTI] option is also
Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) codes and Modifiers to the Patient
useful when a new CPT Code file is released (i.e., new CPT code files are
usually distributed annually). The new CPT Code files may contain codes
that are no longer allowed or codes that are inactive in the VISTA CPT
file (#81). When CPT codes defined in the WKLD CODE file (#64) are deemed
inactive in the CPT file (#81), then the software enters a date in the
WKLD CODE file (#64), Inactive Date field (#3) for those inactive codes.
The Laboratory PCE interface checks each CPT code in the WKLD CODE file
(#64) before sending CPT workload to the PCE API. Whenever CPT code(s) are
no longer allowed or has been inactivated a VA Mailman message containing
the "WKLD CODE - CODE CHECK REPORT" is sent once a day to the LMI mail
Care Encounter (PCE) workload capture Application Interface (API). The
group.
Example: WKLD CODE - CODE CHECK REPORT
Subj: WKLD CODE - CODE CHECK REPORT 12/14/99@14:44:25 [#83460]
From: POSTMASTER In 'IN' basket. Page 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Lab Order Number 100 has no Institution for the ordering location
===================
86081.0000 [1] ABO Cell and Rh(D) Typing
transmission of workload in the form of CPT codes is done in the
86083 BLOOD TYPING;ANTIBODY SCREEN
Is an inactive CPT code.
Associated Tests
ABO/RH TYPING {1101}
Inactivation date of Dec 13, 1999 has been entered
****************
Listing of all offending codes
ICPT 82534
****** END OF EXAMPLE ********
background (no user interaction is required). Because of the background
=====================
Data Dictionary Change Summary:
The following file and field changes occur with the installation of VISTA
Laboratory CPT Code and Modifiers Patch LR*5.2*243.
WKLD CODE file (#64)
The WKLD CODE file (#64) was modified to convert existing file data to
method of workload reporting several new fields were created and the
a new data structure, new fields were created, and existing fields were
modified to support the Laboratory workload reporting enhancements of CPT
codes and modifiers.
1) CODE field (#18) multiple has been changed from a free text field to a
variable pointer.
2) CODE field (#.01) has been changed from a free text field to a variable
pointer. This field is screened to allow only active code entries to the
MORPHOLOGY FIELD file (#61.1), ICD DIAGNOSIS file (#80), and CPT file
Laboratory software logic was modified.
(#81).
3) CODE subfile (#64.018) was modified to add the new CODE NOTES field
(#6). This new word processing field is used for tracking general notes
regarding a particular code.
4) WKLD Code Notes field (#24) is a new word processing field used for
storing general notes regarding inactive or erroneous code(s) that is
automatically removed by the software.
5) LOINC Code field (#4) was changed to point to the LOINC CODE file
(#95.3).
6) The new Default LOINC Code field (#25) points to the LOINC CODE file
(#95.3). This field is used to identify the default LOINC code. This
field is usually used when the specimen is not clinically significant
(i.e. body fluids). 'L FOR LOINC' was removed from the set of codes in
field TYPE (#64.018,5).
LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9)
CPT modifier provides the means by which the reporting physician can
1) LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), DIVISION PARAMETERS field (#618) multiple
is a new field exported with this patch. These new fields are used to
customize the automated Venipuncture workload reporting functionality.
2) The new DIVISION PARAMETERS field (#.01) points to the INSTITUTION file
(#4). This field allows the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) to be
multi-divisional for Venipuncture workload reporting.
3) The new VENIPUNCTURE DEFAULT ACC AREA subfile (#618) points to the
indicate that a service or procedure that has been performed has been
ACCESSION file (#68). This new field is used by the Venipuncture workload
reporting background job to determine the accession area for the
INSTITUTION to be use for Venipuncture workload reporting.
Associated NOIS
===============
TAM-0899-31723 ALB-1299-50818
PRO-0999-11965 CLL-1099-43226
altered by some specific circumstances but not changed in its definition
LON-0999-62211 BHS-0999-11616
HIN-0499-42772 NCH-0100-41945
ALB-0199-52914
Test Sites:
===========
Long Beach, CA
Kansas City, MO
Milwaukee, WI
or code. The judicious application of modifiers obviates the necessity for
Muskogee, OK
Routine Summary:
================
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Values
separate procedure listing that may describe the modifying circumstances.
Routine Before After Patch List
Name Patch Patch List
-------- -------- --------- --------
LR243 N/A 7341436 243
LRCAPPH 10281625 11522455 1,19,127,136,138,158,153,243
LRCAPPH1 4949612 7745000 127,136,138,158,243
LRCAPPH3 N/A 6642885 243
LRCAPPH4 N/A 3179202 243
LRCAPPNP N/A 1653480 243
LRCAPR1 8086519 9529509 243
LRCAPR2 8195892 8701428 88,105,243
LRCAPR4 6795674 7338553 243
LRCAPV3 8123485 8391773 105,243
LRCAPVM 5012091 5237437 49,163,243
LRCE 13210738 13336460 28,76,103,121,153,210,202,243
LRCENDEL 16365039 15254614 100,121,202,221,243
LRDIQ 9573488 10128715 86,153,243
LRGP2 3525048 6353513 153,221,243
LRMISTF1 14470635 14019130 121,128,202,243
LROE 14732765 14550901 100,121,201,221,243
LRORD3 7349040 7385601 153,243
LROS 16807258 16882422 121,153,202,210,221,243
LRSTUF2 8013388 8012263 121,153,243
LRTSTSET 12634119 12775322 65,100,121,153,201,202,243
LRTT5P1 12297887 12439150 153,221,243
LRVER1 6428527 6801758 42,153,201,215,239,240,243
LRVER3A 10780359 10780812 1,5,42,100,121,153,190,221,254,243
LRVR 12695281 13316120 42,153,243
LRVR4 8714660 8661306 14,42,121,153,221,243
LRVR5 11783101 11729747 1,42,153,243
NOTE: ONLY PATIENT ORDERS FROM HOSPITAL LOCATION WITH THE TYPE OF CLINIC,
LRVRA 6318899 6374326 153,221,243
LRXREF 9255866 9584168 70,153,243
Required Patch Installation List:
LR*5.2*105
LR*5.2*153
LR*5.2*158
LR*5.2*202
MODULE, OR OTHER WILL RECEIVE CPT WORKLOAD CREDIT. THE SOFTWARE USES
LR*5.2*221
LR*5.2*240
LR*5.2*254
PX*1.0*73
PX*1.0*74
ICPT*6.0*7
Installation Instructions
=========================
************************
Subject: CPT CODE MODIFIERS
LOCATION TYPE TO DETERMINE IF THE ORDER IS FOR AN OUT-PATIENT OR
LABORATORY CURRENT PROCEDURAL TERMINOLOGY (CPT) CODES AND MODIFIERS PATCH
LR*5.2*243 INSTALLATION AND IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE in PDF format is provided
with this patch. Please refer to this document for details and specific
instructions. The patch description does not include ALL implementation
considerations or complete file setup instructions.
************************
The VISTA Laboratory CPT Codes and Modifiers Patch LR*5.2*243 Installation
and Implementation Guide is available in PDF (i.e., LR_CPTIG.PDF) at the
following FTP addresses:
IN-PATIENT.
Office of Information Field Office FTP Address Directory
======================================================================
Albany 152.127.1.5 anonymous.software
Hines 152.131.2.110 anonymous.software
Salt Lake City 152.131.2.1 anonymous.software
Users may remain on the system, but installation should be done during off
peak hours and when the Laboratory computer users are idle. None of the
laboratory tasked jobs need to be stopped.
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan
menu. This option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
2. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped,
they should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global
Enhancements and Modifications:
on your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
Transport global.
4. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
following options:
Print Transport Global
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
5. No options need to be placed out of service.
6. Installation time is less than 15 minutes during off peak
=========================
hours,and less than 30 minutes during
peak hours which is NOT RECOMMENDED.
7. Installation of this patch require minimal
disk space.
8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the option
'Install Package(s)'. Select the package
'LR*5.2*243' and proceed with the install.
9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they
should be returned to the mapped set once the
installation has run to completion.
Example of install dialog:
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*243 Loaded from Distribution
2/29/00@15:51:34
=> LR*5.2*243
This Distribution was loaded on Feb 29, 2000@15:51:34 with header of
LR*5.2*243
Laboratory CPT Code Modifiers Patch LR*5.2*243 contains the following
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*243
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*243
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR243
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*243
enhancements and changes:
Incoming Files:
64 WKLD CODE
Note: You already have the 'WKLD CODE' File.
69.9 LABORATORY SITE
Note: You already have the 'LABORATORY SITE' File.
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// YES
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
NOTE: The asterisk ('*') indicates significant enhancements or file
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET
Install Started for LR*5.2*243 :
Feb 29, 2000@15:53:41
Build Distribution Date: Jan 27, 2000
Installing Routines:
Feb 29, 2000@15:53:41
Installing Data Dictionaries:
structure changes. Two asterisks ('**') indicate new fields that will be
Feb 29, 2000@15:53:43
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION
Feb 29, 2000@15:53:43
Running Post-Install Routine:
CONV^LR243.......................................
used by subsequent releases.
Removing CPT Code 83019
From 84483.0000 Helicobacter Pylorii Breath
Removing CPT Code 80054
From 81853.0000 Comprehensive Met Panel
Removing CPT Code 87O87
From 87553.0000 Urine Culture
Creating Mail Message containing CPT Changes
Sending message to LMI Mail Group
Relinking NATIONAL VA LAB CODES TO WKLD CODE
LR*5.2*243
*1. The CPT Code Modifiers Patch LR*5.2*243 patch automatically removes
Updating Routine file...
Updating KIDS files...
LR*5.2*243 Installed.
Feb 29, 2000@15:54:32
Install Message sent
CPT workload credit for any test(s) with the status of NOT PERFORMED (NP).
**** End of Example of Install dialog *******
Post Installation Instructions:
After the new file structures have been installed the post installation
software will perform the following:
1. Review each code to determine if the code is valid and has not been
inactivated in the CPT file (#81). If the code is inactive or erroneous,
the code is removed. The software will record the code removal in the WKLD
CODE NOTES field (#24). A MailMan message addressed to the local LMI mail
group will be generated if any codes are removed.
2. The data in the file is converted to the new data structure of the WKLD
CODE file (#64).
3. ASSOCIATED NAMES in the WKLD CODE file (#64) are updated to reflect
current linkages.
*2. When the Laboratory workload reporting LRNIGHTY background job is
4. The Post Installation routine will set the WKLD CODE (#64) file
BILLABLE PROCEDURE (#4) field to yes for the codes:
Venipunture Outpatient [89343.0000]
Venipunture Travel Time [89341.0000]
**** Note: If the laboratory is does not perform venipuncture functions,
the BILLIABLE PROCEDURE field should be set to 'NO'.
'Edit or Print WKLD CODES [LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] option can be used to
edit the BILLABLE PROCEDURE field.
tasked, a secondary program examines the WKLD CODE file (#64) to determine
************************
LABORATORY CURRENT PROCEDURAL TERMINOLOGY (CPT) CODES AND MODIFIERS PATCH
LR*5.2*243 INSTALLATION AND IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE in PDF format is provided
with this patch. Please refer to this document for details and specific
instructions. The patch description does not include ALL implementation
considerations or complete file setup instructions.
************************
if any CPT code(s) are inactive in the CPT file (#81) or if other file
PCE Workload Capture Setup:
The Laboratory Information Manager (LIM) or the Information Resource
Management (IRM) service must do setup several procedure files/fields.
NOTE: The asterisk (*) indicates new enhancements for patch LR*5.2*243.
1. The LAB SERVICE package V. 5.2 must be installed. This is done by IRM.
2. PCE workload must be turned on for Laboratory. Someone other than the
pointers are broken. If inactive code(s) are found, a VA Mailman message
LIM usually does this.
3. PCE PATIENT CARE ENCOUNTER Version 1.0 must be loaded on the system and
fully patched. This is done by IRM.
4. The LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), WKLD STATS ON field (#17) must be set
to YES. This is usually done by the LIM.
5. The LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), PCE/VSIT ON field (#615) definition
entry should be defined other than OFF, the recommended entry is PCE/VSIT
Category: DATA DICTIONARY
is automatically generated and sent once a day to the LMI Mail Group
ONLY. The VA FileMan Enter Edit [DIEDIT] option is used to defined the
PCE/VSIT ON field (#615). This is done by the LIM or IRM.
6. The LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), PCE DEFAULT PROVIDER field (#617)
should have a valid active provider identified. This is usually the Chief
of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine (P&LMS). The PCE DEFAULT PROVIDER
field (#617) in the past was required for the background job to run. This
patch no longer requires a valid entry in this field. This field is used
whenever the ordering provider is not a valid active provider; the default
provider is substituted instead of the inactive provider. If the ordering
containing information about the code(s) and the action(s) taken by the
provider and the default provider are both invalid the order will be
marked and skipped. A report will be sent to the local mail group G.LMI
indicating the observed problem. This usually done by the LIM.
7. The LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), DEFAULT LAB OOS LOCATION (#.8) field
must have a valid HOSPITAL LOCATION defined. This field is defined by
using the Create Laboratory OOS Locations [LR WKLD LOCATION] option. This
option will correctly name the DEFAULT LAB OOS location entry. This is
usually done by the LIM.
NOTE: This is a critical field entry. The CPT Workload capture will not be
software.
performed if this field has no entry or the entry is correct. All DEFAULT
LAB OOS LOCATION names must begin with 'LAB DIV '
8. The MAILMAN SITE PARAMETERS file (#4.3), DEFAULT INSTITUTION field
(#217) must be defined. This is done by IRM.
* 9. The LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), DEFAULT BLOOD SPECIMEN field (#100)
must have a valid blood specimen defined. This is done by the LIM.
10. Each Accession area that should have workload collected must have the
accession area activated. The accession area is activated by using the
Turn on workload stats for accession area [LR WKLD STATS ON ACC AREA]
option. This is done by the LIM.
11. Each accession area can have a default Occasion of Service (OOS)
location defined. This allows each accession area to be assigned a
specific DEFAULT OOS LOCATION. Multi-divisional sites most often use this.
The default OOS location can be defined by using the Edit ACC Area OOS
Locations [LR WKLD ACC AREA LOCATION] option. A DEFAULT OOS LOCATION
should be defined for each institution generating workload. This is done
*3. The enhanced Laboratory workload software processes the workload data
by the LIM.
12. Every orderable test in LABORATORY TEST file (#60) must be linked to a
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE (also referred to as WKLD CODE or NLT codes). The
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE is linked by using the Semi-automatic Linking of file
60 to 64 [LR7O 60-64 AUTO] and Manual Linking of file 60 to 64 [LR7O 60-64
MANUAL] options. This is done by the LIM.
13. Each WKLD CODE linked in the above step must be assigned valid CPT
codes, these CPT codes will be used to report workload to the Patient Care
in LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), PCE DEFAULT PROVIDER field (#617) and LAB
Encounter (PCE) workload API. This is done by using the Edit or Print WKLD
CODES [LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] option. This is done by the LIM.
Software Logic:
After the file setup steps have been completed, the software logic of the
background job will use the above-defined fields. The software will scan
collected orders, extract all valid CPT codes, and pass the CPT workload
data to the PCE workload API. In addition, the software will also will
OOS LOCATION field (#.8) even if these two fields are not defined. A VA
capture LMIP venipuncture workload for ALL patients without regard for
location type.
NOTE: Outpatient locations are entries in HOSPITAL LOCATION file (#44)
that have the TYPE field (#2) defined as; CLINIC, MODULE or OTHER.
The software uses the cross reference of
^LR(69,"AA",ORDER NUMBER, SPECIMEN) to determine what orders have been
collected. The software orders through the cross-reference and examines
each order number using the following:
Mailman report is automatically generated and sent to the LMI mail group
1. The order status must be collected.
2. The order must be for a Patient from the PATIENT file (#2).
*3. For venipuncture (specimen collection) workload capture ONLY,
collection type must be one of the following:
Laboratory Collect (LC) = Venipuncture Travel Time - 89341.0000
Immediate Collect (I) = Venipuncture Travel Time - 89341.0000
once a day indicating those orders requiring additional attention because
Send Patient (SP) = Venipuncture Outpatient - 89343.0000
*Note: Collection type is only used for venipuncture workload capture.
Collection type has no bearing on CPT workload capture.
Both In-Patient and Outpatient receive LMIP venipuncture workload credit.
4. The ordering provider is validated as a current active provider. If the
ordering provider is not valid, the default provider will be used if the
default provider is valid. If neither of the providers is valid, the order
is marked appropriately and skipped.
the default fields were not defined.
5. CPT workload is only collected for Out-Patients based on HOSPITAL
LOCATION file (#44) that have the TYPE field (#2) defined as: CLINIC,
MODULE, or OTHER LOCATION. Venipuncture workload is NOT controlled by
HOSPITAL LOCATION type.
*6. This patch uses the INSTITUTION field (#3) of the HOSPITAL LOCATION
file (#44) to determine the institution that should receive CPT workload
credit. If the INSTITUTION field (#3) is not defined then the DEFAULT
INSTITUTION is used.
NOTE: See step 8 of the Setup instructions.
ENHANCEMENT
7. Each test is checked to ensure that it does not have the status of
CANCEL or NOT PERFORMED before CPT workload is processed.
8. Each test is checks the accession area's LAB OOS LOCATION. If defined
the accession area's LAB OOS LOCATION is used.
9. Each collected test will be checked for a NATIONAL VA LAB CODE field
(#64) in the LABORATORY TEST file (#60).
*4. The automated Venipuncture workload reporting functionality used the
10. The NATIONAL VA LAB CODE field (#64) point to the WKLD CODE file
(#64). The software checks the WKLD CODE file (#64), CODE field (#18) for
CPT codes.
*11. This patch has changed the data dictionary definition of the CODE
field (#18) to a variable pointer. The patch installation will converts
all valid codes to the new file structure and reset the cross-references.
If the code is invalid, the code is removed. A note will be entered in the
WKLD CODE file (#64), WKLD CODE NOTES field (#24) indicating when the
removal occurred.
same criteria as the Laboratory workload reporting.
*12. Each CPT code is checked to make sure it is valid (active). Each CPT
code is checked for allowed modifiers. If there are multiple occurrences
of identical CPT codes, the software will automatically add the modifier
DISTINCT PROCEDURAL SERVICE (59) to each succeeding CPT code if this
modifier is allowable.
13. The specimen DATE/TIME OF COLLECTION is used as the encounter date
time.
NOTE: If the scan of order passes all of the checks and there are valid
CPT codes associated with the collected (accessioned) test, CPT workload
data is passed to the PCE workload API.
Listing of elements passed to PCE workload API.
$$DATA2PCE^PXAPI
OOS location
Reporting Institution
Provider
5. The enhanced Laboratory software will now acknowledge the actual user
Encounter Date/time
Patient Pointer
Stop Code number of the ordering location.
Service Category of OOS
Encounter type of Ancillary
CPT codes for each collected test as defined in WKLD CODE file.
*CPT modifier if appropriate.
*14. If an Order Test is marked as NOT PERFORMED by the laboratory and CPT
workload has already been sent to PCE, a background job will automatically
entering lab test orders in LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69) for the PCE
send delete CPT workload messages for that order to the PCE Workload API.
NOTE: If the Not Performed test is ultimately verified, no CPT workload is
sent after NOT PERFORMED delete has been sent.
15. The PCE API passes back to the Laboratory software application the
encounter number used to store the PCE API passed information. It is
possible for one order to have multiple encounter number based on the
ACCESSION AREA's OOS definition. The PCE encounter number is displayed on
various order status screens in the Visit Number(s).
Registered Encounter rather than the user that started or tasked the PCE
Example: Order/test status screen - Visit Number(s): show the PCE
encounter numbers.
Test Urgency Status Accession
-Lab Order # 162690 Provider: The man
Visit Number(s): 99999;
BLOOD
CBC PROFILE ROUTINE Test Complete 12/02/1999@07:41 HE 1202 10
-Lab Order # 162690 Provider: The man
Visit Number(s): 99999;
BLOOD SERUM
Workload background job.
MAGNESIUM ROUTINE Test Complete 12/02/1999@08:02 DA 1202 32
CHEM 7 ROUTINE Test Complete 12/02/1999@08:02 DA 1202 32
-Lab Order # 163491 Provider: The man
Visit Number(s): 99999;
BLOOD SERUM
URIC ACID ROUTINE Test Complete 12/02/1999@14:37 DA 1202 234
By using the User's Visit Review [PXQ USER REVIEW] option User's Visit
Review one can determine what CPT workload has been captured for a given
order. This is an example of the option. The Visit Number(s) information
is entered at the 'Enter VISIT (UNIQUE ID or '1239):' prompt.
Select one of the following:
P Patient List of Visits
I Internal Entry Number of VISIT
Select by (P)atient or (I)en: P// Internal Entry Number of VISIT
Enter VISIT (UNIQUE ID or `1239): `99999
12-2-1999@06:57:38 PATIENT,SICK
6. The LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) locking logic is modified to correct
LAB DIV 623 OOS ID 108 29TRC-MUS
Select one of the following:
D Default (first field of each file/subfile)
A All fields in a file/subfile (except 'NULL')
C Customized by User (Default plus added fields)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
To customize your display use VA FileMan to add entries in file PCE
ROUTINE
the problem of not being able to edit the LABORATORY SITE file (#69) while
CUSTOMIZE REPORT, with your NAME, FILE/SUBFILE#s, and FIELD#s that you
want to have included in the report.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Enter '^^' to exit option
Format of Print out: // All fields in a file/subfile (except 'NULL')
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET Right Margin: 80//
**************************************************************
the LRNIGHTY background job is running.
*** R E C O R D O F R E L A T E D E N T R I E S ***
The Following is the VISIT file entry and
ALL records pointing back to this entry.
VISIT RECORD --- #999999
DATE/TIME --- DEC 02, 1999@06:57:38
PATIENT --- PATIENT,SICK
LOCATION --- LAB DIV 623 OOS ID 108
Option Changes
----------------------------------------------------------------
FILE = VISIT #9000010 RECORD #99999
VISIT/ADMIT DATE&TIME = DEC 02, 1999@06:57:38
DATE VISIT CREATED = DEC 02, 1999@07:28:51
TYPE = VA
PATIENT NAME = PATIENT,SICK
LOC. OF ENCOUNTER = MUSKOGEE, OK
SERVICE CATEGORY = DAILY HOSPITALIZATION
DSS ID = LABORATORY
DEPENDENT ENTRY COUNT = 3
DELETE FLAG =
PARENT VISIT LINK =
DATE LAST MODIFIED = DEC 02, 1999@07:28:52
CHECK OUT DATE&TIME =
ELIGIBILITY = NSC, VA PENSION
HOSPITAL LOCATION = LAB DIV 623 OOS ID 108
CREATED BY USER = WORKER,HARD V
OPTION USED TO CREATE = LRENTER
PROTOCOL =
OUTSIDE LOCATION =
*7. Add tests to a given accession [LRADD TO ACC] option is modified to
VISIT ID = 29TRC-MUS
PATIENT STATUS IN/OUT = IN
ENCOUNTER TYPE = ANCILLARY
SERVICE CONNECTED =
AGENT ORANGE EXPOSURE =
IONIZING RADIATION EXPOSURE =
PERSIAN GULF EXPOSURE =
MILITARY SEXUAL TRAUMA =
COMMENTS =
PACKAGE = PCE PATIENT CARE ENCOUNTER
activate the PCE Workload API. Any test(s) added to an accession will now
DATA SOURCE = LAB DATA
-----------------------------------------------------------------
FILE = OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER #409.68 RECORD #999999
DATE = DEC 02, 1999@06:57:38
PATIENT = PATIENT,SICK
CLINIC STOP CODE = LABORATORY
LOCATION = LAB DIV 623 OOS ID 108
VISIT FILE ENTRY = DEC 02, 1999@06:57:38
CHECK OUT PROCESS COMPLETION = DEC 02, 1999@07:28
receive PCE Workload credit.
ORIGINATING PROCESS TYPE = STOP CODE ADDITION
APPOINTMENT TYPE = REGULAR
MEDICAL CENTER DIVISION = MUSKOGEE VAMC
STATUS = INPATIENT APPOINTMENT
ELIGIBILITY OF ENCOUNTER = NSC, VA PENSION
UNIQUE VISIT NUMBER = 29TRC-MUS
EDITED LAST BY = WORKER,HARD V
DATE/TIME LAST EDITED = DEC 02, 1999@07:28:52
CREATED BY = WORKER,HARD V
DATE/TIME CREATED = DEC 02, 1999@07:28:52
COMPUTER GENERATED? = YES
-----------------------------------------------------------------
FILE = V PROVIDER #9000010.06 RECORD #99999
PROVIDER = GIVER,CARE
PATIENT NAME = PATIENT,SICK
VISIT = DEC 02, 1999@06:57:38
PRIMARY/SECONDARY = PRIMARY
PERSON CLASS = Physicians (M.D.)
EDITED FLAG = EDITED
AUDIT TRAIL = 24-A 5591;24-E 5591;
8. Order/test status [LROS] option is modified to correctly display
PACKAGE = LAB SERVICE
DATA SOURCE = LAB DATA
-----------------------------------------------------------------
FILE = V CPT #9000010.18 RECORD #99999
CPT = 85025
PATIENT NAME = PATIENT,SICK
VISIT = DEC 02, 1999@06:57:38
PROVIDER NARRATIVE = AUTOMATED HEMOGRAM
QUANTITY = 1
ENCOUNTER PROVIDER = GIVER,CARE
test(s) added to an accession.
AUDIT TRAIL = 24-A 5591;
PACKAGE = LAB SERVICE
DATA SOURCE = LAB DATA
-----------------------------------------------------------------
The Following is the OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER entry and
most of the records pointing back to it.
OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER --- #99999
-----------------------------------------------------------------
FILE = V CPT #9000010.18 RECORD #99999
CPT = 85025
PATIENT NAME = PATIENT,SICK
VISIT = DEC 02, 1999@06:57:38
PROVIDER NARRATIVE = AUTOMATED HEMOGRAM
QUANTITY = 1
ENCOUNTER PROVIDER = GIVER,CARE
AUDIT TRAIL = 24-A 5591;
PACKAGE = LAB SERVICE
DATA SOURCE = LAB DATA
9. Enter/verify data (auto instrument) [LRVR] option is enhanced to allow
-----------------------------------------------------------------
FILE=TRANSMITTED OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER #409.73 RECORD #999999
NUMBER = 999999
OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER = DEC 02, 1999@06:57:38
TRANSMISSION REQUIRED = YES
TRANSMISSION EVENT = ADD
DATE/TIME OF EVENT = DEC 02, 1999@07:28:52
USER CAUSING EVENT = WORKER,HARD V
PATIENT = PATIENT,SICK
ENCOUNTER DATE = DEC 02, 1999 06:57:38
users to edit, add, or subtract atomic test(s) from the test list before
HOSPITAL LOCATION = LAB DIV 623 OOS ID 108
PATIENT SSN = 1010101010
ENCOUNTER DIVISION = MUSKOGEE VAMC
ENCOUNTER DIVISION (INTERNAL) = 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------
The Following is the SCHEDULING VISITS file.
This is where Scheduling stores the CPT codes.
THERE ARE PROCEDURES IN PCE BUT NO RECORD IN SCHEDULING **
beginning the verification of an atomic test(s) and to continue to the
===============================================
****END OF EXAMPLE****
*Venipuncture Workload Capture:
************************
LABORATORY CURRENT PROCEDURAL TERMINOLOGY (CPT) CODES AND MODIFIERS PATCH
LR*5.2*243 INSTALLATION AND IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE in PDF format is provided
next accession number if the current accession is not collected. This
with this patch. Please refer to this document for details and specific
instructions. The patch description does not include ALL implementation
considerations or complete file setup instructions.
************************
1. *Patch LR*5.2*243 will automatically collects venipuncture workload
data identical to other types of collected workload data. Venipuncture
workload data will appear on workload reports broken down by standard
reporting criteria.
enhancement applies to both verifying by accession number or UID
2. Originally, LMIP workload reporting did not include venipuncture as a
billable procedure; therefore, the software entered a manual style tally
of totals for the institution by day. Now LMIP workload does allow
venipuncture workload. This patch automatically captures venipuncture by
institution, by date, by WKLD CODE, and by event time and stores them in
the WKLD DATA (#64.1) file. Certain data elements are required when
recording workload. One of the required data elements is accession area.
Therefore, some accession area must be utilized to satisfy the required
data field. This patch provides new fields that can be used to customize
data collection.
(Universal Identification).
3. The venipuncture workload ACTUALLY indicates that the laboratory
obtained at least one specimen from the patient.
NOTE: THE SPECIMEN OBTAINED MAY NOT BE A BLOOD SPECIMEN. WHAT THE DEFAULT
CODES (venipuncture) INDICATES IS THAT THE LAB COLLECTED A SPECIMEN FOR
THIS PARTICULAR ORDER. ONLY 1 SPECIMEN COLLECTION WORKLOAD UNIT PER ORDER
IS CAPTURED REGARDLESS OF THE NUMBER OF ACTUAL SPECIMENS COLLECTED FOR THE
ORDER.
4. Specimen Collection workload codes of Venipuncture Travel Time
[89341.0000] is the default code for Lab Collect (LC) and Immediate
Collect (I). Specimen Collection WKLD CODE of Venipuncture Outpatient
[89343.0000] is default code for Send Patient (SP).
5. *Venipuncture workload is captured based on INSTITUTION field (#3) in
the HOSPITAL LOCATION file (#44) of the ordering location. If no
INSTITUTION is defined, the default institution defined by MAILMAN will be
used.
* There is a new field exported with this patch. The DIVISION PARAMETERS
*10. Batch data entry [LRSTUF] option is modified to capture LMIP workload
field (#618) is a multiple in the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9). There are
two fields in the DIVISION PARAMETERS field (#618) multiple that can be
used to customize the venipuncture workload collection.
- DIVISION PARAMETER field (#.01) points to the INSTITUTION file (#4).
This field will allow the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) to be
multi-divisional.
- PHLEBOTOMY DEFAULT ACC AREA field (#618) points to the ACCESSION file
(#68).
6. * The software will examine the ordering location for the INSTITUTION
counts.
that location is assigned. The software will look up in the LABORATORY
SITE file (#69.9), DIVISION PARAMETERS subfile (#) to get the ACCESSION
area to be used when storing venipuncture workload. The MAJ. SECT and the
SUBSECTION fields in WKLD DATA (#64.1) file will be set to ACCESSION area
defined.
Note: The default venipuncture ACCESSION area is HEMATOLOGY.
LAB DIVISION is CLINICAL PATHOLOGY
Date and Time is the SPECIMEN COLLECTION date/time.
The LAB TEST is the first collected test in the order.
Description:
7. * The Venipuncture workload capture assumes that there is an accession
area that begins with the letters 'HEM'. If there is no accession area
beginning with the letters 'HEM', then venipuncture default accession area
will be the accession area having the internal entry number of 10 in the
ACCESSION file (#68).
8. ** This patch creates a new multiple in the LABORATORY SITE file
(#69.9), DIVISION PARAMETERS field (#618). This new multiple will be used
to allow in the future, each institution to have the opportunity to
completely define separate laboratory parameter definitions. The first
11. Results entry (batch) [LRMISTUF] is modified to capture LMIP workload
entry in this multiple is PHLEBOTOMY DEFAULT ACC AREA field (#618). This
field will allow each institution to define what accession area
venipuncture workload should be assigned. If this field is not defined
then the default Hematology accession area outlined above will be used.
This is a listing of captured venipuncture workload data.
DATE: DEC 02, 1999
WKLD CODE: +Venipuncture Outpatient UNIT WEIGHT: 1
ACCESSION WKLD CODE TIME: 12.5713 LAB TEST: GLUCOSE
counts.
WEIGHT MULTIPLIER: 1 LAB DIVISION: CLINICAL PATHOLOGY
MAJ. SECT.: SEND OUT SUBSECTION: SEND OUT
ACC NO.: CH 1202 15 PATIENT: NOSE,LIMP
ORIGINAL ACC DATE: DEC 02, 1999
DATE ORDERED: DEC 02, 1999@12:57:13
SPECIMEN NO.: 1 SPECIMEN: BLOOD
REPORT ROUTING LOCATION: 2S PROVIDER: GINSBURG,RONNIE
LOG IN PERSON: STALLING,FRANK LOCATION TYPE: WARD
ORDERING LOCATION: 7 ATU URGENCY: ROUTINE
VERIFY TECH.: STALLING,FRANK WORK AREA: SEND OUT
12. The Bypass normal data entry [LRFAST] option is modified to accept the
response of "YES" at the "Do you want to enter draw times?" prompt.
13. The Accessioning tests ordered by ward order entry [LROE] option is
modified to accurately determine if the tasked ROLLOVER ACCESSION [LRTASK
ROLLOVER] option is actually running.
-
- 263 SEQ #197
- DATE APPLIED: 2000-06-26 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
============
14. The Review by order number [LRCENLKUP] option date displays is
converted to use Kernel date conversion utilities.
15. Edit or Print WKLD CODES [LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] option is enhanced
to print all WKLD CODES, even if they have not been activated. This will
correct the problem of WKLD CODES that have a suffix of .0000 not
printing.
16. Workload Report [LRCAPR1] option has been enhanced to allow the user
to select combinations of LEDI collecting institutions or Hospital
locations.
17. When verifying Microbiology specimens the user is prompted for
additional workload. A screen has been added to allow only a number
between 1 to 25. This is to prevent inadvertent entering of WKLD CODE
number instead of the multiply by number.
Laboratory Menu and Option Changes:
============================
The Laboratory CPT Code Modifier enhancement patch LR*5.2*263 provides the
LIM workload menu [LR LIM/WKLD MENU]
The LIM workload menu [LR LIM/WKLD MENU] is modified to add the new
InActive WKLD CODE File CPT Codes Print [LRCAPCPTI] option.
New Option
InActive WKLD CODE File CPT Codes Print [LRCAPCPTI] option
The new Inactive WKLD CODE File CPT Codes Print [LRCAPCPTI] option scans
Laboratory Version 5.2 software application the ability to transmit
the WKLD CODE file (#64) for code(s) that are no longer allowed or code(s)
that are inactive in the CPT file (#81). The "WKLD CODE - CODE CHECK
REPORT" is then generated displaying all CPT code(s) that are no longer
allowed, code(s) that are inactive and why they are inappropriate,
laboratory test names linked to WKLD code(s) (i.e., laboratory test names
listed on the report will not receive PCE Workload credit), and code(s)
requiring a different entry in the CPT file (#81) in order to capture PCE
Workload data.
The new Inactive WKLD CODE File CPT Codes Print [LRCAPCPTI] option is also
Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) codes and Modifiers to the Patient
useful when a new CPT Code file is released (i.e., new CPT code files are
usually distributed annually). The new CPT Code files may contain codes
that are no longer allowed or codes that are inactive in the VISTA CPT
file (#81). When CPT codes defined in the WKLD CODE file (#64) are deemed
inactive in the CPT file (#81), then the software enters a date in the
WKLD CODE file (#64), Inactive Date field (#3) for those inactive codes.
The Laboratory PCE interface checks each CPT code in the WKLD CODE file
(#64) before sending CPT workload to the PCE API. Whenever CPT code(s) are
no longer allowed or has been inactivated a VA Mailman message containing
the "WKLD CODE - CODE CHECK REPORT" is sent once a day to the LMI mail
Care Encounter (PCE) workload capture Application Interface (API). The
group.
Example: WKLD CODE - CODE CHECK REPORT
Subj: WKLD CODE - CODE CHECK REPORT 12/14/99@14:44:25 [#83460]
From: POSTMASTER In 'IN' basket. Page 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Lab Order Number 100 has no Institution for the ordering location
===================
86081.0000 [1] ABO Cell and Rh(D) Typing
transmission of workload in the form of CPT codes is done in the
86083 BLOOD TYPING;ANTIBODY SCREEN
Is an inactive CPT code.
Associated Tests
ABO/RH TYPING {1101}
Inactivation date of Dec 13, 1999 has been entered
****************
Listing of all offending codes
ICPT 82534
****** END OF EXAMPLE ********
background (no user interaction is required). Because of the background
=====================
Data Dictionary Change Summary:
The following file and field changes occur with the installation of VISTA
Laboratory CPT Code and Modifiers Patch LR*5.2*263.
WKLD CODE file (#64)
The WKLD CODE file (#64) was modified to convert existing file data to
method of workload reporting several new fields were created and the
a new data structure, new fields were created, and existing fields were
modified to support the Laboratory workload reporting enhancements of CPT
codes and modifiers.
1) CODE field (#18) multiple has been changed from a free text field to a
variable pointer.
2) CODE field (#.01) has been changed from a free text field to a variable
pointer. This field is screened to allow only active code entries to the
MORPHOLOGY FIELD file (#61.1), ICD DIAGNOSIS file (#80), and CPT file
Laboratory software logic was modified.
(#81).
3) CODE subfile (#64.018) was modified to add the new CODE NOTES field
(#6). This new word processing field is used for tracking general notes
regarding a particular code.
4) WKLD Code Notes field (#24) is a new word processing field used for
storing general notes regarding inactive or erroneous code(s) that is
automatically removed by the software.
5) LOINC Code field (#4) was changed to point to the LOINC CODE file
(#95.3).
6) The new Default LOINC Code field (#25) points to the LOINC CODE file
(#95.3). This field is used to identify the default LOINC code. This
field is usually used when the specimen is not clinically significant
(i.e. body fluids). 'L FOR LOINC' was removed from the set of codes in
field TYPE (#64.018,5).
LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9)
CPT modifier provides the means by which the reporting physician can
1) LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), DIVISION PARAMETERS field (#618) multiple
is a new field exported with this patch. These new fields are used to
customize the automated Venipuncture workload reporting functionality.
2) The new DIVISION PARAMETERS field (#.01) points to the INSTITUTION file
(#4). This field allows the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) to be
multi-divisional for Venipuncture workload reporting.
3) The new VENIPUNCTURE DEFAULT ACC AREA subfile (#618) points to the
indicate that a service or procedure that has been performed has been
ACCESSION file (#68). This new field is used by the Venipuncture workload
reporting background job to determine the accession area for the
INSTITUTION to be use for Venipuncture workload reporting.
Associated NOIS
===============
TAM-0899-31723 ALB-1299-50818
PRO-0999-11965 CLL-1099-43226
altered by some specific circumstances but not changed in its definition
LON-0999-62211 BHS-0999-11616
HIN-0499-42772 NCH-0100-41945
ALB-0199-52914 IOW-0600-41401
FAV-0600-71380 HUN-0600-21379
PHI-0600-21370 TUA-0600-31347
Test Sites:
===========
Long Beach, CA
or code. The judicious application of modifiers obviates the necessity for
Kansas City, MO
Milwaukee, WI
Muskogee, OK
Iowa City, IA
Fayetteville, AR
Huntington, WV
Routine Summary:
================
separate procedure listing that may describe the modifying circumstances.
<tab> ;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
Checksum Values
Routine Before After Patch List
Name Patch Patch List
-------- -------- --------- --------
LR263 N/A 7411624 263
LRCAPPH 10281625 11522455 1,19,127,136,138,158,153,263
LRCAPPH1 4949612 7745000 127,136,138,158,263
LRCAPPH3 N/A 6642885 263
LRCAPPH4 N/A 3179202 263
LRCAPPNP N/A 1653480 263
LRCAPR1 8086519 9529509 263
LRCAPR2 8195892 8701428 88,105,263
LRCAPR4 6795674 7338553 263
LRCAPV3 8123485 8391773 105,263
LRCAPVM 5012091 5237437 49,163,263
LRCE 13210738 13336460 28,76,103,121,153,210,202,263
LRCENDEL 16365039 15254614 100,121,202,221,263
LRDIQ 9573488 10128715 86,153,263
LRGP2 3525048 6353513 153,221,263
LRMISTF1 14470635 14019130 121,128,202,263
LROE 14732765 14550901 100,121,201,221,263
LRORD3 7349040 7385601 153,263
LROS 16807258 16882422 121,153,202,210,221,263
LRSTUF2 8013388 8012263 121,153,263
LRTSTSET 12634119 12775322 65,100,121,153,201,202,263
LRTT5P1 12297887 12439150 153,221,263
NOTE: ONLY PATIENT ORDERS FROM HOSPITAL LOCATION WITH THE TYPE OF CLINIC,
LRVER1 6428527 6801758 42,153,201,215,239,240,263
LRVER3A 10780359 10780812 1,5,42,100,121,153,190,221,254,263
LRVR 12695281 13316120 42,153,263
LRVR4 8714660 8661306 14,42,121,153,221,263
LRVR5 11783101 11729747 1,42,153,263
LRVRA 6318899 6374326 153,221,263
LRXREF 9255866 9584168 70,153,263
Required Patch Installation List:
MODULE, OR OTHER WILL RECEIVE CPT WORKLOAD CREDIT. THE SOFTWARE USES
LR*5.2*105
LR*5.2*153
LR*5.2*158
LR*5.2*202
LR*5.2*221
LR*5.2*240
LR*5.2*254
PX*1.0*73
PX*1.0*74
Subject: CPT CODE MODIFIERS
LOCATION TYPE TO DETERMINE IF THE ORDER IS FOR AN OUT-PATIENT OR
ICPT*6.0*7
Installation Instructions
=========================
************************
LABORATORY CURRENT PROCEDURAL TERMINOLOGY (CPT) CODES AND MODIFIERS PATCH
LR*5.2*263 INSTALLATION AND IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE in PDF format is provided
with this patch. Please refer to this document for details and specific
instructions. The patch description does not include ALL implementation
considerations or complete file setup instructions.
IN-PATIENT.
************************
The VISTA Laboratory CPT Codes and Modifiers Patch LR*5.2*263 Installation
and Implementation Guide is available in PDF (i.e., LR_CPTIG.PDF) at the
following FTP addresses:
Office of Information Field Office FTP Address Directory
======================================================================
Albany 152.127.1.5 anonymous.software
Hines 152.131.2.110 anonymous.software
Salt Lake City 152.131.2.1 anonymous.software
Users may remain on the system, but installation should be done during off
peak hours and when the Laboratory computer users are idle. None of the
laboratory tasked jobs need to be stopped.
Enhancements and Modifications:
1. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option on the PackMan
menu. This option will load the KIDS package onto your system.
2. Review your mapped set. If the routines are mapped,
they should be removed from the mapped set at this time.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global
on your system. You now need to use KIDS to install the
Transport global.
4. On the KIDS menu, under the 'Installation' menu, use the
following options:
Print Transport Global
=========================
Compare Transport Global to Current System
Verify Checksums in Transport Global
Backup a Transport Global
5. No options need to be placed out of service.
6. Installation time is less than 15 minutes during off peak
hours,and less than 30 minutes during
peak hours which is NOT RECOMMENDED.
7. Installation of this patch require minimal
disk space.
8. From the 'Installation Menu' of the KIDS menu, run the option
'Install Package(s)'. Select the package
'LR*5.2*263' and proceed with the install.
9. If any routines were unmapped as part of step 2, they
should be returned to the mapped set once the
installation has run to completion.
Example of install dialog:
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*263 Loaded from Distribution
Laboratory CPT Code Modifiers Patch LR*5.2*263 contains the following
2/29/00@15:51:34
=> LR*5.2*263
This Distribution was loaded on Feb 29, 2000@15:51:34 with header of
LR*5.2*263
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*263
Checking Install for Package LR*5.2*263
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR263
enhancements and changes:
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*263
Incoming Files:
64 WKLD CODE
Note: You already have the 'WKLD CODE' File.
69.9 LABORATORY SITE
Note: You already have the 'LABORATORY SITE' File.
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES// YES
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
NOTE: The asterisk ('*') indicates significant enhancements or file
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET
Install Started for LR*5.2*263 :
Feb 29, 2000@15:53:41
Build Distribution Date: Jan 27, 2000
structure changes.
Installing Routines:
Feb 29, 2000@15:53:41
Installing Data Dictionaries:
Feb 29, 2000@15:53:43
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION
Feb 29, 2000@15:53:43
Running Post-Install Routine:
CONV^LR263.......................................
Removing CPT Code 83019
From 84483.0000 Helicobacter Pylorii Breath
Removing CPT Code 80054
From 81853.0000 Comprehensive Met Panel
Removing CPT Code 87O87
From 87553.0000 Urine Culture
Creating Mail Message containing CPT Changes
*1. The CPT Code Modifiers Patch LR*5.2*263 patch automatically removes
Sending message to LMI Mail Group
Relinking NATIONAL VA LAB CODES TO WKLD CODE
LR*5.2*263
Updating Routine file...
Updating KIDS files...
CPT workload credit for any test(s) with the status of NOT PERFORMED (NP).
LR*5.2*263 Installed.
Feb 29, 2000@15:54:32
Install Message sent
**** End of Example of Install dialog *******
Post Installation Instructions:
After the new file structures have been installed the post installation
software will perform the following:
1. Review each code to determine if the code is valid and has not been
inactivated in the CPT file (#81). If the code is inactive or erroneous,
the code is removed. The software will record the code removal in the WKLD
CODE NOTES field (#24). A MailMan message addressed to the local LMI mail
group will be generated if any codes are removed.
*2. When the Laboratory workload reporting LRNIGHTY background job is
2. The data in the file is converted to the new data structure of the WKLD
CODE file (#64).
3. ASSOCIATED NAMES in the WKLD CODE file (#64) are updated to reflect
current linkages.
4. The Post Installation routine will set the WKLD CODE (#64) file
BILLABLE PROCEDURE (#4) field to yes for the codes:
Venipunture Outpatient [89343.0000]
Venipunture Travel Time [89341.0000]
tasked, a secondary program examines the WKLD CODE file (#64) to determine
**** Note: If the laboratory is does not perform venipuncture functions,
the BILLIABLE PROCEDURE field should be set to 'NO'.
'Edit or Print WKLD CODES [LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] option can be used to
edit the BILLABLE PROCEDURE field.
************************
LABORATORY CURRENT PROCEDURAL TERMINOLOGY (CPT) CODES AND MODIFIERS PATCH
LR*5.2*263 INSTALLATION AND IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE in PDF format is provided
with this patch. Please refer to this document for details and specific
if any CPT code(s) are inactive in the CPT file (#81) or if other file
instructions. The patch description does not include ALL implementation
considerations or complete file setup instructions.
************************
PCE Workload Capture Setup:
The Laboratory Information Manager (LIM) or the Information Resource
Management (IRM) service must do setup several procedure files/fields.
pointers are broken. If inactive code(s) are found, a VA Mailman message
NOTE: The asterisk (*) indicates new enhancements for patch LR*5.2*263.
1. The LAB SERVICE package V. 5.2 must be installed. This is done by IRM.
2. PCE workload must be turned on for Laboratory. Someone other than the
LIM usually does this.
3. PCE PATIENT CARE ENCOUNTER Version 1.0 must be loaded on the system and
fully patched. This is done by IRM.
Category: DATA DICTIONARY
is automatically generated and sent once a day to the LMI Mail Group
4. The LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), WKLD STATS ON field (#17) must be set
to YES. This is usually done by the LIM.
5. The LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), PCE/VSIT ON field (#615) definition
entry should be defined other than OFF, the recommended entry is PCE/VSIT
ONLY. The VA FileMan Enter Edit [DIEDIT] option is used to defined the
PCE/VSIT ON field (#615). This is done by the LIM or IRM.
6. The LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), PCE DEFAULT PROVIDER field (#617)
should have a valid active provider identified. This is usually the Chief
containing information about the code(s) and the action(s) taken by the
of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine (P&LMS). The PCE DEFAULT PROVIDER
field (#617) in the past was required for the background job to run. This
patch no longer requires a valid entry in this field. This field is used
whenever the ordering provider is not a valid active provider; the default
provider is substituted instead of the inactive provider. If the ordering
provider and the default provider are both invalid the order will be
marked and skipped. A report will be sent to the local mail group G.LMI
indicating the observed problem. This usually done by the LIM.
7. The LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), DEFAULT LAB OOS LOCATION (#.8) field
software.
must have a valid HOSPITAL LOCATION defined. This field is defined by
using the Create Laboratory OOS Locations [LR WKLD LOCATION] option. This
option will correctly name the DEFAULT LAB OOS location entry. This is
usually done by the LIM.
NOTE: This is a critical field entry. The CPT Workload capture will not be
performed if this field has no entry or the entry is correct. All DEFAULT
LAB OOS LOCATION names must begin with 'LAB DIV '
8. The MAILMAN SITE PARAMETERS file (#4.3), DEFAULT INSTITUTION field
(#217) must be defined. This is done by IRM.
* 9. The LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), DEFAULT BLOOD SPECIMEN field (#100)
must have a valid blood specimen defined. This is done by the LIM.
10. Each Accession area that should have workload collected must have the
accession area activated. The accession area is activated by using the
Turn on workload stats for accession area [LR WKLD STATS ON ACC AREA]
option. This is done by the LIM.
11. Each accession area can have a default Occasion of Service (OOS)
*3. The enhanced Laboratory workload software processes the workload data
location defined. This allows each accession area to be assigned a
specific DEFAULT OOS LOCATION. Multi-divisional sites most often use this.
The default OOS location can be defined by using the Edit ACC Area OOS
Locations [LR WKLD ACC AREA LOCATION] option. A DEFAULT OOS LOCATION
should be defined for each institution generating workload. This is done
by the LIM.
12. Every orderable test in LABORATORY TEST file (#60) must be linked to a
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE (also referred to as WKLD CODE or NLT codes). The
NATIONAL VA LAB CODE is linked by using the Semi-automatic Linking of file
in LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9), PCE DEFAULT PROVIDER field (#617) and LAB
60 to 64 [LR7O 60-64 AUTO] and Manual Linking of file 60 to 64 [LR7O 60-64
MANUAL] options. This is done by the LIM.
13. Each WKLD CODE linked in the above step must be assigned valid CPT
codes, these CPT codes will be used to report workload to the Patient Care
Encounter (PCE) workload API. This is done by using the Edit or Print WKLD
CODES [LR WKLD CODE EDIT PRINT] option. This is done by the LIM.
Software Logic:
OOS LOCATION field (#.8) even if these two fields are not defined. A VA
After the file setup steps have been completed, the software logic of the
background job will use the above-defined fields. The software will scan
collected orders, extract all valid CPT codes, and pass the CPT workload
data to the PCE workload API. In addition, the software will also will
capture LMIP venipuncture workload for ALL patients without regard for
location type.
NOTE: Outpatient locations are entries in HOSPITAL LOCATION file (#44)
that have the TYPE field (#2) defined as; CLINIC, MODULE or OTHER.
Mailman report is automatically generated and sent to the LMI mail group
The software uses the cross reference of
^LR(69,"AA",ORDER NUMBER, SPECIMEN) to determine what orders have been
collected. The software orders through the cross-reference and examines
each order number using the following:
1. The order status must be collected.
2. The order must be for a Patient from the PATIENT file (#2).
once a day indicating those orders requiring additional attention because
*3. For venipuncture (specimen collection) workload capture ONLY,
collection type must be one of the following:
Laboratory Collect (LC) = Venipuncture Travel Time - 89341.0000
Immediate Collect (I) = Venipuncture Travel Time - 89341.0000
Send Patient (SP) = Venipuncture Outpatient - 89343.0000
*Note: Collection type is only used for venipuncture workload capture.
Collection type has no bearing on CPT workload capture.
Both In-Patient and Outpatient receive LMIP venipuncture workload credit.
the default fields were not defined.
4. The ordering provider is validated as a current active provider. If the
ordering provider is not valid, the default provider will be used if the
default provider is valid. If neither of the providers is valid, the order
is marked appropriately and skipped.
5. CPT workload is only collected for Out-Patients based on HOSPITAL
LOCATION file (#44) that have the TYPE field (#2) defined as: CLINIC,
MODULE, or OTHER LOCATION. Venipuncture workload is NOT controlled by
HOSPITAL LOCATION type.
ENHANCEMENT
*6. This patch uses the INSTITUTION field (#3) of the HOSPITAL LOCATION
file (#44) to determine the institution that should receive CPT workload
credit. If the INSTITUTION field (#3) is not defined then the DEFAULT
INSTITUTION is used.
NOTE: See step 8 of the Setup instructions.
7. Each test is checked to ensure that it does not have the status of
CANCEL or NOT PERFORMED before CPT workload is processed.
8. Each test is checks the accession area's LAB OOS LOCATION. If defined
*4. The automated Venipuncture workload reporting functionality used the
the accession area's LAB OOS LOCATION is used.
9. Each collected test will be checked for a NATIONAL VA LAB CODE field
(#64) in the LABORATORY TEST file (#60).
10. The NATIONAL VA LAB CODE field (#64) point to the WKLD CODE file
(#64). The software checks the WKLD CODE file (#64), CODE field (#18) for
CPT codes.
*11. This patch has changed the data dictionary definition of the CODE
same criteria as the Laboratory workload reporting.
field (#18) to a variable pointer. The patch installation will converts
all valid codes to the new file structure and reset the cross-references.
If the code is invalid, the code is removed. A note will be entered in the
WKLD CODE file (#64), WKLD CODE NOTES field (#24) indicating when the
removal occurred.
*12. Each CPT code is checked to make sure it is valid (active). Each CPT
code is checked for allowed modifiers. If there are multiple occurrences
of identical CPT codes, the software will automatically add the modifier
DISTINCT PROCEDURAL SERVICE (59) to each succeeding CPT code if this
modifier is allowable.
13. The specimen DATE/TIME OF COLLECTION is used as the encounter date
time.
NOTE: If the scan of order passes all of the checks and there are valid
CPT codes associated with the collected (accessioned) test, CPT workload
data is passed to the PCE workload API.
Listing of elements passed to PCE workload API.
5. The enhanced Laboratory software will now acknowledge the actual user
$$DATA2PCE^PXAPI
OOS location
Reporting Institution
Provider
Encounter Date/time
Patient Pointer
Stop Code number of the ordering location.
Service Category of OOS
Encounter type of Ancillary
entering lab test orders in LAB ORDER ENTRY file (#69) for the PCE
CPT codes for each collected test as defined in WKLD CODE file.
*CPT modifier if appropriate.
*14. If an Order Test is marked as NOT PERFORMED by the laboratory and CPT
workload has already been sent to PCE, a background job will automatically
send delete CPT workload messages for that order to the PCE Workload API.
NOTE: If the Not Performed test is ultimately verified, no CPT workload is
sent after NOT PERFORMED delete has been sent.
15. The PCE API passes back to the Laboratory software application the
Registered Encounter rather than the user that started or tasked the PCE
encounter number used to store the PCE API passed information. It is
possible for one order to have multiple encounter number based on the
ACCESSION AREA's OOS definition. The PCE encounter number is displayed on
various order status screens in the Visit Number(s).
Example: Order/test status screen - Visit Number(s): show the PCE
encounter numbers.
Test Urgency Status Accession
-Lab Order # 162690 Provider: The man
Visit Number(s): 99999;
Workload background job.
BLOOD
CBC PROFILE ROUTINE Test Complete 12/02/1999@07:41 HE 1202 10
-Lab Order # 162690 Provider: The man
Visit Number(s): 99999;
BLOOD SERUM
MAGNESIUM ROUTINE Test Complete 12/02/1999@08:02 DA 1202 32
CHEM 7 ROUTINE Test Complete 12/02/1999@08:02 DA 1202 32
-Lab Order # 163491 Provider: The man
Visit Number(s): 99999;
BLOOD SERUM
URIC ACID ROUTINE Test Complete 12/02/1999@14:37 DA 1202 234
By using the User's Visit Review [PXQ USER REVIEW] option User's Visit
Review one can determine what CPT workload has been captured for a given
order. This is an example of the option. The Visit Number(s) information
is entered at the 'Enter VISIT (UNIQUE ID or '1239):' prompt.
Select one of the following:
P Patient List of Visits
I Internal Entry Number of VISIT
6. The LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) locking logic is modified to correct
Select by (P)atient or (I)en: P// Internal Entry Number of VISIT
Enter VISIT (UNIQUE ID or `1239): `99999
12-2-1999@06:57:38 PATIENT,SICK
LAB DIV 623 OOS ID 108 29TRC-MUS
Select one of the following:
D Default (first field of each file/subfile)
ROUTINE
the problem of not being able to edit the LABORATORY SITE file (#69) while
A All fields in a file/subfile (except 'NULL')
C Customized by User (Default plus added fields)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
To customize your display use VA FileMan to add entries in file PCE
CUSTOMIZE REPORT, with your NAME, FILE/SUBFILE#s, and FIELD#s that you
want to have included in the report.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Enter '^^' to exit option
the LRNIGHTY background job is running.
Format of Print out: // All fields in a file/subfile (except 'NULL')
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET Right Margin: 80//
**************************************************************
*** R E C O R D O F R E L A T E D E N T R I E S ***
The Following is the VISIT file entry and
ALL records pointing back to this entry.
Option Changes
VISIT RECORD --- #999999
DATE/TIME --- DEC 02, 1999@06:57:38
PATIENT --- PATIENT,SICK
LOCATION --- LAB DIV 623 OOS ID 108
----------------------------------------------------------------
FILE = VISIT #9000010 RECORD #99999
VISIT/ADMIT DATE&TIME = DEC 02, 1999@06:57:38
DATE VISIT CREATED = DEC 02, 1999@07:28:51
TYPE = VA
PATIENT NAME = PATIENT,SICK
LOC. OF ENCOUNTER = MUSKOGEE, OK
SERVICE CATEGORY = DAILY HOSPITALIZATION
DSS ID = LABORATORY
DEPENDENT ENTRY COUNT = 3
DELETE FLAG =
PARENT VISIT LINK =
DATE LAST MODIFIED = DEC 02, 1999@07:28:52
CHECK OUT DATE&TIME =
ELIGIBILITY = NSC, VA PENSION
*7. Add tests to a given accession [LRADD TO ACC] option is modified to
HOSPITAL LOCATION = LAB DIV 623 OOS ID 108
CREATED BY USER = WORKER,HARD V
OPTION USED TO CREATE = LRENTER
PROTOCOL =
OUTSIDE LOCATION =
VISIT ID = 29TRC-MUS
PATIENT STATUS IN/OUT = IN
ENCOUNTER TYPE = ANCILLARY
SERVICE CONNECTED =
AGENT ORANGE EXPOSURE =
activate the PCE Workload API. Any test(s) added to an accession will now
IONIZING RADIATION EXPOSURE =
PERSIAN GULF EXPOSURE =
MILITARY SEXUAL TRAUMA =
COMMENTS =
PACKAGE = PCE PATIENT CARE ENCOUNTER
DATA SOURCE = LAB DATA
-----------------------------------------------------------------
FILE = OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER #409.68 RECORD #999999
DATE = DEC 02, 1999@06:57:38
receive PCE Workload credit.
PATIENT = PATIENT,SICK
CLINIC STOP CODE = LABORATORY
LOCATION = LAB DIV 623 OOS ID 108
VISIT FILE ENTRY = DEC 02, 1999@06:57:38
CHECK OUT PROCESS COMPLETION = DEC 02, 1999@07:28
ORIGINATING PROCESS TYPE = STOP CODE ADDITION
APPOINTMENT TYPE = REGULAR
MEDICAL CENTER DIVISION = MUSKOGEE VAMC
STATUS = INPATIENT APPOINTMENT
ELIGIBILITY OF ENCOUNTER = NSC, VA PENSION
UNIQUE VISIT NUMBER = 29TRC-MUS
EDITED LAST BY = WORKER,HARD V
DATE/TIME LAST EDITED = DEC 02, 1999@07:28:52
CREATED BY = WORKER,HARD V
DATE/TIME CREATED = DEC 02, 1999@07:28:52
COMPUTER GENERATED? = YES
-----------------------------------------------------------------
FILE = V PROVIDER #9000010.06 RECORD #99999
PROVIDER = GIVER,CARE
PATIENT NAME = PATIENT,SICK
8. Order/test status [LROS] option is modified to correctly display
VISIT = DEC 02, 1999@06:57:38
PRIMARY/SECONDARY = PRIMARY
PERSON CLASS = Physicians (M.D.)
EDITED FLAG = EDITED
AUDIT TRAIL = 24-A 5591;24-E 5591;
PACKAGE = LAB SERVICE
DATA SOURCE = LAB DATA
-----------------------------------------------------------------
FILE = V CPT #9000010.18 RECORD #99999
CPT = 85025
test(s) added to an accession.
PATIENT NAME = PATIENT,SICK
VISIT = DEC 02, 1999@06:57:38
PROVIDER NARRATIVE = AUTOMATED HEMOGRAM
QUANTITY = 1
ENCOUNTER PROVIDER = GIVER,CARE
AUDIT TRAIL = 24-A 5591;
PACKAGE = LAB SERVICE
DATA SOURCE = LAB DATA
-----------------------------------------------------------------
The Following is the OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER entry and
most of the records pointing back to it.
OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER --- #99999
-----------------------------------------------------------------
FILE = V CPT #9000010.18 RECORD #99999
CPT = 85025
PATIENT NAME = PATIENT,SICK
VISIT = DEC 02, 1999@06:57:38
PROVIDER NARRATIVE = AUTOMATED HEMOGRAM
9. Enter/verify data (auto instrument) [LRVR] option is enhanced to allow
QUANTITY = 1
ENCOUNTER PROVIDER = GIVER,CARE
AUDIT TRAIL = 24-A 5591;
PACKAGE = LAB SERVICE
DATA SOURCE = LAB DATA
-----------------------------------------------------------------
FILE=TRANSMITTED OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER #409.73 RECORD #999999
NUMBER = 999999
OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER = DEC 02, 1999@06:57:38
TRANSMISSION REQUIRED = YES
users to edit, add, or subtract atomic test(s) from the test list before
TRANSMISSION EVENT = ADD
DATE/TIME OF EVENT = DEC 02, 1999@07:28:52
USER CAUSING EVENT = WORKER,HARD V
PATIENT = PATIENT,SICK
ENCOUNTER DATE = DEC 02, 1999 06:57:38
HOSPITAL LOCATION = LAB DIV 623 OOS ID 108
PATIENT SSN = 1010101010
ENCOUNTER DIVISION = MUSKOGEE VAMC
ENCOUNTER DIVISION (INTERNAL) = 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------
beginning the verification of an atomic test(s) and to continue to the
The Following is the SCHEDULING VISITS file.
This is where Scheduling stores the CPT codes.
THERE ARE PROCEDURES IN PCE BUT NO RECORD IN SCHEDULING **
===============================================
****END OF EXAMPLE****
next accession number if the current accession is not collected. This
*Venipuncture Workload Capture:
************************
LABORATORY CURRENT PROCEDURAL TERMINOLOGY (CPT) CODES AND MODIFIERS PATCH
LR*5.2*263 INSTALLATION AND IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE in PDF format is provided
with this patch. Please refer to this document for details and specific
instructions. The patch description does not include ALL implementation
considerations or complete file setup instructions.
************************
enhancement applies to both verifying by accession number or UID
1. *Patch LR*5.2*263 will automatically collects venipuncture workload
data identical to other types of collected workload data. Venipuncture
workload data will appear on workload reports broken down by standard
reporting criteria.
2. Originally, LMIP workload reporting did not include venipuncture as a
billable procedure; therefore, the software entered a manual style tally
of totals for the institution by day. Now LMIP workload does allow
venipuncture workload. This patch automatically captures venipuncture by
institution, by date, by WKLD CODE, and by event time and stores them in
(Universal Identification).
the WKLD DATA (#64.1) file. Certain data elements are required when
recording workload. One of the required data elements is accession area.
Therefore, some accession area must be utilized to satisfy the required
data field. This patch provides new fields that can be used to customize
data collection.
3. The venipuncture workload ACTUALLY indicates that the laboratory
obtained at least one specimen from the patient.
NOTE: THE SPECIMEN OBTAINED MAY NOT BE A BLOOD SPECIMEN. WHAT THE DEFAULT
CODES (venipuncture) INDICATES IS THAT THE LAB COLLECTED A SPECIMEN FOR
THIS PARTICULAR ORDER. ONLY 1 SPECIMEN COLLECTION WORKLOAD UNIT PER ORDER
IS CAPTURED REGARDLESS OF THE NUMBER OF ACTUAL SPECIMENS COLLECTED FOR THE
ORDER.
4. Specimen Collection workload codes of Venipuncture Travel Time
[89341.0000] is the default code for Lab Collect (LC) and Immediate
Collect (I). Specimen Collection WKLD CODE of Venipuncture Outpatient
[89343.0000] is default code for Send Patient (SP).
*10. Batch data entry [LRSTUF] option is modified to capture LMIP workload
5. *Venipuncture workload is captured based on INSTITUTION field (#3) in
the HOSPITAL LOCATION file (#44) of the ordering location. If no
INSTITUTION is defined, the default institution defined by MAILMAN will be
used.
* There is a new field exported with this patch. The DIVISION PARAMETERS
field (#618) is a multiple in the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9). There are
two fields in the DIVISION PARAMETERS field (#618) multiple that can be
used to customize the venipuncture workload collection.
- DIVISION PARAMETER field (#.01) points to the INSTITUTION file (#4).
This field will allow the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) to be
counts.
multi-divisional.
- VENIPUNCTURE DEFAULT ACC AREA field (#618) points to the ACCESSION
file (#68).
6. * The software will examine the ordering location for the INSTITUTION
that location is assigned. The software will look up in the LABORATORY
SITE file (#69.9), DIVISION PARAMETERS subfile (#) to get the ACCESSION
area to be used when storing venipuncture workload. The MAJ. SECT and the
SUBSECTION fields in WKLD DATA (#64.1) file will be set to ACCESSION area
defined.
Description:
Note: The default venipuncture ACCESSION area is HEMATOLOGY.
LAB DIVISION is CLINICAL PATHOLOGY
Date and Time is the SPECIMEN COLLECTION date/time.
The LAB TEST is the first collected test in the order.
7. * The Venipuncture workload capture assumes that there is an accession
area that begins with the letters 'HEM'. If there is no accession area
beginning with the letters 'HEM', then venipuncture default accession area
will be the accession area having the internal entry number of 10 in the
ACCESSION file (#68).
11. Results entry (batch) [LRMISTUF] is modified to capture LMIP workload
8. ** This patch creates a new multiple in the LABORATORY SITE file
(#69.9), DIVISION PARAMETERS field (#618). This new multiple will be used
to allow in the future, each institution to have the opportunity to
completely define separate laboratory parameter definitions. The first
entry in this multiple is VENIPUNCTURE DEFAULT ACC AREA field (#618). This
field will allow each institution to define what accession area
venipuncture workload should be assigned. If this field is not defined
then the default Hematology accession area outlined above will be used.
counts.
This is a listing of captured venipuncture workload data.
DATE: DEC 02, 1999
WKLD CODE: +Venipuncture Outpatient UNIT WEIGHT: 1
ACCESSION WKLD CODE TIME: 12.5713 LAB TEST: GLUCOSE
WEIGHT MULTIPLIER: 1 LAB DIVISION: CLINICAL PATHOLOGY
MAJ. SECT.: SEND OUT SUBSECTION: SEND OUT
ACC NO.: CH 1202 15 PATIENT: NOSE,LIMP
ORIGINAL ACC DATE: DEC 02, 1999
DATE ORDERED: DEC 02, 1999@12:57:13
SPECIMEN NO.: 1 SPECIMEN: BLOOD
REPORT ROUTING LOCATION: 2S PROVIDER: GINSBURG,RONNIE
LOG IN PERSON: STALLING,FRANK LOCATION TYPE: WARD
ORDERING LOCATION: 7 ATU URGENCY: ROUTINE
VERIFY TECH.: STALLING,FRANK WORK AREA: SEND OUT
12. The Bypass normal data entry [LRFAST] option is modified to accept the
response of "YES" at the "Do you want to enter draw times?" prompt.
13. The Accessioning tests ordered by ward order entry [LROE] option is
modified to accurately determine if the tasked ROLLOVER ACCESSION [LRTASK
ROLLOVER] option is actually running.
-
- 218 SEQ #198
- DATE APPLIED: 2000-06-26 00:00:00
- APPLIED BY: USER,ONE
- DESCRIPTION:
Patch LR*5.2*218 VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE DEVICE PRODUCT LABELING
have been changed. A new code for Zebra ZPL II compatible printers has
OPEN EXECUTE: W $C(2),"^PON^LH0,0",$C(3)
CLOSE EXECUTE: S IONOFF=1
DESCRIPTION: Zebra Stripe S-600 Thermal Printer
NAME: P-ZEBRA S-Series 105SE LABEL PTR
RIGHT MARGIN: 0
PAGE LENGTH: 99999
FORM FEED: $C(0)
OPEN EXECUTE: W $C(2),"^PON^LH0,0",$C(3)
CLOSE EXECUTE: S IONOFF=1
been added. Use this code to designate Zebra printers. The label stock of
DESCRIPTION: Zebra S-Series 105SE Thermal Printer
NAME: P-ZEBRA A300 LABEL PTR
RIGHT MARGIN: 0
PAGE LENGTH: 99999
FORM FEED: $C(0)
OPEN EXECUTE: W $C(2),"^PON^LH0,0",$C(3)
CLOSE EXECUTE: S IONOFF=1
DESCRIPTION: Zebra A-300 Thermal Printer
15/16x3 has been renamed 1x3 for clarity.
3. The following VISTA DEVICE file (#3.5) label setting should be/can be
used as an example for ....
NAME: LABLABEL $I: _LTA387:
ASK DEVICE: NO ASK PARAMETERS: NO
SIGN-ON/SYSTEM DEVICE: NO LOCATION OF TERMINAL: LABLABEL
SUPPRESS FORM FEED AT CLOSE: YES *MARGIN WIDTH: 0
*FORM FEED: $C(0) *PAGE LENGTH: 99999
SUBTYPE: P-ZEBRA S500 LABEL PTR TYPE: TERMINAL
LAT SERVER NODE: DSV38 LAT SERVER PORT: PORT_7
VMS DEVICE TYPE: NOT SPOOLED LAT PORT SPEED: 96
The device should be defined and setup in the operating system as
a printer. The following communication parameters have been found
to work well:
baud rate: 9600
stop bits: 1
parity: none
communication handshake: xon/xoff control
All of the above changes have been reviewed by the VISTA Blood Bank
No special jumping or wiring should be required.
It is important that initial configuration and media calibration
be performed on the printer per the printer's user guide before
attempting to print labels.
4. The field PRINTER TYPE (#.02) within the LABEL DEVICE multiple of
the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9) has been changed. A new code for
Zebra ZPL II compatible printers has been added. Use this code to
designate Zebra printers.
Developer and found to have no impact on the VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE
Note: Patch LR*5.2*161 introduced this field. This patch had code "2"
represent INTERMEC 4100. In patch LR*5.2*218 this has been changed
to represent INTERMEC 3000/4000 SERIES to reflect the fact that this
software will also work with Intermec 3400/4100/4400 series printers.
Example of setting up this printer in the laboratory software:
Select VA FileMan Option: 1 Enter or Edit File Entries
control functions.
INPUT TO WHAT FILE: LABORATORY SITE//
EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// LABEL DEVICE (multiple)
EDIT WHICH LABEL DEVICE SUB-FIELD: ALL//
THEN EDIT FIELD:
Select LABORATORY SITE SITE NAME: MILWAUKEE, WI 53295
Select LABEL DEVICE: LABLABEL// LABLABEL LABLABEL _LTA387:
...OK? Yes// (Yes)
LABEL DEVICE: LABLABEL//
PRINTER TYPE: ZEBRA ZPL II COMPATIBLE// ?
Enter the type of label printer attached to this device.
Choose from:
0 OTHER
1 INTERMEC 3000/4000 SERIES
2 ZEBRA ZPL II COMPATIBLE
PRINTER TYPE: ZEBRA ZPL II COMPATIBLE//
LABEL STOCK: 1X2//
PROBLEM: The patch will add support for label printing within the
ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY:
ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE:
DEFAULT ACCESSION AREA: CHEMISTRY
5. There is no downloading of a label format required for Zebra type
printers. The label format is part of the label printing process.
This is a change from Laboratory's previous experience with Intermec
model printers which require a separate downloading of the label
format prior to label printing.
Laboratory software for Zebra Technologies Corporation thermal printers.
6. A new option Lab Zebra Label Utility [LR BAR ZEBRA UTILITY] is
added by this patch. This option will be added to the menu option
Lab liaison menu [LRLIAISON] by this KIDS install.
NAME: LR BAR ZEBRA UTILITY MENU TEXT: Lab Zebra Label Utility
TYPE: run routine CREATOR: 0
PACKAGE: LAB SERVICE
DESCRIPTION: This option is used to perform several configuration
functions that relate to the Zebra label printers.
STATEMENT
Blood Bank Caution Tag labels are not included in this support.
It allows the user to:
1 Configuration Update
2 Print Configuration Label
3 Adjust Tear Off Position
4 Label Top Position
5 Set Darkness
6 Mode Protection (Stripe printers only)
Some functions are applicable to specific models of Zebra
This software is written to utilize the functions and features of the
printers. Based on the firmware version installed in a printer,
the effect of these functions may vary. Parameters allowed by
these functions may be different due to changes in firmware.
Consult the ZPL II Programming Guide, specific model User's Guide
and Firmware Release Notes for specific information.
ROUTINE: EN^LRBARCFA
UPPERCASE MENU TEXT: LAB ZEBRA LABEL UTILITY
7. It was reported to Lab Development subsequent to release of patch
Zebra Programming Language II - ZPL II(TM).
LR*5.2*161 that depending on label stock and printer alignment,
the 2nd (right side) 1x2 label on the 10 part label stock prints
very close to the left margin when using Intermec 4000 series
printers. The routine LRBARB has been changed to move the
information over 15 dots to the right. This hopefully will provide
enough of a buffer to allow for variation in label stock and printer
calibration and still print legible labels. Site will need to download
format 12 for this change to take affect. Use option Lab Bar Code
Label Formatter [LR BAR CF] to perform this function.
8. NOIS: ATG-1298-31334 reported an undefined error when printing future
collection labels on controls using option Print future collection
labels [LRUFCL]. When printing future collection labels for the
current day and the site has accessioned controls, the option would
error because controls do not have a location entered in file
LAB ORDER ENTRY (#69). This patch corrects this situation by not
attempting to print labels for controls or orders with no location.
9. NOIS: BAY-0999-30794 reported that the option Print single future
collection label [LRUFCLS] would display a misleading message when
RISK ANALYSIS: Changes made by patch LR*5.2*218 have no effect on
attempting to print labels for an order when one of the specimens on
the order has no active tests. This can occur when all tests on a
specimen have been cancelled. The message has been changed to
indicate that only the specimen with no active tests will not be
printed.
10. NOIS: TAM-1299-32916 reported that when the laboratory order number
went over 999,999 that the last digit of the order number was truncated
on the label when printed on Intermec printers. The label formats for
1x2 and 10 part labels for Intermec and Zebra label printers have been
Blood Bank software functionality, therefore RISK is none.
adjusted to print the order number to 7 digits. The text "order #"
which precedes the order number on the label has been standardized
across label formats printed by Intermec and Zebra printers.
The test label available for printing within the Laboratory software
now prints a 7 digit order number.
Associated NOIS
--------------
ATG-1298-31334
BAY-0999-30794
TAM-1299-32916
Test Sites
----------
Chicago HCS
Lebanon VAMC
Maryland HCS, Perry Point Division
EFFECT ON BLOOD BANK FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Patch LR*5.2*218 does not
Milwaukee VAMC
North Chicago VAMC
----------------------------
ROUTINE SUMMARY
---------------
The following is a list of routines included in this patch. The second
line of each routine now looks like:
alter or modify any software design safeguards or safety critical elements
<tab>;;5.2;LAB SERVICE;**[patch list]**; Sep 27, 1994
CHECK^XTSUMBLD results
Checksum Checksum
Routine Name Before Patch After Patch Patch List
------------ ------------ ----------- ------------
LR218 N/A 4566190 **218**(Deleted by KIDS)
LRBARA 6240751 3709747 **161,218**
LRBARB 18545310 10237788 **161,218**
functions.
LRBARCF 4094580 3690809 **161,218**
LRBARCFA N/A 7161568 **218**
LRLABELA 2536685 1741393 **161,218**
LRLABELB 6023279 5187746 **161,218**
LRLABELD N/A 3621894 **218**
LRLABELE N/A 6156659 **218**
LRLABELG N/A 1534246 **218**
LRLABLD 8089099 7185434 **65,161,218**
LRLABLD0 9351158 9284158 **1,65,121,161,218**
LRLABLDS 4835286 4940823 **161,218**
LRLABLIO 5515879 4587336 **107,161,218**
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
-------------------------
The install time for this patch is less than 10 minutes without menu
rebuilding. Install time will be increased if KIDS performs menu
rebuilding. Alerts will be generated and sent to local mail group LMI
when the transport global is loaded, patch installation starts and
POTENTIAL IMPACT ON SITES: This patch contains changes to a file
ends.
This patch can be installed when Laboratory users are on the system.
However the following conditions apply:
- Accessioning/label printing should not be occurring.
- Patch installation needs to be coordinated with the Laboratory
Information Manager (LIM/ADPAC).
NOTE: MailMan and KERNEL patches must be current on the target system to
identified in Veterans Health Administration (VHA) Directive 99-053,
avoid problems loading and/or installing this patch.
1. If any of the above routines are mapped, disable mapping for them.
2. Use the 'INSTALL/CHECK MESSAGE' option of the PackMan menu. This
option will load the KIDS patch onto your system.
3. The patch has now been loaded into a Transport global on your
system. You now need to use KIDS to install the transport global.
group B listing. The changes have no effect in Blood Bank functionality
4. On the 'Kernel Installation & Distribution System' Menu (KIDS),
select the 'Installation' menu.
5. Use the 'Verify Checksum in Transport Global' option and verify that
all routines have the correct checksums.
6. If you wish to preserve a copy of the routines exported in this patch
prior to installation, you should use the 'Backup a Transport Global'
option at this time. You may also compare the routine in your
or medical device control functions. There is no adverse potential to
production account to the routine in the patch by using the 'Compare
a Transport Global to Current System' option. These options are
both found under the 'Installation' menu.
7. Use the 'Install Package(s)' option under the 'Installation' menu
and select the package 'LR*5.2*218'.
When prompted 'Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of
Install? YES//", choose 'YES'
sites.
When prompted 'Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options,
and Protocols? YES//', choose 'NO'.
8. On a mapped system, rebuild your map set.
9. Routine LR218 will be deleted after successful patch installation
by KIDS.
*****************************************************************************
Below is an example of the dialogue seen during the KIDS install:
Select Installation Option: 6 Install Package(s)
Select INSTALL NAME: LR*5.2*218 Loaded from Distribution 10/8/98@11:2
6:30
=> LR*5.2*218
This Distribution was loaded on Oct 08, 1998@11:26:30 with header of
LR*5.2*218
It consisted of the following Install(s):
LR*5.2*218
LR*5.2*218
Will first run the Environment Check Routine, LR218
--- Environment Check is Ok ---
Install Questions for LR*5.2*218
VALIDATION REQUIREMENTS BY OPTION: There are no required validation
Incoming Files:
69.9 LABORATORY SITE (Partial Definition)
Note: You already have the 'LABORATORY SITE' File.
Want KIDS to Rebuild Menu Trees Upon Completion of Install? YES//
Want KIDS to INHIBIT LOGONs during the install? YES// NO
scenarios to be completed by sites after installing this patch.
Want to DISABLE Scheduled Options, Menu Options, and Protocols? YES// NO
Enter the Device you want to print the Install messages.
You can queue the install by enter a 'Q' at the device prompt.
Enter a '^' to abort the install.
DEVICE: HOME// TELNET VIRTUAL
Install Started for LR*5.2*218 :
February 9, 2000
Oct 08, 1998@11:30:08
Installing Routines:
Oct 08, 1998@11:30:08
Running Pre-Install Routine: PRE^LR218
*** Pre install started ***
--- No actions required for pre install ---
*** Pre install completed ***
Installing Data Dictionaries:
Oct 08, 1998@11:30:10
Installing PACKAGE COMPONENTS:
Installing OPTION
Oct 08, 1998@11:30:11
- Patch LR*5.2*218 will add support for label printing within the
Running Post-Install Routine: POST^LR218
*** Post install started ***
--- No actions required for post install ---
*** Post install completed ***
Updating Routine file...
Laboratory software for Zebra Technologies Corporation thermal printers.
Updating KIDS files...
LR*5.2*218 Installed.
Oct 08, 1998@11:30:12.
Install Message sent #103025
Starting Menu Rebuild: Oct 08, 1998@11:30:12
This software is written to utilize the functions and features of the
Collecting primary menus in the New Person file...
Primary menus found in the New Person file
------------------------------------------
OPTION NAME MENU TEXT # OF LAST LAST
USERS USED BUILT
EVE Systems Manager Menu 34 10/08/98 10/07/98
LRMENU Laboratory DHCP Menu 2 10/07/98 10/07/98
Zebra Programming Language II - ZPL II(TM).
LRWARDM Ward lab menu 1 02/14/89 10/07/98
<****** menu list has been abbreviated for brevity ******>
Building secondary menu trees....
Menu Rebuild Complete: Oct 08, 1998@11:33:05
Complete
Install Completed
End of example install
*****************************************************************************
- It will adjust the label layout of the 2nd 1x2 label on the 10 part label
POST-INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
------------------------------
1. If the site is using either the Intermec or Zebra brand printers,
each printer used to print labels within the Laboratory package needs to be
defined within the Laboratory files. Use FileMan Enter/Edit option to
edit file LABORATORY SITE (#69.9). An example follows:
Select VA FileMan Option: 1 Enter or Edit File Entries
stock when printed on the Intermec 3000/4000 series printer
INPUT TO WHAT FILE: LABORATORY SITE//
EDIT WHICH FIELD: ALL// LABEL DEVICE (multiple)
EDIT WHICH LABEL DEVICE SUB-FIELD: ALL//
THEN EDIT FIELD:
Select LABORATORY SITE SITE NAME: MILWAUKEE, WI 53295
Select LABEL DEVICE: IRM DEVELOP INTERMEC 4100//
LABEL DEVICE: IRM DEVELOP INTERMEC 4100//
PRINTER TYPE: INTERMEC 3000/4000 SERIES// ?
Enter the type of label printer attached to this device.
(see item #7 below).
Choose from:
0 OTHER
1 INTERMEC 3000/4000 SERIES
2 ZEBRA ZPL II COMPATIBLE
PRINTER TYPE: INTERMEC 3000/4000 SERIES//
LABEL STOCK: 1X3// ?
Select the type of label stock loaded in this device.
Choose from:
0 OTHER
1 1X3
2 1X2
3 2.5X4 10 PART
LABEL STOCK: 1X3//
ALTERNATE LABEL ENTRY:
ALTERNATE LABEL ROUTINE:
DEFAULT ACCESSION AREA: CHEMISTRY//
Select LABEL DEVICE:
2. If the site is using Intermec printers and 1x2 or 10 part label stock
then the following formats need to be downloaded to each printer
- It will correct problems reported in NOIS: ATG-1298-31334, BAY-0999-30794,
as appropriate:
1x2 label - formats 3,4,5
10 part label - formats 12,13
Use option Lab Bar Code Label Formatter [LR BAR CF] to perform this
function.
3. If the site will be using Zebra brand printers then review manufacturer's
user guide for installation, setup and calibration instructions.
Adjustments to some printer parameters can be performed via
TAM-1299-32916 (see items #8, 9, 10 below).
Lab Zebra Label Utility [LR BAR ZEBRA UTILITY] option. Review the
option description for further information relating to the capabilities
provided by this option.
1. This software has been specifically tested with the following models:
Zebra Stripe S-600 printer
Zebra Stripe S-500 printer
Zebra Stripe S-300 printer
Zebra A-Series 300 printer
Zebra S-Series 105SE printer
VISTA Laboratory Package patch LR*5.2*218 contains changes to software
Intermec 4100 printer
Specific site equipment was as follows:
Chicago HCS: Zebra S-300 using 1x2 label stock
Lebanon VAMC: Zebra S-500 using 1x2 label stock
Maryland HCS-Perry Point Division: Zebra S-600 using 1x2 label stock
controlled by VHA DIRECTIVE 99-053, titled VISTA BLOOD BANK SOFTWARE.
Milwaukee VAMC: Zebra A300, S-500 and 105SE using 1x2 label stock
Intermec 4100 using 1x2 label stock
North Chicago VAMC: Zebra S-600 using 2.5x4 10 part label stock
Intermec 4100 using 2.5x4 10 part label stock
2. The following VISTA TERMINAL TYPE file (#3.2) printer settings should
be/can be used as examples for ....
Changes include: The fields PRINTER TYPE (#.02) and LABEL STOCK (#.03)
NAME: P-ZEBRA S300 LABEL PTR
RIGHT MARGIN: 0
PAGE LENGTH: 99999
FORM FEED: $C(0)
OPEN EXECUTE: W $C(2),"^PON^LH0,0",$C(3)
CLOSE EXECUTE: S IONOFF=1
DESCRIPTION: Zebra Stripe S-300 Thermal Printer
NAME: P-ZEBRA S500 LABEL PTR
RIGHT MARGIN: 0
within the LABEL DEVICE multiple of the LABORATORY SITE file (#69.9)
PAGE LENGTH: 99999
FORM FEED: $C(0)
OPEN EXECUTE: W $C(2),"^PON^LH0,0",$C(3)
CLOSE EXECUTE: S IONOFF=1
DESCRIPTION: Zebra Stripe S-500 Thermal Printer
NAME: P-ZEBRA S600 LABEL PTR
RIGHT MARGIN: 0
PAGE LENGTH: 99999
FORM FEED: $C(0)
- DATE INSTALLED AT THIS SITE: 1996-06-10 00:00:00
|
